docs: Added All OpenBSD Manuals

165 files changed, 36778 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/__get_tcb.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/__get_tcb.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..904d6a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/__get_tcb.2
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: __get_tcb.2,v 1.7 2023/02/22 06:31:51 guenther Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Philip Guenther <guenther@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 22 2023 $
+.Dt __GET_TCB 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm __get_tcb ,
+.Nm __set_tcb
+.Nd get or set the address of the thread control block of the current thread
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft void *
+.Fn __get_tcb "void"
+.Ft void
+.Fn __set_tcb "void *"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn __get_tcb
+and
+.Fn __set_tcb
+functions are for use by libpthread and other parts of the C
+runtime to retrieve and set the address of the current thread's
+thread control block (TCB).
+This is used to locate per-thread data such as
+.Va errno .
+Each kernel-level thread in a process has a separate value for this
+address, which can be obtained and changed via these system calls.
+.Pp
+The initial thread of a new process created using
+.Xr fork 2
+or
+.Xr vfork 2
+inherits the TCB address of the thread that created it.
+A thread created using
+.Xr __tfork 3
+starts with the TCB address specified in that call.
+.Xr execve 2
+resets the thread's TCB address to zero.
+.Pp
+On some platforms, this address is also directly mapped to a CPU
+register which can be accessed from userspace.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn __get_tcb
+returns the address of the thread control block of the current thread.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr __tfork 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn __get_tcb
+and
+.Fn __set_tcb
+system calls appeared in
+.Ox 5.1 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/__thrsigdivert.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/__thrsigdivert.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e042c2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/__thrsigdivert.2
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: __thrsigdivert.2,v 1.6 2023/02/22 06:54:13 guenther Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Philip Guenther <guenther@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 22 2023 $
+.Dt __THRSIGDIVERT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm __thrsigdivert
+.Nd synchronously accept a signal
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.In signal.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn __thrsigdivert "sigset_t set" "siginfo_t *info" "const struct timespec *timeout"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+function is used to implement
+.Fn sigwait .
+It selects a signal pending for the calling thread or process from
+.Fa set ,
+atomically clears it from that set of pending signals,
+and returns that signal number.
+If prior to the call to
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+there are multiple pending instances of a single signal number,
+it is undefined whether upon successful return there are any remaining
+pending signals for that signal number.
+If no signal in
+.Fa set
+is pending at the time of the call,
+the thread shall be suspended until one or more becomes pending.
+The signals defined by
+.Fa set
+should have been blocked in all threads in the process at the time
+of the call to
+.Fn __thrsigdivert ;
+otherwise the signal may be delivered to some thread that does not
+have it blocked.
+.Pp
+If more than one thread is using
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+to wait for the same signal,
+no more than one of these threads shall return from
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+for any given signal that is sent.
+Which thread returns from
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+if more than a single thread is waiting is unspecified.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Fa info
+argument is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+then a
+.Vt siginfo_t
+will be stored there which has the selected signal number in its
+.Fa si_signo
+member and the cause of the signal in its
+.Fa si_code
+member.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Fa timeout
+argument is not
+.Dv NULL
+and no selected signal is currently pending,
+then
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+will wait no longer than the specified time period for a signal to
+arrive before failing.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+the number of the signal that was accepted is returned.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+.Dv errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EWOULDBLOCK
+The timeout was reached before a selected signal was received.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigwait 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn __thrsigdivert
+function is specific to
+.Ox
+and should not be used in portable applications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn thrsigdivert
+syscall appeared in
+.Ox 3.9 .
+The
+.Fa info
+and
+.Fa timeout
+arguments were added in
+.Ox 4.9 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The
+.Fn thrsigdivert
+syscall was created by
+.An Ted Unangst Aq Mt tedu@OpenBSD.org .
+This manual page was written by
+.An Philip Guenther Aq Mt guenther@OpenBSD.org .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/__thrsleep.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/__thrsleep.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28dc4483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/__thrsleep.2
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: __thrsleep.2,v 1.7 2018/04/24 16:28:42 pirofti Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Philip Guenther <guenther@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 24 2018 $
+.Dt __THRSLEEP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm __thrsleep ,
+.Nm __thrwakeup
+.Nd userspace thread sleep and wakeup
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn __thrsleep "const volatile void *id" "clockid_t clock_id" "const struct timespec *abstime" "void *lock" "const int *abort"
+.Ft int
+.Fn __thrwakeup "const volatile void *id" "int count"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn __thrsleep
+and
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+functions provide thread sleep and wakeup primitives with which
+synchronization primitives such as mutexes and condition variables
+can be implemented.
+.Fn __thrsleep
+blocks the calling thread on the abstract
+.Dq wait channel
+identified by the
+.Fa id
+argument until another thread calls
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+with the same
+.Fa id
+value.
+If the
+.Fa abstime
+argument is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+then it specifies an absolute time,
+measured against the
+.Fa clock_id
+clock,
+after which
+.Fn __thrsleep
+should time out and return.
+If the specified time is in the past then
+.Fn __thrsleep
+will return immediately without blocking.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa lock
+argument,
+if not
+.Dv NULL ,
+points to a locked spinlock that will be unlocked by
+.Fn __thrsleep
+atomically with respect to calls to
+.Fn __thrwakeup ,
+such that if another thread locks the spinlock before calling
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+with the same
+.Fa id ,
+then the thread that called
+.Fn __thrsleep
+will be eligible for being woken up and unblocked.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa abort
+argument,
+if not
+.Dv NULL ,
+points to an
+.Vt int
+that will be examined after unlocking the spinlock pointed to by
+.Fa lock
+and immediately before blocking.
+If that
+.Vt int
+is non-zero then
+.Fn __thrsleep
+will immediately return
+.Er EINTR
+without blocking.
+This provides a mechanism for a signal handler to keep a call to
+.Fn __thrsleep
+from blocking,
+even if the signal is delivered immediately before the call.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+function unblocks one or more threads that are sleeping on the
+wait channel identified by
+.Fa id .
+The number of threads unblocked is specified by the
+.Fa count
+argument,
+except that if zero is specified then all threads sleeping on that
+.Fa id
+are unblocked.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn __thrsleep
+will return zero if woken by a matching call to
+.Fn __thrwakeup ,
+otherwise an error number will be returned to indicate the error.
+.Pp
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+will return zero if at least one matching call to
+.Fn __thrsleep
+was unblocked,
+otherwise an error number will be returned to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn __thrsleep
+and
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa ident
+argument is
+.Dv NULL .
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn __thrsleep
+may return one of the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EWOULDBLOCK
+The time specified by the
+.Fa abstime
+and
+.Fa clock_id
+arguments was reached.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A signal arrived or the
+.Fa abort
+argument pointed to a non-zero value.
+.It Bq Er ECANCELED
+A signal arrived and
+.Fa SA_RESTART
+was set.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa clock_id
+argument is not a valid
+.Xr clock_gettime 2
+clock id
+or
+.Fa abstime
+specified a nanosecond value less than zero or greater than 1000 million.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+No threads calling
+.Fn __thrsleep
+with the same
+.Fa id
+were found.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr pthread_cond_wait 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_mutex_lock 3 ,
+.Xr tsleep 9
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn __thrsleep
+and
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+functions are specific to
+.Ox
+and should not be used in portable applications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn thrsleep
+and
+.Fn thrwakeup
+syscalls appeared in
+.Ox 3.9 .
+The
+.Fa clock_id
+and
+.Fa abstime
+arguments were added in
+.Ox 4.9 .
+The functions were renamed to
+.Fn __thrsleep
+and
+.Fn __thrwakeup
+and the
+.Fa abort
+argument was added in
+.Ox 5.1
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The
+.Fn thrsleep
+and
+.Fn thrwakeup
+syscalls were created by
+.An Ted Unangst Aq Mt tedu@OpenBSD.org .
+This manual page was written by
+.An Philip Guenther Aq Mt guenther@OpenBSD.org .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/_exit.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/_exit.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..223274da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/_exit.2
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: _exit.2,v 1.23 2022/02/18 00:15:53 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: _exit.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:31:34 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)_exit.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $
+.Dt _EXIT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm _exit ,
+.Nm _Exit
+.Nd terminate the calling process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn _exit "int status"
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn _Exit "int status"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn _exit
+and
+.Fn _Exit
+functions terminate a process with the following consequences:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+All threads in the process are terminated.
+.It
+All open file descriptors in the calling process are closed.
+This may entail delays; for example, waiting for output to drain.
+A process in this state may not be killed, as it is already dying.
+.It
+If the parent process of the calling process has an outstanding
+.Xr wait 2
+call or catches the
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+signal, it is notified of the calling process's termination and
+.Fa status
+is set as defined by
+.Xr wait 2 .
+(Note that typically only the lower 8 bits of
+.Fa status
+are passed on to the parent, thus negative values have less meaning.)
+.It
+The parent process ID of all of the calling process's existing child
+processes are set to 1; the initialization process (see the
+DEFINITIONS section of
+.Xr intro 2 )
+inherits each of these processes.
+.It
+If the termination of the process causes any process group
+to become orphaned (usually because the parents of all members
+of the group have now exited; see Orphaned Process Group in
+.Xr intro 2 ) ,
+and if any member of the orphaned group is stopped, the
+.Dv SIGHUP
+and
+.Dv SIGCONT
+signals are sent to all members of the newly orphaned process group.
+.It
+If the process is a controlling process (see
+.Xr intro 2 ) ,
+the
+.Dv SIGHUP
+signal is sent to the foreground process group of the controlling terminal,
+and all current access to the controlling terminal is revoked.
+.El
+.Pp
+Most C programs call the library routine
+.Xr exit 3 ,
+which flushes buffers, closes streams, unlinks temporary files, etc.,
+and then calls
+.Fn _exit .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn _exit
+and
+.Fn _Exit
+can never return.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr intro 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2 ,
+.Xr exit 3 ,
+.Xr sysexits 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn _exit
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+The
+.Fn _Exit
+function conforms to
+.St -isoC-99 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn exit
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+It accepts the
+.Fa status
+argument since
+.At v2 .
+An
+.Fn _exit
+variant first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+The
+.Fn _Exit
+function appeared in
+.Ox 3.6 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/accept.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/accept.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f2572a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/accept.2
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: accept.2,v 1.31 2025/08/04 04:59:31 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: accept.2,v 1.7 1996/01/31 20:14:42 mycroft Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)accept.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt ACCEPT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm accept ,
+.Nm accept4
+.Nd accept a connection on a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn accept "int s" "struct sockaddr *addr" "socklen_t *addrlen"
+.Ft int
+.Fn accept4 "int s" "struct sockaddr *addr" "socklen_t *addrlen" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is a socket that has been created with
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+bound to an address with
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+and is listening for connections after a
+.Xr listen 2 .
+The
+.Fn accept
+call extracts the first connection request on the queue of pending
+connections, creates a new socket with the same non-blocking I/O mode as
+.Fa s ,
+and allocates a new file descriptor for the socket with the
+close-on-exec and close-on-fork flags clear.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn accept4
+system call is similar, however the non-blocking I/O mode,
+close-on-exec flag,
+and close-on-fork flag on the new file descriptor are
+determined by the
+.Dv SOCK_NONBLOCK , SOCK_CLOEXEC ,
+and
+.Dv SOCK_CLOFORK
+flags, respectively, in the
+.Fa flags
+argument.
+.Pp
+If no pending connections are present on the queue,
+and the socket is not marked as non-blocking,
+.Fn accept
+blocks the caller until a connection is present.
+If the socket is marked non-blocking and no pending
+connections are present on the queue,
+.Fn accept
+returns an error as described below.
+The accepted socket may not be used to accept more connections.
+The original socket
+.Fa s
+remains open.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa addr
+is a result parameter that is filled in with the address of the connecting
+entity as known to the communications layer.
+The exact format of the
+.Fa addr
+parameter is determined by the domain in which the communication
+is occurring.
+The structure
+.Vt sockaddr_storage
+exists for greater portability.
+It is large enough to hold any of the types that may be returned in the
+.Fa addr
+parameter.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa addrlen
+is a value-result parameter; it should initially contain the
+amount of space pointed to by
+.Fa addr ;
+on return it will contain the actual length (in bytes) of the
+address returned.
+If
+.Fa addrlen
+does not point to enough space to hold the entire socket address, the
+result will be truncated to the initial value of
+.Fa addrlen
+(in bytes).
+This call is used with connection-based socket types, currently with
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM .
+.Pp
+It is possible to
+.Xr select 2
+or
+.Xr poll 2
+a socket for the purposes of doing an
+.Fn accept
+by selecting it for read.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+.Fn accept
+and
+.Fn accept4
+return a non-negative integer, the accepted socket file descriptor.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following code uses struct
+.Vt sockaddr_storage
+to allocate enough space for the returned address:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+struct sockaddr_storage addr;
+socklen_t len = sizeof(addr);
+int retcode;
+
+retcode = accept(s, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &len);
+if (retcode == -1)
+	err(1, "accept");
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn accept
+and
+.Fn accept4
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The descriptor is invalid.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The descriptor doesn't reference a socket.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The referenced socket is not of type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM .
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A signal was caught before a connection arrived.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The referenced socket is not listening for connections (that is,
+.Xr listen 2
+has not yet been called).
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa addr
+or
+.Fa addrlen
+parameter is not in a valid part of the process address space.
+.It Bq Er EWOULDBLOCK
+The socket is marked non-blocking and no connections
+are present to be accepted.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The per-process descriptor table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er ECONNABORTED
+A connection has been aborted.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn accept4
+will fail if
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa flags
+is invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr listen 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn accept
+and
+.Fn accept4
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn accept
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c
+and
+.Fn accept4
+in
+.Ox 5.7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+When
+.Er EMFILE
+or
+.Er ENFILE
+is returned,
+new connections are neither dequeued nor discarded.
+Thus considerable care is required in
+.Xr select 2
+and
+.Xr poll 2
+loops.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/access.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/access.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdb6537e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/access.2
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: access.2,v 1.27 2023/09/28 01:51:00 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: access.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:31:44 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)access.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/1/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 28 2023 $
+.Dt ACCESS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm access ,
+.Nm faccessat
+.Nd check access permissions of a file or pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn access "const char *path" "int amode"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn faccessat "int fd" "const char *path" "int amode" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn access
+function checks the accessibility of the file named by
+.Fa path
+for the access permissions indicated by
+.Fa amode .
+The
+.Fa amode
+argument is either the bitwise OR of one or more of the access permissions
+to be checked
+.Pf ( Dv R_OK
+for read permission,
+.Dv W_OK
+for write permission, and
+.Dv X_OK
+for execute/search permission) or the existence test,
+.Dv F_OK .
+All components of the pathname
+.Fa path
+are checked for access permissions (including
+.Dv F_OK ) .
+.Pp
+The real user ID is used in place of the effective user ID
+and the real group access list
+(including the real group ID) is
+used in place of the effective ID for verifying permission.
+.Pp
+If the invoking process has superuser privileges,
+.Fn access
+will always indicate success for
+.Dv R_OK
+and
+.Dv W_OK ,
+regardless of the actual file permission bits.
+Likewise, for
+.Dv X_OK ,
+if the file has any of the execute bits set and
+.Fa path
+is not a directory,
+.Fn access
+will indicate success.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn faccessat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn access
+except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the file whose accessibility is checked is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn faccessat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used.
+If
+.Fa flag
+is also zero, the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn access .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_EACCESS -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_EACCESS
+The checks for accessibility are performed using the effective user
+and group IDs instead of the real user and group IDs.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If
+.Fa path
+cannot be found or if any of the desired access modes would not be granted,
+then a \-1 value is returned; otherwise a 0 value is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+Access to the file is denied if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+Write access is requested for a file on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er ETXTBSY
+Write access is requested for a pure procedure (shared text)
+file presently being executed.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Permission bits of the file mode do not permit the requested access,
+or search permission is denied on a component of the path prefix.
+The owner of a file has permission checked with respect to the
+.Dq owner
+read, write, and execute mode bits, members of the file's group other
+than the owner have permission checked with respect to the
+.Dq group
+mode bits, and all others have permissions checked with respect to the
+.Dq other
+mode bits.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+Write access has been requested and the named file has its immutable
+flag set (see
+.Xr chflags 2 ) .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An invalid value was specified for
+.Fa amode .
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn faccessat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_EACCESS .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn access
+and
+.Fn faccessat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Fn access
+first appeared as an internal kernel function in
+.At v1 .
+It became a system call,
+first appearing outside of Bell Labs in the
+.Dq 50 changes
+tape for
+.At v6 .
+The first official release with the system call was PWB/UNIX 1.0.
+It was also included in
+.Bx 2 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn faccessat
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+.Fn access
+and
+.Fn faccessat
+should never be used for actual access control.
+Doing so can result in a time of check vs. time of use security hole.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/acct.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/acct.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b80de02c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/acct.2
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: acct.2,v 1.20 2021/01/03 18:10:27 rob Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: acct.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:31:47 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)acct.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2021 $
+.Dt ACCT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm acct
+.Nd enable or disable process accounting
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn acct "const char *file"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn acct
+call enables or disables the collection of system accounting records.
+If
+.Fa file
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+accounting is disabled.
+If
+.Fa file
+is an existing, NUL-terminated pathname, record collection is enabled.
+For every process initiated which terminates under normal conditions or
+misbehaves in very specific ways (e.g. file access prevented by unveil),
+an accounting record is appended to
+.Fa file .
+Abnormal conditions of termination are reboots or other
+fatal system problems.
+.Fn acct
+is only available on kernels compiled with the
+.Cm ACCOUNTING
+option.
+.Pp
+For more information on the record structure used by
+.Fn acct ,
+see
+.Pa /usr/include/sys/acct.h
+and
+.Xr acct 5 .
+.Pp
+This call is permitted only to the superuser.
+.Sh NOTES
+Accounting is automatically disabled when the file system the
+accounting file resides on runs out of space; it is enabled when
+space once again becomes available.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn acct
+will fail if one of the following is true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix,
+or the pathname is not a regular file.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa file
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr acct 5 ,
+.Xr accton 8 ,
+.Xr sa 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn acct
+function call appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/adjfreq.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/adjfreq.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..183e65c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/adjfreq.2
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: adjfreq.2,v 1.8 2020/07/09 02:17:07 cheloha Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Otto Moerbeek
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 9 2020 $
+.Dt ADJFREQ 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm adjfreq
+.Nd correct the rate of the system clock
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn adjfreq "const int64_t *freq" "int64_t *oldfreq"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn adjfreq
+adjusts the rate in which time progresses if
+.Fa freq
+is non-null.
+The unit of the rate of adjustment is nanoseconds per second,
+shifted left 32 bits to allow for fractional values.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa oldfreq
+is non-null, the current value is returned.
+.Pp
+Only the superuser may adjust the frequency.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn adjfreq
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Either of the arguments point outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa freq
+argument is non-null and the process's effective user ID is not that
+of the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa freq
+is less than -500000 ppm or greater than 500000 ppm.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr date 1 ,
+.Xr adjtime 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr ntpd 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn adjfreq
+function call first appeared in
+.Ox 4.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/adjtime.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/adjtime.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7d3aab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/adjtime.2
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: adjtime.2,v 1.25 2019/03/26 16:02:54 cheloha Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: adjtime.2,v 1.5 1995/10/12 15:40:44 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)adjtime.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 26 2019 $
+.Dt ADJTIME 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm adjtime
+.Nd correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn adjtime "const struct timeval *delta" "struct timeval *olddelta"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn adjtime
+makes small adjustments to the system time, as returned by
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval
+.Fa delta .
+If
+.Fa delta
+is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly
+than normal until the correction is complete.
+If
+.Fa delta
+is positive, a larger increment than normal is used.
+The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent.
+Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function.
+A time correction from an earlier call to
+.Fn adjtime
+may not be finished when
+.Fn adjtime
+is called again.
+If
+.Fa delta
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+no adjustment is done.
+If
+.Fa olddelta
+is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
+the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call
+is stored into
+.Pf * Fa olddelta .
+Setting the time with
+.Xr settimeofday 2
+cancels any in-progress time adjustment.
+.Pp
+This call may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks
+of computers in a local area network.
+Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines
+and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
+.Pp
+Only the superuser may adjust the time using the
+.Fn adjtime
+function.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn adjtime
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Either of the arguments point outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa delta
+argument is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL
+and specifies a microsecond value less than zero or
+greater than or equal to one million.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa delta
+argument is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL
+and represents an adjustment greater than
+.Dv INT64_MAX
+microseconds or less than
+.Dv INT64_MIN
+microseconds.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa delta
+argument is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL
+and the process's effective user ID is not that of the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr date 1 ,
+.Xr adjfreq 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr ntpd 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn adjtime
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Other operating systems restrict calling
+.Fn adjtime
+to the superuser and might not allow requesting the current
+correction without specifying a new value.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/amd64_iopl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/amd64_iopl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30ac17b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/amd64_iopl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: amd64_iopl.2,v 1.9 2025/06/05 18:47:18 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: amd64_iopl.2,v 1.3 1996/02/27 22:57:25 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by John T. Kohl and Charles M. Hannum.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2025 $
+.Dt AMD64_IOPL 2 amd64
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm amd64_iopl
+.Nd change the amd64 I/O privilege level
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libamd64
+.In sys/types.h
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn amd64_iopl "int iopl"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn amd64_iopl
+sets the amd64 I/O privilege level to the value specified by
+.Ar iopl .
+.Pp
+This call may only be made by the superuser.
+Additionally, it is only permitted when the
+.Xr securelevel 7
+is less than or equal to 0 or the
+.Va machdep.allowaperture
+sysctl has been set to a non-zero value.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn amd64_iopl
+returns 0.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and the global
+variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn amd64_iopl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width [EINVAL]
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller was not the superuser, or the securelevel is greater than zero and
+.Va machdep.allowaperture
+has not been set to a non-zero value.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr securelevel 7
+.Sh REFERENCES
+.Rs
+.%A Intel
+.%T AMD64 Microprocessor Programmer's Reference Manual
+.Re
+.Sh WARNING
+You can really hose your machine if you enable user-level I/O and
+write to hardware ports without care.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/arm_drain_writebuf.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/arm_drain_writebuf.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f89ca531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/arm_drain_writebuf.2
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: arm_drain_writebuf.2,v 1.6 2025/06/10 12:52:51 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: arm_drain_writebuf.2,v 1.3 2004/02/13 09:56:47 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Mark Brinicombe
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by Mark Brinicombe
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 10 2025 $
+.Dt ARM_DRAIN_WRITEBUF 2 arm
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm arm_drain_writebuf
+.Nd drains the CPU write buffer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libarm
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn arm_drain_writebuf void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn arm_drain_writebuf
+will make sure that all the entries in the processor write buffer are
+written out to memory.
+.Pp
+Not all processors support this operation (currently only the SA110 does).
+Those processes that do not, treat this function as a null-op.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn arm_drain_writebuf
+will never fail so will always return 0.
+.Sh REFERENCES
+StrongARM Data Sheet
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/arm_sync_icache.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/arm_sync_icache.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48d690ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/arm_sync_icache.2
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: arm_sync_icache.2,v 1.5 2025/06/10 12:52:51 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: arm_sync_icache.2,v 1.5 2004/02/13 09:56:47 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Mark Brinicombe
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by Mark Brinicombe
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 10 2025 $
+.Dt ARM_SYNC_ICACHE 2 arm
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm arm_sync_icache
+.Nd clean the CPU data cache and flush the CPU instruction cache
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libarm
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn arm_sync_icache "u_int addr" "int len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn arm_sync_icache
+will make sure that all the entries in the processor instruction cache
+are synchronized with main memory and that any data in a write back cache
+has been cleaned.
+Some ARM processors (e.g. SA110) have separate instruction and data
+caches, thus any dynamically generated or modified code needs to be
+written back from any data caches to main memory and the instruction
+cache needs to be synchronized with main memory.
+.Pp
+On such processors,
+.Fn arm_sync_icache
+will clean the data cache and invalidate the processor instruction cache
+to force reloading from main memory.
+On processors that have a shared instruction and data cache and have a
+write through cache (e.g. ARM6), no action needs to be taken.
+.Pp
+The routine takes a start address
+.Fa addr
+and a length
+.Fa len
+to describe the area of memory that needs to be cleaned and synchronized.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn arm_sync_icache
+will never fail so will always return 0.
+.Sh REFERENCES
+StrongARM Data Sheet
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/bind.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/bind.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6b5635f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/bind.2
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: bind.2,v 1.23 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: bind.2,v 1.8 1995/10/12 15:40:46 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)bind.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt BIND 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm bind
+.Nd bind a name to a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn bind "int s" "const struct sockaddr *name" "socklen_t namelen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn bind
+assigns a name to an unnamed socket.
+When a socket is created with
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+it exists in a name space (address family) but has no name assigned.
+.Fn bind
+requests that
+.Fa name
+be assigned to the socket.
+.Fa namelen
+indicates the amount of space pointed to by
+.Fa name ,
+in bytes; the
+.Fa sa_len
+member of
+.Fa name
+is ignored.
+.Sh NOTES
+Binding a name in the
+.Ux Ns -domain
+creates a socket in the file system that must be deleted by the caller
+when it is no longer needed (using
+.Xr unlink 2 ) .
+.Pp
+The rules used in name binding vary between communication domains.
+Consult the manual entries in section 4 for detailed information.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn bind
+function will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+.Fa s
+is not a socket.
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+The specified address is not available from the local machine.
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+The specified address is already in use.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The socket is already bound to an address, or
+.Fa namelen
+is not a valid length for the supplied address.
+.It Bq Er EAFNOSUPPORT
+The family of the socket and that requested in
+.Va name->sa_family
+are not equivalent.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+Insufficient buffer space is available.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The requested address is protected, and the current user
+has inadequate permission to access it.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+parameter is not in a valid part of the user address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors are specific to binding names in the
+.Ux Ns -domain .
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A prefix component of the pathname does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry or allocating the inode.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The name would reside on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EISDIR
+An empty pathname was specified.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr getsockname 2 ,
+.Xr listen 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn bind
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn bind
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/brk.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/brk.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..970e4217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/brk.2
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: brk.2,v 1.24 2019/09/08 22:50:59 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: brk.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:31:57 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)brk.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 8 2019 $
+.Dt BRK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm brk ,
+.Nm sbrk
+.Nd change data segment size
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn brk "void *addr"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn sbrk "int incr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+The
+.Fn brk
+and
+.Fn sbrk
+functions are historical curiosities
+left over from earlier days before the advent of virtual memory management.
+.Ef
+The
+.Fn brk
+function sets the break or lowest address
+of a process's data segment (uninitialized data) to
+.Fa addr
+(immediately above bss).
+Data addressing is restricted between
+.Fa addr
+and the lowest stack pointer to the stack segment.
+Memory is allocated by
+.Fn brk
+in page size pieces;
+if
+.Fa addr
+is not evenly divisible by the system page size, it is
+increased to the next page boundary.
+.Pp
+.\" The
+.\" .Nm sbrk
+.\" function
+.\" allocates chunks of
+.\" .Fa incr
+.\" bytes
+.\" to the process's data space
+.\" and returns an address pointer.
+.\" The
+.\" .Xr malloc 3
+.\" function utilizes
+.\" .Nm sbrk .
+.\" .Pp
+The current value of the program break is reliably returned by
+.Dq Li sbrk(0)
+(see also
+.Xr end 3 ) .
+The
+.Xr getrlimit 2
+system call may be used to determine
+the maximum permissible size of the
+.Em data
+segment;
+it will not be possible to set the break
+beyond the
+.Fa rlim_max
+value returned from a call to
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+e.g.,
+.Ql etext + rlp->rlim_max
+(see
+.Xr end 3
+for the definition of
+.Em etext ) .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std brk
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sbrk
+function returns a pointer to the base of the new storage if successful;
+otherwise \-1 with
+.Va errno
+set to indicate why the allocation failed.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn sbrk
+will fail and no additional memory will be allocated if
+one of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The limit, as set by
+.Xr setrlimit 2 ,
+was exceeded.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The maximum possible size of a data segment (compiled into the
+system) was exceeded.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Insufficient space existed in the swap area
+to support the expansion.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr end 3 ,
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+A predecessor
+.Fn break
+appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.Fn sbrk
+function call first appeared in
+.At v4
+and
+.Fn brk
+in
+.At v6 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Setting the break may fail due to a temporary lack of swap space.
+It is not possible to distinguish this from a failure caused by exceeding
+the maximum size of the data segment without consulting
+.Xr getrlimit 2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/chdir.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/chdir.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5250bc64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/chdir.2
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: chdir.2,v 1.14 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: chdir.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:32:00 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)chdir.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt CHDIR 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chdir ,
+.Nm fchdir
+.Nd change current working directory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn chdir "const char *path"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchdir "int fd"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fa path
+argument points to the pathname of a directory.
+The
+.Fn chdir
+function causes the named directory to become the current working directory,
+that is, the starting point for path searches of pathnames not beginning with
+a slash
+.Pq Ql / .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchdir
+function causes the directory referenced by
+.Fa fd
+to become the current working directory,
+the starting point for path searches of pathnames not beginning with
+a slash
+.Pq Ql / .
+.Pp
+In order for a directory to become the current directory,
+a process must have execute (search) access to the directory.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn chdir
+will fail and the current working directory will be unchanged if
+one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named directory does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for any component of the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fchdir
+will fail and the current working directory will be unchanged if
+one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for the directory referenced by the
+file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The file descriptor does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chroot 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn chdir
+and
+.Fn fchdir
+functions are expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn chdir
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 ,
+and
+.Fn fchdir
+in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/chflags.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/chflags.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f9b8470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/chflags.2
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: chflags.2,v 1.29 2022/08/04 06:20:24 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: chflags.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:32:03 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)chflags.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2022 $
+.Dt CHFLAGS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chflags ,
+.Nm chflagsat ,
+.Nm fchflags
+.Nd set file flags
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn chflags "const char *path"  "unsigned int flags"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchflags "int fd" "unsigned int flags"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn chflagsat "int fd" "const char *path"  "unsigned int flags" "int atflags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file whose name is given by
+.Fa path
+or referenced by the descriptor
+.Fa fd
+has its flags changed to
+.Fa flags .
+.Pp
+The flags are the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "SF_IMMUTABLE" -compact -offset indent
+.It Dv UF_NODUMP
+Do not dump the file.
+.It Dv UF_IMMUTABLE
+The file may not be changed.
+.It Dv UF_APPEND
+The file may only be appended to.
+.It Dv SF_ARCHIVED
+The file may be archived.
+.It Dv SF_IMMUTABLE
+The file may not be changed.
+.It Dv SF_APPEND
+The file may only be appended to.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv UF_IMMUTABLE
+and
+.Dv UF_APPEND
+flags may be set or unset by either the owner of a file or the superuser.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv SF_ARCHIVED ,
+.Dv SF_IMMUTABLE
+and
+.Dv SF_APPEND
+flags may only be set or unset by the superuser.
+They may be set at any time, but normally may only be unset when
+the system is in single-user mode.
+(See
+.Xr init 8
+for details.)
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn chflagsat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn chflags
+except in the case where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path.
+In this case the file to be changed is determined relative to the directory
+associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn chflagsat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used.
+If
+.Fa atflags
+is also zero, the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn chflags .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa atflags
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+If
+.Fa path
+names a symbolic link, then the flags of the symbolic link are changed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchflags
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn chflags
+except that the file whose flags are changed is specified
+by the file descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn chflags
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID does not match the owner of the file and
+the effective user ID is not the superuser, or the effective user ID
+is not the superuser and at least one of the super-user-only flags
+for the named file would be changed.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The named file resides on a file system that does not support file
+flags.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa flags
+value is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The descriptor references a block or character device and the effective
+user ID is not the superuser.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fchflags
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The descriptor is not valid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fd
+refers to a socket, not to a file.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The descriptor references a block or character device and the effective
+user ID is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa flags
+value is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID does not match the owner of the file and
+the effective user ID is not the superuser, or the effective user ID
+is not the superuser and at least one of the super-user-only flags
+for the named file would be changed.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The named file resides on a file system that does not support file
+flags.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr init 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn chflags
+and
+.Fn fchflags
+functions first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+The
+.Fn chflagsat
+function first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+It was added to
+.Ox
+in
+.Ox 5.7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/chmod.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/chmod.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98f1212f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/chmod.2
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: chmod.2,v 1.29 2025/05/20 02:43:01 kn Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: chmod.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:32:06 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)chmod.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 20 2025 $
+.Dt CHMOD 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chmod ,
+.Nm fchmodat ,
+.Nm fchmod
+.Nd change mode of file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn chmod "const char *path" "mode_t mode"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchmod "int fd" "mode_t mode"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchmodat "int fd" "const char *path" "mode_t mode" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn chmod
+function sets the file permission bits of the file specified by the pathname
+.Fa path
+to
+.Fa mode .
+.Fn chmod
+verifies that the process owner (user) either owns the specified file
+or is the superuser.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa mode
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the permission bit masks
+from the following list:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#define S_IRWXU 0000700    /* RWX mask for owner */
+#define S_IRUSR 0000400    /* R for owner */
+#define S_IWUSR 0000200    /* W for owner */
+#define S_IXUSR 0000100    /* X for owner */
+
+#define S_IRWXG 0000070    /* RWX mask for group */
+#define S_IRGRP 0000040    /* R for group */
+#define S_IWGRP 0000020    /* W for group */
+#define S_IXGRP 0000010    /* X for group */
+
+#define S_IRWXO 0000007    /* RWX mask for other */
+#define S_IROTH 0000004    /* R for other */
+#define S_IWOTH 0000002    /* W for other */
+#define S_IXOTH 0000001    /* X for other */
+
+#define S_ISUID 0004000    /* set user id on execution */
+#define S_ISGID 0002000    /* set group id on execution */
+#define S_ISVTX 0001000    /* save swapped text even after use */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Mode
+.Dv ISVTX
+(the
+.Em sticky bit )
+on a file has no effect, although the superuser can still set it.
+If it is set on a directory, an unprivileged user may not delete or rename
+files of other users in that directory.
+The sticky bit may be set by any user on a directory which the user owns
+or has appropriate permissions.
+For more details of the properties of the sticky bit, see
+.Xr sticky 8 .
+.Pp
+Writing or changing the owner of a file turns off the set-user-ID and
+set-group-ID bits unless the user is the superuser.
+This makes the system somewhat more secure by protecting
+set-user-ID (set-group-ID) files from remaining set-user-ID (set-group-ID)
+if they are modified, at the expense of a degree of compatibility.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchmodat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn chmod
+except in the case where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path.
+In this case the file to be changed is determined relative to the directory
+associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn fchmodat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used.
+If
+.Fa flag
+is also zero, the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn chmod .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+If
+.Fa path
+names a symbolic link, then the mode of the symbolic link is changed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchmod
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn chmod
+except that the file whose permissions are changed is specified
+by the file descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn chmod
+and
+.Fn fchmodat
+functions will fail and the file mode will be unchanged if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa mode
+contains bits other than the file type and those described above.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID does not match the owner of the file and
+the effective user ID is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EFTYPE
+An unprivileged user attempted to set a file's mode to
+.Dv ISVTX .
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, the
+.Fn fchmodat
+function will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument specifies
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+on a symbolic link and the file system does not support that operation.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fchmod
+will fail and the file mode will be unchanged if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The descriptor is not valid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fd
+refers to a socket, not to a file.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa mode
+contains bits other than the file type and those described above.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID does not match the owner of the file and
+the effective user ID is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr sticky 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn chmod ,
+.Fn fchmod ,
+and
+.Fn fchmodat
+functions are expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn chmod
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 ;
+.Fn fchmod
+in
+.Bx 4.1c ;
+and
+.Fn fchmodat
+has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/chown.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/chown.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78efc612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/chown.2
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: chown.2,v 1.28 2025/04/29 17:44:00 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: chown.2,v 1.10 1995/10/12 15:40:47 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)chown.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 29 2025 $
+.Dt CHOWN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chown ,
+.Nm lchown ,
+.Nm fchownat ,
+.Nm fchown
+.Nd change owner and group of a file or link
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn chown "const char *path" "uid_t owner" "gid_t group"
+.Ft int
+.Fn lchown "const char *path" "uid_t owner" "gid_t group"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchown "int fd" "uid_t owner" "gid_t group"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchownat "int fd" "const char *path" "uid_t owner" "gid_t group" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The owner ID and group ID of the file (or link) named by
+.Fa path
+or referenced by
+.Fa fd
+is changed as specified by the arguments
+.Fa owner
+and
+.Fa group .
+The owner of a file may change its
+.Fa group
+to one the owner is a member of.
+The change
+.Fa owner
+capability is restricted to the superuser.
+.Pp
+By default,
+.Fn chown
+clears the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits on the file
+to prevent accidental or mischievous creation of
+set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
+.Pp
+.Fn lchown
+operates similarly to how
+.Fn chown
+operated on older systems, and does not follow symbolic links.
+It allows the owner and group of a symbolic link to be set.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchownat
+function is equivalent to either the
+.Fn chown
+or
+.Fn lchown
+function depending on the value of
+.Fa flag
+(see below), except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the file whose ownership is changed is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn fchownat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn chown
+or
+.Fn lchown ,
+depending on whether or not the
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+bit is set in
+.Fa flag .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+If
+.Fa path
+names a symbolic link, then the ownership of the symbolic link is changed.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fchown
+is particularly useful when used in conjunction
+with the file locking primitives (see
+.Xr flock 2 ) .
+.Pp
+One of the owner or group IDs
+may be left unchanged by specifying it as \-1.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn chown ,
+.Fn lchown ,
+and
+.Fn fchownat
+will fail and the file or link will be unchanged if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn fchownat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fchown
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+does not refer to a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fd
+refers to a socket, not a file.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chgrp 1 ,
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr flock 2 ,
+.Xr chown 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn chown ,
+.Fn fchown ,
+.Fn fchownat ,
+and
+.Fn lchown
+functions are expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn chown
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+Since
+.At v6
+it supports changing the group as well,
+and in
+.At v7
+.Fa group
+was made a separate argument.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchown
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn chown
+and
+.Fn fchown
+system calls were changed to follow symbolic links in
+.Bx 4.4 ;
+therefore, and for compatibility with
+.At V.4 ,
+the
+.Fn lchown
+system call was added to
+.Ox 2.1 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fchownat
+system call has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/chroot.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/chroot.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9378c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/chroot.2
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: chroot.2,v 1.24 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: chroot.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:32:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)chroot.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt CHROOT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chroot
+.Nd change root directory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn chroot "const char *dirname"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fa dirname
+is the address of the pathname of a directory, terminated by an ASCII NUL.
+.Fn chroot
+causes
+.Fa dirname
+to become the root directory, that is, the starting point for path
+searches of pathnames beginning with
+.Ql / .
+.Pp
+In order for a directory to become the root directory,
+a process must have execute (search) access for that directory.
+.Pp
+If the program is not currently running with an altered root directory,
+it should be noted that
+.Fn chroot
+has no effect on the process's current directory.
+.Pp
+If the program is already running with an altered root directory, the
+process's current directory is changed to the same new root directory.
+This prevents the current directory from being further up the directory
+tree than the altered root directory.
+.Pp
+This call is restricted to the superuser.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following example changes the root directory to
+.Va newroot ,
+sets the current directory to the new root, and drops some
+setuid privileges.
+There may be other privileges which need to be dropped as well.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#include <err.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+if (chroot(newroot) != 0 || chdir("/") != 0)
+	err(1, "%s", newroot);
+setresuid(getuid(), getuid(), getuid());
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn chroot
+will fail and the root directory will be unchanged if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the pathname is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named directory does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for any component of the pathname.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa dirname
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chdir 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn chroot
+system call first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+There are ways for a root process to escape from the chroot jail.
+Changes to the directory hierarchy made from outside the chroot jail
+may allow a restricted process to escape, even if it is unprivileged.
+Passing directory file descriptors via
+.Xr recvmsg 2
+from outside the chroot jail may also allow a process to escape.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/clock_gettime.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/clock_gettime.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ba8a685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/clock_gettime.2
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: clock_gettime.2,v 1.32 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt CLOCK_GETTIME 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm clock_gettime ,
+.Nm clock_settime ,
+.Nm clock_getres
+.Nd get or set the time
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn clock_gettime "clockid_t clock" "struct timespec *now"
+.Ft int
+.Fn clock_settime "clockid_t clock" "const struct timespec *now"
+.Ft int
+.Fn clock_getres "clockid_t clock" "struct timespec *res"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn clock_gettime
+function reads the given
+.Fa clock
+and writes its absolute value to
+.Fa now .
+The
+.Fa clock
+may be a value returned by
+.Xr clock_getcpuclockid 3
+or
+.Xr pthread_getcpuclockid 3 ,
+or any of the following constants:
+.Bl -tag -width CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+.It Dv CLOCK_REALTIME
+The Coordinated Universal Time
+.Pq UTC
+clock.
+Its absolute value is the time elapsed since
+Jan 1 1970 00:00:00 UTC
+.Pq the Epoch .
+The clock normally advances continuously,
+though it may jump discontinuously if a process calls
+.Xr settimeofday 2
+or
+.Fn clock_settime
+.Pq see below .
+.It Dv CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+The monotonic clock.
+Its absolute value is meaningless.
+The clock begins at an undefined positive point and advances continuously.
+.It Dv CLOCK_BOOTTIME
+The uptime clock.
+Its absolute value is the time elapsed since the system booted.
+The clock begins at zero and advances continuously.
+.It Dv CLOCK_UPTIME
+The runtime clock.
+Its absolute value is the time elapsed since the system booted
+less any time the system was suspended.
+The clock begins at zero and advances while the system is not suspended.
+.It Dv CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID
+The process CPU clock.
+Its absolute value begins at zero and advances while the calling process
+is running in user or kernel mode.
+.It Dv CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID
+The thread CPU clock.
+Its absolute value begins at zero and advances while the calling thread
+is running in user or kernel mode.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn clock_settime
+function sets the given
+.Fa clock
+to the absolute value
+.Fa now .
+Only the
+.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock may be set and only the superuser may set it.
+If the system
+.Xr securelevel 7
+is 2 or greater, the time may only be advanced.
+This limitation is imposed to prevent a malicious superuser
+from setting arbitrary timestamps on files.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn clock_getres
+function retrieves the resolution of the given
+.Fa clock
+and writes it to
+.Fa res
+if
+.Fa res
+is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL .
+The
+.Fa clock
+may be any of the clocks accepted by
+.Fn clock_gettime
+as described earlier.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa now
+and
+.Fa res
+arguments are
+.Dv timespec
+structures as defined in
+.In sys/time.h :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct timespec {
+	time_t	tv_sec;		/* seconds */
+	long	tv_nsec;	/* and nanoseconds */
+};
+.Ed
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Use the
+.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock to determine the time of day.
+Its absolute value can be passed to functions like
+.Xr gmtime 3
+and
+.Xr strftime 3
+to produce a human-readable string:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char str[64];
+struct timespec now;
+struct tm *tmbuf;
+
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &now);
+tmbuf = gmtime(&now.tv_sec);
+if (tmbuf == NULL)
+	err(1, "gmtime");
+if (strftime(str, sizeof(str), "%a %b %e %T %Y %Z", tmbuf) == 0)
+	err(1, "strftime");
+printf("%s (%lld.%09ld seconds since the Epoch)\\n",
+    str, (long long)now.tv_sec, now.tv_nsec);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Use the
+.Dv CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+clock to measure elapsed time.
+The
+.Xr timespecsub 3
+function simplifies arithmetic operations on
+.Dv timespec
+structures:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct timespec elapsed, start, stop, timeout;
+
+timeout.tv_sec = 2;
+timeout.tv_nsec = 500000000;
+
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &start);
+nanosleep(&timeout, NULL);
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &stop);
+
+timespecsub(&stop, &start, &elapsed);
+printf("nanosleep: expected %lld.%09ld actual %lld.%09ld\\n",
+    (long long)timeout.tv_sec, timeout.tv_nsec,
+    (long long)elapsed.tv_sec, elapsed.tv_nsec);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Use the
+.Dv CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID
+or
+.Dv CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID
+clocks to measure CPU time instead of elapsed time:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct timespec cputime, start, stop;
+volatile int i;
+
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID, &start);
+for (i = 0; i < INT_MAX; i++)
+	continue;
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID, &stop);
+
+timespecsub(&stop, &start, &cputime);
+printf("CPU time: %lld.%09lds\\n",
+    (long long)cputime.tv_sec, cputime.tv_nsec);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+How much time has elapsed since the system booted?
+Has the system been suspended for any of that time?
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct timespec diff, total, running;
+
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_BOOTTIME, &total);
+clock_gettime(CLOCK_UPTIME, &running);
+timespecsub(&total, &running, &diff);
+
+printf("Seconds since boot: %8lld.%09ld\\n",
+    (long long)total.tv_sec, total.tv_nsec);
+printf("Seconds suspended:  %8lld.%09ld\\n",
+    (long long)diff.tv_sec, diff.tv_nsec);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Set the
+.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock to Jan 1 00:00:00 2000 UTC:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct tm y2k;
+struct timespec ts;
+
+y2k.tm_year = 100;	/* 2000 */
+y2k.tm_mon = 0;		/* January */
+y2k.tm_mday = 1;
+y2k.tm_hour = 0;
+y2k.tm_min = 0;
+y2k.tm_sec = 0;
+
+ts.tv_nsec = 0;
+ts.tv_sec = timegm(&y2k);
+if (ts.tv_sec == -1)
+	err(1, "timegm");
+
+if (clock_settime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts) == -1)
+	err(1, "clock_settime");
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn clock_gettime ,
+.Fn clock_settime ,
+and
+.Fn clock_getres
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa clock
+is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa now
+or
+.Fa res
+reference invalid memory.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn clock_settime
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A user other than the superuser attempted to set the time.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa clock
+is not
+.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa now
+specifies a nanosecond value less than zero or greater than or equal to
+one billion.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa now
+specifies a value outside the range of the given
+.Fa clock .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr date 1 ,
+.Xr adjtime 2 ,
+.Xr getitimer 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr clock_getcpuclockid 3 ,
+.Xr ctime 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_getcpuclockid 3 ,
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+.Xr time 3 ,
+.Xr timespecadd 3 ,
+.Xr securelevel 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn clock_gettime ,
+.Fn clock_settime ,
+and
+.Fn clock_getres
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CLOCK_BOOTTIME
+and
+.Dv CLOCK_UPTIME
+clocks are extensions to that specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn clock_gettime ,
+.Fn clock_settime ,
+and
+.Fn clock_getres
+functions and the
+.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock first appeared in
+.St -p1003.1b-93
+and were first available in
+.Ox 2.1 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+clock first appeared in
+IEEE Std 1003.1j-2000
+.Pq Qo POSIX.1j Qc
+and was first available in
+.Ox 3.4 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID
+and
+.Dv CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID
+clocks first appeared in
+IEEE Std 1003.1d-1999
+.Pq Qo POSIX.1d Qc
+and were first available in
+.Ox 5.4 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CLOCK_UPTIME
+clock first appeared in
+.Fx 7.0
+and was first available in
+.Ox 5.5 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv CLOCK_BOOTTIME
+clock first appeared in
+Linux 2.6.39
+and was first available in
+.Ox 6.3 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/close.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/close.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d75d5a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/close.2
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: close.2,v 1.19 2022/04/15 03:04:52 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: close.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:32:14 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)close.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 15 2022 $
+.Dt CLOSE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm close
+.Nd delete a descriptor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn close "int d"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn close
+call deletes a descriptor
+.Fa d
+from the per-process object
+reference table.
+If this is the last reference to the underlying object, the
+object will be deactivated.
+For example, on the last close of a file,
+the current
+.Em seek
+pointer associated with the file is lost;
+on the last close of a
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+associated naming information and queued data are discarded;
+and on the last close of a file holding an advisory lock,
+the lock is released (see
+.Xr flock 2 ) .
+However, the semantics of System V and
+.St -p1003.1-88
+dictate that all
+.Xr fcntl 2
+advisory record locks associated with a file for a given process
+are removed when
+.Em any
+file descriptor for that file is closed by that process.
+.Pp
+When a process forks (see
+.Xr fork 2 ) ,
+all descriptors for the new child process reference the same
+objects as they did in the parent before the fork.
+If a new process image is to then be run using
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+the process would normally inherit these descriptors.
+Most of the descriptors can be rearranged with
+.Xr dup2 2
+or deleted with
+.Fn close
+before the
+.Xr execve 2
+is attempted, but since some of these descriptors may still
+be needed should the
+.Xr execve 2
+fail, it is necessary to arrange for them
+to be closed when the
+.Xr execve 2
+succeeds.
+For this reason, the call
+.Fn fcntl d F_SETFD FD_CLOEXEC
+is provided,
+which arranges that a descriptor will be closed after a successful
+.Xr execve 2 ;
+the call
+.Fn fcntl d F_SETFD 0
+restores the default,
+which is to not close the descriptor.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn close
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa d
+is not an active descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+An interrupt was received.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr closefrom 2 ,
+.Xr dup2 2 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr flock 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn close
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn close
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/closefrom.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/closefrom.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1166083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/closefrom.2
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: closefrom.2,v 1.10 2019/05/31 18:36:58 cheloha Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Ted Unangst.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2019 $
+.Dt CLOSEFROM 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm closefrom
+.Nd delete many descriptors
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn closefrom "int fd"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn closefrom
+call deletes all descriptors numbered
+.Fa fd
+and higher from the per-process file descriptor table.
+It is effectively the same as calling
+.Xr close 2
+on each descriptor.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn closefrom
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is greater than all open file descriptors.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+An interrupt was received.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr close 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn closefrom
+is a
+.Bx
+and Solaris extension.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn closefrom
+function first appeared in Solaris 9 and has been available since
+.Ox 3.5 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/connect.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/connect.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..149c9a93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/connect.2
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: connect.2,v 1.34 2019/06/20 14:19:25 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: connect.2,v 1.8 1995/10/12 15:40:48 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)connect.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 20 2019 $
+.Dt CONNECT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm connect
+.Nd initiate a connection on a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn connect "int s" "const struct sockaddr *name" "socklen_t namelen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The parameter
+.Fa s
+is a socket.
+If it is of type
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM ,
+this call specifies the peer with which the socket is to be associated;
+this address is that to which datagrams are to be sent,
+and the only address from which datagrams are to be received.
+If the socket is of type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM ,
+this call attempts to make a connection to
+another socket.
+The other socket is specified by
+.Fa name ,
+which is an address in the communications space of the socket.
+.Fa namelen
+indicates the amount of space pointed to by
+.Fa name ,
+in bytes; the
+.Fa sa_len
+member of
+.Fa name
+is ignored.
+Each communications space interprets the
+.Fa name
+parameter in its own way.
+Generally, stream sockets may use
+.Fn connect
+only once; datagram sockets may use
+.Fn connect
+multiple times to change their association.
+Datagram sockets may dissolve the association
+by connecting to an invalid address, such as a null address.
+.Pp
+If the socket is in non-blocking mode and the connection cannot be
+completed immediately, or if it is interrupted by a signal,
+.Fn connect
+will return an error and the connection attempt will proceed
+asynchronously.
+Subsequent calls to
+.Fn connect
+will fail with errno set to
+.Er EALREADY .
+It is possible to use
+.Xr select 2
+or
+.Xr poll 2
+to determine when the connect operation has completed by checking the
+socket for writability.
+The success or failure of the connection attempt may be determined by using
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+to check the socket error status with the
+.Dv SO_ERROR
+option at the
+.Dv SOL_SOCKET
+level.
+If the connection was successful, the error value will be zero.
+Otherwise, it will be one of the error values listed below.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the connection or binding succeeds, 0 is returned.
+Otherwise a \-1 is returned, and a more specific error
+code is stored in
+.Va errno .
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following code connects to the host described by
+.Fa name
+and handles the case where
+.Fn connect
+is interrupted by a signal.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <err.h>
+
+int
+connect_wait(int s)
+{
+	struct pollfd pfd[1];
+	int error = 0;
+	socklen_t len = sizeof(error);
+
+	pfd[0].fd = s;
+	pfd[0].events = POLLOUT;
+
+	if (poll(pfd, 1, -1) == -1)
+		return -1;
+	if (getsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &error, &len) == -1)
+		return -1;
+	if (error != 0) {
+		errno = error;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+\&...
+
+int retcode;
+
+\&...
+
+for (retcode = connect(s, name, namelen);
+    retcode == -1 && errno == EINTR;
+    retcode = connect_wait(s))
+	continue;
+if (retcode == -1)
+	err(1, "connect");
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn connect
+call fails if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+.Fa s
+is not a socket.
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+No suitable address is available on the local machine.
+.It Bq Er EAFNOSUPPORT
+Addresses in the specified address family cannot be used with this socket.
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+The socket is already connected.
+.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT
+Connection establishment timed out without establishing a connection.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A TCP connection with a local broadcast, the all-ones or a
+multicast address as the peer was attempted.
+.It Bq Er ECONNREFUSED
+The attempt to connect was forcefully rejected.
+.It Bq Er EHOSTUNREACH
+The destination address specified an unreachable host.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The connection attempt was interrupted by a signal.
+The attempt will continue asynchronously as if the socket was non-blocking.
+.It Bq Er ENETUNREACH
+The network isn't reachable from this host.
+.It Bq Er EADDRINUSE
+The address is already in use.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+parameter specifies an area outside
+the process address space.
+.It Bq Er EINPROGRESS
+The socket is non-blocking and the connection cannot
+be completed immediately.
+.It Bq Er EALREADY
+Either the socket is non-blocking or a previous call to
+.Fn connect
+was interrupted by a signal, and the connection attempt has not yet
+been completed.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A TCP connection on a socket with socket option TCP_MD5SIG was
+attempted without configuring the security parameters correctly.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors are specific to connecting names in the
+.Ux Ns -domain .
+These errors may not apply in future versions of the
+.Ux
+IPC domain.
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named socket does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Write access to the named socket is denied.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPROTOTYPE
+The file described by
+.Fa name
+is of a different type than
+.Fa s .
+E.g.,
+.Fa s
+may be of type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+whereas
+.Fa name
+may refer to a socket of type
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr getsockname 2 ,
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn connect
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn connect
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/csh.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/csh.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af767ea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/csh.2
@@ -0,0 +1,1302 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: csh.2,v 1.12 2010/12/23 08:54:59 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: csh.2,v 1.3 1995/03/21 09:03:35 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)csh.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
+.\"
+.nr H1 1
+.NH
+Details on the shell for terminal users
+.NH 2
+Shell startup and termination
+.PP
+When you login, the shell is started by the system in your
+.I home
+directory and begins by reading commands from a file
+.I \&.cshrc
+in this directory.
+All shells which you may start during your terminal session will
+read from this file.
+We will later see what kinds of commands are usefully placed there.
+For now we need not have this file and the shell does not complain about
+its absence.
+.PP
+A
+.I "login shell" ,
+executed after you login to the system,
+will, after it reads commands from
+.I \&.cshrc ,
+read commands from a file
+.I \&.login
+also in your home directory.
+This file contains commands which you wish to do each time you log in
+to the UNIX system.
+My
+.I \&.login
+file looks something like:
+.DS
+set ignoreeof
+set mail=(/usr/spool/mail/bill)
+echo "${prompt}users" ; users
+alias ts \e
+	\'set noglob ; eval \`tset \-s \-m dialup:c100rv4pna \-m plugboard:?hp2621nl \!*\`\';
+ts; stty intr ^C kill ^U crt
+set time=15 history=10
+if (\-e $mail) then
+	echo "${prompt}mail"
+	mail
+endif
+.DE
+.PP
+This file contains several commands to be executed by UNIX
+each time I log in.
+The first is a
+.I set
+command which is interpreted directly by the shell.  It sets the shell
+variable
+.I ignoreeof
+which causes the shell to not log me off if I hit ^D.  Rather,
+I use the
+.I logout
+command to log off the system.
+By setting the
+.I mail
+variable, I ask the shell to watch for incoming mail to me.  Every 5 minutes
+the shell looks for this file and tells me if more mail has arrived there.
+An alternative to this is to put the command
+.DS
+biff y
+.DE
+in place of this
+.I set ;
+this will cause me to be notified immediately when mail arrives, and to
+be shown the first few lines of the new message.
+.PP
+I create an
+.I alias
+``ts'' which executes a
+tset(1) command setting up the modes of the terminal.
+The parameters to
+.I tset
+indicate the kinds of terminal which I usually use when not on a hardwired
+port.  I then execute ``ts'' and also use the
+.I stty
+command to change the interrupt character to ^C and the line kill
+character to ^U.
+.PP
+Next I set the shell variable `time' to `15' causing the shell to automatically
+print out statistics lines for commands which execute for at least 15 seconds
+of CPU time.  The variable `history' is set to 10 indicating that
+I want the shell to remember the last 10 commands I type in its
+.I "history list" ,
+(described later).
+.PP
+Finally, if my mailbox file exists, then I run the `mail' program to
+process my mail.
+.PP
+When the `mail' program finishes, the shell will finish
+processing my
+.I \&.login
+file and begin reading commands from the terminal, prompting for each with
+`% '.
+When I log off (by giving the
+.I logout
+command) the shell
+will print `logout' and execute commands from the file `.logout'
+if it exists in my home directory.
+After that the shell will terminate and UNIX will log
+me off the system.
+If the system is not going down, I will receive a new login message.
+In any case, after the `logout' message the shell is committed to terminating
+and will take no further input from my terminal.
+.NH 2
+Shell variables
+.PP
+The shell maintains a set of
+.I variables .
+We saw above the variables
+.I history
+and
+.I time
+which had values `10' and `15'.
+In fact, each shell variable has as value an array of
+zero or more
+.I strings .
+Shell variables may be assigned values by the set command.  It has
+several forms, the most useful of which was given above and is
+.DS
+set name=value
+.DE
+.PP
+Shell variables may be used to store values which are to
+be used in commands later through a substitution mechanism.
+The shell variables most commonly referenced are, however, those which the
+shell itself refers to.
+By changing the values of these variables one can directly affect the
+behavior of the shell.
+.PP
+One of the most important variables is the variable
+.I path .
+This variable contains a sequence of directory names where the shell
+searches for commands.
+The
+.I set
+command with no arguments
+shows the value of all variables currently defined (we usually say
+.I set )
+in the shell.
+The default value for path will be shown by
+.I set
+to be
+.DS
+% set
+.ta .75i
+argv	()
+cwd	/home/bill
+home	/home/bill
+path	(/bin /usr/bin .)
+prompt	%
+shell	/bin/csh
+status	0
+term	c100rv4pna
+user	bill
+%
+.so tabs
+.DE
+This output indicates that the variable path points to
+`/bin', `/usr/bin', and the current directory `.'.
+Commands which you may write might be in `.' (usually one of
+your directories).
+.\" Commands developed at Berkeley live in `/usr/ucb',
+.\" while commands developed at Bell Laboratories live in `/bin' and `/usr/bin'.
+Other commands may live in /bin and /usr/bin.
+.PP
+A number of locally developed programs on the system live in the directory
+`/usr/local/bin'.
+If we wish that all shells which we invoke to have
+access to these new programs we can place the command
+.DS
+set path=(/bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin .)
+.DE
+in our file
+.I \&.cshrc
+in our home directory.
+Try doing this and then logging out and back in and do
+.DS
+set
+.DE
+again to see that the value assigned to
+.I path
+has changed.
+.\" .FS \(dg
+.\" Another directory that might interest you is /usr/new, which contains
+.\" many useful user-contributed programs provided with Berkeley Unix.
+.\" .FE
+.PP
+One thing you should be aware of is that the shell examines each directory
+which you insert into your path and determines which commands are contained
+there.  Except for the current directory `.', which the shell treats specially,
+this means that if commands are added to a directory in your search path after
+you have started the shell, they will not necessarily be found by the shell.
+If you wish to use a command which has been added in this way, you should
+give the command
+.DS
+rehash
+.DE
+to the shell, which will cause it to recompute its internal table of command
+locations, so that it will find the newly added command.
+Since the shell has to look in the current directory `.' on each command,
+placing it at the end of the path specification usually works equivalently
+and reduces overhead.
+.PP
+Other useful built in variables are the variable
+.I home ,
+which shows your home directory;
+.I cwd ,
+which contains your current working directory;
+and the variable
+.I ignoreeof ,
+which can be set in your
+.I \&.login
+file to tell the shell not to exit when it receives an end-of-file from
+a terminal (as described above).
+The variable `ignoreeof'
+is one of several variables which the shell does not care about the
+value of, only whether they are
+.I set
+or
+.I unset .
+Thus to set this variable you simply do
+.DS
+set ignoreeof
+.DE
+and to unset it do
+.DS
+unset ignoreeof
+.DE
+These give the variable `ignoreeof' no value, but none is desired or required.
+.PP
+Finally, some other built-in shell variables of use are the
+variables
+.I noclobber
+and
+.I mail .
+The metasyntax
+.DS
+> filename
+.DE
+which redirects the standard output of a command,
+will overwrite and destroy the previous contents of the named file.
+In this way you may accidentally overwrite a file which is valuable.
+If you would prefer that the shell not overwrite files in this
+way you can
+.DS
+set noclobber
+.DE
+in your
+.I \&.login
+file.
+Then trying to do
+.DS
+date > now
+.DE
+would cause a diagnostic if `now' existed already.
+You could type
+.DS
+date >!  now
+.DE
+if you really wanted to overwrite the contents of `now'.
+The `>!' is a special metasyntax indicating that clobbering the
+file is ok.\(dg
+.FS
+\(dgThe space between the `!' and the word `now' is critical here, as `!now'
+would be an invocation of the
+.I history
+mechanism, and have a totally different effect.
+.FE
+.NH 2
+The shell's history list
+.PP
+The shell can maintain a
+.I "history list"
+into which it places the words
+of previous commands.
+It is possible to use a notation to reuse commands or words
+from commands in forming new commands.
+This mechanism can be used to repeat previous commands or to
+correct minor typing mistakes in commands.
+.PP
+The following figure gives a sample session involving typical usage of the
+history mechanism of the shell.
+.KF
+.DS
+% cat bug.c
+main()
+
+{
+	printf("hello);
+}
+% cc !$
+cc bug.c
+bug.c:4: unterminated string or character constant
+bug.c:4: possible real start of unterminated constant
+% ed !$
+ed bug.c
+29
+4s/);/"&/p
+        printf("hello");
+w
+30
+q
+% !c
+cc bug.c
+% a.out
+hello% !e
+ed bug.c
+30
+4s/lo/lo\e\en/p
+        printf("hello\en");
+w
+32
+q
+% !c \-o bug
+cc bug.c \-o bug
+% size a.out bug
+text	data	bss	dec	hex
+1022	208	288	1518	5ee	a.out
+1022	208	288	1518	5ee	bug
+% ls \-l !*
+ls \-l a.out bug
+\(mirwxr\(mixr\(mix 1 bill       3932 Dec 19 09:41 a.out
+\(mirwxr\(mixr\(mix 1 bill       3932 Dec 19 09:42 bug
+% bug
+hello
+% cay -n bug.c
+cay: Command not found.
+% ^cay^cat
+cat -n bug.c
+    1	main()
+    3	{
+    4		printf("hello\en");
+    5	}
+% !! | lpr
+cat -n bug.c | lpr
+%
+.DE
+.KE
+In this example we have a very simple C program which has a bug (or two)
+in it in the file `bug.c', which we `cat' out on our terminal.  We then
+try to run the C compiler on it, referring to the file again as `!$',
+meaning the last argument to the previous command.  Here the `!' is the
+history mechanism invocation metacharacter, and the `$' stands for the last
+argument, by analogy to `$' in the editor which stands for the end of the line.
+The shell echoed the command, as it would have been typed without use of
+the history mechanism, and then executed it.
+The compilation yielded error diagnostics so we now run the editor on the
+file we were trying to compile, fix the bug, and run the C compiler again,
+this time referring to this command simply as `!c', which repeats the last
+command which started with the letter `c'.  If there were other
+commands starting with `c' done recently we could have said `!cc' or even
+`!cc:p' which would have printed the last command starting with `cc'
+without executing it.
+.PP
+After this recompilation, we ran the resulting `a.out' file, and then
+noting that there still was a bug, ran the editor again.  After fixing
+the program we ran the C compiler again, but tacked onto the command
+an extra `\-o bug' telling the compiler to place the resultant binary in
+the file `bug' rather than `a.out'.  In general, the history mechanisms
+may be used anywhere in the formation of new commands and other characters
+may be placed before and after the substituted commands.
+.PP
+We then ran the `size' command to see how large the binary program images
+we have created were, and then an `ls \-l' command with the same argument
+list, denoting the argument list `\!*'.
+Finally we ran the program `bug' to see that its output is indeed correct.
+.PP
+To make a numbered listing of the program we ran the `cat' command on the file `bug.c', with the `-n' flag.
+Unfortunately, we mispelled `cat' as `cay'.
+To correct this
+we used a shell substitute, placing the old text and new text between `^'
+characters.  This is similar to the substitute command in the editor.
+Finally, we repeated the same command with `!!', but sent its output to the
+line printer.
+.PP
+There are other mechanisms available for repeating commands.  The
+.I history
+command prints out a number of previous commands with numbers by which
+they can be referenced.  There is a way to refer to a previous command
+by searching for a string which appeared in it, and there are other,
+less useful, ways to select arguments to include in a new command.
+A complete description of all these mechanisms
+is given in the C shell manual pages in the UNIX Programmer's Manual.
+.NH 2
+Aliases
+.PP
+The shell has an
+.I alias
+mechanism which can be used to make transformations on input commands.
+This mechanism can be used to simplify the commands you type,
+to supply default arguments to commands,
+or to perform transformations on commands and their arguments.
+The alias facility is similar to a macro facility.
+Some of the features obtained by aliasing can be obtained also
+using shell command files, but these take place in another instance
+of the shell and cannot directly affect the current shells environment
+or involve commands such as
+.I cd
+which must be done in the current shell.
+.PP
+As an example, suppose that there is a new version of the mail program
+on the system called `newmail'
+you wish to use, rather than the standard mail program which is called
+`mail'.
+If you place the shell command
+.DS
+alias mail newmail
+.DE
+in your
+.I \&.cshrc
+file, the shell will transform an input line of the form
+.DS
+mail bill
+.DE
+into a call on `newmail'.
+More generally, suppose we wish the command `ls' to always show
+sizes of files, that is, to always do `\-s'.
+We can do
+.DS
+alias ls ls \-s
+.DE
+or even
+.DS
+alias dir ls \-s
+.DE
+creating a new command syntax `dir'
+which does an `ls \-s'.
+If we say
+.DS
+dir ~bill
+.DE
+then the shell will translate this to
+.DS
+ls \-s /home/bill
+.DE
+.PP
+Thus the
+.I alias
+mechanism can be used to provide short names for commands,
+to provide default arguments,
+and to define new short commands in terms of other commands.
+It is also possible to define aliases which contain multiple
+commands or pipelines, showing where the arguments to the original
+command are to be substituted using the facilities of the
+history mechanism.
+Thus the definition
+.DS
+alias cd \'cd \e!* ; ls \'
+.DE
+would do an
+.I ls
+command after each change directory
+.I cd
+command.
+We enclosed the entire alias definition in `\'' characters to prevent
+most substitutions from occurring and the character `;' from being
+recognized as a metacharacter.
+The `!' here is escaped with a `\e' to prevent it from being interpreted
+when the alias command is typed in.
+The `\e!*' here substitutes the entire argument list to the pre-aliasing
+.I cd
+command, without giving an error if there were no arguments.
+The `;' separating commands is used here
+to indicate that one command is to be done and then the next.
+Similarly the definition
+.DS
+alias whois \'grep \e!^ /etc/passwd\'
+.DE
+defines a command which looks up its first argument in the password file.
+.PP
+.B Warning:
+The shell currently reads the
+.I \&.cshrc
+file each time it starts up.  If you place a large number of commands
+there, shells will tend to start slowly.  A mechanism for saving the shell
+environment after reading the \fI\&.cshrc\fR file and quickly restoring it is
+under development, but for now you should try to limit the number of
+aliases you have to a reasonable number... 10 or 15 is reasonable,
+50 or 60 will cause a noticeable delay in starting up shells, and make
+the system seem sluggish when you execute commands from within the editor
+and other programs.
+.NH 2
+More redirection; >> and >&
+.PP
+There are a few more notations useful to the terminal user
+which have not been introduced yet.
+.PP
+In addition to the standard output, commands also have a
+.I "diagnostic output"
+which is normally directed to the terminal even when the standard output
+is redirected to a file or a pipe.
+It is occasionally desirable to direct the diagnostic output along with
+the standard output.
+For instance if you want to redirect the output of a long running command
+into a file and wish to have a record of any error diagnostic it produces
+you can do
+.DS
+command >& file
+.DE
+The `>&' here tells the shell to route both the diagnostic output and the
+standard output into `file'.
+Similarly you can give the command
+.DS
+command |\|& lpr
+.DE
+to route both standard and diagnostic output through the pipe
+to the line printer daemon
+.I lpr .\(dd
+.FS
+\(dd A command of the form
+.br
+.ti +5
+command >&! file
+.br
+exists, and is used when
+.I noclobber
+is set and
+.I file
+already exists.
+.FE
+.PP
+Finally, it is possible to use the form
+.DS
+command >> file
+.DE
+to place output at the end of an existing file.\(dg
+.FS
+\(dg If
+.I noclobber
+is set, then an error will result if
+.I file
+does not exist, otherwise the shell will create
+.I file
+if it doesn't exist.
+A form
+.br
+.ti +5
+command >>! file
+.br
+makes it not be an error for file to not exist when
+.I noclobber
+is set.
+.FE
+.NH 2
+Jobs; Background, Foreground, or Suspended
+.PP
+When one or more commands
+are typed together as a pipeline or as a sequence of commands separated by
+semicolons, a single
+.I job
+is created by the shell consisting of these commands together as a unit.
+Single commands without pipes or semicolons create the simplest jobs.
+Usually, every line typed to the shell creates a job.
+Some lines that create jobs (one per line) are
+.DS
+sort < data
+ls \-s | sort \-n | head \-5
+mail harold
+.DE
+.PP
+If the metacharacter `&' is typed
+at the end of the commands, then the job is started as a
+.I background
+job.  This means that the shell does not wait for it to complete but
+immediately prompts and is ready for another command.  The job runs
+.I "in the background"
+at the same time that normal jobs, called
+.I foreground
+jobs, continue to be read and executed by the shell one at a time.
+Thus
+.DS
+du > usage &
+.DE
+would run the
+.I du
+program, which reports on the disk usage of your working directory (as well as
+any directories below it), put the output into the file `usage' and return
+immediately with a prompt for the next command without waiting for
+.I du
+to finish.  The
+.I du
+program would continue executing in the background
+until it finished, even though you can type and execute more commands in the
+meantime.
+When a background
+job terminates, a message is typed by the shell just before the next prompt
+telling you that the job has completed.
+In the following example the
+.I du
+job finishes sometime during the
+execution of the
+.I mail
+command and its completion is reported just before
+the prompt after the
+.I mail
+job is finished.
+.DS
+% du > usage &
+[1] 503
+% mail bill
+How do you know when a background job is finished?
+EOT
+.ta 1.75i
+[1] \- Done	du > usage
+%
+.so tabs
+.DE
+If the job did not terminate normally, the `Done' message might say
+something else like `Killed'.
+If you want the
+terminations of background jobs to be reported at the time they occur
+(possibly interrupting the output of other foreground jobs), you can set
+the
+.I notify
+variable.  In the previous example this would mean that the
+`Done' message might have come right in the middle of the message to
+Bill.
+Background jobs are unaffected by any signals from the keyboard like
+the STOP, INTERRUPT, or QUIT signals mentioned earlier.
+.PP
+Jobs are recorded in a table inside the shell until they terminate.
+In this table, the shell remembers the command names, arguments, and the
+.I "process numbers"
+of all commands in the job, as well as the working directory where the job was
+started.
+Each job in the table is either running
+.I "in the foreground"
+with the shell waiting for it to terminate, running
+.I "in the background" ,
+or
+.I suspended .
+Only one job can be running in the foreground at one time, but several
+jobs can be suspended or running in the background at once.  As each job
+is started, it is assigned a small identifying
+number called the
+.I "job number"
+which can be used later to refer to the job in the commands described below.
+Job numbers remain
+the same until the job terminates and then are re-used.
+.PP
+When a job is started in the background using `&', its number, as well
+as the process numbers of all its (top level) commands, is typed by the shell
+before prompting you for another command. For example,
+.DS
+% ls \-s | sort \-n > usage &
+[2] 2034 2035
+%
+.DE
+runs the `ls' program with the `\-s' option, pipes this output into
+the `sort' program with the `\-n' option, which puts its output into the
+file `usage'.
+Since the `&' was at the end of the line, these two programs were started
+together as a background job.  After starting the job, the shell prints
+the job number in brackets (2 in this case) followed by the process number
+of each program started in the job.  Then the shell immediately prompts for
+a new command, leaving the job running simultaneously.
+.PP
+As mentioned in section 1.8, foreground jobs become
+.I suspended
+by typing ^Z,
+which sends a STOP signal to the currently running
+foreground job.  A background job can become suspended by using the
+.I stop
+command described below.  When jobs are suspended they merely stop
+any further progress until started again, either in the foreground
+or the background.  The shell notices when a job becomes stopped and
+reports this fact, much like it reports the termination of background jobs.
+For foreground jobs this looks like
+.DS
+% du > usage
+^Z
+Suspended
+%
+.DE
+The `Suspended' message is typed by the shell when it notices that the
+.I du
+program stopped.
+For background jobs, using the
+.I stop
+command, it is
+.DS
+% sort usage &
+[1] 2345
+% stop %1
+.ta 1.75i
+[1] + Suspended (signal)	sort usage
+%
+.so tabs
+.DE
+Suspending foreground jobs can be very useful when you need to temporarily
+change what you are doing (execute other commands) and then return to
+the suspended job.  Also, foreground jobs can be suspended and then
+continued as background jobs using the
+.I bg
+command, allowing you to continue other work and
+stop waiting for the foreground job to finish.  Thus
+.DS
+% du > usage
+^Z
+Stopped
+% bg
+[1] du > usage &
+%
+.DE
+starts `du' in the foreground, stops it before it finishes, then continues
+it in the background allowing more foreground commands to be executed.
+This is especially helpful
+when a foreground job ends up taking longer than you expected and you
+wish you had started it in the background in the beginning.
+.PP
+All
+.I "job control"
+commands can take an argument that identifies a particular
+job.
+All job name arguments begin with the character `%', since some of the
+job control commands also accept process numbers (printed by the
+.I ps
+command).
+The default job (when no argument is given) is called the
+.I current
+job and is identified by a `+' in the output of the
+.I jobs
+command, which shows you which jobs you have.
+When only one job is stopped or running in the background (the usual case)
+it is always the current job; thus no argument is needed.
+If a job is stopped while running in the foreground it becomes the
+.I current
+job and the existing current job becomes the
+.I previous
+job \- identified by a `\-' in the output of
+.I jobs .
+When the current job terminates, the previous job becomes the current job.
+When given, the argument is either `%\-' (indicating
+the previous job); `%#', where # is the job number;
+`%pref' where pref is some unique prefix of the command name
+and arguments of one of the jobs; or `%?' followed by some string found
+in only one of the jobs.
+.PP
+The
+.I jobs
+command types the table of jobs, giving the job number,
+commands and status (`Suspended' or `Running') of each background or
+suspended job.  With the `\-l' option the process numbers are also
+typed.
+.DS
+% du > usage &
+[1] 3398
+% ls \-s | sort \-n > myfile &
+[2] 3405
+% mail bill
+^Z
+Stopped
+% jobs
+.ta 1.75i
+[1] \(mi Running	du > usage
+[2]    Running	ls \-s | sort \-n > myfile
+[3] \(pl Suspended	mail bill
+% fg %ls
+ls \-s | sort \-n > myfile
+% more myfile
+.so tabs
+.DE
+.PP
+The
+.I fg
+command runs a suspended or background job in the foreground.  It is
+used to restart a previously suspended job or change a background job
+to run in the foreground (allowing signals or input from the terminal).
+In the above example we used
+.I fg
+to change the `ls' job from the
+background to the foreground since we wanted to wait for it to
+finish before looking at its output file.
+The
+.I bg
+command runs a suspended job in the background.  It is usually used
+after stopping the currently running foreground job with the
+STOP signal.  The combination of the STOP signal and the
+.I bg
+command changes a foreground job into a background job.
+The
+.I stop
+command suspends a background job.
+.PP
+The
+.I kill
+command terminates a background or suspended job immediately.
+In addition to jobs, it may be given process numbers as arguments,
+as printed by
+.I ps.
+Thus, in the example above, the running
+.I du
+command could have been terminated by the command
+.DS
+% kill %1
+.ta 1.75i
+[1]  Terminated	du > usage
+%
+.so tabs
+.DE
+.PP
+The
+.I notify
+command (not the variable mentioned earlier) indicates that the termination
+of a specific job should be
+reported at the time it finishes instead of waiting for the next prompt.
+.PP
+If a job running in the background tries to read input from the terminal
+it is automatically stopped.  When such a job is then run in the
+foreground, input can be given to the job.  If desired, the job can
+be run in the background again until it requests input again.
+This is illustrated in the following sequence where the `s' command in the
+text editor might take a long time.
+.ID
+.nf
+% ed bigfile
+120000
+1,$s/thisword/thatword/
+^Z
+Suspended
+% bg
+[1] ed bigfile &
+%
+ . . .  some foreground commands
+.ta 1.75i
+[1] Suspended (tty input)	ed bigfile
+% fg
+ed bigfile
+w
+120000
+q
+%
+.so tabs
+.DE
+So after the `s' command was issued, the `ed' job was stopped with ^Z
+and then put in the background using
+.I bg .
+Some time later when the `s' command was finished,
+.I ed
+tried to read another command and was stopped because jobs
+in the background cannot read from the terminal.  The
+.I fg
+command returned the `ed' job to the foreground where it could once again
+accept commands from the terminal.
+.PP
+The command
+.DS
+stty tostop
+.DE
+causes all background jobs run on your terminal to stop
+when they are about to
+write output to the terminal.  This prevents messages from background
+jobs from interrupting foreground job output and allows you to run
+a job in the background without losing terminal output.  It also
+can be used for interactive programs that sometimes have long
+periods without interaction.  Thus each time it outputs a prompt for more
+input it will stop before the prompt.  It can then be run in the
+foreground using
+.I fg ,
+more input can be given and, if necessary stopped and returned to
+the background.  This
+.I stty
+command might be a good thing to put in your
+.I \&.login
+file if you do not like output from background jobs interrupting
+your work.  It also can reduce the need for redirecting the output
+of background jobs if the output is not very big:
+.DS
+% stty tostop
+% wc hugefile &
+[1] 10387
+% ed text
+\&. . . some time later
+q
+.ta 1.75i
+[1] Stopped (tty output)	wc hugefile
+% fg wc
+wc hugefile
+   13371   30123   302577
+% stty \-tostop
+.so tabs
+.DE
+Thus after some time the `wc' command, which counts the lines, words
+and characters in a file, had one line of output.  When it tried to
+write this to the terminal it stopped.  By restarting it in the
+foreground we allowed it to write on the terminal exactly when we were
+ready to look at its output.
+Programs which attempt to change the mode of the terminal will also
+block, whether or not
+.I tostop
+is set, when they are not in the foreground, as
+it would be very unpleasant to have a background job change the state
+of the terminal.
+.PP
+Since the
+.I jobs
+command only prints jobs started in the currently executing shell,
+it knows nothing about background jobs started in other login sessions
+or within shell files.  The
+.I ps
+command can be used in this case to find out about background jobs not started
+in the current shell.
+.NH 2
+Working Directories
+.PP
+As mentioned in section 1.6, the shell is always in a particular
+.I "working directory" .
+The `change directory' command
+.I chdir
+(its
+short form
+.I cd
+may also be used)
+changes the working directory of the shell,
+that is, changes the directory you
+are located in.
+.PP
+It is useful to make a directory for each project you wish to work on
+and to place all files related to that project in that directory.
+The `make directory' command,
+.I mkdir ,
+creates a new directory.
+The
+.I pwd
+(`print working directory') command
+reports the absolute pathname of the working directory of the shell,
+that is, the directory you are
+located in.
+Thus in the example below:
+.DS
+% pwd
+/home/bill
+% mkdir newpaper
+% chdir newpaper
+% pwd
+/home/bill/newpaper
+%
+.DE
+the user has created and moved to the
+directory
+.I newpaper ,
+where, for example, he might
+place a group of related files.
+.PP
+No matter where you have moved to in a directory hierarchy,
+you can return to your `home' login directory by doing just
+.DS
+cd
+.DE
+with no arguments.
+The name `..' always means the directory above the current one in
+the hierarchy; thus
+.DS
+cd ..
+.DE
+changes the shell's working directory to the one directly above the
+current one.
+The name `..' can be used in any
+pathname; thus,
+.DS
+cd ../programs
+.DE
+means
+change to the directory `programs' contained in the directory
+above the current one.
+If you have several directories for different
+projects under, say, your home directory,
+this shorthand notation
+permits you to switch easily between them.
+.PP
+The shell always remembers the pathname of its current working directory in
+the variable
+.I cwd .
+The shell can also be requested to remember the previous directory when
+you change to a new working directory.  If the `push directory' command
+.I pushd
+is used in place of the
+.I cd
+command, the shell saves the name of the current working directory
+on a
+.I "directory stack"
+before changing to the new one.
+You can see this list at any time by typing the `directories'
+command
+.I dirs .
+.ID
+.nf
+% pushd newpaper/references
+~/newpaper/references  ~
+% pushd /usr/lib/tmac
+/usr/lib/tmac  ~/newpaper/references  ~
+% dirs
+/usr/lib/tmac  ~/newpaper/references  ~
+% popd
+~/newpaper/references  ~
+% popd
+~
+%
+.DE
+The list is printed in a horizontal line, reading left to right,
+with a tilde (~) as
+shorthand for your home directory\(emin this case `/home/bill'.
+The directory stack is printed whenever there is more than one
+entry on it and it changes.
+It is also printed by a
+.I dirs
+command.
+.I Dirs
+is usually faster and more informative than
+.I pwd
+since it shows the current working directory as well as any
+other directories remembered in the stack.
+.PP
+The
+.I pushd
+command with no argument
+alternates the current directory with the first directory in the
+list.
+The `pop directory'
+.I popd
+command without an argument returns you to the directory you were in prior to
+the current one, discarding the previous current directory from the
+stack (forgetting it).
+Typing
+.I popd
+several times in a series takes you backward through the directories
+you had been in (changed to) by the
+.I pushd
+command.
+There are other options to
+.I pushd
+and
+.I popd
+to manipulate the contents of the directory stack and to change
+to directories not at the top of the stack; see the
+.I csh
+manual page for details.
+.PP
+Since the shell remembers the working directory in which each job
+was started, it warns you when you might be confused by restarting
+a job in the foreground which has a different working directory than the
+current working directory of the shell.  Thus if you start a background
+job, then change the shell's working directory and then cause the
+background job to run in the foreground, the shell warns you that the
+working directory of the currently running foreground job is different
+from that of the shell.
+.DS
+% dirs \-l
+/home/bill
+% cd myproject
+% dirs
+~/myproject
+% ed prog.c
+1143
+^Z
+Suspended
+% cd ..
+% ls
+myproject
+textfile
+% fg
+ed prog.c (wd: ~/myproject)
+.DE
+This way the shell warns you when there
+is an implied change of working directory, even though no cd command was
+issued.  In the above example the `ed' job was still in `/home/bill/project'
+even though the shell had changed to `/home/bill'.
+A similar warning is given when such a foreground job
+terminates or is suspended (using the STOP signal) since
+the return to the shell again implies a change of working directory.
+.DS
+% fg
+ed prog.c (wd: ~/myproject)
+ . . . after some editing
+q
+(wd now: ~)
+%
+.DE
+These messages are sometimes confusing if you use programs that change
+their own working directories, since the shell only remembers which
+directory a job is started in, and assumes it stays there.
+The `\-l' option of
+.I jobs
+will type the working directory
+of suspended or background jobs when it is different
+from the current working directory of the shell.
+.NH 2
+Useful built-in commands
+.PP
+We now give a few of the useful built-in commands of the shell describing
+how they are used.
+.PP
+The
+.I alias
+command described above is used to assign new aliases and to show the
+existing aliases.
+With no arguments it prints the current aliases.
+It may also be given only one argument such as
+.DS
+alias ls
+.DE
+to show the current alias for, e.g., `ls'.
+.PP
+The
+.I echo
+command prints its arguments.
+It is often used in
+.I "shell scripts"
+or as an interactive command
+to see what filename expansions will produce.
+.PP
+The
+.I history
+command will show the contents of the history list.
+The numbers given with the history events can be used to reference
+previous events which are difficult to reference using the
+contextual mechanisms introduced above.
+There is also a shell variable called
+.I prompt .
+By placing a `!' character in its value the shell will there substitute
+the number of the current command in the history list.
+You can use this number to refer to this command in a history substitution.
+Thus you could
+.DS
+set prompt=\'\e! % \'
+.DE
+Note that the `!' character had to be
+.I escaped
+here even within `\'' characters.
+.PP
+The
+.I limit
+command is used to restrict use of resources.
+With no arguments it prints the current limitations:
+.DS
+.ta 1i
+cputime	unlimited
+filesize	unlimited
+datasize	5616 kbytes
+stacksize	512 kbytes
+coredumpsize	unlimited
+.so tabs
+.DE
+Limits can be set, e.g.:
+.DS
+limit coredumpsize 128k
+.DE
+Most reasonable units abbreviations will work; see the
+.I csh
+manual page for more details.
+.PP
+The
+.I logout
+command can be used to terminate a login shell which has
+.I ignoreeof
+set.
+.PP
+The
+.I rehash
+command causes the shell to recompute a table of where commands are
+located.  This is necessary if you add a command to a directory
+in the current shell's search path and wish the shell to find it,
+since otherwise the hashing algorithm may tell the shell that the
+command wasn't in that directory when the hash table was computed.
+.PP
+The
+.I repeat
+command can be used to repeat a command several times.
+Thus to make 5 copies of the file
+.I one
+in the file
+.I five
+you could do
+.DS
+repeat 5 cat one >> five
+.DE
+.PP
+The
+.I setenv
+command can be used
+to set variables in the environment.
+Thus
+.DS
+setenv TERM adm3a
+.DE
+will set the value of the environment variable TERM
+to
+`adm3a'.
+A user program
+.I printenv
+exists which will print out the environment.
+It might then show:
+.DS
+% printenv
+HOME=/home/bill
+SHELL=/bin/csh
+PATH=:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin
+TERM=adm3a
+USER=bill
+%
+.DE
+.PP
+The
+.I source
+command can be used to force the current shell to read commands from
+a file.
+Thus
+.DS
+source .cshrc
+.DE
+can be used after editing in a change to the
+.I \&.cshrc
+file which you wish to take effect right away.
+.PP
+The
+.I time
+command can be used to cause a command to be timed no matter how much
+CPU time it takes.
+Thus
+.DS
+% time cp /etc/rc /home/bill/rc
+0.0u 0.1s 0:01 8% 2+1k 3+2io 1pf+0w
+% time wc /etc/rc /home/bill/rc
+     52    178   1347 /etc/rc
+     52    178   1347 /home/bill/rc
+    104    356   2694 total
+0.1u 0.1s 0:00 13% 3+3k 5+3io 7pf+0w
+%
+.DE
+indicates that the
+.I cp
+command used a negligible amount of user time (u)
+and about 1/10th of a system time (s); the elapsed time was 1 second (0:01),
+there was an average memory usage of 2k bytes of program space and 1k
+bytes of data space over the CPU time involved (2+1k); the program
+did three disk reads and two disk writes (3+2io), and took one page fault
+and was not swapped (1pf+0w).
+The word count command
+.I wc
+on the other hand used 0.1 seconds of user time and 0.1 seconds of system
+time in less than a second of elapsed time.
+The percentage `13%' indicates that over the period when it was active
+the command `wc' used an average of 13 percent of the available CPU
+cycles of the machine.
+.PP
+The
+.I unalias
+and
+.I unset
+commands can be used
+to remove aliases and variable definitions from the shell, and
+.I unsetenv
+removes variables from the environment.
+.NH 2
+What else?
+.PP
+This concludes the basic discussion of the shell for terminal users.
+There are more features of the shell to be discussed here, and all
+features of the shell are discussed in its manual pages.
+One useful feature which is discussed later is the
+.I foreach
+built-in command which can be used to run the same command
+sequence with a number of different arguments.
+.PP
+If you intend to use UNIX a lot you should look through
+the rest of this document and the csh manual pages (section1) to become familiar
+with the other facilities which are available to you.
+.bp
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/dup.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/dup.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82831ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/dup.2
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: dup.2,v 1.21 2025/08/04 04:59:31 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: dup.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:32:21 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)dup.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt DUP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm dup ,
+.Nm dup2 ,
+.Nm dup3
+.Nd duplicate an existing file descriptor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn dup "int oldd"
+.Ft int
+.Fn dup2 "int oldd" "int newd"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn dup3 "int oldd" "int newd" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn dup
+duplicates an existing object descriptor and returns its value to
+the calling process
+.Fa ( newd
+=
+.Fn dup oldd ) .
+The argument
+.Fa oldd
+is a small non-negative integer index in the per-process descriptor table.
+The value must be less than the size of the table, which is returned by
+.Xr getdtablesize 3 .
+The new descriptor returned by the call is the lowest numbered descriptor
+currently not in use by the process.
+.Pp
+The object referenced by the descriptor does not distinguish between
+.Fa oldd
+and
+.Fa newd
+in any way.
+Thus if
+.Fa newd
+and
+.Fa oldd
+are duplicate references to an open
+file,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr write 2
+and
+.Xr lseek 2
+calls all move a single pointer into the file,
+and append mode, non-blocking I/O and asynchronous I/O options
+are shared between the references.
+If a separate pointer into the file is desired, a different
+object reference to the file must be obtained by issuing an
+additional
+.Xr open 2
+call.
+The close-on-exec and close-on-fork flags on the new file descriptor
+are unset.
+.Pp
+In
+.Fn dup2 ,
+the value of the new descriptor
+.Fa newd
+is specified.
+If this descriptor is already in use, it is first deallocated as if a
+.Xr close 2
+call had been done first.
+When
+.Fa newd
+equals
+.Fa oldd ,
+.Fn dup2
+just returns without affecting the close-on-exec or close-on-fork flags.
+.Pp
+In
+.Fn dup3 ,
+the value of the new descriptor and the close-on-exec and close-on-fork
+flags on
+the new file descriptor are all specified:
+.Fa newd
+specifies the value and the
+.Dv O_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv O_CLOFORK
+bits in
+.Fa flags
+specify the close-on-exec and close-on-forks flag, respectively.
+Unlike
+.Fn dup2 ,
+if
+.Fa oldd
+and
+.Fa newd
+are equal then
+.Fn dup3
+fails.
+Otherwise, if
+.Fa flags
+is zero then
+.Fn dup3
+is identical to a call to
+.Fn dup2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, the value of the new descriptor is returned.
+The value \-1 is returned if an error occurs in either call.
+The external variable
+.Va errno
+indicates the cause of the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn dup
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa oldd
+is not a valid active descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+Too many descriptors are active.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn dup2
+and
+.Fn dup3
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa oldd
+is not a valid active descriptor or
+.Fa newd
+is negative or greater than or equal to the process's
+.Dv RLIMIT_NOFILE
+limit.
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+A race condition with
+.Xr accept 2
+or
+.Xr open 2
+has been detected.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+An interrupt was received.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn dup3
+will return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa oldd
+is equal to
+.Fa newd
+or
+.Fa flags
+is invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn dup ,
+.Fn dup2 ,
+and
+.Fn dup3
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn dup
+system call first appeared in
+.At v3 ,
+.Fn dup2
+in
+.At v7 ,
+and
+.Fn dup3
+in
+.Ox 5.7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/execve.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/execve.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..463c3af0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/execve.2
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: execve.2,v 1.60 2025/08/04 04:59:31 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: execve.2,v 1.9 1995/02/27 12:32:25 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)execve.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/24/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt EXECVE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm execve
+.Nd execute a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn execve "const char *path" "char *const argv[]" "char *const envp[]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn execve
+transforms the calling process into a new process.
+The new process is constructed from an ordinary file,
+whose name is pointed to by
+.Fa path ,
+called the
+.Em new process file .
+This file is either an executable object file,
+or a file of data for an interpreter.
+An executable object file consists of an identifying header,
+followed by pages of data representing the initial program (text)
+and initialized data pages.
+Additional pages may be specified by the header to be initialized
+with zero data; see
+.Xr elf 5 .
+.Pp
+An interpreter file begins with a line of the form:
+.Pp
+.D1 #! Ar interpreter Op Ar arg
+.Pp
+When an interpreter file is passed to
+.Fn execve ,
+the system instead calls
+.Fn execve
+with the specified
+.Ar interpreter .
+If the optional
+.Ar arg
+is specified, it becomes the first argument to the
+.Ar interpreter ,
+and the original
+.Fa path
+becomes the second argument;
+otherwise,
+.Fa path
+becomes the first argument.
+The original arguments are shifted over to become the subsequent arguments.
+The zeroth argument, normally the name of the file being executed, is left
+unchanged.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa argv
+is a pointer to a null-terminated array of
+character pointers to NUL-terminated character strings.
+These strings construct the argument list to be made available to the new
+process.
+At least one non-null argument must be present in the array;
+by custom, the first element should be
+the name of the executed program (for example, the last component of
+.Fa path ) .
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa envp
+is also a pointer to a null-terminated array of
+character pointers to NUL-terminated strings.
+A pointer to this array is normally stored in the global variable
+.Va environ .
+These strings pass information to the
+new process that is not directly an argument to the command (see
+.Xr environ 7 ) .
+.Pp
+File descriptors open in the calling process image remain open in
+the new process image, except for those for which the close-on-exec
+flag is set (see
+.Xr close 2
+and
+.Xr fcntl 2 ) .
+Descriptors that remain open are unaffected by
+.Fn execve ,
+except that the close-on-fork flag is cleared on all descriptors.
+In the case of a new setuid or setgid executable being executed, if
+file descriptors 0, 1, or 2 (representing stdin, stdout, and stderr)
+are currently unallocated, these descriptors will be opened to point to
+some system file like
+.Pa /dev/null .
+The intent is to ensure these descriptors are not unallocated, since
+many libraries make assumptions about the use of these 3 file descriptors.
+.Pp
+Signals set to be ignored in the calling process,
+with the exception of
+.Dv SIGCHLD ,
+are set to be ignored in
+the
+new process.
+Other signals
+are set to default action in the new process image.
+Blocked signals remain blocked regardless of changes to the signal action.
+The signal stack is reset to be undefined (see
+.Xr sigaction 2
+for more information).
+.Pp
+If the set-user-ID mode bit of the new process image file is set
+(see
+.Xr chmod 2 ) ,
+the effective user ID of the new process image is set to the owner ID
+of the new process image file.
+If the set-group-ID mode bit of the new process image file is set,
+the effective group ID of the new process image is set to the group ID
+of the new process image file.
+(The effective group ID is the first element of the group list.)
+The real user ID, real group ID and
+other group IDs of the new process image remain the same as the calling
+process image.
+After any set-user-ID and set-group-ID processing,
+the effective user ID is recorded as the saved set-user-ID,
+and the effective group ID is recorded as the saved set-group-ID.
+These values may be used in changing the effective IDs later (see
+.Xr setuid 2 ) .
+The set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits have no effect if the
+new process image file is located on a file system mounted with
+the nosuid flag.
+The process will be started without the new permissions.
+.Pp
+The new process also inherits the following attributes from
+the calling process:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width controlling_terminal -offset indent -compact
+.It process ID
+see
+.Xr getpid 2
+.It parent process ID
+see
+.Xr getppid 2
+.It process group ID
+see
+.Xr getpgrp 2
+.It session ID
+see
+.Xr getsid 2
+.It access groups
+see
+.Xr getgroups 2
+.It working directory
+see
+.Xr chdir 2
+.It root directory
+see
+.Xr chroot 2
+.It controlling terminal
+see
+.Xr termios 4
+.It resource usages
+see
+.Xr getrusage 2
+.It interval timers
+see
+.Xr getitimer 2
+(unless process image file is setuid or setgid,
+in which case all timers are disabled)
+.It resource limits
+see
+.Xr getrlimit 2
+.It file mode mask
+see
+.Xr umask 2
+.It signal mask
+see
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2
+.El
+.Pp
+When a program is executed as a result of an
+.Fn execve
+call, it is entered as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl main(int argc, char **argv, char **envp)
+.Pp
+where
+.Fa argc
+is the number of elements in
+.Fa argv
+(the
+.Dq arg count )
+and
+.Fa argv
+points to the array of character pointers
+to the arguments themselves.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+As the
+.Fn execve
+function overlays the current process image
+with a new process image, the successful call
+has no process to return to.
+If
+.Fn execve
+does return to the calling process, an error has occurred; the
+return value will be \-1 and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn execve
+will fail and return to the calling process if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The new process file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The new process file is not an ordinary file.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The new process file mode denies execute permission.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The new process file is on a filesystem mounted with execution
+disabled
+.Pf ( Dv MNT_NOEXEC
+in
+.In sys/mount.h ) .
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The new process file is marked with
+.Xr ld 1
+.Fl z Cm wxneeded
+to allow W^X violating operations, but it is located on a file
+system which does not allow such operations (because it is mounted
+without the
+.Xr mount 8
+.Fl o Cm wxallowed
+flag).
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The parent used
+.Xr pledge 2
+to declare an
+.Va execpromise ,
+and that is not permitted for setuid or setgid images.
+.It Bq Er ENOEXEC
+The new process file has the appropriate access
+permission, but has an invalid magic number in its header.
+.It Bq Er ETXTBSY
+The new process file is a pure procedure (shared text)
+file that is currently open for writing by some process.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The new process requires more virtual memory than
+is allowed by the imposed maximum
+.Pq Xr getrlimit 2 .
+.It Bq Er E2BIG
+The number of bytes in the new process's argument list
+is larger than the system-imposed limit.
+The limit in the system as released is 524288 bytes
+.Pq Dv ARG_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The new process file is not as long as indicated by
+the size values in its header.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path ,
+.Fa argv ,
+or
+.Fa envp
+point
+to an illegal address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa argv
+did not contain at least one element.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+During startup of an
+.Ar interpreter ,
+the system file table was found to be full.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr _exit 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr execl 3 ,
+.Xr exit 3 ,
+.Xr elf 5 ,
+.Xr environ 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn execve
+function is expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 ,
+except that the
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK
+flag is cleared on all file descriptors.
+(The behavior required by the standard is not safe and
+was reported as a defect by
+.Ox . )
+.Sh HISTORY
+The predecessor of these functions, the former
+.Fn exec
+system call, first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.Fn execve
+function first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+If a program is
+.Em setuid
+to a non-superuser, but is executed when the real
+.Em uid
+is
+.Dq root ,
+then the process has some of the powers of a superuser as well.
+.Pp
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+permits
+.Nm
+to leave
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+as ignored in the new process; portable programs cannot rely on
+.Nm
+resetting it to the default disposition.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/fcntl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/fcntl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c24b21f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/fcntl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: fcntl.2,v 1.38 2025/08/04 15:08:16 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: fcntl.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:32:29 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fcntl.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/12/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt FCNTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fcntl
+.Nd file control
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn fcntl "int fd" "int cmd" "..."
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn fcntl
+system call provides control over the properties of a file that is already open.
+The argument
+.Fa fd
+is a descriptor to be operated on by
+.Fa cmd
+as described below.
+The third parameter is called
+.Fa arg
+and is technically a pointer to
+.Fa void ,
+but is interpreted as an
+.Vt int
+by some commands, a pointer to a
+.Vt struct flock
+by others (see below), and ignored by the rest.
+.Pp
+The commands are:
+.Bl -tag -width F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+.It Dv F_DUPFD
+Return a new descriptor as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Lowest numbered available descriptor greater than or equal to
+.Fa arg
+(interpreted as an
+.Vt int ) .
+.It
+Same object references as the original descriptor.
+.It
+New descriptor shares the same file offset if the object
+was a file.
+.It
+Same access mode (read, write or read/write).
+.It
+Same file status flags (i.e., both file descriptors
+share the same file status flags).
+.It
+The close-on-exec flag associated with the new file descriptor
+is set to remain open across
+.Xr execve 2
+calls.
+.El
+.It Dv F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+Like
+.Dv F_DUPFD ,
+but the
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC
+flag associated with the new file descriptor is set, so the file descriptor
+is closed when
+.Xr execve 2
+is called.
+.It Dv F_DUPFD_CLOFORK
+Like
+.Dv F_DUPFD ,
+but the
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK
+flag associated with the new file descriptor is set, so the file descriptor
+is closed in the child when
+.Xr fork 2
+or
+.Xr vfork 2
+is called.
+.It Dv F_GETFD
+Get the close-on-exec and close-on-fork flags associated with the
+file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+as
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK .
+If the returned value ANDed with
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC
+is 0,
+the file will remain open across
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+otherwise the file will be closed upon execution of
+.Xr execve 2 ;
+if the returned value ANDed with
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK
+is 0,
+the file will remain open across
+.Xr fork 2
+and
+.Xr vfork 2 ,
+otherwise the file will be closed upon execution of
+.Xr fork 2
+or
+.Xr vfork 2
+.Fa ( arg
+is ignored).
+.It Dv F_SETFD
+Set the close-on-exec and close-on-fork flags associated with
+.Fa fd
+to
+.Fa arg ,
+where
+.Fa arg
+(interpreted as an
+.Vt int )
+is the bitwise OR of zero or more of
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK ,
+as described above.
+.It Dv F_GETFL
+Get file status flags associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa fd ,
+as described below
+.Fa ( arg
+is ignored).
+.It Dv F_SETFL
+Set file status flags associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+to
+.Fa arg
+(interpreted as an
+.Vt int ) .
+.It Dv F_GETOWN
+Get the process ID or process group
+currently receiving
+.Dv SIGIO
+and
+.Dv SIGURG
+signals; process groups are returned
+as negative values
+.Fa ( arg
+is ignored).
+.It Dv F_SETOWN
+Set the process or process group
+to receive
+.Dv SIGIO
+and
+.Dv SIGURG
+signals;
+process groups are specified by supplying
+.Fa arg
+(interpreted as an
+.Vt int )
+as negative, otherwise
+.Fa arg
+is taken as a process ID.
+.El
+.Pp
+The flags for the
+.Dv F_GETFL
+and
+.Dv F_SETFL
+commands are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width O_NONBLOCKX
+.It Dv O_NONBLOCK
+Non-blocking I/O; if no data is available to a
+.Xr read 2
+call, or if a
+.Xr write 2
+operation would block,
+the read or write call returns \-1 with the error
+.Er EAGAIN .
+.It Dv O_APPEND
+Force each write to append at the end of file;
+corresponds to the
+.Dv O_APPEND
+flag of
+.Xr open 2 .
+.It Dv O_ASYNC
+Enable the
+.Dv SIGIO
+signal to be sent to the process group when I/O is possible, e.g.,
+upon availability of data to be read.
+.It Dv O_SYNC
+Cause writes to be synchronous.
+Data will be written to the physical device instead of
+just being stored in the buffer cache; corresponds to the
+.Dv O_SYNC
+flag of
+.Xr open 2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+Several commands are available for doing advisory file locking;
+they all operate on the following structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct flock {
+	off_t	l_start;	/* starting offset */
+	off_t	l_len;		/* len = 0 means until end of file */
+	pid_t	l_pid;		/* lock owner */
+	short	l_type;		/* lock type: read/write, etc. */
+	short	l_whence;	/* type of l_start */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The commands available for advisory record locking are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width F_SETLKWX
+.It Dv F_GETLK
+Get the first lock that blocks the lock description pointed to by the
+third argument,
+.Fa arg ,
+taken as a pointer to a
+.Fa "struct flock"
+(see above).
+The information retrieved overwrites the information passed to
+.Fn fcntl
+in the
+.Fa flock
+structure.
+If no lock is found that would prevent this lock from being created,
+the structure is left unchanged by this function call except for the
+lock type which is set to
+.Dv F_UNLCK .
+.It Dv F_SETLK
+Set or clear a file segment lock according to the lock description
+pointed to by the third argument,
+.Fa arg ,
+taken as a pointer to a
+.Fa "struct flock"
+(see above).
+.Dv F_SETLK
+is used to establish shared (or read) locks
+.Pq Dv F_RDLCK
+or exclusive (or write) locks
+.Pq Dv F_WRLCK ,
+as well as remove either type of lock
+.Pq Dv F_UNLCK .
+If a shared or exclusive lock cannot be set,
+.Fn fcntl
+returns immediately with
+.Er EAGAIN .
+.It Dv F_SETLKW
+This command is the same as
+.Dv F_SETLK
+except that if a shared or exclusive lock is blocked by other locks,
+the process waits until the request can be satisfied.
+If a signal that is to be caught is received while
+.Fn fcntl
+is waiting for a region, the
+.Fn fcntl
+will be interrupted if the signal handler has not specified the
+.Dv SA_RESTART
+(see
+.Xr sigaction 2 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+When a shared lock has been set on a segment of a file,
+other processes can set shared locks on that segment
+or a portion of it.
+A shared lock prevents any other process from setting an exclusive
+lock on any portion of the protected area.
+A request for a shared lock fails if the file descriptor was not
+opened with read access.
+.Pp
+An exclusive lock prevents any other process from setting a shared lock or
+an exclusive lock on any portion of the protected area.
+A request for an exclusive lock fails if the file was not
+opened with write access.
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Fa l_whence
+is
+.Dv SEEK_SET ,
+.Dv SEEK_CUR ,
+or
+.Dv SEEK_END
+to indicate that the relative offset,
+.Fa l_start
+bytes, will be measured from the start of the file,
+current position, or end of the file, respectively.
+The value of
+.Fa l_len
+is the number of consecutive bytes to be locked.
+If
+.Fa l_len
+is negative, the area starting at
+.Fa l_start Ns + Ns Fa l_len
+and ending at
+.Fa l_start Ns -1
+is locked.
+The
+.Fa l_pid
+field is only used with
+.Dv F_GETLK
+to return the process ID of the process holding a blocking lock.
+After a successful
+.Dv F_GETLK
+request, the value of
+.Fa l_whence
+is
+.Dv SEEK_SET .
+.Pp
+Locks may start and extend beyond the current end of a file,
+but may not start or extend before the beginning of the file.
+A lock is set to extend to the largest possible value of the
+file offset for that file if
+.Fa l_len
+is set to zero.
+If
+.Fa l_whence
+and
+.Fa l_start
+point to the beginning of the file, and
+.Fa l_len
+is zero, the entire file is locked.
+If an application wishes only to do entire file locking, the
+.Xr flock 2
+system call is much more efficient.
+.Pp
+There is at most one type of lock set for each byte in the file.
+Before a successful return from an
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or an
+.Dv F_SETLKW
+request when the calling process has previously existing locks
+on bytes in the region specified by the request,
+the previous lock type for each byte in the specified
+region is replaced by the new lock type.
+As specified above under the descriptions
+of shared locks and exclusive locks, an
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or an
+.Dv F_SETLKW
+request fails or blocks respectively when another process has existing
+locks on bytes in the specified region and the type of any of those
+locks conflicts with the type specified in the request.
+.Pp
+This interface follows the completely stupid semantics of System V and
+.St -p1003.1-88
+that require that all locks associated with a file for a given process are
+removed when
+.Em any
+file descriptor for that file is closed by that process.
+This semantic means that applications must be aware of any files that
+a subroutine library may access.
+For example if an application for updating the password file locks the
+password file database while making the update, and then calls
+.Xr getpwnam 3
+to retrieve a record,
+the lock will be lost because
+.Xr getpwnam 3
+opens, reads, and closes the password database.
+The database close will release all locks that the process has
+associated with the database, even if the library routine never
+requested a lock on the database.
+Another minor semantic problem with this interface is that
+locks are not inherited by a child process created using the
+.Xr fork 2
+function.
+The
+.Xr flock 2
+interface has much more rational last close semantics and
+allows locks to be inherited by child processes.
+.Xr flock 2
+is recommended for applications that want to ensure the integrity
+of their locks when using library routines or wish to pass locks
+to their children.
+Note that
+.Xr flock 2
+and
+.Fn fcntl
+locks may be safely used concurrently.
+.Pp
+All locks associated with a file for a given process are
+removed when the process terminates.
+.Pp
+A potential for deadlock occurs if a process controlling a locked region
+is put to sleep by attempting to lock the locked region of another process.
+This implementation detects that sleeping until a locked region is unlocked
+would cause a deadlock and fails with an
+.Er EDEADLK
+error.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, the value returned depends on
+.Fa cmd
+as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC -offset indent
+.It Dv F_DUPFD
+A new file descriptor.
+.It Dv F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+A new file descriptor.
+.It Dv F_DUPFD_CLOFORK
+A new file descriptor.
+.It Dv F_GETFD
+Value of file descriptor flags (only the
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK
+bits are defined).
+.It Dv F_GETFL
+Value of flags.
+.It Dv F_GETOWN
+Value of file descriptor owner.
+.It other
+Value other than \-1.
+.El
+.Pp
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn fcntl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETLK ,
+the type of lock
+.Pq Fa l_type
+is a shared lock
+.Pq Dv F_RDLCK
+or exclusive lock
+.Pq Dv F_WRLCK ,
+and the segment of a file to be locked is already
+exclusive-locked by another process;
+or the type is an exclusive lock and some portion of the
+segment of a file to be locked is already shared-locked or
+exclusive-locked by another process.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or
+.Dv F_SETLKW ,
+the type of lock
+.Pq Fa l_type
+is a shared lock
+.Pq Dv F_RDLCK ,
+and
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid file descriptor open for reading.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or
+.Dv F_SETLKW ,
+the type of lock
+.Pq Fa l_type
+is an exclusive lock
+.Pq Dv F_WRLCK ,
+and
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid file descriptor open for writing.
+.It Bq Er EDEADLK
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETLKW ,
+and a deadlock condition was detected.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or
+.Dv F_SETLKW ,
+and the function was interrupted by a signal.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is invalid.
+.Pp
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_DUPFD
+and
+.Fa arg
+is negative or greater than the maximum allowable number
+(see
+.Xr getdtablesize 3 ) .
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_GETLK ,
+.Dv F_SETLK ,
+or
+.Dv F_SETLKW
+and the data to which
+.Fa arg
+points is not valid, or
+.Fa fd
+refers to a file that does not support locking.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_DUPFD
+and the maximum number of open file descriptors permitted for the
+process are already in use,
+or no file descriptors greater than or equal to
+.Fa arg
+are available.
+.It Bq Er ENOLCK
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or
+.Dv F_SETLKW ,
+and satisfying the lock or unlock request would result in the
+number of locked regions in the system exceeding a system-imposed limit.
+.It Bq Er EOVERFLOW
+The argument
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_GETLK ,
+.Dv F_SETLK
+or
+.Dv F_SETLKW
+and the segment length of a file to be locked is too large to be represented by
+an
+.Vt off_t .
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv F_SETOWN
+and the process ID given in
+.Fa arg
+is not in use.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr flock 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn fcntl
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn fcntl
+system call first appeared in
+.At III
+and was reimplemented for
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/fhopen.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/fhopen.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98cf710d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/fhopen.2
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: fhopen.2,v 1.9 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: fhopen.2,v 1.2 1999/12/02 21:42:36 kleink Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 National Aeronautics & Space Administration
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software was written by William Studenmund of the
+.\" Numerical Aerospace Similation Facility, NASA Ames Research Center.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the National Aeronautics & Space Administration
+.\"    nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
+.\"    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+.\"    permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NATIONAL AERONAUTICS & SPACE ADMINISTRATION
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATION OR CONTRIB-
+.\" UTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY,
+.\" OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt FHOPEN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fhopen ,
+.Nm fhstat ,
+.Nm fhstatfs
+.Nd access file via file handle
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn fhopen "const fhandle_t *fhp" "int flags"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fhstat "const fhandle_t *fhp" "struct stat *sb"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fhstatfs "const fhandle_t *fhp" "struct statfs *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions provide a means to access a file given the file handle
+.Fa fhp .
+As this method bypasses directory access restrictions, these calls are
+restricted to the superuser.
+.Pp
+.Fn fhopen
+opens the file referenced by
+.Fa fhp
+for reading and/or writing as specified by the argument
+.Fa flags
+and returns the file descriptor to the calling process.
+The
+.Fa flags
+are specified by
+.Em or Ns 'ing
+together the flags used for the
+.Xr open 2
+call.
+All said flags are valid except for
+.Dv O_CREAT .
+.Pp
+.Fn fhstat
+and
+.Fn fhstatfs
+provide the functionality of the
+.Xr fstat 2
+and
+.Xr fstatfs 2
+calls except that they return information for the file referred to by
+.Fa fhp
+rather than an open file.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn fhopen
+returns the file descriptor for the opened file, while
+.Fn fhstat
+and
+.Fn fhstatfs
+return 0.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+In addition to the errors returned by
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr fstat 2 ,
+and
+.Xr fstatfs 2
+respectively,
+.Fn fhopen ,
+.Fn fhstat ,
+and
+.Fn fhstatfs
+will return
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+Calling
+.Fn fhopen
+with
+.Dv O_CREAT
+set.
+.It Bq Er ESTALE
+The file handle
+.Fa fhp
+is no longer valid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fstat 2 ,
+.Xr fstatfs 2 ,
+.Xr getfh 2 ,
+.Xr open 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn fhopen ,
+.Fn fhstat ,
+and
+.Fn fhstatfs
+functions first appeared in
+.Nx 1.5 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/flock.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/flock.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82483b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/flock.2
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: flock.2,v 1.21 2019/06/25 19:28:31 millert Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: flock.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:32:32 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)flock.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 25 2019 $
+.Dt FLOCK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm flock
+.Nd apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn flock "int fd" "int operation"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn flock
+applies or removes an
+.Em advisory
+lock on the file associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+The
+.Fa operation
+argument is one of:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width LOCK_SH -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv LOCK_SH
+Apply a shared lock.
+.It Dv LOCK_EX
+Apply an exclusive lock.
+.It Dv LOCK_UN
+Remove an existing lock.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Dv LOCK_SH
+and
+.Dv LOCK_EX
+may be combined with the optional
+.Dv LOCK_NB
+for nonblocking mode.
+.Pp
+Advisory locks allow cooperating processes to perform
+consistent operations on files, but do not guarantee
+consistency (i.e., processes may still access files
+without using advisory locks possibly resulting in
+inconsistencies).
+.Pp
+The locking mechanism allows two types of locks:
+.Em shared
+locks and
+.Em exclusive
+locks.
+At any time multiple shared locks may be applied to a file,
+but at no time are multiple exclusive, or both shared and exclusive,
+locks allowed simultaneously on a file.
+.Pp
+A shared lock may be
+.Em upgraded
+to an exclusive lock, and vice versa, simply by specifying
+the appropriate lock type; this results in the previous
+lock being released and the new lock applied (possibly
+after other processes have gained and released the lock).
+.Pp
+Requesting a lock on an object that is already locked normally causes
+the caller to be blocked until the lock may be acquired.
+If
+.Fa operation
+is the bitwise OR of
+.Dv LOCK_NB
+and
+.Dv LOCK_SH
+or
+.Dv LOCK_EX ,
+then this will not happen; instead the call will fail and the error
+.Er EWOULDBLOCK
+will be returned.
+.Sh NOTES
+Locks are on files, not file descriptors.
+That is, file descriptors duplicated through
+.Xr dup 2
+or
+.Xr fork 2
+do not result in multiple instances of a lock, but rather multiple
+references to a single lock.
+If a process holding a lock on a file forks and the child explicitly
+unlocks the file, the parent will lose its lock.
+.Pp
+Processes blocked awaiting a lock may be awakened by signals.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn flock
+call fails if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EWOULDBLOCK
+The file is locked and the
+.Dv LOCK_NB
+option was specified.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa fd
+is an invalid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The argument
+.Fa operation
+has an invalid value.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The argument
+.Fa fd
+refers to a file that does not support locking.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr open 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn flock
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/fork.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/fork.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd1cedd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/fork.2
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: fork.2,v 1.18 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: fork.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:32:36 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)fork.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt FORK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fork
+.Nd create a new process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn fork void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn fork
+causes creation of a new process.
+The new process (child process) is an exact copy of the
+calling process (parent process) except for the following:
+.Bl -bullet -offset indent
+.It
+The child process has a unique process ID,
+which also does not match any existing process group ID.
+.It
+The child process has a different parent
+process ID (i.e., the process ID of the parent process).
+.It
+The child process has a single thread.
+.It
+The child process has its own copy of the parent's descriptors.
+These descriptors reference the same underlying objects, so that,
+for instance, file pointers in file objects are shared between
+the child and the parent, so that an
+.Xr lseek 2
+on a descriptor in the child process can affect a subsequent
+.Xr read 2
+or
+.Xr write 2
+by the parent.
+This descriptor copying is also used by the shell to
+establish standard input and output for newly created processes
+as well as to set up pipes.
+.It
+The child process has no
+.Xr fcntl 2 Ns -style
+file locks.
+.It
+The child process' resource utilizations
+are set to 0; see
+.Xr getrusage 2 .
+.It
+All interval timers are cleared; see
+.Xr setitimer 2 .
+.It
+The child process' semaphore undo values are set to 0; see
+.Xr semop 2 .
+.It
+The child process' pending signals set is empty.
+.It
+The child process has no memory locks; see
+.Xr mlock 2
+and
+.Xr mlockall 2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+In general, the child process should call
+.Xr _exit 2
+rather than
+.Xr exit 3 .
+Otherwise, any stdio buffers that exist both in the parent and child
+will be flushed twice.
+Similarly,
+.Xr _exit 2
+should be used to prevent
+.Xr atexit 3
+routines from being called twice (once in the parent and once in the child).
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn fork
+returns a value
+of 0 to the child process and returns the process ID of the child
+process to the parent process.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned to the parent process,
+no child process is created, and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn fork
+will fail and no child process will be created if:
+.Bl -tag -width [EAGAIN]
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The system-imposed limits on the total
+number of processes or total number of threads
+under execution would be exceeded.
+These limits are configuration dependent.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The limit
+.Dv RLIMIT_NPROC
+on the total number of processes under execution by the user ID
+would be exceeded.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+There is insufficient swap space for the new process.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr getrusage 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn fork
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn fork
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/fsync.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/fsync.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..348c2625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/fsync.2
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: fsync.2,v 1.15 2019/04/18 23:51:13 tedu Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: fsync.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:32:38 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fsync.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 18 2019 $
+.Dt FSYNC 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fsync ,
+.Nm fdatasync
+.Nd synchronize a file's in-core state with that on disk
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn fsync "int fd"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fdatasync "int fd"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn fsync
+function causes all modified data and attributes of
+.Fa fd
+to be moved to a permanent storage device.
+This normally results in all in-core modified copies
+of buffers for the associated file to be written to a disk.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fdatasync
+function is similar to
+.Fn fsync
+except that it only guarantees modified data
+.Pq and metadata necessary to read that data
+is committed to storage.
+Other file modifications may be left unsynchronized.
+.Pp
+.Fn fsync
+and
+.Fn fdatasync
+should be used by programs that require a file to be in a known state,
+for example, in building a simple transaction facility.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn fsync
+or
+.Fn fdatasync
+fail with
+.Er EIO ,
+the state of the on-disk data may have been only partially written.
+To guard against potential inconsistency, future calls will continue failing
+until all references to the file are closed.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std fsync fdatasync
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn fsync
+and
+.Fn fdatasync
+functions fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fd
+does not refer to a file which can be synchronized.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sync 2 ,
+.Xr sync 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn fsync
+and
+.Fn fdatasync
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn fsync
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c ,
+and the
+.Fn fdatasync
+function has been available since
+.Ox 5.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn fdatasync
+function is currently a wrapper around
+.Fn fsync ,
+so it synchronizes more state than necessary.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/futex.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/futex.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89c6d4a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/futex.2
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: futex.2,v 1.7 2023/11/09 09:13:32 jasper Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Martin Pieuchot
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 9 2023 $
+.Dt FUTEX 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm futex
+.Nd fast userspace locking primitive
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.In sys/futex.h
+.Ft int
+.Fo futex
+.Fa "volatile uint32_t *uaddr"
+.Fa "int op"
+.Fa "int val"
+.Fa "const struct timespec *timeout"
+.Fa "volatile uint32_t *uaddr2"
+.Fc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn futex
+syscall provides sleep and wakeup primitives related to a particular address.
+.Pp
+Three
+.Fa op
+operations are currently supported:
+.Bl -tag -width FUTEX_REQUEUE -offset indent
+.It Dv FUTEX_WAIT
+If
+.Fa val
+is equal to
+.Pf * Fa uaddr ,
+the calling thread is blocked on the
+.Dq wait channel
+identified by
+.Fa uaddr
+until
+.Fa timeout
+expires or until another thread issues a
+.Dv FUTEX_WAKE
+or
+.Dv FUTEX_REQUEUE
+operation with the same
+.Fa uaddr
+address.
+.Fa uaddr2
+is ignored.
+.It Dv FUTEX_WAKE
+Unblocks
+.Fa val
+threads sleeping on the
+wait channel identified by
+.Fa uaddr .
+.Fa timeout
+and
+.Fa uaddr2
+are ignored.
+.It Dv FUTEX_REQUEUE
+Similar to
+.Dv FUTEX_WAKE
+but also requeue remaining threads from the wait channel
+.Fa uaddr
+to
+.Fa uaddr2 .
+In this case, pass
+.Fa "uint32_t val2"
+as the fourth argument instead of
+.Fa timeout .
+At most that number of threads is requeued.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+For
+.Dv FUTEX_WAKE
+and
+.Dv FUTEX_REQUEUE ,
+.Fn futex
+returns the number of woken threads.
+.Pp
+For
+.Dv FUTEX_WAIT ,
+.Fn futex
+returns zero if woken by a matching
+.Dv FUTEX_WAKE
+or
+.Dv FUTEX_REQUEUE
+call.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn futex
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOSYS
+The
+.Fa op
+argument is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The userspace address
+.Fa uaddr
+is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The value pointed to by
+.Fa uaddr
+is not the same as the expected value
+.Fa val .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa timeout
+specified a second value less than zero,
+or a nanosecond value less than zero or greater than or equal to 1000 million.
+.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT
+The
+.Fa timeout
+expired before the thread was woken up.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A signal arrived.
+.It Bq Er ECANCELED
+A signal arrived and
+.Fa SA_RESTART
+was set.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr pthread_cond_wait 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_mutex_lock 3 ,
+.Xr tsleep 9
+.Rs
+.%A Ulrich Drepper
+.%T Futexes Are Tricky
+.%U https://www.akkadia.org/drepper/futex.pdf
+.%D November 5, 2011
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn futex
+syscall first appeared in Linux 2.5.7 and was added to
+.Ox 6.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getdents.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getdents.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..133ab9d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getdents.2
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getdents.2,v 1.4 2022/08/04 06:20:24 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getdirentries.2,v 1.7 1995/10/12 15:40:50 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getdirentries.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2022 $
+.Dt GETDENTS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getdents
+.Nd get directory entries in a filesystem independent format
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In dirent.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getdents "int fd" "void *buf" "size_t nbytes"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getdents
+reads directory entries from the directory
+referenced by the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+into the buffer pointed to by
+.Fa buf ,
+in a filesystem independent format.
+Up to
+.Fa nbytes
+of data will be transferred.
+.Fa nbytes
+must be greater than or equal to the
+block size associated with the file (see
+.Xr stat 2 ) .
+Some filesystems may not support
+.Fn getdents
+with buffers smaller than this size.
+.Pp
+The data in the buffer is a series of
+.Em dirent
+structures each containing at least the following entries:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+ino_t		d_fileno;
+off_t		d_off;
+u_int16_t	d_reclen;
+u_int8_t	d_type;
+u_int8_t	d_namlen;
+char    	d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* see below */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa d_fileno
+entry is a number which is unique for each distinct file in the filesystem.
+Files that are linked by hard links (see
+.Xr link 2 )
+have the same
+.Fa d_fileno .
+The
+.Fa d_off
+entry is the file offset of the next entry.
+The
+.Fa d_reclen
+entry is the length, in bytes, of the directory record.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa d_type
+is the type of file, where the following are possible types:
+.Dv DT_UNKNOWN ,
+.Dv DT_FIFO ,
+.Dv DT_CHR ,
+.Dv DT_DIR ,
+.Dv DT_BLK ,
+.Dv DT_REG ,
+.Dv DT_LNK ,
+and
+.Dv DT_SOCK .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa d_namlen
+entry specifies the length of the file name excluding the NUL byte.
+Thus the actual size of
+.Fa d_name
+may vary from 1 to
+.Dv MAXNAMLEN
+\&+ 1.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa d_name
+entry contains a NUL-terminated file name.
+.Pp
+Entries may be separated by extra space.
+The
+.Fa d_reclen
+entry may be used as an offset from the start of a
+.Fa dirent
+structure to the next structure, if any.
+.Pp
+Invalid entries with
+.Fa d_fileno
+set to 0 may be returned among regular entries.
+.Pp
+The actual number of bytes transferred is returned.
+The current position pointer associated with
+.Fa fd
+is set to point to the next block of entries.
+The pointer may not advance by the number of bytes returned by
+.Fn getdents .
+.Pp
+The current position pointer may be set and retrieved by
+.Xr lseek 2 .
+The current position pointer should only be set to a value returned by
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+the value of
+.Fa d_off
+from an entry,
+or zero.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful, the number of bytes actually transferred is returned.
+A value of zero is returned when
+the end of the directory has been reached.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getdents
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid file descriptor open for reading.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Part of
+.Fa buf
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The file referenced by
+.Fa fd
+is not a directory, or
+.Fa nbytes
+is too small for returning a directory entry or block of entries,
+or the current position pointer is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr opendir 3 ,
+.Xr dirent 5
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getdents
+call is not a portable interface and should not be used directly by
+applications.
+Use
+.Xr readdir 3
+instead.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getdirentries
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+In
+.Ox 5.5
+the
+.Fa d_off
+entry was added to
+.Vt struct dirent
+and
+.Fn getdirentries
+was replaced with
+.Fn getdents .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getdtablecount.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getdtablecount.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..311c52a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getdtablecount.2
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getdtablecount.2,v 1.5 2015/05/31 23:54:25 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Theo de Raadt
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2015 $
+.Dt GETDTABLECOUNT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getdtablecount
+.Nd get descriptor table count
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getdtablecount void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getdtablecount
+returns the number of file descriptors the process currently has
+open.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getdtablecount
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getentropy.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getentropy.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54320698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getentropy.2
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getentropy.2,v 1.11 2024/08/02 01:53:21 guenther Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014 Theo de Raadt
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 2 2024 $
+.Dt GETENTROPY 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getentropy
+.Nd get entropy
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getentropy "void *buf" "size_t buflen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getentropy
+fills a buffer with high-quality entropy, which can be used
+as input for process-context pseudorandom generators like
+.Xr arc4random 3 .
+.Pp
+The maximum buffer size permitted is
+.Dv GETENTROPY_MAX
+(256) bytes.
+.Pp
+.Fn getentropy
+is not intended for regular code; use the
+.Xr arc4random 3
+family of functions instead.
+.Pp
+The high-quality entropy data is provided by the
+.Xr random 4
+subsystem.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getentropy
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa buf
+parameter points to an
+invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+Too many bytes requested.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr arc4random 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getentropy
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getentropy
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.6 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getfh.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getfh.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..814f040f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getfh.2
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getfh.2,v 1.20 2022/07/30 07:19:30 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getfh.2,v 1.7 1995/10/12 15:40:53 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getfh.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 30 2022 $
+.Dt GETFH 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getfh
+.Nd get file handle
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/mount.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getfh "const char *path" "fhandle_t *fhp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getfh
+returns a file handle for the specified file or directory
+.Fa path
+in the file handle pointed to by
+.Fa fhp .
+This system call is restricted to the superuser.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getfh
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix of
+.Fa path
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The file referred to by
+.Fa path
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa fhp
+or
+.Fa path
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A portion of
+.Fa path
+refers to a remote file system.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+A portion of
+.Fa path
+refers to a remote file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fhstat 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getfh
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getfsstat.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getfsstat.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3fc1e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getfsstat.2
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getfsstat.2,v 1.22 2022/07/30 07:19:30 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getfsstat.2,v 1.6 1995/06/29 11:40:44 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getfsstat.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 30 2022 $
+.Dt GETFSSTAT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getfsstat
+.Nd get list of all mounted file systems
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/mount.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getfsstat "struct statfs *buf" "size_t bufsize" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getfsstat
+returns information about all mounted file systems.
+.Fa buf
+is a pointer to an array of
+.Xr statfs 2
+structures defined as follows:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef struct { int32_t val[2]; } fsid_t;
+
+#define MFSNAMELEN   16 /* length of fs type name, including nul */
+#define MNAMELEN     90	/* length of buffer for returned name */
+
+struct statfs {
+    u_int32_t  f_flags;	/* copy of mount flags */
+    u_int32_t  f_bsize;	/* file system block size */
+    u_int32_t  f_iosize;	/* optimal transfer block size */
+
+    				/* unit is f_bsize */
+    u_int64_t  f_blocks;	/* total data blocks in file system */
+    u_int64_t  f_bfree;	/* free blocks in fs */
+    int64_t    f_bavail;	/* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
+
+    u_int64_t  f_files;	/* total file nodes in file system */
+    u_int64_t  f_ffree;	/* free file nodes in fs */
+    int64_t    f_favail;	/* free file nodes avail to non-root */
+
+    u_int64_t  f_syncwrites;	/* count of sync writes since mount */
+    u_int64_t  f_syncreads;	/* count of sync reads since mount */
+    u_int64_t  f_asyncwrites;	/* count of async writes since mount */
+    u_int64_t  f_asyncreads;	/* count of async reads since mount */
+
+    fsid_t     f_fsid;		/* file system id */
+    u_int32_t  f_namemax;	/* maximum filename length */
+    uid_t      f_owner;	/* user that mounted the file system */
+    u_int64_t  f_ctime;	/* last mount [-u] time */
+
+    char f_fstypename[MFSNAMELEN];	/* fs type name */
+    char f_mntonname[MNAMELEN];	/* directory on which mounted */
+    char f_mntfromname[MNAMELEN];	/* mounted file system */
+    char f_mntfromspec[MNAMELEN];	/* special for mount request */
+    union mount_info mount_info;	/* per-filesystem mount options */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The buffer is filled with an array of
+.Fa statfs
+structures, one for each mounted file system
+up to the size specified by
+.Fa bufsize .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa buf
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+.Fn getfsstat
+returns just the number of mounted file systems.
+.Pp
+Normally
+.Fa flags
+should be specified as
+.Dv MNT_WAIT .
+If
+.Fa flags
+is set to
+.Dv MNT_NOWAIT ,
+.Fn getfsstat
+will return the information it has available without requesting
+an update from each file system.
+Thus, some of the information will be out of date, but
+.Fn getfsstat
+will not block waiting for information from a file system that is
+unable to respond.
+If no flags are provided,
+.Dv MNT_WAIT
+is assumed.
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Fa f_fsid
+will be empty unless the user is the superuser.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, the number of
+.Fa statfs
+structures is returned.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getfsstat
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa buf
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr statfs 2 ,
+.Xr fstab 5 ,
+.Xr mount 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getfsstat
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getgid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getgid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a67120a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getgid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getgid.2,v 1.19 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getgid.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:32:53 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getgid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt GETGID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getgid ,
+.Nm getegid
+.Nd get group process identification
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft gid_t
+.Fn getgid void
+.Ft gid_t
+.Fn getegid void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getgid
+function returns the real group ID of the calling process and the
+.Fn getegid
+function returns the effective group ID of the calling process.
+.Pp
+The real group ID is specified at login time.
+.Pp
+The real group ID is the group of the user who invoked the program.
+As the effective group ID gives the process additional permissions
+during the execution of
+.Dq Em set-group-ID
+mode processes,
+.Fn getgid
+is used to determine the real group ID of the calling process.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn getgid
+and
+.Fn getegid
+functions are always successful, and no return value is reserved to
+indicate an error.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgroups 2 ,
+.Xr getresgid 2 ,
+.Xr getuid 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setregid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getgid
+and
+.Fn getegid
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getgid
+system call first appeared in
+.At v4 ,
+and
+.Fn getegid
+in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getgroups.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getgroups.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c290ccee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getgroups.2
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getgroups.2,v 1.15 2019/07/08 18:48:30 anton Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getgroups.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:32:57 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getgroups.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 8 2019 $
+.Dt GETGROUPS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getgroups
+.Nd get group access list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getgroups "int gidsetlen" "gid_t *gidset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getgroups
+gets the current group access list of the current user process
+and stores it in the array
+.Fa gidset .
+The parameter
+.Fa gidsetlen
+indicates the number of entries that may be placed in
+.Fa gidset .
+.Fn getgroups
+returns the actual number of groups returned in
+.Fa gidset .
+No more than
+.Dv NGROUPS_MAX
+will ever
+be returned.
+If
+.Fa gidsetlen
+is 0,
+.Fn getgroups
+returns the number of groups without modifying the
+.Fa gidset
+array.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+A successful call returns the number of groups in the group set.
+A value of \-1 indicates that an error occurred, and the error
+code is stored in the global variable
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+The possible errors for
+.Fn getgroups
+are:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The argument
+.Fa gidsetlen
+is smaller than the number of groups in the group set.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The argument
+.Fa gidset
+specifies an invalid address.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgid 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setgroups 2 ,
+.Xr initgroups 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getgroups
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getgroups
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getitimer.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getitimer.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e1d25dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getitimer.2
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getitimer.2,v 1.33 2019/06/24 21:20:12 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getitimer.2,v 1.6 1995/10/12 15:40:54 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getitimer.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 24 2019 $
+.Dt GETITIMER 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getitimer ,
+.Nm setitimer
+.Nd get/set value of interval timer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.Pp
+.Fd #define ITIMER_REAL		0
+.Fd #define ITIMER_VIRTUAL	1
+.Fd #define ITIMER_PROF		2
+.Ft int
+.Fn getitimer "int which" "struct itimerval *value"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setitimer "int which" "const struct itimerval *value" "struct itimerval *ovalue"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The system provides each process with three interval timers,
+defined in
+.In sys/time.h .
+The
+.Fn getitimer
+call returns the current value for the timer specified in
+.Fa which
+in the structure at
+.Fa value .
+The
+.Fn setitimer
+call sets a timer to the specified
+.Fa value
+(returning the previous value of the timer if
+.Fa ovalue
+is non-null).
+.Pp
+A timer value is defined by the
+.Fa itimerval
+structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct itimerval {
+	struct	timeval it_interval;	/* timer interval */
+	struct	timeval it_value;	/* current value */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa it_value
+is non-zero, it indicates the time to the next timer expiration.
+If
+.Fa it_interval
+is non-zero, it specifies a value to be used in reloading
+.Fa it_value
+when the timer expires.
+Setting
+.Fa it_value
+to 0 disables a timer.
+Setting
+.Fa it_interval
+to 0 causes a timer to be disabled after its next expiration (assuming
+.Fa it_value
+is non-zero).
+.Pp
+Time values smaller than the resolution of the
+system clock are rounded up to this resolution
+(typically 10 milliseconds).
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv ITIMER_REAL
+timer decrements in real time.
+A
+.Dv SIGALRM
+signal is
+delivered when this timer expires.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv ITIMER_VIRTUAL
+timer decrements in process virtual time.
+It runs only when the process is executing.
+A
+.Dv SIGVTALRM
+signal is delivered when it expires.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv ITIMER_PROF
+timer decrements both in process virtual time and
+when the system is running on behalf of the process.
+It is designed to be used by interpreters in statistically profiling
+the execution of interpreted programs.
+Each time the
+.Dv ITIMER_PROF
+timer expires, the
+.Dv SIGPROF
+signal is delivered.
+Because this signal may interrupt in-progress
+system calls, programs using this timer must be prepared to
+restart interrupted system calls.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getitimer
+and
+.Fn setitimer
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa value
+parameter specified a bad address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An unrecognized value for
+.Fa which
+was specified.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn setitimer
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa value
+or
+.Fa ovalue
+specified a time that was too large to be handled.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getitimer
+and
+.Fn setitimer
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getitimer
+and
+.Fn setitimer
+system calls first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getlogin.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getlogin.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8594afce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getlogin.2
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getlogin.2,v 1.24 2023/02/22 06:39:39 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getlogin.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:33:03 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getlogin.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 22 2023 $
+.Dt GETLOGIN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getlogin ,
+.Nm getlogin_r ,
+.Nm setlogin
+.Nd get or set login name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getlogin void
+.Ft int
+.Fn getlogin_r "char *name" "size_t namelen"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setlogin "const char *name"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getlogin
+routine returns the login name of the user associated with the current
+session, as previously set by
+.Fn setlogin .
+The name is normally associated with a login shell
+at the time a session is created,
+and is inherited by all processes descended from the login shell.
+(This is true even if some of those processes assume another user ID,
+for example when
+.Xr su 1
+is used.)
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getlogin_r
+routine is a reentrant version of
+.Fn getlogin .
+It is functionally identical to
+.Fn getlogin
+except that the caller must provide a buffer,
+.Fa name ,
+in which to store the user's login name and a corresponding
+length parameter,
+.Fa namelen ,
+that specifies the size of the buffer.
+The buffer should be large enough to store the login name and a trailing NUL
+(typically
+.Dv LOGIN_NAME_MAX
+bytes).
+.Pp
+.Fn setlogin
+sets the login name of the user associated with the current session to
+.Fa name .
+This call is restricted to the superuser, and
+is normally used only when a new session is being created on behalf
+of the named user
+(for example, at login time, or when a remote shell is invoked).
+.Pp
+.Em NOTE :
+There is only one login name per session.
+.Pp
+It is
+.Em CRITICALLY
+important to ensure that
+.Fn setlogin
+is only ever called after the process has taken adequate steps to ensure
+that it is detached from its parent's session.
+The
+.Em ONLY
+way to do this is via the
+.Fn setsid
+function.
+The
+.Fn daemon
+function calls
+.Fn setsid
+which is an ideal way of detaching from a controlling terminal and
+forking into the background.
+.Pp
+In particular, neither
+.Fn ioctl ttyfd TIOCNOTTY ...\&
+nor
+.Fn setpgrp ...\&
+is sufficient to create a new session.
+.Pp
+Once a parent process has called
+.Fn setsid ,
+it is acceptable for some child of that process to then call
+.Fn setlogin ,
+even though it is not the session leader.
+Beware, however, that
+.Em ALL
+processes in the session will change their login name at the same time,
+even the parent.
+.Pp
+This is different from traditional
+.Ux
+privilege inheritance and as such can be counter-intuitive.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Fn setlogin
+routine is restricted to the super-user, it is assumed that (like
+all other privileged programs) the programmer has taken adequate
+precautions to prevent security violations.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If a call to
+.Fn getlogin
+succeeds, it returns a pointer to a NUL-terminated string in a static buffer.
+If the name has not been set, it returns
+.Dv NULL .
+If a call to
+.Fn getlogin_r
+succeeds, a value of 0 is returned, else the error number is returned.
+If a call to
+.Fn setlogin
+succeeds, a value of 0 is returned.
+If
+.Fn setlogin
+fails, a value of \-1 is returned and an error code is
+placed in the global location
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getlogin_r
+and
+.Fn setlogin
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+argument points to an
+invalid address.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn getlogin_r
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+The value of
+.Fa namelen
+is not large enough to store the user's login name and a trailing NUL.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn setlogin
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa name
+argument
+pointed to a string that was too long.
+Login names are limited to
+.Dv LOGIN_NAME_MAX-1
+characters, currently 31.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller tried to set the login name and was not the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setsid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getlogin
+and
+.Fn getlogin_r
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn getlogin
+function which used
+.Xr utmp 5
+first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+The
+.Fn getlogin
+and
+.Fn setlogin
+system calls first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+.Sh BUGS
+In earlier versions of the system,
+.Fn getlogin
+failed unless the process was associated with a login terminal.
+The current implementation (using
+.Fn setlogin )
+allows getlogin to succeed even when the process has no controlling terminal.
+In earlier versions of the system, the value returned by
+.Fn getlogin
+could not be trusted without checking the user ID.
+Portable programs should probably still make this check.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getpeername.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getpeername.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f507d168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getpeername.2
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getpeername.2,v 1.27 2022/09/11 06:38:11 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpeername.2,v 1.6 1995/10/12 15:40:56 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpeername.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 11 2022 $
+.Dt GETPEERNAME 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpeername
+.Nd get name of connected peer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getpeername "int s" "struct sockaddr *name" "socklen_t *namelen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getpeername
+returns the address information of the peer connected to socket
+.Fa s .
+One common use occurs when a process inherits an open socket, such as
+TCP servers forked from
+.Xr inetd 8 .
+In this scenario,
+.Fn getpeername
+is used to determine the connecting client's IP address.
+.Pp
+.Fn getpeername
+takes three parameters:
+.Pp
+.Fa s
+contains the file descriptor of the socket whose peer should be looked up.
+.Pp
+.Fa name
+points to a
+.Vt sockaddr
+structure that will hold the address information for the connected peer.
+Normal use requires one to use a structure
+specific to the protocol family in use, such as
+.Vt sockaddr_in
+(IPv4) or
+.Vt sockaddr_in6
+(IPv6), cast to a (struct sockaddr *).
+.Pp
+For greater portability, especially with the newer protocol families, the new
+.Vt struct sockaddr_storage
+should be used.
+.Vt sockaddr_storage
+is large enough to hold any of the other sockaddr_* variants.
+On return, it can be cast to the correct sockaddr type,
+based on the protocol family contained in its ss_family field.
+.Pp
+.Fa namelen
+indicates the amount of space pointed to by
+.Fa name ,
+in bytes.
+.Pp
+If address information for the local end of the socket is required, the
+.Xr getsockname 2
+function should be used instead.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa name
+does not point to enough space to hold the entire socket address, the
+result will be truncated to
+.Fa namelen
+bytes.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call succeeds, a 0 is returned and
+.Fa namelen
+is set to the actual size of the socket address returned in
+.Fa name .
+Otherwise,
+.Va errno
+is set and a value of \-1 is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+On failure,
+.Va errno
+is set to one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is a file, not a socket.
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+The socket is not connected.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+Insufficient resources were available in the system
+to perform the operation.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+or
+.Fa namelen
+parameter points to memory not in a valid part of the
+process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr getsockname 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr getpeereid 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getpeername
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getpeername
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getpgrp.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getpgrp.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b215c0b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getpgrp.2
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getpgrp.2,v 1.19 2022/10/13 21:37:05 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpgrp.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:33:09 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpgrp.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: October 13 2022 $
+.Dt GETPGRP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpgrp ,
+.Nm getpgid
+.Nd get process group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn getpgrp "void"
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn getpgid "pid_t pid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The process group of the current process is returned by
+.Fn getpgrp .
+The process group of the
+.Fa pid
+process is returned by
+.Fn getpgid .
+If
+.Fa pid
+is zero,
+.Fn getpgid
+returns the process group of the current process.
+.Pp
+Process groups are used for distribution of signals, and
+by terminals to arbitrate requests for their input: processes
+that have the same process group as the terminal are foreground
+and may read, while others will block with a signal if they attempt
+to read.
+.Pp
+These calls are thus used by programs such as
+.Xr csh 1
+to create
+process groups
+in implementing job control.
+The
+.Fn tcgetpgrp
+and
+.Fn tcsetpgrp
+calls are used to get/set the process group of the controlling terminal.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getpgrp
+always succeeds, however
+.Fn getpgid
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The current process and the process
+.Fa pid
+are not in the same session.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+There is no process with a process ID equal to
+.Fa pid .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setpgid 2 ,
+.Xr termios 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getpgrp
+and
+.Fn getpgid
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn getpgrp
+function call that took a
+.Fa "pid_t pid"
+argument appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
+This version, without an argument, is derived from its usage in
+System V Release 4, and first appeared in
+.Nx 0.9 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getpgid
+function call is derived from its usage in System V Release 4, and
+first appeared in
+.Nx 1.2a .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getpid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getpid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3207348d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getpid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getpid.2,v 1.14 2022/12/30 23:12:12 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpid.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:33:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 30 2022 $
+.Dt GETPID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpid ,
+.Nm getppid
+.Nd get parent or calling process identification
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn getpid void
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn getppid void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getpid
+returns the process ID of the calling process.
+Though the ID is guaranteed to be unique, it should
+.Em NOT
+be used for constructing temporary file names; see
+.Xr mkstemp 3
+instead.
+.Pp
+.Fn getppid
+returns the process ID of the parent of the calling process.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+These functions are always successful, and no return value is
+reserved to indicate an error.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gethostid 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn getpid
+and
+.Fn getppid
+conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getpid
+system call first appeared in
+.At v5 .
+The
+.Fn getppid
+function appeared in
+.At 32v .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getpriority.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getpriority.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..426dd80c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getpriority.2
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getpriority.2,v 1.15 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpriority.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:33:15 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpriority.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt GETPRIORITY 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpriority ,
+.Nm setpriority
+.Nd get/set process scheduling priority
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/resource.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getpriority "int which" "id_t who"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setpriority "int which" "id_t who" "int prio"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The scheduling priority of the process, process group, or user,
+as indicated by
+.Fa which
+and
+.Fa who
+is obtained with the
+.Fn getpriority
+call and set with the
+.Fn setpriority
+call.
+.Fa which
+is one of
+.Dv PRIO_PROCESS ,
+.Dv PRIO_PGRP ,
+or
+.Dv PRIO_USER ,
+and
+.Fa who
+is interpreted relative to
+.Fa which
+(a process identifier for
+.Dv PRIO_PROCESS ,
+process group identifier for
+.Dv PRIO_PGRP ,
+and a user ID for
+.Dv PRIO_USER ) .
+A zero value of
+.Fa who
+denotes the current process, process group, or user.
+.Fa prio
+is a value in the range \-20 to 20.
+The default priority is 0; lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getpriority
+call returns the highest priority (lowest numerical value)
+enjoyed by any of the specified processes.
+The
+.Fn setpriority
+call sets the priorities of all of the specified processes
+to the specified value.
+Priority values outside the range \-20 to 20 are truncated to the
+appropriate limit.
+Only the superuser may lower priorities.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Since
+.Fn getpriority
+can legitimately return the value \-1, it is necessary
+to clear the external variable
+.Va errno
+prior to the
+call, then check it afterward to determine
+if a \-1 is an error or a legitimate value.
+The
+.Fn setpriority
+call returns 0 if there is no error, or
+\-1 if there is.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getpriority
+and
+.Fn setpriority
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+No process was located using the
+.Fa which
+and
+.Fa who
+values specified.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa which
+was not one of
+.Dv PRIO_PROCESS ,
+.Dv PRIO_PGRP ,
+or
+.Dv PRIO_USER .
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn setpriority
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A process was located, but neither its effective nor real user
+ID matched the effective user ID of the caller.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+A non-superuser attempted to lower a process priority.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr nice 1 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr renice 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getpriority
+and
+.Fn setpriority
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The predecessor of these functions, the former
+.Fn nice
+system call, appeared in
+.At v3
+and was removed in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+The
+.Fn getpriority
+and
+.Fn setpriority
+system calls appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getrlimit.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getrlimit.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b05debe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getrlimit.2
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getrlimit.2,v 1.29 2022/09/11 06:38:11 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getrlimit.2,v 1.8 1995/10/12 15:40:58 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getrlimit.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 11 2022 $
+.Dt GETRLIMIT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getrlimit ,
+.Nm setrlimit
+.Nd control maximum system resource consumption
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/resource.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getrlimit "int resource" "struct rlimit *rlp"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setrlimit "int resource" "const struct rlimit *rlp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Limits on the consumption of system resources by the current process
+and each process it creates may be obtained with the
+.Fn getrlimit
+call, and set with the
+.Fn setrlimit
+call.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa resource
+parameter is one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width RLIMIT_FSIZEAA
+.It Li RLIMIT_CORE
+The largest size (in bytes)
+.Pa core
+file that may be created.
+.It Li RLIMIT_CPU
+The maximum amount of CPU time (in seconds) to be used by
+each process.
+.It Li RLIMIT_DATA
+The maximum size (in bytes) of the data segment for a process;
+this includes memory allocated via
+.Xr malloc 3
+and all other anonymous memory mapped via
+.Xr mmap 2 .
+.It Li RLIMIT_FSIZE
+The largest size (in bytes) file that may be created.
+.It Li RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
+The maximum size (in bytes) which a process may lock into memory
+using the
+.Xr mlock 2
+function.
+.It Li RLIMIT_NOFILE
+The maximum number of open files for this process.
+.It Li RLIMIT_NPROC
+The maximum number of simultaneous processes for this user id.
+.It Li RLIMIT_RSS
+The maximum size (in bytes) to which a process's resident set size may
+grow.
+This setting is no longer enforced, but retained for compatibility.
+.It Li RLIMIT_STACK
+The maximum size (in bytes) of the stack segment for a process,
+which defines how far a process's stack segment may be extended.
+Stack extension is performed automatically by the system,
+and is only used by the main thread of a process.
+.El
+.Pp
+A resource limit is specified as a soft limit and a hard limit.
+When a soft limit is exceeded a process may receive a signal (for example,
+if the CPU time or file size is exceeded), but it will be allowed to
+continue execution until it reaches the hard limit (or modifies
+its resource limit).
+The
+.Em rlimit
+structure is used to specify the hard and soft limits on a resource,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct rlimit {
+	rlim_t	rlim_cur;	/* current (soft) limit */
+	rlim_t	rlim_max;	/* hard limit */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Only the superuser may raise the maximum limits.
+Other users may only alter
+.Fa rlim_cur
+within the range from 0 to
+.Fa rlim_max
+or (irreversibly) lower
+.Fa rlim_max .
+.Pp
+An
+.Dq infinite
+value for a limit is defined as
+.Dv RLIM_INFINITY .
+.Pp
+A value of
+.Dv RLIM_SAVED_CUR
+or
+.Dv RLIM_SAVED_MAX
+will be stored in
+.Fa rlim_cur
+or
+.Fa rlim_max
+respectively by
+.Fn getrlimit
+if the value for the current or maximum resource limit cannot be stored in an
+.Vt rlim_t .
+The values
+.Dv RLIM_SAVED_CUR
+and
+.Dv RLIM_SAVED_MAX
+should not be used in a call to
+.Fn setrlimit
+unless they were returned by a previous call to
+.Fn getrlimit .
+.Pp
+Because this information is stored in the per-process information,
+this system call must be executed directly by the shell if it
+is to affect all future processes created by the shell;
+.Ic limit
+is thus a built-in command to
+.Xr csh 1
+and
+.Ic ulimit
+is the
+.Xr sh 1
+equivalent.
+.Pp
+The system refuses to extend the data or stack space when the limits
+would be exceeded in the normal way: a
+.Xr brk 2
+call fails if the data space limit is reached.
+When the stack limit is reached, the process receives
+a segmentation fault
+.Pq Dv SIGSEGV ;
+if this signal is not
+caught by a handler using the signal stack, this signal
+will kill the process.
+.Pp
+A file I/O operation that would create a file larger than the process'
+soft limit will cause the write to fail and a signal
+.Dv SIGXFSZ
+to be
+generated; this normally terminates the process, but may be caught.
+When the soft CPU time limit is exceeded, a signal
+.Dv SIGXCPU
+is sent to the
+offending process.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getrlimit
+and
+.Fn setrlimit
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The address specified for
+.Fa rlp
+is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An unrecognized value for
+.Fa resource
+was specified.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn setrlimit
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The new
+.Fa rlim_cur
+is greater than the new
+.Fa rlim_max .
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The new
+.Fa rlim_max
+is greater than the current maximum limit value,
+and the caller is not the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr quotactl 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigaltstack 2 ,
+.Xr sysctl 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getrlimit
+and
+.Fn setrlimit
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv RLIMIT_MEMLOCK ,
+.Dv RLIMIT_NPROC ,
+and
+.Dv RLIMIT_RSS
+resources are non-standard extensions.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getrlimit
+and
+.Fn setrlimit
+system calls first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Dv RLIMIT_AS
+resource is missing.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getrtable.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getrtable.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12b2dbd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getrtable.2
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: getrtable.2,v 1.5 2023/02/22 06:31:51 guenther Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 22 2023 $
+.Dt GETRTABLE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getrtable ,
+.Nm setrtable
+.Nd get or set the default routing table of the current process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getrtable "void"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setrtable "int rtableid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getrtable
+and
+.Fn setrtable
+manipulate the routing table and routing domain associated with the current
+process.
+.Pp
+Only the superuser is allowed to change the process routing table if
+it is already set to a non-zero value.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn getrtable
+returns the routing table of the current process.
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn setrtable
+returns 0 if the call succeeds, \-1 if it fails.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The call succeeds unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa rtableid
+argument is not a valid routing table.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The user is not the superuser and the routing table of the
+calling process is already set to a non-zero value.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr route 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getrtable
+and
+.Fn setrtable
+system calls appeared in
+.Ox 4.8 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getrusage.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getrusage.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35eccf70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getrusage.2
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getrusage.2,v 1.18 2024/07/17 13:29:05 claudio Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getrusage.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2024 $
+.Dt GETRUSAGE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getrusage
+.Nd get information about resource utilization
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/resource.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getrusage "int who" "struct rusage *rusage"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getrusage
+returns resource usage information for argument
+.Fa who ,
+which can be one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width RUSAGE_CHILDREN -offset indent
+.It Dv RUSAGE_SELF
+Resources used by the current process.
+.It Dv RUSAGE_CHILDREN
+Resources used by all the terminated children of the current process which
+were waited upon.
+If the child is never waited for, the resource information for the child
+process is discarded.
+.It Dv RUSAGE_THREAD
+Resources used by the current thread.
+.El
+.Pp
+The buffer to which
+.Fa rusage
+points will be filled in with
+the following structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct rusage {
+        struct timeval ru_utime; /* user time used */
+        struct timeval ru_stime; /* system time used */
+        long ru_maxrss;          /* max resident set size */
+        long ru_ixrss;           /* integral shared text memory size */
+        long ru_idrss;           /* integral unshared data size */
+        long ru_isrss;           /* integral unshared stack size */
+        long ru_minflt;          /* page reclaims */
+        long ru_majflt;          /* page faults */
+        long ru_nswap;           /* swaps */
+        long ru_inblock;         /* block input operations */
+        long ru_oublock;         /* block output operations */
+        long ru_msgsnd;          /* messages sent */
+        long ru_msgrcv;          /* messages received */
+        long ru_nsignals;        /* signals received */
+        long ru_nvcsw;           /* voluntary context switches */
+        long ru_nivcsw;          /* involuntary context switches */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields are interpreted as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width ru_minfltaa
+.It Fa ru_utime
+the total amount of time spent executing in user mode.
+.It Fa ru_stime
+the total amount of time spent in the system executing on behalf
+of the process(es).
+.It Fa ru_maxrss
+the maximum resident set size utilized (in kilobytes).
+.It Fa ru_ixrss
+an
+.Dq integral
+value indicating the amount of memory used
+by the text segment
+that was also shared among other processes.
+This value is expressed in units of kilobytes * ticks-of-execution.
+.It Fa ru_idrss
+an integral value of the amount of unshared memory residing in the
+data segment of a process (expressed in units of
+kilobytes * ticks-of-execution).
+.It Fa ru_isrss
+an integral value of the amount of unshared memory residing in the
+stack segment of a process (expressed in units of
+kilobytes * ticks-of-execution).
+.It Fa ru_minflt
+the number of page faults serviced without any I/O activity; here
+I/O activity is avoided by
+.Dq reclaiming
+a page frame from
+the list of pages awaiting reallocation.
+.It Fa ru_majflt
+the number of page faults serviced that required I/O activity.
+.It Fa ru_nswap
+the number of times a process was
+.Dq swapped
+out of main memory.
+.It Fa ru_inblock
+the number of times the file system had to perform input.
+.It Fa ru_oublock
+the number of times the file system had to perform output.
+.It Fa ru_msgsnd
+the number of IPC messages sent.
+.It Fa ru_msgrcv
+the number of IPC messages received.
+.It Fa ru_nsignals
+the number of signals delivered.
+.It Fa ru_nvcsw
+the number of times a context switch resulted due to a process
+voluntarily giving up the processor before its time slice was
+completed (usually to await availability of a resource).
+.It Fa ru_nivcsw
+the number of times a context switch resulted due to a higher
+priority process becoming runnable or because the current process
+exceeded its time slice.
+.El
+.Sh NOTES
+The numbers
+.Fa ru_inblock
+and
+.Fa ru_oublock
+account only for real
+I/O; data supplied by the caching mechanism is charged only
+to the first process to read or write the data.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getrusage
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa who
+parameter is not a valid value.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The address specified by the
+.Fa rusage
+parameter is not in a valid part of the process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getrusage
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv RUSAGE_THREAD
+flag is an extension to that specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A predecessor to
+.Fn getrusage ,
+.Fn times ,
+first appeared in
+.At v3 .
+The
+.Fn getrusage
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv RUSAGE_THREAD
+flag has been available since
+.Ox 4.8 .
+.Sh BUGS
+There is no way to obtain information about a child process
+that has not yet terminated or has not been waited for by the parent.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getsid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getsid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..049c6ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getsid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getsid.2,v 1.12 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Peter Wemm <peter@freebsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt GETSID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsid
+.Nd get process session
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn getsid "pid_t pid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The session ID of the process identified by
+.Fa pid
+is returned by
+.Fn getsid .
+If
+.Fa pid
+is zero,
+.Fn getsid
+returns the session ID of the current process.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, the function
+.Fn getsid
+returns the session ID of
+the specified process; otherwise, it returns a value of \-1 and
+sets
+.Va errno
+to indicate an error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getsid
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The current process and the process
+.Fa pid
+are not in the same session.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+There is no process with a process ID equal to
+.Fa pid .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getpgid 2 ,
+.Xr getpgrp 2 ,
+.Xr setpgid 2 ,
+.Xr setsid 2 ,
+.Xr termios 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn getsid
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getsid
+function call is derived from its usage in
+.At V ,
+and is mandated by
+.St -xpg4 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getsockname.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getsockname.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd681a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getsockname.2
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getsockname.2,v 1.32 2022/09/11 06:38:11 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getsockname.2,v 1.6 1995/10/12 15:41:00 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getsockname.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 11 2022 $
+.Dt GETSOCKNAME 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsockname
+.Nd get socket name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getsockname "int s" "struct sockaddr *name" "socklen_t *namelen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getsockname
+returns the locally bound address information for a specified socket.
+.Pp
+Common uses of this function are as follows:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+When
+.Xr bind 2
+is called with a port number of 0 (indicating the kernel should pick
+an ephemeral port),
+.Fn getsockname
+is used to retrieve the kernel-assigned port number.
+.It
+When a process calls
+.Xr bind 2
+on a wildcard IP address,
+.Fn getsockname
+is used to retrieve the local IP address for the connection.
+.It
+When a function wishes to know the address family of a socket,
+.Fn getsockname
+can be used.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn getsockname
+takes three parameters:
+.Pp
+.Fa s
+contains the file descriptor for the socket to be looked up.
+.Pp
+.Fa name
+points to a
+.Vt sockaddr
+structure which will hold the resulting address information.
+Normal use requires one to use a structure
+specific to the protocol family in use, such as
+.Vt sockaddr_in
+(IPv4) or
+.Vt sockaddr_in6
+(IPv6), cast to a (struct sockaddr *).
+.Pp
+For greater portability (such as newer protocol families) the new
+structure sockaddr_storage exists.
+.Vt sockaddr_storage
+is large enough to hold any of the other sockaddr_* variants.
+On return, it should be cast to the correct sockaddr type,
+according to the current protocol family.
+.Pp
+.Fa namelen
+indicates the amount of space pointed to by
+.Fa name ,
+in bytes.
+Upon return,
+.Fa namelen
+is set to the actual size of the returned address information.
+.Pp
+If the address of the destination socket for a given socket connection is
+needed, the
+.Xr getpeername 2
+function should be used instead.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa name
+does not point to enough space to hold the entire socket address, the
+result will be truncated to
+.Fa namelen
+bytes.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+On success,
+.Fn getsockname
+returns a 0, and
+.Fa namelen
+is set to the actual size of the socket address returned in
+.Fa name .
+Otherwise,
+.Va errno
+is set, and a value of \-1 is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+If
+.Fn getsockname
+fails,
+.Va errno
+is set to one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is a file, not a socket.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+Insufficient resources were available in the system
+to perform the operation.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+or
+.Fa namelen
+parameter points to memory not in a valid part of the
+process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr getpeername 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr getpeereid 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getsockname
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getsockname
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getsockopt.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getsockopt.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb9c89e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getsockopt.2
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getsockopt.2,v 1.62 2024/04/02 14:23:15 claudio Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getsockopt.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:33:29 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getsockopt.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 2 2024 $
+.Dt GETSOCKOPT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsockopt ,
+.Nm setsockopt
+.Nd get or set options on sockets
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getsockopt "int s" "int level" "int optname" "void *optval" "socklen_t *optlen"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setsockopt "int s" "int level" "int optname" "const void *optval" "socklen_t optlen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getsockopt
+and
+.Fn setsockopt
+manipulate the
+.Em options
+associated with a socket.
+Options may exist at multiple protocol levels;
+they are always present at the uppermost
+.Dq socket
+level.
+.Pp
+When manipulating socket options, the level at which the
+option resides and the name of the option must be specified.
+To manipulate options at the socket level,
+.Fa level
+is specified as
+.Dv SOL_SOCKET .
+To manipulate options at any other level the protocol number of the
+appropriate protocol controlling the option is supplied.
+For example, to indicate that an option is to be interpreted by the
+TCP protocol,
+.Fa level
+should be set to the protocol number of TCP; see
+.Xr getprotoent 3 .
+.Pp
+The parameters
+.Fa optval
+and
+.Fa optlen
+are used to access option values for
+.Fn setsockopt .
+For
+.Fn getsockopt
+they identify a buffer in which the value for the
+requested option(s) are to be returned.
+For
+.Fn getsockopt ,
+.Fa optlen
+is a value-result parameter, initially containing the
+size of the buffer pointed to by
+.Fa optval ,
+and modified on return to indicate the actual size of the value returned.
+If no option value is to be supplied or returned,
+.Fa optval
+may be
+.Dv NULL .
+.Pp
+.Fa optname
+and any specified options are passed uninterpreted to the appropriate
+protocol module for interpretation.
+The include file
+.In sys/socket.h
+contains definitions for socket level options, described below.
+Options at other protocol levels vary in format and name;
+consult the appropriate entries in section 4 of the manual.
+.Pp
+Most socket-level options utilize an
+.Vt int
+parameter for
+.Fa optval .
+For
+.Fn setsockopt ,
+the parameter should be non-zero to enable a boolean option,
+or zero if the option is to be disabled.
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+uses a
+.Vt struct linger
+parameter, defined in
+.In sys/socket.h ,
+which specifies the desired state of the option and the
+linger interval (see below).
+.Dv SO_SNDTIMEO
+and
+.Dv SO_RCVTIMEO
+use a
+.Vt struct timeval
+parameter, defined in
+.In sys/time.h .
+.Pp
+The following options are recognized at the socket level.
+Except as noted, each may be examined with
+.Fn getsockopt
+and set with
+.Fn setsockopt .
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width SO_OOBINLINE -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv SO_DEBUG
+enables recording of debugging information
+.It Dv SO_REUSEADDR
+enables local address reuse
+.It Dv SO_REUSEPORT
+enables duplicate address and port bindings
+.It Dv SO_KEEPALIVE
+enables keep connections alive
+.It Dv SO_DONTROUTE
+enables routing bypass; not supported
+.It Dv SO_LINGER
+linger on close if data present
+.It Dv SO_BROADCAST
+enables permission to transmit broadcast messages
+.It Dv SO_OOBINLINE
+enables reception of out-of-band data in band
+.It Dv SO_BINDANY
+enables binding to any address
+.It Dv SO_SNDBUF
+set buffer size for output
+.It Dv SO_RCVBUF
+set buffer size for input
+.It Dv SO_SNDLOWAT
+set minimum count for output
+.It Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+set minimum count for input
+.It Dv SO_SNDTIMEO
+set timeout value for output
+.It Dv SO_RCVTIMEO
+set timeout value for input
+.It Dv SO_TIMESTAMP
+enables reception of a timestamp with datagrams
+.It Dv SO_RTABLE
+set the routing table used for route lookups
+.It Dv SO_SPLICE
+splice two sockets together or get data length
+.It Dv SO_ZEROIZE
+clear all memory containing user supplied data
+.It Dv SO_TYPE
+get the type of the socket (get only)
+.It Dv SO_ERROR
+get and clear error on the socket (get only)
+.It Dv SO_DOMAIN
+get the domain of the socket (get only)
+.It Dv SO_PROTOCOL
+get the protocol of the socket (get only)
+.It Dv SO_ACCEPTCONN
+get listening status of the socket (get only)
+.It Dv SO_PEERCRED
+get the credentials from other side of connection (get only)
+.El
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_DEBUG
+enables debugging in the underlying protocol modules.
+Transliterate the protocol trace with
+.Xr trpt 8 .
+.Dv SO_REUSEADDR
+indicates that the rules used in validating addresses supplied in a
+.Xr bind 2
+call should allow reuse of local addresses
+by callers with the same user ID (or the superuser).
+.Dv SO_REUSEPORT
+allows completely duplicate bindings by multiple processes if they all set
+.Dv SO_REUSEPORT
+before binding the port.
+This option permits multiple instances of a program to each
+receive UDP/IP multicast or broadcast datagrams destined for the bound port.
+.Dv SO_KEEPALIVE
+enables the periodic transmission of messages on a connected socket.
+Should the connected party fail to respond to these messages, the connection
+is considered broken and processes using the socket are notified via a
+.Dv SIGPIPE
+signal when attempting to send data.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+controls the action taken when unsent messages
+are queued on socket and a
+.Xr close 2
+is performed.
+If the socket promises reliable delivery of data and
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+is set, the system will block the process on the
+.Xr close 2
+attempt until it is able to transmit the data or until it decides it
+is unable to deliver the information (a timeout period measured in seconds,
+termed the linger interval, is specified in the
+.Fn setsockopt
+call when
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+is requested).
+If
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+is disabled and a
+.Xr close 2
+is issued, the system will process the close in a manner that allows
+the process to continue as quickly as possible.
+.Pp
+The option
+.Dv SO_BROADCAST
+requests permission to send broadcast datagrams
+on the socket.
+Broadcast was a privileged operation in earlier versions of the system.
+With protocols that support out-of-band data, the
+.Dv SO_OOBINLINE
+option requests that out-of-band data be placed in the normal data input
+queue as received; it will then be accessible with
+.Xr recv 2
+or
+.Xr read 2
+calls without the
+.Dv MSG_OOB
+flag.
+Some protocols always behave as if this option is set.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_BINDANY
+allows the socket to be bound to addresses
+which are not local to the machine, so it
+can be used to make a transparent proxy.
+Note that this option is limited to the superuser.
+In order to receive packets for these addresses,
+.Dv SO_BINDANY
+needs to be combined with matching outgoing
+.Xr pf 4
+rules with the
+.Ar divert-reply
+parameter.
+For example, with the following rule the socket receives packets
+for 192.168.0.10 even if it is not a local address:
+.Pp
+.Dl pass out inet from 192.168.0.10 divert-reply
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_SNDBUF
+and
+.Dv SO_RCVBUF
+are options to adjust the normal
+buffer sizes allocated for output and input buffers, respectively.
+The buffer size may be increased for high-volume connections,
+or may be decreased to limit the possible backlog of incoming data.
+The system places an absolute limit on these values.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_SNDLOWAT
+is an option to set the minimum count for output operations.
+Most output operations process all of the data supplied
+by the call, delivering data to the protocol for transmission
+and blocking as necessary for flow control.
+Nonblocking output operations will process as much data as permitted
+subject to flow control without blocking, but will process no data
+if flow control does not allow the smaller of the low water mark value
+or the entire request to be processed.
+A
+.Xr select 2
+or
+.Xr poll 2
+operation testing the ability to write to a socket will return true
+only if the low water mark amount could be processed.
+The default value for
+.Dv SO_SNDLOWAT
+is set to a convenient size for network efficiency, often 1024.
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+is an option to set the minimum count for input operations.
+In general, receive calls will block until any (non-zero) amount of data
+is received, then return with the smaller of the amount available or the amount
+requested.
+The default value for
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+is 1.
+If
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+is set to a larger value, blocking receive calls normally
+wait until they have received the smaller of the low water mark value
+or the requested amount.
+Receive calls may still return less than the low water mark if an error
+occurs, a signal is caught, or the type of data next in the receive queue
+is different than that returned.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_SNDTIMEO
+is an option to set a timeout value for output operations.
+It accepts a
+.Vt struct timeval
+parameter with the number of seconds and microseconds
+used to limit waits for output operations to complete.
+If a send operation has blocked for this much time,
+it returns with a partial count or with the error
+.Er EWOULDBLOCK
+if no data was sent.
+In the current implementation, this timer is restarted each time additional
+data are delivered to the protocol,
+implying that the limit applies to output portions ranging in size
+from the low water mark to the high water mark for output.
+.Dv SO_RCVTIMEO
+is an option to set a timeout value for input operations.
+It accepts a
+.Vt struct timeval
+parameter with the number of seconds and microseconds
+used to limit waits for input operations to complete.
+In the current implementation, this timer is restarted each time additional
+data are received by the protocol,
+and thus the limit is in effect an inactivity timer.
+If a receive operation has been blocked for this much time without
+receiving additional data, it returns with a short count
+or with the error
+.Er EWOULDBLOCK
+if no data were received.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Dv SO_TIMESTAMP
+option is enabled on a
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+socket, the
+.Xr recvmsg 2
+call will return a timestamp corresponding to when the datagram was
+received.
+The msg_control field in the msghdr structure points to a buffer
+that contains a cmsghdr structure followed by a struct timeval.
+The cmsghdr fields have the following values:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct timeval))
+cmsg_level = SOL_SOCKET
+cmsg_type = SCM_TIMESTAMP
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv SO_RTABLE
+option gets or sets the routing table which will be used by the socket
+for address lookups.
+If a protocol family of the socket doesn't support switching routing tables,
+the
+.Er ENOPROTOOPT
+error is returned.
+Only the superuser is allowed to change the routing table if it is already
+set to a non-zero value.
+A socket's chosen routing table is initialized from the process's configuration,
+previously selected using
+.Xr setrtable 2 .
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_SPLICE
+can splice together two TCP or UDP sockets for unidirectional
+zero-copy data transfers.
+Splice also the other way around to get bidirectional data flow.
+Both sockets must be of the same type.
+In the first form,
+.Fn setsockopt
+is called with the source socket
+.Fa s
+and the drain socket's
+.Vt int
+file descriptor as
+.Fa optval .
+In the second form,
+.Fa optval
+is a
+.Vt struct splice
+with the drain socket in
+.Va sp_fd ,
+a positive maximum number of bytes or 0 in
+.Va sp_max
+and an idle timeout
+.Va sp_idle
+in the form of a
+.Vt struct timeval .
+If \-1 is given as drain socket, the source socket
+.Fa s
+gets unspliced.
+Otherwise the spliced data transfer continues within the kernel
+until the optional maximum is reached, one of the connections
+terminates, idle timeout expires or an error occurs.
+A successful
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+or
+.Xr kqueue 2
+operation testing the ability to read from the source socket indicates
+that the splicing has terminated.
+When one of the sockets gets closed, splicing ends.
+The error status can be examined with
+.Dv SO_ERROR
+at the source socket.
+The
+.Er ELOOP
+error is set if userland created a loop by splicing sockets connected
+to localhost.
+The
+.Er ETIMEDOUT
+error is set if there was no data transferred between two sockets
+during the
+.Va sp_idle
+period of time.
+The
+.Er EFBIG
+error is set after exactly
+.Va sp_max
+bytes have been transferred.
+Note that if a maximum is given, it is only guaranteed that no more
+bytes are transferred.
+A short splice can happen, but then a second call to splice will
+transfer the remaining data immediately.
+The
+.Dv SO_SPLICE
+option with
+.Fn getsockopt
+and an
+.Vt off_t
+value as
+.Fa optval
+can be used to retrieve the number of bytes transferred so far from the
+source socket
+.Fa s .
+A successful new splice resets this number.
+.Pp
+Userland may write sensitive data into a socket.
+If
+.Dv SO_ZEROIZE
+is set, overwrite kernel memory after sending data.
+.Pp
+Finally,
+.Dv SO_TYPE ,
+.Dv SO_DOMAIN ,
+.Dv SO_PROTOCOL ,
+.Dv SO_ERROR ,
+.Dv SO_ACCEPTCONN ,
+and
+.Dv SO_PEERCRED
+are options used only with
+.Fn getsockopt .
+.Dv SO_TYPE
+returns the type of the socket, such as
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM ;
+it is useful for servers that inherit sockets on startup.
+.Dv SO_DOMAIN
+returns the domain of the socket, such as
+.Dv AF_INET .
+.Dv SO_PROTOCOL
+returns the protocol of the socket such as
+.Dv IPPROTO_TCP .
+.Dv SO_ERROR
+returns any pending error on the socket and clears the error status.
+It may be used to check for asynchronous errors on connected
+datagram sockets or for other asynchronous errors.
+.Dv SO_ACCEPTCONN
+returns whether the socket is currently accepting connections, that is,
+whether or not
+.Xr listen 2
+was called.
+.Dv SO_PEERCRED
+fetches the
+.Va struct sockpeercred
+credentials from the other side of the connection
+(currently only possible on
+.Dv AF_UNIX
+sockets).
+These credentials are from the time that
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2
+or
+.Xr socketpair 2
+were called.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The call succeeds unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is a file, not a socket.
+.It Bq Er ENOPROTOOPT
+The option is unknown at the level indicated.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The option is unsupported.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The address pointed to by
+.Fa optval
+is not in a valid part of the process address space.
+For
+.Fn getsockopt ,
+this error may also be returned if
+.Fa optlen
+is not in a valid part of the process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr getrtable 2 ,
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr getprotoent 3 ,
+.Xr divert 4 ,
+.Xr pf.conf 5 ,
+.Xr protocols 5 ,
+.Xr sosplice 9
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getsockopt
+and
+.Fn setsockopt
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getsockopt
+system call appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Sh BUGS
+Several of the socket options should be handled at lower levels of the system.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getthrid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getthrid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7c812610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getthrid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getthrid.2,v 1.4 2016/03/30 06:58:06 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpid.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:33:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 30 2016 $
+.Dt GETTHRID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getthrid
+.Nd get thread identifier
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn getthrid void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn getthrid
+returns the thread ID of the calling thread.
+This is used in the implementation of the thread library
+.Pq Fl lpthread
+and can appear in the output of system utilities such as
+.Xr ps 1
+and
+.Xr kdump 1 .
+.Pp
+Thread IDs are not a stable interface and should not be used directly
+by applications except for correlation with system utility output.
+Applications should use the
+.Vt pthread_t
+values from
+.Xr pthread_self 3
+and
+.Xr pthread_create 3
+to identify threads within the process itself.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+This function is always successful, and no return value is
+reserved to indicate an error.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getpid 2 ,
+.Xr __tfork 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_create 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_self 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getthrid
+syscall is specific to
+.Ox
+and should not be used in portable applications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getthrid
+syscall appeared in
+.Ox 3.9 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getthrname.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getthrname.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b360a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getthrname.2
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getthrname.2,v 1.3 2025/12/03 17:09:23 kurt Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2023 Philip Guenther <guenther@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 3 2025 $
+.Dt GETTHRNAME 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getthrname ,
+.Nm setthrname
+.Nd get or set thread name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fo getthrname
+.Fa "pid_t tid"
+.Fa "char *name"
+.Fa "size_t namelen"
+.Fc
+.Ft int
+.Fo setthrname
+.Fa "pid_t tid"
+.Fa "const char *name"
+.Fc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getthrname
+system call stores the name of
+.Fa tid ,
+a thread in the current process,
+into the buffer
+.Fa name ,
+which must be of at least
+.Fa namelen
+bytes long.
+The buffer should be at least
+.Dv _MAXCOMLEN
+bytes long.
+The
+.Fn setthrname
+system call sets the name of
+.Fa tid
+to the supplied
+.Fa name .
+The name will be silently truncated to
+.Dv _MAXCOMLEN
+- 1 bytes.
+For both functions, if
+.Fa tid
+is zero then the current thread is operated on.
+.Pp
+Thread names have no inherent meaning in the system and are
+intended for display and debugging only.
+They are not secret but rather are visible to other processes using
+.Xr sysctl 2
+or
+.Xr kvm_getprocs 3
+and in
+.Ic ps Fl H
+output.
+.Pp
+After
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+the name of the process's only thread is reset to the empty string.
+Similarly, additional threads created with
+.Xr __tfork 3
+start with the empty name.
+After
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+the new process's only thread has the same name as the thread that
+invoked
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, the value 0 is returned;
+otherwise the error number is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn getthrname
+and
+.Fn setthrname
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+argument points to an
+invalid address.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn getthrname
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+The value of
+.Fa namelen
+is not large enough to store the thread name and a trailing NUL.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr sysctl 2 ,
+.Xr __tfork 3 ,
+.Xr kvm_getprocs 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_get_name_np 3 ,
+.Xr pthread_set_name_np 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getthrname
+and
+.Fn setthrname
+system calls are specific to
+.Ox ;
+.Xr pthread_get_name_np 3
+and
+.Xr pthread_set_name_np 3
+operate on the same thread name in a more portable way.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getthrname
+and
+.Fn setthrname
+system calls first appeared in
+.Ox 7.3 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/gettimeofday.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/gettimeofday.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24a4ca49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/gettimeofday.2
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: gettimeofday.2,v 1.33 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)gettimeofday.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/26/95
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt GETTIMEOFDAY 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gettimeofday ,
+.Nm settimeofday
+.Nd get or set the time of day
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn gettimeofday "struct timeval *now" "struct timezone *tz"
+.Ft int
+.Fn settimeofday "const struct timeval *now" "const struct timezone *tz"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn gettimeofday
+function writes the absolute value of the system's Coordinated Universal Time
+.Pq UTC
+clock to
+.Fa now
+unless
+.Fa now
+is
+.Dv NULL .
+.Pp
+The UTC clock's absolute value is the time elapsed since
+Jan 1 1970 00:00:00 +0000
+.Pq the Epoch .
+The clock normally advances continuously,
+though it may jump discontinuously if a process calls
+.Fn settimeofday
+or
+.Xr clock_settime 2 .
+For this reason,
+.Fn gettimeofday
+is not generally suitable for measuring elapsed time.
+Whenever possible,
+use
+.Xr clock_gettime 2
+to measure elapsed time with one of the system's monotonic clocks instead.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn settimeofday
+function sets the system's UTC clock to the absolute value
+.Fa now
+unless
+.Fa now
+is
+.Dv NULL .
+Only the superuser may set the clock.
+If the system
+.Xr securelevel 7
+is 2 or greater, the clock may only be advanced.
+This limitation prevents a malicious superuser
+from setting arbitrary timestamps on files.
+Setting the clock cancels any ongoing
+.Xr adjtime 2
+adjustment.
+.Pp
+The structure pointed to by
+.Fa now
+is defined in
+.In sys/time.h
+as:
+.Bd -literal
+struct timeval {
+	time_t		tv_sec;		/* seconds */
+	suseconds_t	tv_usec;	/* and microseconds */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa tz
+argument is historical:
+the system no longer maintains timezone information in the kernel.
+The
+.Fa tz
+argument should always be
+.Dv NULL .
+.Fn gettimeofday
+zeroes
+.Fa tz
+if it is not
+.Dv NULL .
+.Fn settimeofday
+ignores the contents of
+.Fa tz
+if it is not
+.Dv NULL .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn gettimeofday
+and
+.Fn settimeofday
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa now
+or
+.Fa tz
+are not
+.Dv NULL
+and reference invalid memory.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn settimeofday
+will also fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa now
+specifies a microsecond value less than zero or greater than or equal to
+one million.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The system
+.Xr securelevel 7
+is 2 or greater and
+.Fa now
+specifies a time in the past.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr date 1 ,
+.Xr adjtime 2 ,
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr getitimer 2 ,
+.Xr ctime 3 ,
+.Xr time 3 ,
+.Xr timeradd 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn gettimeofday
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn settimeofday
+function is non-standard,
+though many systems offer it.
+.Sh HISTORY
+As predecessors of these functions,
+former system calls
+.Fn time
+and
+.Fn stime
+first appeared in
+.At v1 ,
+and
+.Fn ftime
+first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+The
+.Fn gettimeofday
+and
+.Fn settimeofday
+system calls first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Setting the time with
+.Fn settimeofday
+is dangerous; if possible use
+.Xr adjtime 2
+instead.
+Many daemon programming techniques utilize time-delta techniques
+using the results from
+.Fn gettimeofday
+instead of from
+.Xr clock_gettime 2
+on the
+.Dv CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+clock.
+Time jumps can cause these programs to malfunction in unexpected ways.
+If the time must be set, consider rebooting the machine for safety.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/getuid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/getuid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75a26f1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/getuid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: getuid.2,v 1.16 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: getuid.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:33:37 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getuid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt GETUID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getuid ,
+.Nm geteuid
+.Nd get user identification
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft uid_t
+.Fn getuid void
+.Ft uid_t
+.Fn geteuid void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getuid
+function returns the real user ID of the calling process.
+The
+.Fn geteuid
+function returns the effective user ID of the calling process.
+.Pp
+The real user ID is that of the user who has invoked the program.
+As the effective user ID
+gives the process additional permissions during
+execution of
+.Dq Em set-user-ID
+mode processes,
+.Fn getuid
+is used to determine the real user ID of the calling process.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn getuid
+and
+.Fn geteuid
+functions are always successful, and no return value is reserved to
+indicate an error.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgid 2 ,
+.Xr getresuid 2 ,
+.Xr setreuid 2 ,
+.Xr setuid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getuid
+and
+.Fn geteuid
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getuid
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 ,
+and
+.Fn geteuid
+in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/i386_get_fsbase.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/i386_get_fsbase.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4293df96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/i386_get_fsbase.2
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: i386_get_fsbase.2,v 1.6 2025/06/05 18:47:18 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: i386_get_ioperm.2,v 1.3 1996/02/27 22:57:17 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by John T. Kohl and Charles M. Hannum.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2025 $
+.Dt I386_GET_FSBASE 2 i386
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm i386_get_fsbase ,
+.Nm i386_set_fsbase
+.Nd manage i386 per-thread %fs base address
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libi386
+.In sys/types.h
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn i386_get_fsbase "void **base"
+.Ft int
+.Fn i386_set_fsbase "void *base"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn i386_get_fsbase
+copies the current base address of the segment that, by default,
+is referenced by the %fs selector into the memory referenced by
+.Fa base .
+.Pp
+.Fn i386_set_fsbase
+sets the base address of the segment that, by default, is referenced
+by %fs to the address
+.Fa base .
+.Pp
+The segment base address is local to each thread.
+The initial thread of a new process inherits its segment base address
+from the parent thread.
+.Xr __tfork 3
+sets the initial segment base address for threads that it creates.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn i386_get_fsbase
+and
+.Fn i386_set_fsbase
+return 0.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn i386_get_fsbase
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width [EINVAL]
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa base
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr __tfork 3
+.Rs
+.%A Intel
+.%T i386 Microprocessor Programmer's Reference Manual
+.Re
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/i386_get_gsbase.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/i386_get_gsbase.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fce09f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/i386_get_gsbase.2
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: i386_get_gsbase.2,v 1.6 2025/06/05 18:47:18 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: i386_get_ioperm.2,v 1.3 1996/02/27 22:57:17 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by John T. Kohl and Charles M. Hannum.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2025 $
+.Dt I386_GET_GSBASE 2 i386
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm i386_get_gsbase ,
+.Nm i386_set_gsbase
+.Nd manage i386 per-thread %gs base address
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libi386
+.In sys/types.h
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn i386_get_gsbase "void **base"
+.Ft int
+.Fn i386_set_gsbase "void *base"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn i386_get_gsbase
+copies the current base address of the segment that, by default,
+is referenced by the %gs selector into the memory referenced by
+.Fa base .
+.Pp
+.Fn i386_set_gsbase
+sets the base address of the segment that, by default, is referenced
+by %gs to the address
+.Fa base .
+.Pp
+The segment base address is local to each thread.
+The initial thread of a new process inherits its segment base address
+from the parent thread.
+.Xr __tfork 3
+sets the initial segment base address for threads that it creates.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn i386_get_gsbase
+and
+.Fn i386_set_gsbase
+return 0.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn i386_get_gsbase
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width [EINVAL]
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa base
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr __tfork 3
+.Rs
+.%A Intel
+.%T i386 Microprocessor Programmer's Reference Manual
+.Re
+.Sh WARNING
+The ELF Thread-Local Storage ABI reserves %gs for its own use and
+requires that the dynamic linker and thread library set it to
+reference data-structures internal to and shared between them.
+Programs should use the __thread storage class keyword instead of
+using these calls.
+To be maximally portable,
+programs that require per-thread data should use the
+.Fn pthread_key_create
+interface.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/i386_iopl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/i386_iopl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a71f129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/i386_iopl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: i386_iopl.2,v 1.20 2025/06/05 18:47:18 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: i386_iopl.2,v 1.3 1996/02/27 22:57:25 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by John T. Kohl and Charles M. Hannum.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2025 $
+.Dt I386_IOPL 2 i386
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm i386_iopl
+.Nd change the i386 I/O privilege level
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libi386
+.In sys/types.h
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn i386_iopl "int iopl"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn i386_iopl
+sets the i386 I/O privilege level to the value specified by
+.Ar iopl .
+.Pp
+This call may only be made by the superuser.
+Additionally, it is only permitted when the
+.Xr securelevel 7
+is less than or equal to 0 or the
+.Va machdep.allowaperture
+sysctl has been set to a non-zero value.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn i386_iopl
+returns 0.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and the global
+variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn i386_iopl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width [EINVAL]
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller was not the superuser, or the securelevel is greater than zero and
+.Va machdep.allowaperture
+has not been set to a non-zero value.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr securelevel 7
+.Sh REFERENCES
+.Rs
+.%A Intel
+.%T i386 Microprocessor Programmer's Reference Manual
+.Re
+.Sh WARNING
+You can really hose your machine if you enable user-level I/O and
+write to hardware ports without care.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/inb.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/inb.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d9f5fdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/inb.2
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: inb.2,v 1.9 2025/06/08 12:48:44 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Matthieu Herrb
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\"
+.\"    - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\"    - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+.\"      copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+.\"      disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+.\"      with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+.\" LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+.\" FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+.\" BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+.\" LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+.\" CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+.\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 8 2025 $
+.Dt LIBALPHA 2 alpha
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm dense_base ,
+.Nm inb ,
+.Nm inl ,
+.Nm inw ,
+.Nm ioperm ,
+.Nm map_memory ,
+.Nm outb ,
+.Nm outl ,
+.Nm outw ,
+.Nm readb ,
+.Nm readl ,
+.Nm readw ,
+.Nm unmap_memory ,
+.Nm writeb ,
+.Nm writel ,
+.Nm writew
+.Nd Alpha devices I/O ports and memory access functions
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Lb libalpha
+.Ft u_int64_t
+.Fn dense_base "void"
+.Ft u_int8_t
+.Fn inb "u_int32_t port"
+.Ft u_int32_t
+.Fn inl "u_int32_t port"
+.Ft u_int16_t
+.Fn inw "u_int32_t port"
+.Ft int
+.Fn ioperm "unsigned long from" "unsigned long num" "int on"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn map_memory "u_int32_t address" "u_int32_t size"
+.Ft void
+.Fn outb "u_int32_t port" "u_int8_t val"
+.Ft void
+.Fn outl "u_int32_t port" "u_int32_t val"
+.Ft void
+.Fn outw "u_int32_t port" "u_int16_t val"
+.Ft u_int8_t
+.Fn readb "void *handle" "u_int32_t offset"
+.Ft u_int32_t
+.Fn readl "void *handle" "u_int32_t offset"
+.Ft u_int16_t
+.Fn readw "void *handle" "u_int32_t offset"
+.Ft void
+.Fn unmap_memory "void *handle" "u_int32_t size"
+.Ft void
+.Fn writeb "void *handle" "u_int32_t offset" "u_int8_t val"
+.Ft void
+.Fn writel "void *handle" "u_int32_t offset" "u_int32_t val"
+.Ft void
+.Fn writew "void *handle" "u_int32_t offset" "u_int16_t val"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The functions in libalpha give userland programs access to the I/O
+ports on the OpenBSD/alpha platform.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn in*
+functions return data read from the specified I/O port.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn out*
+functions write data to the specified I/O port.
+.Pp
+.Fn ioperm
+enables access to the specified port numbers if
+.Fa on
+is
+.Dv TRUE
+and disables access if
+.Fa on
+is
+.Dv FALSE .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn map_memory
+function allows a user program to map part of a device memory.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unmap_memory
+function unmaps memory that was previously mapped by
+.Fn map_memory .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn read*
+functions read data from device memory previously mapped by
+.Fn map_memory .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn write*
+functions write data to the device memory previously mapped by
+.Fn map_memory .
+.Sh HISTORY
+These functions originally appeared in
+.Fx .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Only BWX bus access method is supported for now.
+Machines requiring
+swiz type access are not supported.
+.Pp
+Root credentials are needed to use these functions.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/intro.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/intro.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5483d8fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/intro.2
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: intro.2,v 1.79 2025/07/18 17:19:45 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: intro.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:33:41 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1983, 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)intro.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2025 $
+.Dt INTRO 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro ,
+.Nm errno
+.Nd introduction to system calls and error numbers
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In errno.h
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The manual pages in section 2 provide an overview of the system calls,
+their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts.
+.Pp
+Programs may be restricted to a subset of system calls with
+.Xr pledge 2 .
+.\".Pp
+.\".Sy System call restart
+.\".Pp
+.\"<more later...>
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Nearly all of the system calls provide an error number via the identifier
+.Va errno ,
+which expands to an addressable location of type
+.Vt int .
+The address of
+.Va errno
+in each thread is guaranteed to be unique for the lifetime of the thread.
+Applications must use
+.Va errno
+as defined in
+.In errno.h
+and not attempt to use a custom definition.
+.Pp
+When a system call detects an error, it returns an integer value
+indicating failure (usually \-1) and sets the variable
+.Va errno
+accordingly.
+(This allows interpretation of the failure on receiving
+a \-1 and to take action accordingly.)
+Successful calls never set
+.Va errno ;
+once set, it remains until another error occurs.
+It should only be examined after an error.
+Note that a number of system calls overload the meanings of these
+error numbers, and that the meanings must be interpreted according
+to the type and circumstances of the call.
+.Pp
+The following is a complete list of the errors and their
+names as given in
+.In sys/errno.h .
+.Bl -hang -width Ds
+.It Er 0 Em "Undefined error: 0" .
+Not used.
+.It Er 1 EPERM Em "Operation not permitted" .
+An attempt was made to perform an operation limited to processes
+with appropriate privileges or to the owner of a file or other
+resources.
+.It Er 2 ENOENT Em "\&No such file or directory" .
+A component of a specified pathname did not exist, or the
+pathname was an empty string.
+.It Er 3 ESRCH Em "\&No such process" .
+No process could be found which corresponds to the given process ID.
+.It Er 4 EINTR Em "Interrupted system call" .
+An asynchronous signal (such as
+.Dv SIGINT
+or
+.Dv SIGQUIT )
+was caught by the thread during the execution of an interruptible
+function.
+If the signal handler performs a normal return, the
+interrupted function call will seem to have returned the error condition.
+.It Er 5 EIO Em "Input/output error" .
+Some physical input or output error occurred.
+This error will not be reported until a subsequent operation on the same file
+descriptor and may be lost (overwritten) by any subsequent errors.
+.It Er 6 ENXIO Em "Device not configured" .
+Input or output on a special file referred to a device that did not
+exist, or made a request beyond the limits of the device.
+This error may also occur when, for example, a tape drive is not online or
+no disk pack is loaded on a drive.
+.It Er 7 E2BIG Em "Argument list too long" .
+The number of bytes used for the argument and environment
+list of the new process exceeded the limit
+.Dv ARG_MAX .
+.It Er 8 ENOEXEC Em "Exec format error" .
+A request was made to execute a file that, although it has the appropriate
+permissions, was not in the format required for an executable file.
+.It Er 9 EBADF Em "Bad file descriptor" .
+A file descriptor argument was out of range, referred to no open file,
+or a read (write) request was made to a file that was only open for
+writing (reading).
+.It Er 10 ECHILD Em "\&No child processes" .
+A
+.Xr wait 2 ,
+.Xr waitid 2 ,
+or
+.Xr waitpid 2
+function was executed by a process that had no existing or unwaited-for
+child processes.
+.It Er 11 EDEADLK Em "Resource deadlock avoided" .
+An attempt was made to lock a system resource that
+would have resulted in a deadlock situation.
+.It Er 12 ENOMEM Em "Cannot allocate memory" .
+The new process image required more memory than was allowed by the hardware
+or by system-imposed memory management constraints.
+A lack of swap space is normally temporary; however, a lack of core is not.
+Soft limits may be increased to their corresponding hard limits.
+.It Er 13 EACCES Em "Permission denied" .
+An attempt was made to access a file in a way forbidden
+by its file access permissions.
+.It Er 14 EFAULT Em "Bad address" .
+The system detected an invalid address in attempting to
+use an argument of a call.
+.It Er 15 ENOTBLK Em "Block device required" .
+A block device operation was attempted on a non-block device or file.
+.It Er 16 EBUSY Em "Device busy" .
+An attempt to use a system resource which was in use at the time
+in a manner which would have conflicted with the request.
+.It Er 17 EEXIST Em "File exists" .
+An existing file was mentioned in an inappropriate context,
+for instance, as the new link name in a
+.Xr link 2
+function.
+.It Er 18 EXDEV Em "Cross-device link" .
+A hard link to a file on another file system was attempted.
+.It Er 19 ENODEV Em "Operation not supported by device" .
+An attempt was made to apply an inappropriate function to a device,
+for example, trying to read a write-only device such as a printer.
+.It Er 20 ENOTDIR Em "Not a directory" .
+A file descriptor or a component of the specified pathname existed, but it was
+not a directory, when a directory was expected.
+.It Er 21 EISDIR Em "Is a directory" .
+An attempt was made to open a directory with write mode specified.
+.It Er 22 EINVAL Em "Invalid argument" .
+Some invalid argument was supplied.
+(For example, specifying an undefined signal to a
+.Xr signal 3
+or
+.Xr kill 2
+function).
+.It Er 23 ENFILE Em "Too many open files in system" .
+Maximum number of file descriptors allowable on the system
+has been reached and a request for an open cannot be satisfied
+until at least one has been closed.
+The
+.Xr sysctl 2
+variable
+.Va kern.maxfiles
+contains the current limit.
+.It Er 24 EMFILE Em "Too many open files" .
+The maximum number of file descriptors allowable for this process
+has been reached and a request for an open cannot be satisfied
+until at least one has been closed.
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+will obtain the current limit.
+.It Er 25 ENOTTY Em "Inappropriate ioctl for device" .
+A control function (see
+.Xr ioctl 2 )
+was attempted for a file or
+special device for which the operation was inappropriate.
+.It Er 26 ETXTBSY Em "Text file busy" .
+An attempt was made either to execute a pure procedure (shared text)
+file which was open for writing by another process,
+or to open with write access a pure procedure file that is currently
+being executed.
+.It Er 27 EFBIG Em "File too large" .
+The size of a file exceeded the maximum.
+(The system-wide maximum file size is 2**63 bytes.
+Each file system may impose a lower limit for files contained within it.)
+.It Er 28 ENOSPC Em "\&No space left on device" .
+A
+.Xr write 2
+to an ordinary file, the creation of a directory or symbolic link,
+or the creation of a directory entry failed because no more disk
+blocks were available on the file system, or the allocation of an
+inode for a newly created file failed because no more inodes were
+available on the file system.
+.It Er 29 ESPIPE Em "Illegal seek" .
+An
+.Xr lseek 2
+function was issued on a socket, pipe or FIFO.
+.It Er 30 EROFS Em "Read-only file system" .
+An attempt was made to modify a file or create a directory
+on a file system that was read-only at the time.
+.It Er 31 EMLINK Em "Too many links" .
+The maximum allowable number of hard links to a single file has been
+exceeded (see
+.Xr pathconf 2
+for how to obtain this value).
+.It Er 32 EPIPE Em "Broken pipe" .
+A write on a pipe, socket or FIFO
+for which there is no process to read the data.
+.It Er 33 EDOM Em "Numerical argument out of domain" .
+A numerical input argument was outside the defined domain of
+the mathematical function.
+.It Er 34 ERANGE Em "Result too large" .
+A result of the function was too large to fit in the
+available space (perhaps exceeded precision).
+.It Er 35 EAGAIN No = Er EWOULDBLOCK Em "Resource temporarily unavailable" .
+This is a temporary condition and later calls to the
+same routine may complete normally.
+.It Er 36 EINPROGRESS Em "Operation now in progress" .
+An operation that takes a long time to complete (such as a
+.Xr connect 2 )
+was attempted on a non-blocking object (see
+.Xr fcntl 2 ) .
+.It Er 37 EALREADY Em "Operation already in progress" .
+An operation was attempted on a non-blocking object that already
+had an operation in progress.
+.It Er 38 ENOTSOCK Em "Socket operation on non-socket" .
+Self-explanatory.
+.It Er 39 EDESTADDRREQ Em "Destination address required" .
+A required address was omitted from an operation on a socket.
+.It Er 40 EMSGSIZE Em "Message too long" .
+A message sent on a socket was larger than the internal message buffer
+or some other network limit.
+.It Er 41 EPROTOTYPE Em "Protocol wrong type for socket" .
+A protocol was specified that does not support the semantics of the
+socket type requested.
+For example, you cannot use the Internet UDP protocol with type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM .
+.It Er 42 ENOPROTOOPT Em "Protocol not available" .
+A bad option or level was specified in a
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+or
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+call.
+.It Er 43 EPROTONOSUPPORT Em "Protocol not supported" .
+The protocol has not been configured into the
+system or no implementation for it exists.
+.It Er 44 ESOCKTNOSUPPORT Em "Socket type not supported" .
+The support for the socket type has not been configured into the
+system or no implementation for it exists.
+.It Er 45 EOPNOTSUPP Em "Operation not supported" .
+The attempted operation is not supported for the type of object referenced.
+Usually this occurs when a file descriptor refers to a file or socket
+that cannot support this operation, for example, trying to
+.Em accept
+a connection on a datagram socket.
+.It Er 46 EPFNOSUPPORT Em "Protocol family not supported" .
+The protocol family has not been configured into the
+system or no implementation for it exists.
+.It Er 47 EAFNOSUPPORT Em "Address family not supported by protocol family" .
+An address incompatible with the requested protocol was used.
+For example, you shouldn't necessarily expect to be able to use
+NS addresses with Internet protocols.
+.It Er 48 EADDRINUSE Em "Address already in use" .
+Only one usage of each address is normally permitted.
+.It Er 49 EADDRNOTAVAIL Em "Can't assign requested address" .
+Normally results from an attempt to create a socket with an
+address not on this machine.
+.It Er 50 ENETDOWN Em "Network is down" .
+A socket operation encountered a dead network.
+.It Er 51 ENETUNREACH Em "Network is unreachable" .
+A socket operation was attempted to an unreachable network.
+.It Er 52 ENETRESET Em "Network dropped connection on reset" .
+The host you were connected to crashed and rebooted.
+.It Er 53 ECONNABORTED Em "Software caused connection abort" .
+A connection abort was caused internal to your host machine.
+.It Er 54 ECONNRESET Em "Connection reset by peer" .
+A connection was forcibly closed by a peer.
+This normally results from a loss of the connection on the remote socket
+due to a timeout or a reboot.
+.It Er 55 ENOBUFS Em "\&No buffer space available" .
+An operation on a socket or pipe was not performed because
+the system lacked sufficient buffer space or because a queue was full.
+.It Er 56 EISCONN Em "Socket is already connected" .
+A
+.Xr connect 2
+request was made on an already connected socket; or, a
+.Xr sendto 2
+or
+.Xr sendmsg 2
+request on a connected socket specified a destination
+when already connected.
+.It Er 57 ENOTCONN Em "Socket is not connected" .
+A request to send or receive data was disallowed because
+the socket was not connected and (when sending on a datagram socket)
+no address was supplied.
+.It Er 58 ESHUTDOWN Em "Can't send after socket shutdown" .
+A request to send data was disallowed because the socket
+had already been shut down with a previous
+.Xr shutdown 2
+call.
+.It Er 59 ETOOMANYREFS Em "Too many references: can't splice" .
+Not used in
+.Ox .
+.It Er 60 ETIMEDOUT Em "Operation timed out" .
+A
+.Xr connect 2
+or
+.Xr send 2
+request failed because the connected party did not
+properly respond after a period of time.
+(The timeout period is dependent on the communication protocol.)
+.It Er 61 ECONNREFUSED Em "Connection refused" .
+No connection could be made because the target machine actively
+refused it.
+This usually results from trying to connect to a service that is
+inactive on the foreign host.
+.It Er 62 ELOOP Em "Too many levels of symbolic links" .
+A pathname lookup involved more than 32
+.Pq Dv SYMLOOP_MAX
+symbolic links.
+.It Er 63 ENAMETOOLONG Em "File name too long" .
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255
+.Pq Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded 1024
+.Pq Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Er 64 EHOSTDOWN Em "Host is down" .
+A socket operation failed because the destination host was down.
+.It Er 65 EHOSTUNREACH Em "\&No route to host" .
+A socket operation was attempted to an unreachable host.
+.It Er 66 ENOTEMPTY Em "Directory not empty" .
+A directory with entries other than
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&..
+was supplied to a remove directory or rename call.
+.It Er 67 EPROCLIM Em "Too many processes" .
+Not used in
+.Ox .
+.It Er 68 EUSERS Em "Too many users" .
+The quota system ran out of table entries.
+.It Er 69 EDQUOT Em "Disk quota exceeded" .
+A
+.Xr write 2
+to an ordinary file, the creation of a directory or symbolic link,
+or the creation of a directory entry failed because the user's quota
+of disk blocks was exhausted, or the allocation of an inode for a newly
+created file failed because the user's quota of inodes was exhausted.
+.It Er 70 ESTALE Em "Stale NFS file handle" .
+An attempt was made to access an open file on an NFS filesystem which
+is now unavailable as referenced by the file descriptor.
+This may indicate the file was deleted on the NFS server or some other
+catastrophic event occurred.
+.It Er 71 EREMOTE Em "Too many levels of remote in path" .
+Not used in
+.Ox .
+.It Er 72 EBADRPC Em "RPC struct is bad" .
+Exchange of
+.Xr rpc 3
+information was unsuccessful.
+.It Er 73 ERPCMISMATCH Em "RPC version wrong" .
+The version of
+.Xr rpc 3
+on the remote peer is not compatible with the local version.
+.It Er 74 EPROGUNAVAIL Em "RPC program not available" .
+The requested
+.Xr rpc 3
+program is not registered on the remote host.
+.It Er 75 EPROGMISMATCH Em "Program version wrong" .
+The requested version of the
+.Xr rpc 3
+program is not available on the remote host.
+.It Er 76 EPROCUNAVAIL Em "Bad procedure for program" .
+An
+.Xr rpc 3
+call was attempted for a procedure which doesn't exist
+in the remote program.
+.It Er 77 ENOLCK Em "\&No locks available" .
+A system-imposed limit on the number of simultaneous file
+locks was reached.
+.It Er 78 ENOSYS Em "Function not implemented" .
+Attempted a system call that is not available on this
+system.
+.It Er 79 EFTYPE Em "Inappropriate file type or format" .
+The file contains invalid data or set to invalid modes.
+.It Er 80 EAUTH Em "Authentication error" .
+Attempted to use an invalid authentication ticket to mount a
+NFS filesystem.
+.It Er 81 ENEEDAUTH Em "Need authenticator" .
+An authentication ticket must be obtained before the given
+NFS filesystem may be mounted.
+.It Er 82 EIPSEC Em "IPsec processing failure" .
+IPsec subsystem error.
+Not used in
+.Ox .
+.It Er 83 ENOATTR Em "Attribute not found" .
+A UFS Extended Attribute is not found for the specified pathname.
+.It Er 84 EILSEQ Em "Illegal byte sequence" .
+An illegal sequence of bytes was used when using wide characters.
+.It Er 85 ENOMEDIUM Em "\&No medium found" .
+Attempted to use a removable media device with no medium present.
+.It Er 86 EMEDIUMTYPE Em "Wrong medium type" .
+Attempted to use a removable media device with incorrect or incompatible
+medium.
+.It Er 87 EOVERFLOW Em "Value too large to be stored in data type" .
+A numerical result of the function was too large to be stored in the
+caller provided space.
+.It Er 88 ECANCELED Em "Operation canceled" .
+The requested operation was canceled.
+.It Er 89 EIDRM Em "Identifier removed" .
+An IPC identifier was removed while the current thread was waiting on it.
+.It Er 90 ENOMSG Em "\&No message of desired type".
+An IPC message queue does not contain a message of the desired type,
+or a message catalog does not contain the requested message.
+.It Er 91 ENOTSUP Em "Not supported" .
+The operation has requested an unsupported value.
+.It Er 92 EBADMSG Em "Bad message" .
+A corrupted message was detected.
+.It Er 93 ENOTRECOVERABLE Em "State not recoverable" .
+The state protected by a robust mutex is not recoverable.
+.It Er 94 EOWNERDEAD Em "Previous owner died" .
+The owner of a robust mutex terminated while holding the mutex lock.
+.It Er 95 EPROTO Em "Protocol error" .
+A device-specific protocol error occurred.
+.El
+.Sh DEFINITIONS
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Process
+A process is a collection of one or more threads,
+plus the resources shared by those threads such as process ID,
+address space,
+user IDs and group IDs,
+and root directory and current working directory.
+.It Process ID
+Each active process in the system is uniquely identified by a non-negative
+integer called a process ID.
+The range of this ID is from 0 to 99999.
+.It Parent Process ID
+A new process is created by a currently active process; (see
+.Xr fork 2 ) .
+The parent process ID of a process is initially the process ID of its creator.
+If the creating process exits,
+the parent process ID of each child is set to the ID of a system process,
+.Xr init 8 .
+.It Process Group
+Each active process is a member of a process group that is identified by
+a non-negative integer called the process group ID.
+This is the process ID of the group leader.
+This grouping permits the signaling of related processes (see
+.Xr termios 4 )
+and the job control mechanisms of
+.Xr ksh 1
+and
+.Xr csh 1 .
+.It Session
+A session is a set of one or more process groups.
+A session is created by a successful call to
+.Xr setsid 2 ,
+which causes the caller to become the only member of the only process
+group in the new session.
+.It Session Leader
+A process that has created a new session by a successful call to
+.Xr setsid 2 ,
+is known as a session leader.
+Only a session leader may acquire a terminal as its controlling terminal (see
+.Xr termios 4 ) .
+.It Controlling Process
+A session leader with a controlling terminal is a controlling process.
+.It Controlling Terminal
+A terminal that is associated with a session is known as the controlling
+terminal for that session and its members.
+.It Terminal Process Group ID
+A terminal may be acquired by a session leader as its controlling terminal.
+Once a terminal is associated with a session, any of the process groups
+within the session may be placed into the foreground by setting
+the terminal process group ID to the ID of the process group.
+This facility is used
+to arbitrate between multiple jobs contending for the same terminal;
+(see
+.Xr ksh 1 ,
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+and
+.Xr tty 4 ) .
+.It Orphaned Process Group
+A process group is considered to be
+.Em orphaned
+if it is not under the control of a job control shell.
+More precisely, a process group is orphaned
+when none of its members has a parent process that is in the same session
+as the group,
+but is in a different process group.
+Note that when a process exits, the parent process for its children
+is changed to be
+.Xr init 8 ,
+which is in a separate session.
+Not all members of an orphaned process group are necessarily orphaned
+processes (those whose creating process has exited).
+The process group of a session leader is orphaned by definition.
+.It Thread
+A thread is a preemptively scheduled flow of control within a process,
+with its own set of register values,
+floating point environment,
+thread ID,
+signal mask,
+pending signal set,
+alternate signal stack,
+thread control block address,
+resource utilization,
+errno variable location,
+and values for thread-specific keys.
+A process initially has just one thread,
+a duplicate of the thread in the parent process that created this process.
+.It Real User ID and Real Group ID
+Each user on the system is identified by a positive integer
+termed the real user ID.
+.Pp
+Each user is also a member of one or more groups.
+One of these groups is distinguished from others and
+used in implementing accounting facilities.
+The positive integer corresponding to this distinguished group is termed
+the real group ID.
+.Pp
+All processes have a real user ID and real group ID.
+These are initialized from the equivalent attributes
+of the process that created it.
+.It "Effective User ID, Effective Group ID, and Group Access List"
+Access to system resources is governed by two values:
+the effective user ID, and the group access list.
+The first member of the group access list is also known as the
+effective group ID.
+(In POSIX.1, the group access list is known as the set of supplementary
+group IDs, and it is unspecified whether the effective group ID is
+a member of the list.)
+.Pp
+The effective user ID and effective group ID are initially the
+process's real user ID and real group ID respectively.
+Either may be modified through execution of a set-user-ID or set-group-ID
+file (possibly by one of its ancestors) (see
+.Xr execve 2 ) .
+By convention, the effective group ID (the first member of the group access
+list) is duplicated, so that the execution of a set-group-ID program
+does not result in the loss of the original (real) group ID.
+.Pp
+The group access list is a set of group IDs
+used only in determining resource accessibility.
+Access checks are performed as described below in
+.Dq File Access Permissions .
+.It Saved Set User ID and Saved Set Group ID
+When a process executes a new file, the effective user ID is set
+to the owner of the file if the file is set-user-ID, and the effective
+group ID (first element of the group access list) is set to the group
+of the file if the file is set-group-ID.
+The effective user ID of the process is then recorded as the saved set-user-ID,
+and the effective group ID of the process is recorded as the saved set-group-ID.
+These values may be used to regain those values as the effective user
+or group ID after reverting to the real ID (see
+.Xr setuid 2 ) .
+(In POSIX.1, the saved set-user-ID and saved set-group-ID are optional,
+and are used in setuid and setgid, but this does not work as desired
+for the superuser.)
+.It Superuser
+A process is recognized as a
+.Em superuser
+process and is granted special privileges if its effective user ID is 0.
+.It Special Processes
+The processes with process IDs of 0 and 1 are special.
+Process 0 is the scheduler.
+Process 1 is the initialization process
+.Xr init 8 ,
+and is the ancestor of every other process in the system.
+It is used to control the process structure.
+.It Descriptor
+An integer assigned by the system when a file is referenced
+by
+.Xr open 2
+or
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+or when a socket is created by
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2
+or
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+which uniquely identifies an access path to that file or socket from
+a given process or any of its children.
+.It File Name
+Names consisting of up to 255
+.Pq Dv NAME_MAX
+characters may be used to name
+an ordinary file, special file, or directory.
+.Pp
+These characters may be arbitrary eight-bit values,
+excluding 0 (NUL) and the ASCII code for
+.Ql \&/
+(slash).
+.Pp
+Note that it is generally unwise to use
+.Ql \&* ,
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql \&[
+or
+.Ql \&]
+as part of
+file names because of the special meaning attached to these characters
+by the shell.
+.Pp
+Note also that
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+is an upper limit fixed by the kernel, meant to be used for sizing buffers.
+Some filesystems may have additional restrictions.
+These can be queried using
+.Xr pathconf 2
+and
+.Xr fpathconf 2 .
+.It Pathname
+A pathname is a NUL-terminated
+character string starting with an
+optional slash
+.Ql \&/ ,
+followed by zero or more directory names separated
+by slashes, optionally followed by a file name.
+The total length of a pathname must be less than 1024
+.Pq Dv PATH_MAX
+characters.
+Additional restrictions may apply, depending upon the filesystem, to be
+queried with
+.Xr pathconf 2
+or
+.Xr fpathconf 2
+if needed.
+.Pp
+If a pathname begins with a slash, the path search begins at the
+.Em root
+directory.
+Otherwise, the search begins from the current working directory.
+A slash by itself names the root directory.
+An empty pathname is invalid.
+.It Directory
+A directory is a special type of file that contains entries
+that are references to other files.
+Directory entries are called links.
+By convention, a directory contains at least two links,
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&.. ,
+referred to as
+.Em dot
+and
+.Em dot-dot
+respectively.
+Dot refers to the directory itself and dot-dot refers to its
+parent directory.
+.It "Root Directory and Current Working Directory"
+Each process has associated with it a concept of a root directory
+and a current working directory for the purpose of resolving path
+name searches.
+A process's root directory need not be the root directory of
+the root file system.
+.It File Access Permissions
+Every file in the file system has a set of access permissions.
+These permissions are used in determining whether a process
+may perform a requested operation on the file (such as opening
+a file for writing).
+Access permissions are established at the time a file is created.
+They may be changed at some later time through the
+.Xr chmod 2
+call.
+.Pp
+File access is broken down according to whether a file may be: read,
+written, or executed.
+Directory files use the execute permission to control if the directory
+may be searched.
+.Pp
+File access permissions are interpreted by the system as
+they apply to three different classes of users: the owner
+of the file, those users in the file's group, anyone else.
+Every file has an independent set of access permissions for
+each of these classes.
+When an access check is made, the system decides if permission should be
+granted by checking the access information applicable to the caller.
+.Pp
+Read, write, and execute/search permissions on
+a file are granted to a process if:
+.Pp
+The process's effective user ID is that of the superuser.
+(Note: even the superuser cannot execute a non-executable file.)
+.Pp
+The process's effective user ID matches the user ID of the owner
+of the file and the owner permissions allow the access.
+.Pp
+The process's effective user ID does not match the user ID of the
+owner of the file, and either the process's effective
+group ID matches the group ID
+of the file, or the group ID of the file is in
+the process's group access list,
+and the group permissions allow the access.
+.Pp
+Neither the effective user ID nor effective group ID
+and group access list of the process
+match the corresponding user ID and group ID of the file,
+but the permissions for
+.Dq other users
+allow access.
+.Pp
+Otherwise, permission is denied.
+.It Sockets and Address Families
+A socket is an endpoint for communication between processes.
+Each socket has queues for sending and receiving data.
+.Pp
+Sockets are typed according to their communications properties.
+These properties include whether messages sent and received
+at a socket require the name of the partner, whether communication
+is reliable, the format used in naming message recipients, etc.
+.Pp
+Each instance of the system supports some
+collection of socket types; consult
+.Xr socket 2
+for more information about the types available and
+their properties.
+.Pp
+Each instance of the system supports some number of sets of
+communications protocols.
+Each protocol set supports addresses of a certain format.
+An Address Family is the set of addresses for a specific group of protocols.
+Each socket has an address chosen from the address family in which the
+socket was created.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pledge 2 ,
+.Xr intro 3 ,
+.Xr perror 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+Most of the macro names that resolve to error numbers
+are required to be defined by
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+In some cases, the standard requires certain kinds of failures
+to be reported with certain error numbers.
+It some cases, it allows certain kinds of failures
+to optionally be reported with certain error numbers.
+In some cases, it is entirely silent about whether and how
+the system should report problems.
+.Pp
+The following defined constants are extensions to the standard:
+.Er EAUTH ,
+.Er EBADRPC ,
+.Er EFTYPE ,
+.Er EHOSTDOWN ,
+.Er EIPSEC ,
+.Er EMEDIUMTYPE ,
+.Er ENEEDAUTH ,
+.Er ENOATTR ,
+.Er ENOMEDIUM ,
+.Er ENOTBLK ,
+.Er EPFNOSUPPORT ,
+.Er EPROCLIM ,
+.Er EPROCUNAVAIL ,
+.Er EPROGMISMATCH ,
+.Er EPROGUNAVAIL ,
+.Er EREMOTE ,
+.Er ERPCMISMATCH ,
+.Er ESHUTDOWN ,
+.Er ETOOMANYREFS ,
+and
+.Er EUSERS .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+manual for section 2 first appeared in
+.At v5 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Since some error numbers are only loosely defined, and since which error
+numbers any given function can set often varies from system to system,
+programs usually need to make a fallback decision when receiving an
+unexpected error number, typically treating it as a hard failure,
+or less commonly just ignoring it.
+Making portable decisions based on error numbers is only possible
+for some specific error numbers being set by some specific functions.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/ioctl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/ioctl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9a084c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/ioctl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ioctl.2,v 1.20 2022/09/11 06:38:11 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: ioctl.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:33:47 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ioctl.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 11 2022 $
+.Dt IOCTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ioctl
+.Nd control device
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/ioctl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn ioctl "int d" "unsigned long request" "..."
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ioctl
+function manipulates the underlying device parameters of special files.
+In particular, many operating
+characteristics of character special files (e.g., terminals)
+may be controlled with
+.Fn ioctl
+requests.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa d
+must be an open file descriptor.
+The third argument is called
+.Fa arg
+and contains additional information needed by this device
+to perform the requested function.
+.Fa arg
+is either an
+.Vt int
+or a pointer to a device-specific data structure, depending upon
+the given
+.Fa request .
+.Pp
+An
+.Nm
+.Fa request
+has encoded in it whether the argument is an
+.Dq in
+parameter
+or
+.Dq out
+parameter, and the size of the third argument
+.Pq Fa arg
+in bytes.
+Macros and defines used in specifying an ioctl
+.Fa request
+are located in the file
+.In sys/ioctl.h .
+.Sh GENERIC IOCTLS
+Some ioctls are applicable to any file descriptor.
+These include:
+.Bl -tag -width "xxxxxx"
+.It Dv FIOCLEX
+Set close-on-exec flag.
+The file will be closed when
+.Xr execve 2
+is invoked.
+.It Dv FIONCLEX
+Clear close-on-exec flag.
+The file will remain open across
+.Xr execve 2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+Some generic ioctls are not implemented for all types of file
+descriptors.
+These include:
+.Bl -tag -width "xxxxxx"
+.It Dv FIONREAD Fa "int *"
+Get the number of bytes that are immediately available for reading.
+.It Dv FIONBIO Fa "int *"
+Set non-blocking I/O mode if the argument is non-zero.
+In non-blocking mode,
+.Xr read 2
+or
+.Xr write 2
+calls return \-1 and set
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EAGAIN
+immediately when no data is available.
+.It Dv FIOASYNC Fa "int *"
+Set asynchronous I/O mode if the argument is non-zero.
+In asynchronous mode, the process or process group specified by
+.Dv FIOSETOWN
+will start receiving
+.Dv SIGIO
+signals when data is available.
+The
+.Dv SIGIO
+signal will be delivered when data is available on the file
+descriptor.
+.It Dv FIOSETOWN, FIOGETOWN Fa "int *"
+Set/get the process or the process group (if negative) that should receive
+.Dv SIGIO
+signals when data is available.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If an error has occurred, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn ioctl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa d
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTTY
+.Fa d
+is not associated with a character
+special device.
+.It Bq Er ENOTTY
+The specified request does not apply to the kind
+of object that the descriptor
+.Fa d
+references.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa request
+or
+.Fa arg
+is not valid.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa arg
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cdio 1 ,
+.Xr chio 1 ,
+.Xr mt 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr tty 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn ioctl
+function call appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/issetugid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/issetugid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7da2203c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/issetugid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: issetugid.2,v 1.21 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt ISSETUGID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm issetugid
+.Nd is current executable running setuid or setgid
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn issetugid void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn issetugid
+function returns 1 if the process was made setuid or setgid as
+the result of the last or other previous
+.Fn execve
+system calls.
+Otherwise it returns 0.
+.Pp
+This system call exists so that library routines (inside libtermlib, libc,
+or other libraries) can guarantee safe behavior when used inside
+setuid or setgid programs.
+Some library routines may be passed insufficient information and hence
+not know whether the current program was started setuid or setgid
+because higher level calling code may have made changes to the uid, euid,
+gid, or egid.
+Hence these low-level library routines are unable to determine if they
+are being run with elevated or normal privileges.
+.Pp
+In particular, it is wise to use this call to determine if a
+pathname returned from a
+.Fn getenv
+call may safely be used to
+.Fn open
+the specified file.
+Quite often this is not wise because the status of the effective uid
+is not known.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn issetugid
+system call's result is unaffected by calls to
+.Fn setuid ,
+.Fn setgid ,
+or other such calls.
+In case of a
+.Fn fork ,
+the child process inherits the same status.
+.Pp
+The status of
+.Fn issetugid
+is only affected by
+.Fn execve .
+If a child process executes a new executable file, a new issetugid
+status will be determined.
+This status is based on the existing process's uid, euid, gid,
+and egid permissions and on the modes of the executable file.
+If the new executable file modes are setuid or setgid, or if
+the existing process is executing the new image with
+uid != euid or gid != egid, the new process will be considered
+issetugid.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn issetugid
+function is always successful, and no return value is reserved to
+indicate an error.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr setegid 2 ,
+.Xr seteuid 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setuid 2 ,
+.Xr getenv 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn issetugid
+function call first appeared in
+.Ox 2.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/kbind.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/kbind.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbb2f49c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/kbind.2
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: kbind.2,v 1.4 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015 Philip Guenther <guenther@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $
+.Dt KBIND 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm kbind
+.Nd update protected memory for lazy-binding
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/unistd.h
+.Bd -literal
+struct __kbind {
+	void	*kb_addr;
+	size_t	 kb_size;
+};
+#define KBIND_BLOCK_MAX 2  /* powerpc and sparc64 need 2 blocks */
+#define KBIND_DATA_MAX  24 /* sparc64 needs 6, four-byte words */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Ft int
+.Fn kbind "const struct __kbind *param" "size_t psize" "int64_t cookie"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+syscall updates the contents of one or more blocks of the process's memory
+with the supplied replacement data.
+This is used to efficiently and securely perform lazy-binding.
+.Pp
+.Fa param
+points to an array of
+.Vt __kbind
+structures giving the addresses and lengths to update.
+The last
+.Vt __kbind
+structure is immediately followed in the same order by the source
+data for the blocks to copy.
+.Fa psize
+specifies the total length of the parameters: both the
+.Vt __kbind
+structures and the associated source data.
+There may be at most
+.Dv KBIND_BLOCK_MAX
+.Vt __kbind
+structures and each block may be at most
+.Dv KBIND_DATA_MAX
+bytes in size.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+updates memory
+.Do
+as if
+.Dc
+the thread temporarily made the memory writable with
+.Xr mprotect 2 .
+If the process does not have write access to the underlying memory object,
+.Nm
+will fail without making the requested change.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+is currently intended for use by
+.Xr ld.so 1
+only.
+It is therefore not provided as a function and two security checks
+are performed to bind it (pun intended) to its use in
+.Xr ld.so 1 :
+the first time
+.Nm
+is used, the kernel records both the text address of the call and
+the value of the
+.Fa cookie
+argument.
+If those values differ in a later
+.Nm
+call, then the process is killed.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn kbind
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Cannot allocate memory when updating a copy-on-write page.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The parameters are inconsistent or exceed
+.Nm
+limits.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Part of the structures or additional data pointed to by
+.Fa param
+is outside the process's allocated address space,
+or the underlying memory object is not writable.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ld.so 1 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm
+syscall is specific to the
+.Ox
+dynamic linker and should not be used in portable applications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+syscall appeared in
+.Ox 5.8 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/kill.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/kill.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f12cc4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/kill.2
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: kill.2,v 1.26 2020/02/08 01:09:57 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: kill.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:33:53 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)kill.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 8 2020 $
+.Dt KILL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm kill
+.Nd send signal to a process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn kill "pid_t pid" "int sig"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn kill
+function sends the signal given by
+.Fa sig
+to
+.Fa pid ,
+a
+process or a group of processes.
+.Fa sig
+may be one of the signals specified in
+.Xr sigaction 2
+or it may be 0, in which case
+error checking is performed but no
+signal is actually sent.
+This can be used to check the validity of
+.Fa pid .
+.Pp
+For a process to have permission to send a signal to a process designated
+by
+.Fa pid ,
+the real or effective user ID of the receiving process must match
+that of the sending process or the user must have appropriate privileges
+(such as given by a set-user-ID program or the user is the superuser).
+A single exception is the signal
+.Dv SIGCONT ,
+which may always be sent
+to any process with the same session ID as the caller.
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It \&If Fa pid No \&is greater than zero :
+.Fa sig
+is sent to the process whose ID is equal to
+.Fa pid .
+.It \&If Fa pid No \&is zero :
+.Fa sig
+is sent to all processes whose group ID is equal
+to the process group ID of the sender, and for which the
+process has permission;
+this is a variant of
+.Xr killpg 3 .
+.It \&If Fa pid No \&is -1 :
+If the user has superuser privileges,
+the signal is sent to all processes excluding
+system processes and the process sending the signal.
+If the user is not the superuser, the signal is sent to all processes
+with the same uid as the user excluding the process sending the signal.
+No error is returned if any process could be signaled.
+.It \&If Fa pid No \&is negative but not -1 :
+.Fa sig
+is sent to all processes whose process group ID
+is equal to the absolute value of
+.Fa pid ;
+this is a variant of
+.Xr killpg 3 .
+.El
+.Pp
+If the value of
+.Fa pid
+causes
+.Fa sig
+to be sent to the calling process, either
+.Fa sig
+or at least one pending unblocked signal will be delivered before
+.Fn kill
+returns unless
+.Fa sig
+is blocked in the calling thread,
+.Fa sig
+is unblocked in another thread, or another thread is waiting for
+.Fa sig
+in
+.Fn sigwait .
+.Pp
+Setuid and setgid processes are dealt with slightly differently.
+For the non-root user, to prevent attacks against such processes, some signal
+deliveries are not permitted and return the error
+.Er EPERM .
+The following signals are allowed through to this class of processes:
+.Dv SIGKILL ,
+.Dv SIGINT ,
+.Dv SIGTERM ,
+.Dv SIGSTOP ,
+.Dv SIGTTIN ,
+.Dv SIGTTOU ,
+.Dv SIGTSTP ,
+.Dv SIGHUP ,
+.Dv SIGUSR1 ,
+.Dv SIGUSR2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn kill
+will fail and no signal will be sent if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa sig
+is not a valid signal number.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+No process can be found corresponding to that specified by
+.Fa pid .
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The sending process is not the superuser and its effective
+user ID does not match the effective user ID of the receiving process.
+When signaling a process group, this error is returned if none of the members
+of the group could be signaled.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getpgrp 2 ,
+.Xr getpid 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr killpg 3 ,
+.Xr raise 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn kill
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn kill
+system call first appeared in
+.At v2 .
+The
+.Fa sig
+argument was introduced in
+.At v4 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/kqueue.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/kqueue.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb51db1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/kqueue.2
@@ -0,0 +1,706 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: kqueue.2,v 1.52 2025/05/10 09:44:39 visa Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jonathan Lemon
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2,v 1.18 2001/02/14 08:48:35 guido Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 10 2025 $
+.Dt KQUEUE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm kqueue ,
+.Nm kqueue1 ,
+.Nm kevent ,
+.Nm EV_SET
+.Nd kernel event notification mechanism
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/event.h
+.In sys/time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn kqueue "void"
+.Ft int
+.Fn kevent "int kq" "const struct kevent *changelist" "int nchanges" "struct kevent *eventlist" "int nevents" "const struct timespec *timeout"
+.Fn EV_SET "&kev" ident filter flags fflags data udata
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/event.h
+.In sys/time.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn kqueue1 "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn kqueue
+provides a generic method of notifying the user when an event
+happens or a condition holds, based on the results of small
+pieces of kernel code termed
+.Dq filters .
+A kevent is identified by the (ident, filter) pair; there may only
+be one unique kevent per kqueue.
+.Pp
+The filter is executed upon the initial registration of a kevent
+in order to detect whether a preexisting condition is present, and is also
+executed whenever an event is passed to the filter for evaluation.
+If the filter determines that the condition should be reported,
+then the kevent is placed on the kqueue for the user to retrieve.
+.Pp
+The filter is also run when the user attempts to retrieve the kevent
+from the kqueue.
+If the filter indicates that the condition that triggered
+the event no longer holds, the kevent is removed from the kqueue and
+is not returned.
+.Pp
+Multiple events which trigger the filter do not result in multiple
+kevents being placed on the kqueue; instead, the filter will aggregate
+the events into a single
+.Vt struct kevent .
+Calling
+.Xr close 2
+on a file descriptor will remove any kevents that reference the descriptor.
+.Pp
+.Fn kqueue
+creates a new kernel event queue and returns a descriptor.
+The queue is not inherited by a child created with
+.Xr fork 2 .
+Similarly, kqueues cannot be passed across UNIX-domain sockets.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn kqueue1
+function is identical to
+.Fn kqueue
+except that the close-on-exec flag on the new file descriptor
+is determined by the
+.Dv O_CLOEXEC
+flag
+in the
+.Fa flags
+argument.
+.Pp
+.Fn kevent
+is used to register events with the queue, and return any pending
+events to the user.
+.Fa changelist
+is a pointer to an array of
+.Vt kevent
+structures, as defined in
+.In sys/event.h .
+All changes contained in the
+.Fa changelist
+are applied before any pending events are read from the queue.
+.Fa nchanges
+gives the size of
+.Fa changelist .
+.Fa eventlist
+is a pointer to an array of
+.Vt kevent
+structures.
+.Fa nevents
+determines the size of
+.Fa eventlist .
+When
+.Fa nevents
+is zero,
+.Fn kevent
+will return immediately even if there is a
+.Fa timeout
+specified, unlike
+.Xr select 2 .
+If
+.Fa timeout
+is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+it specifies a maximum interval to wait
+for an event, which will be interpreted as a
+.Vt struct timespec .
+If
+.Fa timeout
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+.Fn kevent
+waits indefinitely.
+To effect a poll, the
+.Fa timeout
+argument should not be
+.Dv NULL ,
+pointing to a zero-valued
+.Vt struct timespec .
+The same array may be used for the
+.Fa changelist
+and
+.Fa eventlist .
+.Pp
+.Fn EV_SET
+is a macro which is provided for ease of initializing a
+.Vt kevent
+structure.
+.Pp
+The
+.Vt kevent
+structure is defined as:
+.Bd -literal
+struct kevent {
+	uintptr_t   ident;	/* identifier for this event */
+	short	    filter;	/* filter for event */
+	u_short	    flags;	/* action flags for kqueue */
+	u_int	    fflags;	/* filter flag value */
+	int64_t	    data;	/* filter data value */
+	void	   *udata;	/* opaque user data identifier */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields of
+.Vt struct kevent
+are:
+.Bl -tag -width XXXfilter
+.It Fa ident
+Value used to identify this event.
+The exact interpretation is determined by the attached filter,
+but often is a file descriptor.
+.It Fa filter
+Identifies the kernel filter used to process this event.
+The pre-defined system filters are described below.
+.It Fa flags
+Actions to perform on the event.
+.It Fa fflags
+Filter-specific flags.
+.It Fa data
+Filter-specific data value.
+.It Fa udata
+Opaque user-defined value passed through the kernel unchanged.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+field can contain the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width XXXEV_ONESHOT
+.It Dv EV_ADD
+Adds the event to the kqueue.
+Re-adding an existing event will modify the parameters of the original event,
+and not result in a duplicate entry.
+Adding an event automatically enables it, unless overridden by the
+.Dv EV_DISABLE
+flag.
+.It Dv EV_ENABLE
+Permit
+.Fn kevent
+to return the event if it is triggered.
+.It Dv EV_DISABLE
+Disable the event so
+.Fn kevent
+will not return it.
+The filter itself is not disabled.
+.It Dv EV_DISPATCH
+Disable the event source immediately after delivery of an event.
+See
+.Dv EV_DISABLE
+above.
+.It Dv EV_DELETE
+Removes the event from the kqueue.
+Events which are attached to file descriptors are automatically deleted
+on the last close of the descriptor.
+.It Dv EV_RECEIPT
+Causes
+.Fn kevent
+to return with
+.Dv EV_ERROR
+set without draining any pending events after updating events in the kqueue.
+When a filter is successfully added, the
+.Fa data
+field will be zero.
+This flag is useful for making bulk changes to a kqueue.
+.It Dv EV_ONESHOT
+Causes the event to return only the first occurrence of the filter
+being triggered.
+After the user retrieves the event from the kqueue, it is deleted.
+.It Dv EV_CLEAR
+After the event is retrieved by the user, its state is reset.
+This is useful for filters which report state transitions
+instead of the current state.
+Note that some filters may automatically set this flag internally.
+.It Dv EV_EOF
+Filters may set this flag to indicate filter-specific EOF condition.
+.It Dv EV_ERROR
+See
+.Sx RETURN VALUES
+below.
+.El
+.Pp
+The predefined system filters are listed below.
+Arguments may be passed to and from the filter via the
+.Fa fflags
+and
+.Fa data
+fields in the
+.Vt kevent
+structure.
+.Bl -tag -width EVFILT_SIGNAL
+.It Dv EVFILT_READ
+Takes a descriptor as the identifier, and returns whenever
+there is data available to read.
+The behavior of the filter is slightly different depending
+on the descriptor type.
+.Bl -tag -width 2n
+.It Sockets
+Sockets which have previously been passed to
+.Xr listen 2
+return when there is an incoming connection pending.
+.Fa data
+contains the size of the listen backlog.
+.Pp
+Other socket descriptors return when there is data to be read,
+subject to the
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+value of the socket buffer.
+This may be overridden with a per-filter low water mark at the
+time the filter is added by setting the
+.Dv NOTE_LOWAT
+flag in
+.Fa fflags ,
+and specifying the new low water mark in
+.Fa data .
+On return,
+.Fa data
+contains the number of bytes in the socket buffer.
+.Pp
+If the read direction of the socket has shutdown, then the filter
+also sets
+.Dv EV_EOF
+in
+.Fa flags ,
+and returns the socket error (if any) in
+.Fa fflags .
+It is possible for EOF to be returned (indicating the connection is gone)
+while there is still data pending in the socket buffer.
+.It Vnodes
+Returns when the file pointer is not at the end of file.
+.Fa data
+contains the offset from current position to end of file,
+and may be negative.
+If
+.Dv NOTE_EOF
+is set in
+.Fa fflags ,
+.Fn kevent
+will also return when the file pointer is at the end of file.
+The end of file condition is indicated by the presence of
+.Dv NOTE_EOF
+in
+.Fa fflags
+on return.
+.It "FIFOs, Pipes"
+Returns when there is data to read;
+.Fa data
+contains the number of bytes available.
+.Pp
+When the last writer disconnects, the filter will set
+.Dv EV_EOF
+in
+.Fa flags .
+This may be cleared by passing in
+.Dv EV_CLEAR ,
+at which point the filter will resume waiting for data to become
+available before returning.
+.It "BPF devices"
+Returns when the BPF buffer is full, the BPF timeout has expired, or
+when the BPF has
+.Dq immediate mode
+enabled and there is any data to read;
+.Fa data
+contains the number of bytes available.
+.El
+.It Dv EVFILT_EXCEPT
+Takes a descriptor as the identifier, and returns whenever one of the
+specified exceptional conditions has occurred on the descriptor.
+Conditions are specified in
+.Fa fflags .
+Currently, a filter can monitor the reception of out-of-band data
+on a socket or pseudo terminal with
+.Dv NOTE_OOB .
+.It Dv EVFILT_WRITE
+Takes a descriptor as the identifier, and returns whenever
+it is possible to write to the descriptor.
+For sockets, pipes, and FIFOs,
+.Fa data
+will contain the amount of space remaining in the write buffer.
+The filter will set
+.Dv EV_EOF
+when the reader disconnects, and for the FIFO case,
+this may be cleared by use of
+.Dv EV_CLEAR .
+Note that this filter is not supported for vnodes or BPF devices.
+.Pp
+For sockets, the low water mark and socket error handling is
+identical to the
+.Dv EVFILT_READ
+case.
+.\".It Dv EVFILT_AIO
+.\"The sigevent portion of the AIO request is filled in, with
+.\".Va sigev_notify_kqueue
+.\"containing the descriptor of the kqueue that the event should
+.\"be attached to,
+.\".Va sigev_value
+.\"containing the udata value, and
+.\".Va sigev_notify
+.\"set to
+.\".Dv SIGEV_KEVENT .
+.\"When the aio_* function is called, the event will be registered
+.\"with the specified kqueue, and the
+.\".Va ident
+.\"argument set to the
+.\".Li struct aiocb
+.\"returned by the aio_* function.
+.\"The filter returns under the same conditions as aio_error.
+.\".Pp
+.\"Alternatively, a kevent structure may be initialized, with
+.\".Va ident
+.\"containing the descriptor of the kqueue, and the
+.\"address of the kevent structure placed in the
+.\".Va aio_lio_opcode
+.\"field of the AIO request.
+.\"However, this approach will not work on architectures with 64-bit pointers,
+.\"and should be considered deprecated.
+.It Dv EVFILT_VNODE
+Takes a file descriptor as the identifier and the events to watch for in
+.Fa fflags ,
+and returns when one or more of the requested events occurs on the descriptor.
+The events to monitor are:
+.Bl -tag -width XXNOTE_RENAME
+.It Dv NOTE_DELETE
+.Xr unlink 2
+was called on the file referenced by the descriptor.
+.It Dv NOTE_WRITE
+A write occurred on the file referenced by the descriptor.
+.It Dv NOTE_EXTEND
+The file referenced by the descriptor was extended.
+.It Dv NOTE_TRUNCATE
+The file referenced by the descriptor was truncated.
+.It Dv NOTE_ATTRIB
+The file referenced by the descriptor had its attributes changed.
+.It Dv NOTE_LINK
+The link count on the file changed.
+.It Dv NOTE_RENAME
+The file referenced by the descriptor was renamed.
+.It Dv NOTE_REVOKE
+Access to the file was revoked via
+.Xr revoke 2
+or the underlying file system was unmounted.
+.El
+.Pp
+On return,
+.Fa fflags
+contains the events which triggered the filter.
+.It Dv EVFILT_PROC
+Takes the process ID to monitor as the identifier and the events to watch for
+in
+.Fa fflags ,
+and returns when the process performs one or more of the requested events.
+If a process can normally see another process, it can attach an event to it.
+The events to monitor are:
+.Bl -tag -width XXNOTE_TRACKERR
+.It Dv NOTE_EXIT
+The process has exited.
+The exit status will be stored in
+.Fa data
+in the same format as the status set by
+.Xr wait 2 .
+.It Dv NOTE_FORK
+The process has called
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.It Dv NOTE_EXEC
+The process has executed a new process via
+.Xr execve 2
+or similar call.
+.It Dv NOTE_TRACK
+Follow a process across
+.Xr fork 2
+calls.
+The parent process will return with
+.Dv NOTE_FORK
+set in the
+.Fa fflags
+field, while the child process will return with
+.Dv NOTE_CHILD
+set in
+.Fa fflags
+and the parent PID in
+.Fa data .
+.It Dv NOTE_TRACKERR
+This flag is returned if the system was unable to attach an event to
+the child process, usually due to resource limitations.
+.El
+.Pp
+On return,
+.Fa fflags
+contains the events which triggered the filter.
+.It Dv EVFILT_SIGNAL
+Takes the signal number to monitor as the identifier and returns
+when the given signal is delivered to the process.
+This coexists with the
+.Xr signal 3
+and
+.Xr sigaction 2
+facilities, and has a lower precedence.
+The filter will record all attempts to deliver a signal to a process,
+even if the signal has been marked as
+.Dv SIG_IGN .
+Event notification happens after normal signal delivery processing.
+.Fa data
+returns the number of times the signal has occurred since the last call to
+.Fn kevent .
+This filter automatically sets the
+.Dv EV_CLEAR
+flag internally.
+.It Dv EVFILT_TIMER
+Establishes an arbitrary timer identified by
+.Fa ident .
+When adding a timer,
+.Fa data
+specifies the timeout period in units described below or, if
+.Dv NOTE_ABSTIME
+is set in
+.Va fflags ,
+the absolute time at which the timer should fire.
+The timer will repeat unless
+.Dv EV_ONESHOT
+is set in
+.Va flags
+or
+.Dv NOTE_ABSTIME
+is set in
+.Va fflags .
+On return,
+.Fa data
+contains the number of times the timeout has expired since the last call to
+.Fn kevent .
+This filter automatically sets
+.Dv EV_CLEAR
+in
+.Va flags
+for periodic timers.
+Timers created with
+.Dv NOTE_ABSTIME
+remain activated on the kqueue once the absolute time has passed unless
+.Dv EV_CLEAR
+or
+.Dv EV_ONESHOT
+are also specified.
+.Pp
+The filter accepts the following flags in the
+.Va fflags
+argument:
+.Bl -tag -width NOTE_MSECONDS
+.It Dv NOTE_SECONDS
+The timer value in
+.Va data
+is expressed in seconds.
+.It Dv NOTE_MSECONDS
+The timer value in
+.Va data
+is expressed in milliseconds.
+.It Dv NOTE_USECONDS
+The timer value in
+.Va data
+is expressed in microseconds.
+.It Dv NOTE_NSECONDS
+The timer value in
+.Va data
+is expressed in nanoseconds.
+.It Dv NOTE_ABSTIME
+The timer value is an absolute time with
+.Dv CLOCK_REALTIME
+as the reference clock.
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Dv NOTE_SECONDS ,
+.Dv NOTE_MSECONDS ,
+.Dv NOTE_USECONDS ,
+and
+.Dv NOTE_NSECONDS
+are mutually exclusive; behavior is undefined if more than one are specified.
+If a timer value unit is not specified, the default is
+.Dv NOTE_MSECONDS .
+.Pp
+If an existing timer is re-added, the existing timer and related pending events
+will be cancelled.
+The timer will be re-started using the timeout period
+.Fa data .
+.It Dv EVFILT_DEVICE
+Takes a descriptor as the identifier and the events to watch for in
+.Fa fflags ,
+and returns when one or more of the requested events occur on the
+descriptor.
+The events to monitor are:
+.Bl -tag -width XXNOTE_CHANGE
+.It Dv NOTE_CHANGE
+A device change event has occurred,
+e.g. an HDMI cable has been plugged in to a port.
+.El
+.Pp
+On return,
+.Fa fflags
+contains the events which triggered the filter.
+.It Dv EVFILT_USER
+Establishes a user event identified by
+.Va ident
+which is not associated with any kernel mechanism but is triggered by
+user level code.
+The lower 24 bits of the
+.Va fflags
+may be used for user defined flags and manipulated using the following:
+.Bl -tag -width XXNOTE_FFLAGSMASK
+.It Dv NOTE_FFNOP
+Ignore the input
+.Va fflags .
+.It Dv NOTE_FFAND
+Bitwise AND
+.Va fflags .
+.It Dv NOTE_FFOR
+Bitwise OR
+.Va fflags .
+.It Dv NOTE_FFCOPY
+Copy
+.Va fflags .
+.It Dv NOTE_FFCTRLMASK
+Control mask for
+.Va fflags .
+.It Dv NOTE_FFLAGSMASK
+User defined flag mask for
+.Va fflags .
+.El
+.Pp
+A user event is triggered for output with the following:
+.Bl -tag -width XXNOTE_FFLAGSMASK
+.It Dv NOTE_TRIGGER
+Cause the event to be triggered.
+.El
+.Pp
+On return,
+.Va fflags
+contains the user defined flags in the lower 24 bits.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn kqueue
+and
+.Fn kqueue1
+create a new kernel event queue and returns a file descriptor.
+If there was an error creating the kernel event queue, a value of -1 is
+returned and
+.Va errno
+set.
+.Pp
+.Fn kevent
+returns the number of events placed in the
+.Fa eventlist ,
+up to the value given by
+.Fa nevents .
+If an error occurs while processing an element of the
+.Fa changelist
+and there is enough room in the
+.Fa eventlist ,
+then the event will be placed in the
+.Fa eventlist
+with
+.Dv EV_ERROR
+set in
+.Fa flags
+and the system error in
+.Fa data .
+Otherwise, -1 will be returned, and
+.Va errno
+will be set to indicate the error condition.
+If the time limit expires, then
+.Fn kevent
+returns 0.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn kqueue
+and
+.Fn kqueue1
+functions fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The kernel failed to allocate enough memory for the kernel queue.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The per-process descriptor table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn kqueue1
+fails if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa flags
+is invalid.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn kevent
+function fails if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The process does not have permission to register a filter.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+There was an error reading or writing the
+.Vt kevent
+structure.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The specified descriptor is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A signal was delivered before the timeout expired and before any
+events were placed on the kqueue for return.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The specified time limit or filter is invalid.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The event could not be found to be modified or deleted.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+No memory was available to register the event.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+The specified process to attach to does not exist.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr signal 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn kqueue
+and
+.Fn kevent
+functions first appeared in
+.Fx 4.1
+and have been available since
+.Ox 2.9 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Fn kqueue
+system and this manual page were written by
+.An Jonathan Lemon Aq Mt jlemon@FreeBSD.org .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/ktrace.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/ktrace.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75bd466e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/ktrace.2
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ktrace.2,v 1.43 2023/02/23 01:34:27 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: ktrace.2,v 1.2 1995/02/27 12:33:58 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ktrace.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 23 2023 $
+.Dt KTRACE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ktrace
+.Nd process tracing
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/ktrace.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn ktrace "const char *tracefile" "int ops" "int trpoints" "pid_t pid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ktrace
+function enables or disables tracing of one or more processes.
+Users may only trace their own processes.
+Only the superuser can trace setuid or setgid programs.
+This function is only available on kernels compiled with the
+.Cm KTRACE
+option.
+.Pp
+.Fa tracefile
+gives the pathname of the file to be used for tracing.
+The file must exist, be writable by the calling process, and
+not be a symbolic link.
+If tracing points are being disabled (see
+.Dv KTROP_CLEAR
+below),
+.Fa tracefile
+must be
+.Dv NULL .
+.Pp
+Trace records are always appended to the file, ignoring the file offset,
+so the caller will usually want to truncate the file before calling
+these functions.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa ops
+parameter specifies the requested ktrace operation.
+The defined operations are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width KTRFLAG_DESCEND -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv KTROP_SET
+Enable trace points specified in
+.Fa trpoints .
+.It Dv KTROP_CLEAR
+Disable trace points specified in
+.Fa trpoints .
+.It Dv KTROP_CLEARFILE
+Stop all tracing to the trace file.
+.It Dv KTRFLAG_DESCEND
+The tracing change should apply to the
+specified process and all its current children.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa trpoints
+parameter specifies the trace points of interest.
+The defined trace points are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width KTRFAC_EXECARGS -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv KTRFAC_SYSCALL
+Trace system calls.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_SYSRET
+Trace return values from system calls.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_NAMEI
+Trace name lookup operations.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_GENIO
+Trace all I/O
+(note that this option can generate much output).
+.It Dv KTRFAC_PSIG
+Trace posted signals.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_STRUCT
+Trace various structs.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_USER
+Trace user data coming from
+.Xr utrace 2
+calls.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_EXECARGS
+Trace argument vector in
+.Xr execve 2
+calls.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_EXECENV
+Trace environment vector in
+.Xr execve 2
+calls.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_PLEDGE
+Trace violations of
+.Xr pledge 2
+restrictions.
+.It Dv KTRFAC_INHERIT
+Inherit tracing to future children.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa pid
+parameter refers to a process ID.
+If it is negative,
+it refers to a process group ID.
+.Pp
+Each tracing event outputs a record composed of a generic header
+followed by a trace point specific structure.
+The generic header is:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ktr_header {
+	uint		ktr_type;		/* trace record type */
+	pid_t		ktr_pid;		/* process id */
+	pid_t		ktr_tid;		/* thread id */
+	struct timespec	ktr_time;		/* timestamp */
+	char		ktr_comm[MAXCOMLEN+1];	/* command name */
+	size_t		ktr_len;		/* length of buf */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa ktr_len
+field specifies the length of the
+.Fa ktr_type
+data that follows this header.
+The
+.Fa ktr_pid , ktr_tid ,
+and
+.Fa ktr_comm
+fields specify the process, thread, and command generating the record.
+The
+.Fa ktr_time
+field gives the time (with nanosecond resolution)
+that the record was generated.
+.Pp
+The generic header is followed by
+.Fa ktr_len
+bytes of a
+.Fa ktr_type
+record.
+The type specific records are defined in the
+.In sys/ktrace.h
+include file.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn ktrace
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width EINVALAA
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+No trace points were selected.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The tracing process is not the superuser and either its effective
+user ID does not match the real user ID of the receiving process,
+its effective group ID does not match the real group ID of the
+receiving process,
+the receiving process is currently being traced by the superuser,
+or the receiving process has changed its UIDs or GIDs.
+When tracing multiple processes,
+this error is returned if none of the targeted processes could be traced.
+When clearing a trace file with
+.Dv KTROP_CLEARFILE ,
+this error is returned if it could not stop tracing any of the processes
+tracing to the file.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+No process can be found corresponding to that specified by
+.Fa pid .
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The named file is a device or FIFO.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn ktrace
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width ENAMETOOLONGAA
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named tracefile does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix or the
+path refers to a symbolic link.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa tracefile
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kdump 1 ,
+.Xr ktrace 1 ,
+.Xr utrace 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn ktrace
+function call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/link.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/link.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0047f6e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/link.2
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: link.2,v 1.31 2024/07/18 15:38:57 millert Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: link.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:34:01 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)link.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/12/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2024 $
+.Dt LINK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm link ,
+.Nm linkat
+.Nd make hard link to a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn link "const char *name1" "const char *name2"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn linkat "int fd1" "const char *name1" "int fd2" "const char *name2" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn link
+function atomically creates the specified directory entry (hard link)
+.Fa name2
+with the attributes of the underlying object pointed at by
+.Fa name1 .
+If the link is successful: the link count of the underlying object
+is incremented;
+.Fa name1
+and
+.Fa name2
+share equal access and rights to the underlying object.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa name1
+is removed, the file
+.Fa name2
+is not deleted and the link count of the underlying object is decremented.
+.Pp
+For the hard link to succeed,
+.Fa name1
+must exist and not be a directory, and both
+.Fa name1
+and
+.Fa name2
+must be in the same file system.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn linkat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn link
+except that where
+.Fa name1
+or
+.Fa name2
+specifies a relative path,
+the directory entries linked are resolved relative to
+the directories associated with file descriptors
+.Fa fd1
+or
+.Fa fd2
+(respectively) instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn linkat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd1
+or
+.Fa fd2
+parameter, the current working directory is used for resolving the respective
+.Fa name1
+or
+.Fa name2
+argument.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
+If
+.Fa name1
+names a symbolic link,
+a new link for the target of the symbolic link is created.
+.El
+.Pp
+If the
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
+flag is clear and
+.Fa name1
+names a symbolic link, a new link is created for the symbolic link
+.Fa name1
+and not its target.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn link
+and
+.Fn linkat
+will fail and no link will be created if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of either path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of either path prefix does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The file system containing the file named by
+.Fa name1
+does not support links.
+.It Bq Er EMLINK
+The link count of the file named by
+.Fa name1
+would exceed
+.Dv LINK_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+A component of either path prefix denies search permission.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The requested link requires writing in a directory with a mode
+that denies write permission.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating one of the pathnames.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The file named by
+.Fa name1
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+The link named by
+.Fa name2
+does exist.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The file named by
+.Fa name1
+is a directory.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The file named by
+.Fa name1
+is flagged immutable or append-only.
+.It Bq Er EXDEV
+The link named by
+.Fa name2
+and the file named by
+.Fa name1
+are on different file systems.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The directory in which the entry for the new link is being placed
+cannot be extended because there is no space left on the file
+system containing the directory.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The directory in which the entry for the new link
+is being placed cannot be extended because the
+user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
+containing the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to
+the file system to make the directory entry.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The requested link requires writing in a directory on a read-only file
+system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+One of the pathnames specified
+is outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn linkat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa name1
+or
+.Fa name2
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd1
+or
+.Fa fd2
+argument, respectively, is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa name1
+or
+.Fa name2
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd1
+or
+.Fa fd2
+argument, respectively,
+is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa name1
+or
+.Fa name2
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd1
+or
+.Fa fd2
+file descriptor, respectively, references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ln 1 ,
+.Xr readlink 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn link
+and
+.Fn linkat
+functions are expected to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn link
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.Fn linkat
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/listen.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/listen.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8c72cff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/listen.2
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: listen.2,v 1.15 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: listen.2,v 1.7 1996/02/16 20:38:45 phil Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)listen.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt LISTEN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm listen
+.Nd listen for connections on a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn listen "int s" "int backlog"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+To accept connections, a socket
+is first created with
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+a willingness to accept incoming connections and
+a queue limit for incoming connections are specified with
+.Fn listen ,
+and then the connections are
+accepted with
+.Xr accept 2 .
+The
+.Fn listen
+call applies only to sockets of type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+or
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa backlog
+parameter defines the maximum length the queue of
+pending connections may grow to.
+If a connection
+request arrives with the queue full the client may
+receive an error with an indication of
+.Er ECONNREFUSED ,
+or, if the underlying protocol supports retransmission,
+the request may be ignored so that retries may succeed.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn listen
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a socket.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The socket is not of a type that supports the operation
+.Fn listen .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The socket is already connected.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn listen
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn listen
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fa backlog
+is currently limited (silently) to the value of the kern.somaxconn
+sysctl, which defaults to 128.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/lseek.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/lseek.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a70ec0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/lseek.2
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: lseek.2,v 1.17 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: lseek.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:34:09 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)lseek.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt LSEEK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm lseek
+.Nd reposition read/write file offset
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft off_t
+.Fn lseek "int fildes" "off_t offset" "int whence"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn lseek
+function repositions the offset of the file descriptor
+.Fa fildes
+to the argument
+.Fa offset
+according to the directive
+.Fa whence .
+The argument
+.Fa fildes
+must be an open file descriptor.
+.Fn lseek
+repositions the file pointer
+.Fa fildes
+as follows:
+.Bl -item -offset indent
+.It
+If
+.Fa whence
+is
+.Dv SEEK_SET ,
+the offset is set to
+.Fa offset
+bytes.
+.It
+If
+.Fa whence
+is
+.Dv SEEK_CUR ,
+the offset is set to its current location plus
+.Fa offset
+bytes.
+.It
+If
+.Fa whence
+is
+.Dv SEEK_END ,
+the offset is set to the size of the file plus
+.Fa offset
+bytes.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn lseek
+function allows the file offset to be set beyond the end
+of the existing end-of-file of the file.
+If data is later written at this point, subsequent reads of the data in the
+gap return bytes of zeros (until data is actually written into the gap).
+.Pp
+Some devices are incapable of seeking.
+The value of the pointer associated with such a device is undefined.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn lseek
+returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from the
+beginning of the file.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn lseek
+will fail and the file pointer will remain unchanged if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Em fildes
+is not an open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ESPIPE
+.Em fildes
+is associated with a pipe, socket, or FIFO.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa whence
+is not a proper value or the resulting offset would be negative
+on a file system or special device that does not allow negative
+offsets to be used.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+.Xr open 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn lseek
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn seek
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+In
+.At v7
+it was renamed to
+.Fn lseek
+for
+.Dq long seek
+due to a larger
+.Fa offset
+argument type.
+.Sh BUGS
+This document's use of
+.Fa whence
+is incorrect English, but is maintained for historical reasons.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/madvise.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/madvise.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d62f110f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/madvise.2
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: madvise.2,v 1.23 2024/01/21 17:46:03 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: madvise.2,v 1.7 1995/12/27 21:17:02 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)madvise.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2024 $
+.Dt MADVISE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm madvise ,
+.Nm posix_madvise
+.Nd give advice about use of memory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn madvise "void *addr" "size_t len" "int behav"
+.Ft int
+.Fn posix_madvise "void *addr" "size_t len" "int behav"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn madvise
+system call
+allows a process that has knowledge of its memory behavior
+to describe it to the system.
+The
+.Fn posix_madvise
+interface has the same effect, but returns the error value
+instead of only setting
+.Va errno .
+.Pp
+The possible behaviors are:
+.Bl -tag -width MADV_SEQUENTIAL
+.It Dv MADV_NORMAL
+No further special treatment needed.
+.It Dv MADV_RANDOM
+Expect random page access patterns.
+.It Dv MADV_SEQUENTIAL
+Expect sequential page references.
+.It Dv MADV_WILLNEED
+The pages will be referenced soon.
+.It Dv MADV_DONTNEED
+The pages will not be referenced soon.
+.It Dv MADV_SPACEAVAIL
+Ensure that resources are reserved.
+.It Dv MADV_FREE
+The pages don't contain any useful data and can be recycled.
+.El
+.Pp
+Portable programs that call the
+.Fn posix_madvise
+interface should use the aliases
+.Dv POSIX_MADV_NORMAL , POSIX_MADV_RANDOM ,
+.Dv POSIX_MADV_SEQUENTIAL , POSIX_MADV_WILLNEED ,
+and
+.Dv POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED
+rather than the flags described above.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std madvise
+.Pp
+If successful, the
+.Fn posix_madvise
+function will return zero.
+Otherwise an error number will be returned to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn madvise
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The specified
+.Fa behav
+argument was invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa addr
+parameter was not page aligned or
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa size
+specify a region that would extend beyond the end of the address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters specify a region which contains at least one page marked immutable.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mimmutable 2 ,
+.Xr minherit 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn posix_madvise
+system call conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Er EPERM
+failure conditions described are an extension to this specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn madvise
+function first appeared in SunOS 4.0 and has been available since
+.Ox 2.7 .
+The
+.Fn posix_madvise
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 4.8 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Dv MADV_WILLNEED
+behavior is ignored.
+The
+.Dv MADV_SPACEAVAIL
+behavior is not implemented and will always fail.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mimmutable.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mimmutable.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96b7641a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mimmutable.2
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mimmutable.2,v 1.5 2024/01/21 17:46:03 deraadt Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mimmutable.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2024 $
+.Dt MIMMUTABLE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mimmutable
+.Nd control the immutability of pages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mimmutable "void *addr" "size_t len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mimmutable
+system call
+changes currently mapped pages in the region to be marked immutable,
+which means their protection or mapping may not be changed in the future.
+Most requests to
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr minherit 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 , and
+.Xr munmap 2
+to pages marked immutable will return with error
+.Er EPERM .
+.Pp
+Unmapped pages in the region do not retain immutability, but this
+behaviour should not be relied upon.
+.Pp
+Not all implementations will guarantee that the immutable characteristic
+can be set on a page basis;
+the granularity of changes may be as large as an entire region.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn mimmutable
+system call will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The virtual address range specified by the
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+arguments is not valid.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+At least one page has inheritance of
+.Dv MAP_INHERIT_ZERO .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr minherit 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mimmutable
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 7.3 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/minherit.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/minherit.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e814a0a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/minherit.2
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: minherit.2,v 1.17 2024/01/21 17:46:03 deraadt Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)minherit.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2024 $
+.Dt MINHERIT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm minherit
+.Nd control the inheritance of pages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn minherit "void *addr" "size_t len" "int inherit"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn minherit
+system call
+changes the specified pages to have the inheritance characteristic
+.Fa inherit .
+A page's inheritance characteristic controls how it will be mapped
+in child processes as created by
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.Pp
+The possible inheritance characteristics are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width MAP_INHERIT_SHARE -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv MAP_INHERIT_NONE
+Pages are not mapped in the child process.
+.It Dv MAP_INHERIT_COPY
+Private copy of pages are mapped in the child process.
+.It Dv MAP_INHERIT_SHARE
+Mapped pages are shared between the parent and child processes.
+.It Dv MAP_INHERIT_ZERO
+New anonymous pages (initialized to all zero bytes)
+are mapped in the child process.
+.El
+.Pp
+Not all implementations will guarantee that the inheritance characteristic
+can be set on a page basis;
+the granularity of changes may be as large as an entire region.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn minherit
+system call will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters specify a region that contains
+at least one page which is immutable, or
+.Dv MAP_INHERIT_ZERO
+is being requested on a page without
+.Dv PROT_WRITE
+permission.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The virtual address range specified by the
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+arguments is not valid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa inherit
+argument is invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mimmutable 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn minherit
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 2.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mkdir.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mkdir.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f080bacf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mkdir.2
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mkdir.2,v 1.18 2017/03/23 18:40:01 millert Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mkdir.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:34:22 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mkdir.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 23 2017 $
+.Dt MKDIR 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mkdir ,
+.Nm mkdirat
+.Nd make a directory file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mkdir "const char *path" "mode_t mode"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mkdirat "int fd" "const char *path" "mode_t mode"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The directory
+.Fa path
+is created with the access permissions specified by
+.Fa mode
+and restricted by the
+.Xr umask 2
+of the calling process.
+.Pp
+The directory's owner ID is set to the process's effective user ID.
+The directory's group ID is set to that of the parent directory in
+which it is created.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn mkdirat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn mkdir
+except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the newly created directory is created relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn mkdirat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn mkdir .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mkdir
+and
+.Fn mkdirat
+will fail and no directory will be created if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of the path prefix does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix,
+or write permission is denied
+on the parent directory of the directory to be created.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+The named file exists.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The new directory cannot be created because there is no space left
+on the file system that will contain the directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+There are no free inodes on the file system on which the
+directory is being created.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The new directory cannot be created because the user's
+quota of disk blocks on the file system that will
+contain the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The user's quota of inodes on the file system on
+which the directory is being created has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry or allocating the inode.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn mkdirat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mkdir
+and
+.Fn mkdirat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn mkdir
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+It was renamed to
+.Fn makdir
+in
+.At v2 .
+However, it did not exist from
+.At v4
+to
+.Bx 4.1 ;
+in those releases,
+.Xr mknod 2
+had to be used.
+Since
+.Fn mkdir
+reappeared in
+.Bx 4.1c ,
+it no longer requires superuser privileges and it automatically creates the
+.Sq \&.
+and
+.Sq \&..
+directory entries.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn mkdirat
+system call has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mkfifo.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mkfifo.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ccc36d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mkfifo.2
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mkfifo.2,v 1.15 2015/05/31 23:54:25 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mkfifo.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:34:27 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mkfifo.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2015 $
+.Dt MKFIFO 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mkfifo ,
+.Nm mkfifoat
+.Nd make a FIFO file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mkfifo "const char *path" "mode_t mode"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mkfifoat "int fd" "const char *path" "mode_t mode"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn mkfifo
+creates a new FIFO file with name
+.Fa path .
+The access permissions are
+specified by
+.Fa mode
+and restricted by the
+.Xr umask 2
+of the calling process.
+.Pp
+The FIFO's owner ID is set to the process's effective user ID.
+The FIFO's group ID is set to that of the parent directory in
+which it is created.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn mkfifoat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn mkfifo
+except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the newly created FIFO is created relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn mkfifoat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn mkfifo .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mkfifo
+and
+.Fn mkfifoat
+will fail and no FIFO will be created if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The kernel has not been configured to support FIFOs.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of the path prefix does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+The named file exists.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The directory in which the entry for the new FIFO is being placed
+cannot be extended because there is no space left on the file
+system containing the directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+There are no free inodes on the file system on which the
+FIFO is being created.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The directory in which the entry for the new FIFO
+is being placed cannot be extended because the
+user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
+containing the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The user's quota of inodes on the file system on
+which the FIFO is being created has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry or allocating
+the inode.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn mkfifoat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mkfifo
+and
+.Fn mkfifoat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mkfifoat
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mknod.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mknod.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e34ebf01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mknod.2
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mknod.2,v 1.21 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mknod.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:34:33 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mknod.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt MKNOD 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mknod ,
+.Nm mknodat
+.Nd make a special file node
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mknod "const char *path" "mode_t mode" "dev_t dev"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mknodat "int fd" "const char *path" "mode_t mode" "dev_t dev"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mknod
+function creates
+.Fa path
+with a file type and mode of
+.Fa mode ,
+as modified by
+.Xr umask 2 .
+Only FIFO and device special files are supported by this implementation.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa mode
+is the bitwise OR of
+.Dv S_IFIFO
+and zero or more file permissions, and
+.Fa dev
+is zero, then a FIFO is created.
+If
+.Fa mode
+is the bitwise OR of
+.Dv S_IFCHR
+or
+.Dv S_IFBLK
+and zero or more file permissions, then a character or block device
+special (respectively) is created with major and minor device numbers
+extracted from
+.Fa dev .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn mknodat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn mknod
+except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the newly created device special file is created relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn mknodat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn mknod .
+.Pp
+Creating a device special file with
+.Fn mknod
+or
+.Fn mknodat
+requires superuser privileges.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mknod
+and
+.Fn mknodat
+will fail and the file will be not created if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa mode
+is an invalid file type or
+.Fa dev
+is an invalid value for that file type.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of the path prefix does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+.Fa mode
+is a device special and the process's effective user ID is not superuser.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry or allocating the inode.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The directory in which the entry for the new node is being placed
+cannot be extended because there is no space left on the file
+system containing the directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+There are no free inodes on the file system on which the
+node is being created.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The directory in which the entry for the new node
+is being placed cannot be extended because the
+user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
+containing the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The user's quota of inodes on the file system on
+which the node is being created has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+The named file exists.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The process is running within an alternate root directory, as
+created by
+.Xr chroot 2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn mknodat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr chroot 2 ,
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mknod
+and
+.Fn mknodat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mknod
+system call first appeared in
+.At v4 ,
+and
+.Fn mknodat
+has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mlock.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mlock.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3e11871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mlock.2
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mlock.2,v 1.20 2019/01/11 18:46:30 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mlock.2,v 1.3 1995/06/24 10:42:03 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mlock.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 11 2019 $
+.Dt MLOCK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mlock ,
+.Nm munlock
+.Nd lock (unlock) physical pages in memory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mlock "const void *addr" "size_t len"
+.Ft int
+.Fn munlock "const void *addr" "size_t len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mlock
+system call
+locks into memory the physical pages associated with the virtual address
+range starting at
+.Fa addr
+for
+.Fa len
+bytes.
+The
+.Fn munlock
+call unlocks pages previously locked by one or more
+.Fn mlock
+calls.
+For both, the
+.Fa addr
+parameter should be aligned to a multiple of the page size.
+If the
+.Fa len
+parameter is not a multiple of the page size, it will be rounded up
+to be so.
+The entire range must be allocated.
+.Pp
+After an
+.Fn mlock
+call, the indicated pages will cause neither a non-resident page
+nor address-translation fault until they are unlocked.
+They may still cause protection-violation faults or TLB-miss faults on
+architectures with software-managed TLBs.
+The physical pages remain in memory until all locked mappings for the pages
+are removed.
+Multiple processes may have the same physical pages locked via their own
+virtual address mappings.
+A single process may likewise have pages multiply locked via different virtual
+mappings of the same pages or via nested
+.Fn mlock
+calls on the same address range.
+Unlocking is performed explicitly by
+.Fn munlock
+or implicitly by a call to
+.Xr munmap 2
+which deallocates the unmapped address range.
+Locked mappings are not inherited by the child process after a
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.Pp
+Since physical memory is a potentially scarce resource, processes are
+limited in how much they can lock down.
+A single process can
+.Fn mlock
+the minimum of
+a system-wide
+.Dq wired pages
+limit and the per-process
+.Li RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
+resource limit.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std mlock munlock
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mlock
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The address given is not page aligned or the length is negative.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+Locking the indicated range would exceed either the system or per-process
+limit for locked memory.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Some portion of the indicated address range is not allocated.
+There was an error faulting/mapping a page.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn munlock
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The address given is not page aligned or
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa size
+specify a region that would extend beyond the end of the address space.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Some portion of the indicated address range is not allocated.
+Some portion of the indicated address range is not locked.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr minherit 2 ,
+.Xr mlockall 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr setrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr getpagesize 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mlock
+and
+.Fn munlock
+functions first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Unlike Sun's implementation, multiple
+.Fn mlock
+calls on the same address range require the corresponding number of
+.Fn munlock
+calls to actually unlock the pages, i.e.,
+.Fn mlock
+nests.
+This should be considered a consequence of the implementation
+and not a feature.
+.Pp
+The per-process resource limit is a limit on the amount of virtual
+memory locked, while the system-wide limit is for the number of locked
+physical pages.
+Hence a process with two distinct locked mappings of the same physical page
+counts as 2 pages against the per-process limit and as only a single page
+in the system limit.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mlockall.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mlockall.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..234ec5f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mlockall.2
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mlockall.2,v 1.10 2019/01/11 18:46:30 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mlockall.2,v 1.6 2000/06/26 17:00:02 kleink Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Jason R. Thorpe of the Numerical Aerospace Simulation Facility,
+.\" NASA Ames Research Center.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 11 2019 $
+.Dt MLOCKALL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mlockall ,
+.Nm munlockall
+.Nd lock (unlock) the address space of a process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mlockall "int flags"
+.Ft int
+.Fn munlockall "void"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mlockall
+system call locks into memory the physical pages associated with the
+address space of a process until the address space is unlocked, the
+process exits, or execs another program image.
+.Pp
+The following flags affect the behavior of
+.Fn mlockall :
+.Bl -tag -width MCL_CURRENT
+.It Dv MCL_CURRENT
+Lock all pages currently mapped into the process's address space.
+.It Dv MCL_FUTURE
+Lock all pages mapped into the process's address space in the future,
+at the time the mapping is established.
+Note that this may cause future mappings to fail if those mappings
+cause resource limits to be exceeded.
+.El
+.Pp
+Since physical memory is a potentially scarce resource, processes are
+limited in how much they can lock down.
+A single process can lock the minimum of a system-wide
+.Dq wired pages
+limit and the per-process
+.Dv RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
+resource limit.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn munlockall
+call unlocks any locked memory regions in the process address space.
+Any regions mapped after an
+.Fn munlockall
+call will not be locked.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std mlockall munlockall
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mlockall
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument is zero or includes unimplemented flags.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Locking all of the pages currently mapped would exceed either
+the system or per-process
+limit for locked memory.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+Some or all of the memory mapped into the process's address space
+could not be locked when the call was made.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The calling process does not have the appropriate privileges to perform
+the requested operation.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mlock 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr setrlimit 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mlockall
+and
+.Fn munlockall
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mlockall
+and
+.Fn munlockall
+functions first appeared in
+.Ox 2.9 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The per-process resource limit is a limit on the amount of virtual
+memory locked, while the system-wide limit is for the number of locked
+physical pages.
+Hence a process with two distinct locked mappings of the same physical page
+counts as 2 pages against the per-process limit and only as a single page
+in the system limit.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mmap.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mmap.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ad47579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mmap.2
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mmap.2,v 1.70 2022/10/07 16:31:36 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mmap.2,v 1.5 1995/06/24 10:48:59 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mmap.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: October 7 2022 $
+.Dt MMAP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mmap
+.Nd map files or devices into memory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn mmap "void *addr" "size_t len" "int prot" "int flags" "int fd" "off_t offset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mmap
+function causes the contents of
+.Fa fd ,
+starting at
+.Fa offset ,
+to be mapped in memory at the given
+.Fa addr .
+The mapping will extend at least
+.Fa len
+bytes, subject to page alignment restrictions.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa addr
+argument describes the address where the system should place the mapping.
+If the
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+flag is specified, the allocation will happen at the specified address,
+replacing any previously established mappings in its range.
+Otherwise, the mapping will be placed at the available spot at
+.Fa addr ;
+failing that it will be placed "close by".
+If
+.Fa addr
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the system can pick any address.
+Except for
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+mappings, the system will never replace existing mappings.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa len
+argument describes the minimum amount of bytes the mapping will span.
+Since
+.Fn mmap
+maps pages into memory,
+.Fa len
+may be rounded up to hit a page boundary.
+If
+.Fa len
+is 0, the mapping will fail with
+.Er EINVAL .
+.Pp
+If an
+.Fa fd
+and
+.Fa offset
+are specified, the resulting address may end up not on a page boundary,
+in order to align the page offset in the
+.Fa addr
+to the page offset in
+.Fa offset .
+.Pp
+The protections (region accessibility) are specified in the
+.Fa prot
+argument.
+It should either be
+.Dv PROT_NONE
+.Pq no permissions
+or the bitwise OR of one or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "PROT_WRITEXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv PROT_EXEC
+Pages may be executed.
+.It Dv PROT_READ
+Pages may be read.
+.It Dv PROT_WRITE
+Pages may be written.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+parameter specifies the type of the mapped object, mapping options, and
+whether modifications made to the mapped copy of the page are private
+to the process or are to be shared with other references.
+Sharing, mapping type, and options are specified in the
+.Fa flags
+argument by OR'ing the following values.
+Exactly one of the first two values must be specified:
+.Bl -tag -width MAP_ANONYMOUS -offset indent
+.It Dv MAP_PRIVATE
+Modifications are private.
+.It Dv MAP_SHARED
+Modifications are shared.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any combination of the following flags may additionally be used:
+.Bl -tag -width MAP_ANONYMOUS -offset indent
+.It Dv MAP_ANON
+Map anonymous memory not associated with any specific file.
+The file descriptor used for creating
+.Dv MAP_ANON
+must currently be \-1 indicating no name is associated with the
+region.
+.It Dv MAP_ANONYMOUS
+Synonym for
+.Dv MAP_ANON .
+.It Dv MAP_FIXED
+Demand that the mapping is placed at
+.Fa addr ,
+rather than having the system select a location.
+.Fa addr ,
+.Fa len
+and
+.Fa offset
+(in the case of
+.Fa fd
+mappings)
+must be multiples of the page size.
+Existing mappings in the address range will be replaced.
+Use of this option is discouraged.
+.It Dv MAP_STACK
+Indicate that the mapping is used as a stack.
+This flag must be used in combination with
+.Dv MAP_ANON
+and
+.Dv MAP_PRIVATE .
+.It Dv MAP_CONCEAL
+Exclude the mapping from core dumps.
+.El
+.Pp
+Finally, the following flags are also provided for
+source compatibility with code written for other operating systems,
+but are not recommended for use in new
+.Ox
+code:
+.Bl -tag -width MAP_ANONYMOUS -offset indent
+.It Dv MAP_COPY
+Modifications are private and, unlike
+.Dv MAP_PRIVATE ,
+modifications made by others are not visible.
+On
+.Ox
+this behaves just like
+.Dv MAP_PRIVATE .
+.It Dv MAP_FILE
+Mapped from a regular file, character special file, or block special file
+specified by file descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+On
+.Ox
+and all systems conforming to
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+this is the default mapping type and need not be specified.
+.It Dv MAP_HASSEMAPHORE
+Notify the kernel that the region may contain semaphores and that special
+handling may be necessary.
+On
+.Ox
+this flag is ignored.
+.It Dv MAP_INHERIT
+Permit regions to be inherited across
+.Xr execve 2
+system calls.
+On
+.Ox
+this flag is ignored.
+.It Dv MAP_TRYFIXED
+Attempt to use the hint provided by
+.Fa addr .
+On
+.Ox
+this is the default behavior.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr close 2
+function does not unmap pages; see
+.Xr munmap 2
+for further information.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn mmap
+function returns a pointer to the mapped region if successful;
+otherwise the value
+.Dv MAP_FAILED
+is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+A successful return from
+.Fn mmap
+will never return the value
+.Dv MAP_FAILED .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mmap
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The flag
+.Dv PROT_READ
+was specified as part of the
+.Fa prot
+parameter and
+.Fa fd
+was not open for reading.
+The flags
+.Dv MAP_SHARED
+and
+.Dv PROT_WRITE
+were specified as part
+of the
+.Fa flags
+and
+.Fa prot
+parameters and
+.Fa fd
+was not open for writing.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Dv MAP_PRIVATE
+and
+.Dv MAP_SHARED
+were both specified.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+was specified and the
+.Fa addr
+parameter was not page aligned.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+specified a region that would extend beyond the end of the address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fd
+did not specify a regular, character special, or block special file.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fd
+specified a character special or block special file and the underlying
+device does not support memory mapping.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The allocation
+.Fa len
+was 0.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+was specified and the
+.Fa addr
+parameter wasn't available.
+.Dv MAP_ANON
+was specified and insufficient memory was available.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSUP
+The accesses requested in the
+.Fa prot
+argument are not allowed.
+In particular,
+.Dv PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC
+mappings are not permitted unless the filesystem is mounted
+.Cm wxallowed
+and the process is link-time tagged with
+.Cm wxneeded .
+(See also
+.Dv kern.wxabort
+in
+.Xr sysctl 2
+for a method to diagnose failure).
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters
+specify a region which contains at least one page marked immutable.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mimmutable 2 ,
+.Xr mlock 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr mquery 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr getpagesize 3 ,
+.Xr core 5
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mmap
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+.\" A mmap() system call stub appeared in 4.1c BSD,
+.\" but the functionality wasn't implemented.
+A fully functional
+.Fn mmap
+system call first appeared in SunOS 4.0
+and has been available since
+.Bx 4.3 Net/2 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specifies that references to pages beyond the end of a mapped object
+shall generate a
+.Dv SIGBUS
+signal; however, on some architectures
+.Ox
+generates a
+.Dv SIGSEGV
+signal in this case instead.
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specifies that
+.Fn mmap
+shall fail with
+.Er EINVAL
+if neither
+.Dv MAP_PRIVATE
+nor
+.Dv MAP_SHARED
+is specified by
+.Fa flags ;
+however, for compatibility with old programs,
+.Ox
+instead defaults to
+.Dv MAP_SHARED
+for mappings of character special files, and to
+.Dv MAP_PRIVATE
+for all other mappings.
+New programs should not rely on this behavior.
+.Sh BUGS
+Due to a limitation of the current vm system (see
+.Xr uvm_init 9 ) ,
+mapping descriptors
+.Dv PROT_WRITE
+without also specifying
+.Dv PROT_READ
+is useless
+(results in a segmentation fault when first accessing the mapping).
+This means that such descriptors must be opened with
+.Dv O_RDWR ,
+which requires both read and write permissions on the underlying
+object.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mount.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mount.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..851e73ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mount.2
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mount.2,v 1.53 2025/08/06 13:23:27 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mount.2,v 1.12 1996/02/29 23:47:48 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mount.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 6 2025 $
+.Dt MOUNT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mount ,
+.Nm unmount
+.Nd mount or dismount a filesystem
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/mount.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mount "const char *type" "const char *dir" "int flags" "void *data"
+.Ft int
+.Fn unmount "const char *dir" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mount
+function grafts
+a filesystem object onto the system file tree
+at the point
+.Fa dir .
+The argument
+.Fa data
+describes the filesystem object to be mounted.
+The argument
+.Fa type
+tells the kernel how to interpret
+.Fa data
+(see
+.Fa type
+below).
+The contents of the filesystem
+become available through the new mount point
+.Fa dir .
+Any files in
+.Fa dir
+at the time
+of a successful mount are swept under the carpet, so to speak, and
+are unavailable until the filesystem is unmounted.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Fa flags
+may be specified to
+suppress default semantics which affect filesystem access.
+.Bl -tag -width MNT_SYNCHRONOUS
+.It Dv MNT_RDONLY
+The filesystem should be treated as read-only:
+even the superuser may not write to it.
+.It Dv MNT_NOATIME
+Do not update the access time on files in the filesystem unless
+the modification or status change times are also being updated.
+.It Dv MNT_NOEXEC
+Do not allow files to be executed from the filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_NOSUID
+Do not honor setuid or setgid bits on files when executing them.
+.It Dv MNT_NODEV
+Do not interpret special files on the filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_SYNCHRONOUS
+All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously.
+.It Dv MNT_ASYNC
+All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously.
+.It Dv MNT_SOFTDEP
+Use soft dependencies on an FFS filesystem.
+This flag is provided for compatibility only and has no effect on
+.Ox .
+.It Dv MNT_WXALLOWED
+Processes that ask for memory to be made writeable plus executable
+using the
+.Xr mmap 2
+and
+.Xr mprotect 2
+system calls are killed by default.
+This option allows those processes to continue operation.
+The option is typically used on the
+.Pa /usr/local
+filesystem.
+.El
+.Pp
+The flag
+.Dv MNT_UPDATE
+indicates that the mount command is being applied
+to an already mounted filesystem.
+This allows the mount flags to be changed without requiring
+that the filesystem be unmounted and remounted.
+Some filesystems may not allow all flags to be changed.
+For example,
+most filesystems will not allow a change from read-write to read-only.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa type
+argument defines the type of the filesystem.
+The types of filesystems known to the system are defined in
+.In sys/mount.h .
+.Fa data
+is a pointer to a structure that contains the type
+specific arguments to mount.
+The currently supported types of filesystems and
+their type specific data are:
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_CD9660
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct iso_args {
+    char	*fspec;	    /* block special device to mount */
+    struct	export_args export_info;
+    			    /* network export info */
+    int	flags;		    /* mounting flags, see below */
+};
+#define	ISOFSMNT_NORRIP	  0x00000001 /* disable Rock Ridge Ext.*/
+#define	ISOFSMNT_GENS	  0x00000002 /* enable generation numbers */
+#define	ISOFSMNT_EXTATT	  0x00000004 /* enable extended attributes */
+#define	ISOFSMNT_NOJOLIET 0x00000008 /* disable Joliet Ext.*/
+#define	ISOFSMNT_SESS	  0x00000010 /* use iso_args.sess */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_FFS
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct ufs_args {
+      char      *fspec;             /* block special file to mount */
+      struct    export_args export_info;
+      				    /* network export information */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_MFS
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct mfs_args {
+      char	*fspec;             /* name to export for statfs */
+      struct	export_args export_info;
+      				    /* if we can export an MFS */
+      caddr_t	base;               /* base of filesystem in mem */
+      u_long	size;               /* size of filesystem */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_MSDOS
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct msdosfs_args {
+	char	*fspec;	   /* blocks special holding fs to mount */
+	struct	export_args export_info;
+			   /* network export information */
+	uid_t	uid;	   /* uid that owns msdosfs files */
+	gid_t	gid;	   /* gid that owns msdosfs files */
+	mode_t  mask;	   /* mask to be applied for msdosfs perms */
+	int	flags;	   /* see below */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Msdosfs mount options:
+ */
+#define	MSDOSFSMNT_SHORTNAME 1  /* Force old DOS short names only */
+#define	MSDOSFSMNT_LONGNAME  2  /* Force Win'95 long names */
+#define	MSDOSFSMNT_NOWIN95   4  /* Completely ignore Win95 entries */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_NFS
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct nfs_args {
+      int	version;	/* args structure version */
+      struct sockaddr *addr;	/* file server address */
+      int	addrlen;	/* length of address */
+      int	sotype;       	/* Socket type */
+      int	proto;        	/* and Protocol */
+      u_char	*fh;          	/* File handle to be mounted */
+      int	fhsize;       	/* Size, in bytes, of fh */
+      int	flags;        	/* flags */
+      int	wsize;        	/* write size in bytes */
+      int	rsize;        	/* read size in bytes */
+      int	readdirsize;  	/* readdir size in bytes */
+      int	timeo;        	/* initial timeout in .1 secs */
+      int	retrans;      	/* times to retry send */
+      int	maxgrouplist; 	/* Max. size of group list */
+      int	readahead;    	/* # of blocks to readahead */
+      int	leaseterm;    	/* Term (sec) of lease */
+      int	deadthresh;   	/* Retrans threshold */
+      char	*hostname;    	/* server's name */
+      int	acregmin;     /* Attr cache file recently modified */
+      int	acregmax;     	/* ac file not recently modified */
+      int	acdirmin;     	/* ac for dir recently modified */
+      int	acdirmax;     /* ac for dir not recently modified */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_NTFS
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct ntfs_args {
+        char    *fspec;	/* block special device to mount */
+        struct  export_args export_info;
+			/* network export information */
+        uid_t   uid;	/* uid that owns ntfs files */
+        gid_t   gid;	/* gid that owns ntfs files */
+        mode_t  mode;	/* mask to be applied for ntfs perms */
+        u_long  flag;	/* additional flags */
+};
+
+/*
+ * ntfs mount options:
+ */
+#define     NTFS_MFLAG_CASEINS      0x00000001
+#define     NTFS_MFLAG_ALLNAMES     0x00000002
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Dv MOUNT_UDF
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+struct udf_args {
+	char	*fspec;	/* block special device to mount */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unmount
+function call disassociates the filesystem from the specified
+mount point
+.Fa dir .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument may specify
+.Dv MNT_FORCE
+to specify that the filesystem should be forcibly unmounted even if files are
+still active.
+Active special devices continue to work,
+but any further accesses to any other active files result in errors
+even if the filesystem is later remounted.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mount
+will fail when one of the following occurs:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENAMETOOLONG]
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+The pathname exceeded
+.Dv MNAMELEN
+characters.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating a pathname.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of
+.Fa dir
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of
+.Fa dir
+is not a directory,
+or a path prefix of
+.Fa fspec
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An argument given was invalid.
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+Another process currently holds a reference to
+.Fa dir .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa dir
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+.Fa type
+is not supported by the kernel.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors can occur for a
+.Dq ufs
+filesystem mount:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOTBLK]
+.It Bq Er ENODEV
+A component of ufs_args
+.Fa fspec
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTBLK
+.Fa fspec
+is not a block device.
+.It Bq Er ENXIO
+The major device number of
+.Fa fspec
+is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists
+for the associated hardware).
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+.Fa fspec
+is already mounted.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The super block for the filesystem had a bad magic number, an out of range
+block size, or an invalid combination of flags.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Not enough memory was available to read the cylinder
+group information for the filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading the super block or
+cylinder group information.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa fspec
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The filesystem was not unmounted cleanly and
+.Dv MNT_FORCE
+was not specified.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+An attempt was made to mount a
+.Bx 4.2
+filesystem without the
+.Dv MNT_RDONLY
+flag.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors can occur for an
+.Em NFS
+filesystem mount:
+.Bl -tag -width [ETIMEDOUT]
+.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT
+.Em NFS
+timed out trying to contact the server.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Some part of the information described by nfs_args
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors can occur for a
+.Em mfs
+filesystem mount:
+.Bl -tag -width [EMFILE]
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+No space remains in the mount table.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The super block for the filesystem had a bad magic
+number or an out of range block size.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Not enough memory was available to read the cylinder
+group information for the filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+A paging error occurred while reading the super block or
+cylinder group information.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Em Name
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn unmount
+may fail with one of the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENAMETOOLONG]
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An argument given was invalid.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The requested directory is not in the mount table.
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+A process is holding a reference to a file located
+on the filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while writing cached filesystem information.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa dir
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr statfs 2 ,
+.Xr mount 8 ,
+.Xr mount_mfs 8 ,
+.Xr umount 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mount
+and
+.Fn umount
+system calls first appeared in
+.At v1 ;
+.Fn umount
+was renamed to
+.Fn unmount
+in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument is supported by
+.Fn mount
+since
+.At v5
+and by
+.Fn unmount
+since
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+The current calling convention involving
+.Fa type
+and
+.Fa data
+arguments was introduced by
+.Bx 4.3 Reno
+as well.
+.Sh BUGS
+Some of the error codes need translation to more obvious messages.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mprotect.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mprotect.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c33f68b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mprotect.2
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mprotect.2,v 1.28 2024/01/21 17:00:42 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: mprotect.2,v 1.6 1995/10/12 15:41:08 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mprotect.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2024 $
+.Dt MPROTECT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mprotect
+.Nd control the protection of pages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn mprotect "void *addr" "size_t len" "int prot"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mprotect
+system call sets the access protections for the pages that contain
+the address range
+.Fa addr
+through
+.Fa addr
+\&+
+.Fa len
+\- 1
+(inclusive).
+If
+.Fa len
+is 0, no action is taken on the page that contains
+.Fa addr .
+.Pp
+The protections (region accessibility) are specified in the
+.Fa prot
+argument.
+It should either be
+.Dv PROT_NONE
+.Pq no permissions
+or the bitwise OR of one or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "PROT_WRITEXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv PROT_EXEC
+Pages may be executed.
+.It Dv PROT_READ
+Pages may be read.
+.It Dv PROT_WRITE
+Pages may be written.
+.El
+.Pp
+Not all implementations will guarantee protection on a page basis;
+the granularity of protection changes may be as large as an entire region.
+Nor will all implementations guarantee to give exactly the requested
+permissions; more permissions may be granted than requested by
+.Fa prot .
+However, if
+.Dv PROT_WRITE
+was not specified then the page will not be writable.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mprotect
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The process does not have sufficient access to the underlying memory
+object to provide the requested protection.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The process has locked future pages with
+.Fn mlockall MCL_FUTURE ,
+a page being protected is not currently accessible,
+and making it accessible and locked would exceed process or system limits.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSUP
+The accesses requested in the
+.Fa prot
+argument are not allowed.
+In particular,
+.Dv PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC
+mappings are not permitted in most binaries (see
+.Dv kern.wxabort
+in
+.Xr sysctl 2
+for more information).
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa prot
+argument is invalid or the specified address range would wrap around.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters
+specify a region which contains at least one page marked immutable.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mimmutable 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mprotect
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mprotect
+function has been available since
+.Bx 4.3 Net/2 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Ox
+implementation of
+.Fn mprotect
+does not require
+.Fa addr
+to be page-aligned,
+although other implementations may.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/mquery.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/mquery.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7da8cda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/mquery.2
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: mquery.2,v 1.13 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Artur Grabowski <art@openbsd.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\"
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+.\" AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+.\" EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt MQUERY 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mquery
+.Nd provide mapping hints to applications
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn mquery "void *addr" "size_t len" "int prot" "int flags" "int fd" "off_t offset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mquery
+system call checks the existing memory mappings of a process and returns
+hints to the caller about where to put a memory mapping.
+This hint can be later used when performing memory mappings with the
+.Xr mmap 2
+system call with
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+in the flags.
+The
+.Fa addr
+argument should be a memory location that which the caller specifies the
+preferred address.
+The
+.Fa size
+argument specifies the requested size of the memory area the caller
+is looking for.
+The
+.Fa fd
+and
+.Fa off
+arguments specify the file that will be mapped and the offset in it,
+this is the same as the corresponding arguments to
+.Xr mmap 2 .
+.Pp
+The behavior of the function depends on the
+.Fa flags
+argument.
+If set to
+.Dv MAP_FIXED ,
+the pointer
+.Fa addr
+is used as a fixed hint and
+.Fn mquery
+will return
+.Dv MAP_FAILED
+and set
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er ENOMEM
+if there is not
+.Fa size
+bytes free after that address.
+Otherwise it will return the hint addr.
+If no flags are set,
+.Fn mquery
+will use
+.Fa addr
+as a starting point in memory and will search forward to find
+a memory area with
+.Fa size
+bytes free and that will be suitable for creating a mapping for the
+file and offset specified in the
+.Fa fd
+and
+.Fa off
+arguments.
+When no such area can be found,
+.Fn mquery
+will return
+.Dv MAP_FAILED
+and set
+.Va errno
+to indicate the error.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+When a memory range satisfying the request is found,
+.Fn mquery
+returns the available address.
+Otherwise,
+.Dv MAP_FAILED
+is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn mquery
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+was specified and the requested memory area is unavailable.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+There was not enough memory left after the hint specified.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mmap 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn mquery
+function should not be used in portable applications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn mquery
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 3.4 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/msgctl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/msgctl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f041c78d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/msgctl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: msgctl.2,v 1.19 2024/04/30 17:03:14 op Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: msgctl.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:35 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 30 2024 $
+.Dt MSGCTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm msgctl
+.Nd message control operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/msg.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn msgctl "int msqid" "int cmd" "struct msqid_ds *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn msgctl
+system call performs some control operations on the message queue specified
+by
+.Fa msqid .
+.Pp
+Each message queue has a data structure associated with it, parts of which
+may be altered by
+.Fn msgctl
+and parts of which determine the actions of
+.Fn msgctl .
+The data structure is defined in
+.In sys/msg.h
+and contains (amongst others) the following members:
+.Bd -literal
+struct msqid_ds {
+	struct ipc_perm msg_perm;	/* msg queue permission bits */
+	msglen_t	msg_cbytes;	/* # of bytes in use on the queue */
+	msgqnum_t	msg_qnum;	/* # of msgs in the queue */
+	msglen_t	msg_qbytes;	/* max # of bytes on the queue */
+	pid_t		msg_lspid;	/* pid of last msgsnd() */
+	pid_t		msg_lrpid;	/* pid of last msgrcv() */
+	time_t		msg_stime;	/* time of last msgsnd() */
+	time_t		msg_rtime;	/* time of last msgrcv() */
+	time_t		msg_ctime;	/* time of last msgctl() */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Vt ipc_perm
+structure used inside the
+.Vt msqid_ds
+structure is defined in
+.In sys/ipc.h
+and looks like this:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ipc_perm {
+	uid_t	cuid;	/* creator user id */
+	gid_t	cgid;	/* creator group id */
+	uid_t	uid;	/* user id */
+	gid_t	gid;	/* group id */
+	mode_t	mode;	/* permission (9 bits, see chmod(2)) */
+	u_short	seq;	/* sequence # (to generate unique id) */
+	key_t	key;	/* user specified msg/sem/shm key */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The operation to be performed by
+.Fn msgctl
+is specified in
+.Fa cmd
+and is one of:
+.Bl -tag -width IPC_RMIDX
+.It Dv IPC_STAT
+Gather information about the message queue and place it in the
+structure pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+.It Dv IPC_SET
+Set the value of the
+.Fa msg_perm.uid ,
+.Fa msg_perm.gid ,
+.Fa msg_perm.mode
+and
+.Fa msg_qbytes
+fields in the structure associated with
+.Fa msqid .
+The values are taken from the corresponding fields in the structure
+pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+This operation can only be executed by the superuser, or a process that
+has an effective user ID equal to either
+.Fa msg_perm.cuid
+or
+.Fa msg_perm.uid
+in the data structure associated with the message queue.
+The value of
+.Fa msg_qbytes
+can only be increased by the superuser.
+Values for
+.Fa msg_qbytes
+that exceed the system limit
+.Pf ( Dv MSGMNB
+from
+.In sys/msg.h )
+are silently truncated to that limit.
+.It Dv IPC_RMID
+Remove the message queue specified by
+.Fa msqid
+and destroy the data associated with it.
+Only the superuser or a process with an effective UID equal to the
+.Fa msg_perm.cuid
+or
+.Fa msg_perm.uid
+values in the data structure associated with the queue can do this.
+.El
+.Pp
+The permission to read from or write to a message queue (see
+.Xr msgsnd 2
+and
+.Xr msgrcv 2 )
+is determined by the
+.Fa msg_perm.mode
+field in the same way as is
+done with files (see
+.Xr chmod 2 ) ,
+but the effective UID can match either the
+.Fa msg_perm.cuid
+field or the
+.Fa msg_perm.uid
+field, and the
+effective GID can match either
+.Fa msg_perm.cgid
+or
+.Fa msg_perm.gid .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn msgctl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+.Fa cmd
+is equal to
+.Dv IPC_SET
+or
+.Dv IPC_RMID
+and the caller is not the superuser, nor does
+the effective UID match either the
+.Fa msg_perm.uid
+or
+.Fa msg_perm.cuid
+fields of the data structure associated with the message queue.
+.Pp
+An attempt is made to increase the value of
+.Fa msg_qbytes
+through
+.Dv IPC_SET
+but the caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The command is
+.Dv IPC_STAT
+and the caller has no read permission for this message queue.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa msqid
+is not a valid message queue identifier.
+.Pp
+.Fa cmd
+is not a valid command.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa buf
+specifies an invalid address.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr msgget 2 ,
+.Xr msgrcv 2 ,
+.Xr msgsnd 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn msgctl
+function conforms to the X/Open System Interfaces option of
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+Message queues first appeared in
+.At V.1
+and have been available since
+.Nx 1.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/msgget.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/msgget.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1fb3a99f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/msgget.2
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: msgget.2,v 1.14 2019/07/18 13:32:40 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: msgget.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:19 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2019 $
+.Dt MSGGET 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm msgget
+.Nd get message queue
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/msg.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn msgget "key_t key" "int msgflg"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn msgget
+returns the message queue identifier associated with
+.Fa key .
+A message queue identifier is a unique integer greater than zero.
+.Pp
+A message queue is created if either
+.Fa key
+is equal to
+.Dv IPC_PRIVATE ,
+or
+.Fa key
+does not have a message queue identifier associated with it, and the
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+bit is set in
+.Fa msgflg .
+.Pp
+If a new message queue is created, the data structure associated with it (the
+.Vt msqid_ds
+structure, see
+.Xr msgctl 2 )
+is initialized as follows:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Fa msg_perm.cuid
+and
+.Fa msg_perm.uid
+are set to the effective UID of the calling process.
+.It
+.Fa msg_perm.gid
+and
+.Fa msg_perm.cgid
+are set to the effective GID of the calling process.
+.It
+.Fa msg_perm.mode
+is set to the lower 9 bits of
+.Fa msgflg .
+.It
+.Fa msg_cbytes ,
+.Fa msg_qnum ,
+.Fa msg_lspid ,
+.Fa msg_lrpid ,
+.Fa msg_rtime ,
+and
+.Fa msg_stime
+are set to 0.
+.It
+.Fa msg_qbytes
+is set to the system wide maximum value for the number of bytes in a queue
+.Pq Dv MSGMNB .
+.It
+.Fa msg_ctime
+is set to the current time.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion a positive message queue identifier is returned.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+A message queue is already associated with
+.Fa key
+and the caller has no permission to access it.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+Both
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+and
+.Dv IPC_EXCL
+are set in
+.Fa msgflg ,
+and a message queue is already associated with
+.Fa key .
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+A new message queue could not be created because the system limit for
+the number of message queues has been reached.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+was not set in
+.Fa msgflg
+and no message queue associated with
+.Fa key
+was found.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr msgctl 2 ,
+.Xr msgrcv 2 ,
+.Xr msgsnd 2 ,
+.Xr ftok 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn msgget
+function conforms to the X/Open System Interfaces option of
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+Message queues first appeared in
+.At V.1
+and have been available since
+.Nx 1.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/msgrcv.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/msgrcv.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3474f967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/msgrcv.2
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: msgrcv.2,v 1.18 2019/07/18 13:45:03 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: msgrcv.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:37 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2019 $
+.Dt MSGRCV 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm msgrcv
+.Nd receive a message from a message queue
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/msg.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn msgrcv "int msqid" "void *msgp" "size_t msgsz" "long msgtyp" "int msgflg"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn msgrcv
+function receives a message from the message queue specified in
+.Fa msqid ,
+and places it into the structure pointed to by
+.Fa msgp .
+This structure should consist of the following members:
+.Bd -literal
+    long mtype;    /* message type */
+    char mtext[1]; /* body of message */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fa mtype
+is an integer greater than 0 that can be used for selecting messages,
+.Fa mtext
+is an array of bytes, with a size up to that of the system limit
+.Pq Dv MSGMAX .
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Fa msgtyp
+has one of the following meanings:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Fa msgtyp
+is greater than 0.
+The first message of type
+.Fa msgtyp
+will be received.
+.It
+.Fa msgtyp
+is equal to 0.
+The first message on the queue will be received.
+.It
+.Fa msgtyp
+is less than 0.
+The first message of the lowest message type that is
+less than or equal to the absolute value of
+.Fa msgtyp
+will be received.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fa msgsz
+specifies the maximum length of the requested message.
+If the received message has a length greater than
+.Fa msgsz
+it will be silently truncated if the
+.Dv MSG_NOERROR
+flag is set in
+.Fa msgflg ,
+otherwise an error will be returned.
+.Pp
+If no matching message is present on the message queue specified by
+.Fa msqid ,
+the behavior of
+.Fn msgrcv
+depends on whether the
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+flag is set in
+.Fa msgflg
+or not.
+If
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+is set,
+.Fn msgrcv
+will immediately return a value of \-1, and set
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EAGAIN .
+If
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+is not set, the calling process will be blocked
+until:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+A message of the requested type becomes available on the message queue.
+.It
+The message queue is removed, in which case \-1 will be returned, and
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EIDRM .
+.It
+A signal is received and caught.
+\-1 is returned, and
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EINTR .
+.El
+.Pp
+If a message is successfully received, the data structure associated with
+.Fa msqid
+is updated as follows:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Fa msg_cbytes
+is decremented by the size of the message.
+.It
+.Fa msg_lrpid
+is set to the pid of the caller.
+.It
+.Fa msg_lrtime
+is set to the current time.
+.It
+.Fa msg_qnum
+is decremented by 1.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn msgrcv
+returns the number of bytes received into the
+.Fa mtext
+field of the structure pointed to by
+.Fa msgp .
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
+.Va errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn msgrcv
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa msqid
+is not a valid message queue identifier.
+.Pp
+.Fa msgsz
+is less than 0.
+.It Bq Er E2BIG
+A matching message was received, but its size was greater than
+.Fa msgsz
+and the
+.Dv MSG_NOERROR
+flag was not set in
+.Fa msgflg .
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The calling process does not have read access to the message queue.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa msgp
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The system call was interrupted by the delivery of a signal.
+.It Bq Er ENOMSG
+There is no message of the requested type available on the message queue,
+and
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+is set in
+.Fa msgflg .
+.It Bq Er EIDRM
+The message queue was removed while
+.Fn msgrcv
+was waiting for a message of the requested type to become available on it.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr msgctl 2 ,
+.Xr msgget 2 ,
+.Xr msgsnd 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn msgrcv
+function conforms to the X/Open System Interfaces option of
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+Message queues first appeared in
+.At V.1
+and have been available since
+.Nx 1.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/msgsnd.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/msgsnd.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54d710ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/msgsnd.2
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: msgsnd.2,v 1.21 2019/07/18 13:45:03 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: msgsnd.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:36 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2019 $
+.Dt MSGSND 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm msgsnd
+.Nd send a message to a message queue
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/msg.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn msgsnd "int msqid" "const void *msgp" "size_t msgsz" "int msgflg"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn msgsnd
+function sends a message to the message queue specified by
+.Fa msqid .
+.Fa msgp
+points to a structure containing the message.
+This structure should consist of the following members:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+long mtype;    /* message type */
+char mtext[1]; /* body of message */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fa mtype
+is an integer greater than 0 that can be used for selecting messages (see
+.Xr msgrcv 2 ) ;
+.Fa mtext
+is an array of
+.Fa msgsz
+bytes, with a size between 0 and that of the system limit
+.Pq Dv MSGMAX .
+.Pp
+If the number of bytes already on the message queue plus
+.Fa msgsz
+is bigger than the maximum number of bytes on the message queue
+.Po Fa msg_qbytes ,
+ see
+.Xr msgctl 2
+.Pc ,
+or the number of messages on all queues system-wide is already equal to
+the system limit,
+.Fa msgflg
+determines the action of
+.Fn msgsnd .
+If
+.Fa msgflg
+has
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+mask set in it, the call will return immediately.
+If
+.Fa msgflg
+does not have
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+set in it, the call will block until:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+The condition which caused the call to block does no longer exist.
+The message will be sent.
+.It
+The message queue is removed, in which case \-1 will be returned, and
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er EIDRM .
+.It
+The caller catches a signal.
+The call returns with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EINTR .
+.El
+.Pp
+After a successful call, the data structure associated with the message
+queue is updated in the following way:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Fa msg_cbytes
+is incremented by the size of the message.
+.It
+.Fa msg_qnum
+is incremented by 1.
+.It
+.Fa msg_lspid
+is set to the pid of the calling process.
+.It
+.Fa msg_stime
+is set to the current time.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn msgsnd
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa msqid
+is not a valid message queue identifier.
+.Pp
+.Fa mtype
+is less than 1.
+.Pp
+.Fa msgsz
+is greater than
+.Fa msg_qbytes .
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The calling process does not have write access to the message queue.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+There was no space for this message either on the queue, or in the whole
+system, and
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+was set in
+.Fa msgflg .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa msgp
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The system call was interrupted by the delivery of a signal.
+.It Bq Er EIDRM
+The message queue was removed while
+.Fn msgsnd
+was waiting for a resource to become available in order to deliver the
+message.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr msgctl 2 ,
+.Xr msgget 2 ,
+.Xr msgrcv 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn msgsnd
+function conforms to the X/Open System Interfaces option of
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+Message queues first appeared in
+.At V.1
+and have been available since
+.Nx 1.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/msync.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/msync.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2660fa69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/msync.2
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: msync.2,v 1.30 2024/01/21 17:46:03 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: msync.2,v 1.8 1995/10/12 15:41:09 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)msync.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2024 $
+.Dt MSYNC 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm msync
+.Nd synchronize a mapped region
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn msync "void *addr" "size_t len" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn msync
+system call writes all pages with shared modifications
+in the specified region starting from
+.Fa addr
+and continuing for
+.Fa len
+bytes.
+.Fa addr
+should be a multiple of the page size.
+Any required synchronization of memory caches
+will also take place at this time.
+Filesystem operations on a file that is mapped for shared modifications
+are unpredictable except after an
+.Fn msync .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+MS_ASYNC	Perform asynchronous writes.
+MS_SYNC		Perform synchronous writes.
+MS_INVALIDATE	Invalidate cached data after writing.
+.Ed
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+The
+.Dv MS_INVALIDATE
+flag was specified and a portion of the specified region
+was locked with
+.Xr mlock 2 .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The specified
+.Fa flags
+argument was invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa addr
+parameter was not page aligned or
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa size
+specify a region that would extend beyond the end of the address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters specify a region which contains at least one page marked immutable.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Addresses in the specified region are outside the range allowed
+for the address space of the process, or specify one or more pages
+which are unmapped.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while writing.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mimmutable 2 ,
+.Xr minherit 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn msync
+function has been available since
+.Bx 4.3 Net/2 .
+It was modified to conform to
+.St -p1003.1b-93
+.Sh BUGS
+Writes are currently done synchronously even if the
+.Dv MS_ASYNC
+flag is specified.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/munmap.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/munmap.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23d96524
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/munmap.2
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: munmap.2,v 1.21 2024/01/21 17:00:42 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: munmap.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:35:03 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)munmap.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/15/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2024 $
+.Dt MUNMAP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm munmap
+.Nd remove a mapping
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/mman.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn munmap "void *addr" "size_t len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn munmap
+system call
+deletes the mappings for the specified address range,
+and causes further references to addresses within the range
+to generate invalid memory references.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn munmap
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters
+specify a region that would extend beyond the end of the address space,
+or some part of the region being unmapped is not part of the currently
+valid address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+parameters
+specify a region which contains at least one page marked immutable.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mimmutable 2 ,
+.Xr mlock 2 ,
+.Xr mlockall 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr getpagesize 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+When
+.Fa len
+is non-zero, the
+.Fn munmap
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn munmap
+system call has been available since
+.Bx 4.3 Net/2 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specifies that
+.Fn munmap
+shall fail with
+.Er EINVAL
+if
+.Fa len
+is 0.
+.Ox
+performs no action in this case.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/nanosleep.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/nanosleep.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50e273b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/nanosleep.2
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: nanosleep.2,v 1.19 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: nanosleep.2,v 1.1 1997/04/17 18:12:02 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sleep.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt NANOSLEEP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nanosleep
+.Nd high resolution sleep
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn nanosleep "const struct timespec *timeout" "struct timespec *remainder"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn nanosleep
+function suspends execution of the calling thread for at least the given
+.Fa timeout .
+Delivery of an unmasked signal terminates this sleep early,
+even if
+.Dv SA_RESTART
+is set with
+.Xr sigaction 2
+for the interrupting signal.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If
+.Fn nanosleep
+sleeps the full
+.Fa timeout
+without interruption, it returns 0.
+Unless
+.Fa remainder
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+it is set to zero.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn nanosleep
+is interrupted by a signal, it returns \-1 and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Dv EINTR .
+Unless
+.Fa remainder
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+it is set to the unslept portion of the
+.Fa timeout .
+.Pp
+Otherwise,
+.Fn nanosleep
+returns \-1 and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn nanosleep
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The call is interrupted by the delivery of a signal.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa timeout
+specifies a nanosecond value less than zero or greater than or equal to
+one billion,
+or a second value less than zero.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa timeout
+points to memory that is not a valid part of the process address space.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa remainder
+is not
+.Dv NULL
+and points to memory that is not a valid part of the process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sleep 1 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sleep 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn nanosleep
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The predecessor of this system call,
+.Fn sleep ,
+first appeared in
+.At v2 .
+It was removed in
+.At v7
+and replaced with a C library implementation based on
+.Xr alarm 3
+and
+.Xr signal 3 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn nanosleep
+function first appeared in
+.St -p1003.1b-93 .
+.Pp
+This implementation of
+.Fn nanosleep
+first appeared in
+.Nx 1.3
+and was ported to
+.Ox 2.1 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/nfssvc.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/nfssvc.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6874138c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/nfssvc.2
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: nfssvc.2,v 1.25 2022/07/30 07:19:30 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: nfssvc.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:35:08 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)nfssvc.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 30 2022 $
+.Dt NFSSVC 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nfssvc
+.Nd NFS services
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.In nfs/nfs.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn nfssvc "int flags" "void *argstructp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn nfssvc
+function is used by NFS daemons to pass information into the kernel
+and also to enter the kernel as a server daemon.
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument consists of several bits that show what action is to be taken
+once in the kernel and the
+.Fa argstructp
+points to one of two structures depending on which bits are set in
+flags.
+.Pp
+To enter an
+.Xr nfsd 8
+daemon into the kernel,
+.Fn nfssvc
+is called with the flag
+.Dv NFSSVC_NFSD
+and a pointer to a structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct nfsd_srvargs {
+    struct nfsd    *nsd_nfsd;	   /* Pointer to in kernel nfsd struct */
+    uid_t	    nsd_uid;	   /* Effective uid mapped to cred */
+    u_int32_t	    nsd_haddr;	   /* IP address of client */
+    struct xucred   nsd_cr;	   /* Cred. uid maps to */
+    int		    nsd_authlen;   /* Length of auth string (ret) */
+    u_char	   *nsd_authstr;   /* Auth string (ret) */
+    int		    nsd_verflen;   /* and the verifier */
+    u_char	   *nsd_verfstr;
+    struct timeval  nsd_timestamp; /* timestamp from verifier */
+    u_int32_t	    nsd_ttl;	   /* credential ttl (sec) */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To add further sockets for processing by the
+.Xr nfsd 8
+server daemons the master
+.Xr nfsd 8
+daemon  calls
+.Fn nfssvc
+with the flag
+.Dv NFSSVC_ADDSOCK
+and a pointer to a structure:
+.Bd -literal
+struct nfsd_args {
+    int	    sock;	/* Socket to serve */
+    caddr_t name;	/* Client address for connection based sockets */
+    int     namelen;	/* Length of name */
+};
+.Ed
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Normally
+.Fn nfssvc
+does not return unless the server
+is terminated by a signal when a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to specify the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The flag argument consisted of incompatible or otherwise
+unsupported bits.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mount_nfs 8 ,
+.Xr nfsd 8 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn nfssvc
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn nfssvc
+system call is designed specifically for the NFS
+support daemons and as such is specific to their requirements.
+Several fields of the argument structures are assumed to be valid and
+sometimes to be unchanged from a previous call, such that
+.Fn nfssvc
+must be used with extreme care.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/open.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/open.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..560e7345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/open.2
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: open.2,v 1.58 2026/04/08 12:08:25 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: open.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:35:14 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)open.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/16/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 8 2026 $
+.Dt OPEN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm open ,
+.Nm __pledge_open ,
+.Nm openat
+.Nd open or create a file for reading or writing
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn open "const char *path" "int flags" ...
+.Ft int
+.Fn __pledge_open "const char *path" "int flags" ...
+.Ft int
+.Fn openat "int fd" "const char *path" "int flags" ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file name specified by
+.Fa path
+is opened
+for reading and/or writing as specified by the
+argument
+.Fa flags
+and the file descriptor returned to the calling process.
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument may indicate the file is to be
+created if it does not exist (by specifying the
+.Dv O_CREAT
+flag), in which case the file is created with a mode
+specified by an additional argument of type
+.Vt mode_t
+as described in
+.Xr chmod 2
+and modified by the process' umask value (see
+.Xr umask 2 ) .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+specified are a bitwise OR of the following values.
+Exactly one of the first three values (file access modes) must be specified:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width O_DIRECTORY -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv O_RDONLY
+Open for reading only.
+.It Dv O_WRONLY
+Open for writing only.
+.It Dv O_RDWR
+Open for reading and writing.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any combination of the following flags may additionally be used:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width O_DIRECTORY -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv O_NONBLOCK
+Do not block on open or for data to become available.
+.It Dv O_APPEND
+Append on each write.
+.It Dv O_CREAT
+Create file if it does not exist.
+An additional argument of type
+.Vt mode_t
+must be supplied to the call.
+.It Dv O_TRUNC
+Truncate size to 0.
+.It Dv O_EXCL
+Error if
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is set and file exists.
+.It Dv O_SYNC
+Perform synchronous I/O operations.
+.It Dv O_SHLOCK
+Atomically obtain a shared lock.
+.It Dv O_EXLOCK
+Atomically obtain an exclusive lock.
+.It Dv O_NOFOLLOW
+If last path element is a symlink, don't follow it.
+.It Dv O_CLOEXEC
+Set
+.Dv FD_CLOEXEC
+(the close-on-exec flag)
+on the new file descriptor.
+.It Dv O_CLOFORK
+Set
+.Dv FD_CLOFORK
+(the close-on-fork flag)
+on the new file descriptor.
+.It Dv O_DIRECTORY
+Error if
+.Fa path
+does not name a directory.
+.El
+.Pp
+Opening a file with
+.Dv O_APPEND
+set causes each write on the file
+to be appended to the end.
+If
+.Dv O_TRUNC
+and a writing mode are specified and the
+file exists, the file is truncated to zero length.
+If
+.Dv O_EXCL
+is set with
+.Dv O_CREAT
+and the file already
+exists,
+.Fn open
+returns an error.
+This may be used to implement a simple exclusive access locking mechanism.
+If either of
+.Dv O_EXCL
+or
+.Dv O_NOFOLLOW
+are set and the last component of the pathname is
+a symbolic link,
+.Fn open
+will fail even if the symbolic
+link points to a non-existent name.
+If the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+flag is specified, do not wait for the device or file to be ready or
+available.
+If the
+.Fn open
+call would result
+in the process being blocked for some reason (e.g., waiting for
+carrier on a dialup line),
+.Fn open
+returns immediately.
+This flag also has the effect of making all subsequent I/O on the open file
+non-blocking.
+If the
+.Dv O_SYNC
+flag is set, all I/O operations on the file will be done synchronously.
+.Pp
+A FIFO should either be opened with
+.Dv O_RDONLY
+or with
+.Dv O_WRONLY .
+The behavior for opening a FIFO with
+.Dv O_RDWR
+is undefined.
+.Pp
+When opening a file, a lock with
+.Xr flock 2
+semantics can be obtained by setting
+.Dv O_SHLOCK
+for a shared lock, or
+.Dv O_EXLOCK
+for an exclusive lock.
+If creating a file with
+.Dv O_CREAT ,
+the request for the lock will never fail
+(provided that the underlying filesystem supports locking).
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn open
+is successful, the file pointer used to mark the current position within
+the file is set to the beginning of the file.
+.Pp
+When a new file is created, it is given the group of the directory
+which contains it.
+.Pp
+The new descriptor is set to remain open across
+.Xr execve 2
+system calls; see
+.Xr close 2
+and
+.Xr fcntl 2 .
+.Pp
+The system imposes a limit on the number of file descriptors
+open simultaneously by one process.
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+returns the current system limit.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn __pledge_open
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn open
+except it is only called by specific libc internal functions to
+indicate intent to the kernel, which will allow opening of specific
+files in specific
+.Xr pledge 2
+settings.
+The
+.Fn __pledge_open
+symbol is not exported, but will show up in
+.Xr kdump 1
+output.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn openat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn open
+except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the file to be opened is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn openat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn open .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+.Fn open
+returns a non-negative integer, termed a file descriptor.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn open
+and
+.Fn openat
+functions will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+.Dv O_DIRECTORY
+is specified and
+.Fa path
+does not name a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is not set and the named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of the pathname that must exist does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The required permissions (for reading and/or writing)
+are denied for the given
+.Fa flags .
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is specified,
+the file does not exist,
+and the directory in which it is to be created
+does not permit writing.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname,
+or the
+.Dv O_NOFOLLOW
+flag was specified and the target is a symbolic link.
+.It Bq Er EISDIR
+The named file is a directory, and the arguments specify
+it is to be opened for writing.
+.It Bq Er EISDIR
+The named file is a directory, and the flags specified
+.Dv O_CREAT
+without
+.Dv O_DIRECTORY .
+If
+.Dv O_EXCL
+is also specified, see
+.Er EEXIST
+which is returned instead.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa flags
+specified for opening the file are not valid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+O_CREAT and O_DIRECTORY were specified.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system,
+and the file is to be modified.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The process has already reached its limit for open file descriptors.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENXIO
+The named file is a character special or block
+special file, and the device associated with this special file
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENXIO
+The named file is a FIFO, the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+and
+.Dv O_WRONLY
+flags are set, and no process has the file open for reading.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The
+.Fn open
+operation was interrupted by a signal.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+.Dv O_SHLOCK
+or
+.Dv O_EXLOCK
+is specified but the underlying filesystem does not support locking.
+.It Bq Er EWOULDBLOCK
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK
+and one of
+.Dv O_SHLOCK
+or
+.Dv O_EXLOCK
+is specified and the file is already locked.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is specified,
+the file does not exist,
+and the directory in which the entry for the new file is being placed
+cannot be extended because there is no space left on the file
+system containing the directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is specified,
+the file does not exist,
+and there are no free inodes on the file system on which the
+file is being created.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is specified,
+the file does not exist,
+and the directory in which the entry for the new file
+is being placed cannot be extended because the
+user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
+containing the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+.Dv O_CREAT
+is specified,
+the file does not exist,
+and the user's quota of inodes on the file system on
+which the file is being created has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry or
+allocating the inode for
+.Dv O_CREAT .
+.It Bq Er ETXTBSY
+The file is a pure procedure (shared text) file that is being
+executed and the
+.Fn open
+call requests write access.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+.Dv O_CREAT
+and
+.Dv O_EXCL
+were specified and the file exists.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The file named by
+.Fa path
+is flagged append-only but
+.Dv O_APPEND
+was not specified in
+.Fa flags .
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+An attempt was made to open a socket (not currently implemented).
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+An attempt was made to open a terminal device that requires exclusive
+access and the specified device has already be opened.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, the
+.Fn openat
+function will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 2 ,
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+.Xr flock 2 ,
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn open
+and
+.Fn openat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+.Dv POSIX
+specifies three different flavors for synchronous I/O:
+.Dv O_SYNC ,
+.Dv O_DSYNC ,
+and
+.Dv O_RSYNC .
+In
+.Ox ,
+these are all equivalent.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv O_SHLOCK
+and
+.Dv O_EXLOCK
+flags are non-standard extensions and should not be used if portability
+is of concern.
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn open
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument has been supported since
+.Bx 4.2 .
+Before that, a dedicated
+.Fn creat
+system call had to be used to create new files;
+it appeared in
+.At v1 ,
+was deprecated in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno ,
+and removed in
+.Ox 5.0 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn openat
+system call has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
+.Pp
+The internal
+.Fn __pledge_open
+system call first appeared in
+.Ox 7.9 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Dv O_TRUNC
+flag requires that one of
+.Dv O_RDWR
+or
+.Dv O_WRONLY
+also be specified, else
+.Er EINVAL
+is returned.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/pathconf.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/pathconf.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8be0618a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/pathconf.2
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: pathconf.2,v 1.26 2024/05/18 05:20:22 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: pathconf.2,v 1.2 1995/02/27 12:35:22 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)pathconf.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 18 2024 $
+.Dt PATHCONF 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pathconf ,
+.Nm pathconfat ,
+.Nm fpathconf
+.Nd get configurable pathname variables
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn pathconf "const char *path" "int name"
+.Ft long
+.Fn fpathconf "int fd" "int name"
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn pathconfat "int fd" "const char *path" "int name" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn pathconf ,
+.Fn pathconfat ,
+and
+.Fn fpathconf
+functions provide a method for applications to determine the current
+value of a configurable system limit or option variable associated
+with a pathname or file descriptor.
+.Pp
+For
+.Fn pathconf ,
+the
+.Fa path
+argument is the name of a file or directory.
+For
+.Fn fpathconf ,
+the
+.Fa fd
+argument is an open file descriptor.
+The
+.Fa name
+argument specifies the system variable to be queried.
+Symbolic constants for each name value are found in the include file
+.In unistd.h .
+.Pp
+The available values are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv _PC_LINK_MAX
+The maximum file link count.
+.It Dv _PC_MAX_CANON
+The maximum number of bytes in a terminal canonical input line.
+.It Dv _PC_MAX_INPUT
+The maximum number of bytes for which space is available in
+a terminal input queue.
+.It Dv _PC_NAME_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a file name.
+.It Dv _PC_PATH_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a pathname.
+.It Dv _PC_PIPE_BUF
+The maximum number of bytes which will be written atomically to a pipe.
+.It Dv _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED
+Returns 1 if appropriate privileges are required for the
+.Xr chown 2
+system call, otherwise 0.
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+requires appropriate privilege in all cases, but this behavior was
+optional in prior editions of the standard.
+.It Dv _PC_NO_TRUNC
+Returns 1 if attempts to use pathname components longer than
+.Brq Dv NAME_MAX
+will result in an
+.Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+error; otherwise, such components will be truncated to
+.Brq Dv NAME_MAX .
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+requires the error in all cases, but this behavior was optional in prior
+editions of the standard, and some non-POSIX-compliant file systems do not
+support this behavior.
+.It Dv _PC_VDISABLE
+Returns the terminal character disabling value.
+.It Dv _PC_2_SYMLINKS
+Returns 1 if the filesystem supports the creation of symbolic links
+within the specified directory; the meaning of
+.Dv _PC_2_SYMLINKS
+is unspecified for non-directory files.
+.It Dv _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN
+Minimum number of bytes of storage allocated for any portion of a file.
+.It Dv _PC_ASYNC_IO
+Returns 1 if asynchronous I/O is supported, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv _PC_FILESIZEBITS
+Number of bits needed to represent the maximum file size.
+.It Dv _PC_PRIO_IO
+Returns 1 if prioritized I/O is supported, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE
+Recommended increment for file transfer sizes between _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE
+and _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE.
+.It Dv _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE
+Maximum recommended file transfer size.
+.It Dv _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE
+Minimum recommended file transfer size.
+.It Dv _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN
+Recommended file transfer buffer alignment.
+.It Dv _PC_SYMLINK_MAX
+Maximum number of bytes in a symbolic link.
+.It Dv _PC_SYNC_IO
+Returns 1 if synchronized I/O is supported, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv _PC_TIMESTAMP_RESOLUTION
+The resolution in nanoseconds of file timestamps.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pathconfat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn pathconf
+except in the case where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path.
+In this case the file to be changed is determined relative to the directory
+associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn pathconfat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used.
+If
+.Fa flag
+is also zero, the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn pathconf .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+If
+.Fa path
+names a symbolic link, then the system variable for the symbolic
+link is queried.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Fn pathconf ,
+.Fn pathconfat ,
+or
+.Fn fpathconf
+is not successful, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+Otherwise, if the variable is associated with functionality that does
+not have a limit in the system, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is not modified.
+Otherwise, the current variable value is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+If any of the following conditions occur, the
+.Fn pathconf ,
+.Fn pathconfat ,
+and
+.Fn fpathconf
+functions shall return \-1 and set
+.Va errno
+to the corresponding value.
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa name
+argument is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The implementation does not support an association of the variable
+name with the associated file.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn pathconf
+and
+.Fn pathconfat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters (but see
+.Dv _PC_NO_TRUNC
+above), or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, the
+.Fn pathconfat
+function will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fpathconf
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 2 ,
+.Xr sysconf 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn pathconf
+and
+.Fn fpathconf
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn pathconf
+and
+.Fn fpathconf
+functions first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+The
+.Fn pathconfat
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 7.6 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/pinsyscalls.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/pinsyscalls.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6f4679e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/pinsyscalls.2
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: pinsyscalls.2,v 1.6 2025/04/06 20:20:11 kettenis Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2023 Theo de Raadt <deraadt@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 6 2025 $
+.Dt PINSYSCALLS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pinsyscalls
+.Nd pin system call entry to precise locations in the address space
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn pinsyscalls "void *start" "size_t len" "u_int *pintable" "int npins"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn pinsyscalls
+system call specifies the
+.Va start
+to
+.Va start + len
+address space range where the system call entry instructions are found,
+and a
+.Va npins Ns
+-sized array of u_int entries (indexed by the system call number)
+which are offsets from the
+.Va start .
+.Pp
+This provides the precise location for the system call instruction
+required for each system call number.
+Attempting to use a different system call entry instruction to perform
+a non-corresponding system call operation will fail with signal
+.Dv SIGABRT .
+.Pp
+.Fn pinsyscalls
+is only called by the shared library linker
+.Xr ld.so 1
+to tell the kernel where the text / executable region containing
+system calls is found in the dynamic library
+.Pa libc.so
+(the filename is actually /usr/lib/libc.so.major.minor).
+This has to happen before additional threads are created.
+.Pp
+A similar setup operation is done automatically by the kernel for
+the system calls found in
+.Xr ld.so 1
+and in static executables.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn pinsyscalls
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er E2BIG
+Implausible number of system calls provided.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to service the request.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A static binary tried to call
+.Fn pinsyscalls , or it was called a second time.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+Process is multi-threaded.
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+At least one system call offset is beyond the bounds of
+.Ar len .
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn pinsyscalls
+system call first appeared in
+.Ox 7.5 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/pipe.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/pipe.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da192bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/pipe.2
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: pipe.2,v 1.20 2025/08/04 17:34:07 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: pipe.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:35:27 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)pipe.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt PIPE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pipe ,
+.Nm pipe2
+.Nd create descriptor pair for interprocess communication
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn pipe "int fildes[2]"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn pipe2 "int fildes[2]" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn pipe
+function creates a
+.Em pipe ,
+which is an object allowing unidirectional data flow,
+and allocates a pair of file descriptors.
+The first descriptor connects to the
+.Em read end
+of the pipe,
+and the second connects to the
+.Em write end ,
+so that data written to
+.Fa fildes[1]
+appears on (i.e., can be read from)
+.Fa fildes[0] .
+This allows the output of one program to be sent to another program:
+the source's standard output is set up to be the write end of the pipe,
+and the sink's standard input is set up to be the read end of the pipe.
+The pipe itself persists until all its associated descriptors are closed.
+.Pp
+A pipe whose read or write end has been closed is considered
+.Em widowed .
+Writing on such a pipe causes the writing process to receive a
+.Dv SIGPIPE
+signal.
+Widowing a pipe is the only way to deliver end-of-file to a reader:
+after the reader consumes any buffered data, reading a widowed pipe
+returns a zero count.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pipe2
+function is identical to
+.Fn pipe
+except that the non-blocking I/O mode,
+close-on-exec flag,
+and close-on-fork flag of both new file descriptors are determined by the
+.Dv O_NONBLOCK , O_CLOEXEC ,
+and
+.Dv O_CLOFORK
+flags in the
+.Fa flags
+argument, respectively.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn pipe
+and
+.Fn pipe2
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+Too many descriptors are active.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa fildes
+buffer is in an invalid area of the process's address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn pipe2
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa flags
+is invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+.Xr write 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn pipe
+and
+.Fn pipe2
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Pp
+As an extension, the pipe provided is actually capable of moving
+data bidirectionally.
+This is compatible with SVR4.
+However, this is non-POSIX behaviour which should not be relied on,
+for reasons of portability.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn pipe
+function call appeared in
+.At v3 .
+Since
+.At v4 ,
+it allocates two distinct file descriptors.
+The
+.Fn pipe2
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/pledge.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/pledge.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23b63c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/pledge.2
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: pledge.2,v 1.83 2026/04/01 02:34:37 jsg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015 Nicholas Marriott <nicm@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 1 2026 $
+.Dt PLEDGE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pledge
+.Nd restrict system operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn pledge "const char *promises" "const char *execpromises"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn pledge
+system call separates the POSIX feature set into a group of approximately
+3 dozen subsystems.
+By calling
+.Fn pledge
+the program can declare which subsystems it will need in the
+future in a space-separated string called
+.Ar promises .
+Subsystems not listed become unavailable, and most attempts to use operations
+in that subsystem result in the process being killed with an uncatchable
+.Dv SIGABRT ,
+delivering a core file if possible.
+.Pp
+Subsequent calls to
+.Fn pledge
+can reduce the subsystems which still work, but previously
+revoked subsystems cannot be re-activated.
+.Pp
+Passing
+.Dv NULL
+to
+.Fa promises
+or
+.Fa execpromises
+specifies to not change the current value.
+.Pp
+A few changes to POSIX behaviour come into effect on the first call to
+.Fn pledge ,
+regardless of the
+.Va promise
+arguments:
+.Bl -ohang -offset indent
+.It Xr adjtime 2 :
+Time cannot be changed.
+Only the
+.Va olddelta
+argument works.
+.It Xo
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr fchmod 2 ,
+.Xr fchmodat 2 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr lchown 2 ,
+.Xr fchown 2 ,
+.Xr fchownat 2 ,
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+and
+.Xr mknod 2 :
+.Xc
+Setuid/setgid/sticky bits are ignored.
+User or group cannot be changed.
+The
+.Cm fattr
+promise
+relaxes this behaviour slightly.
+.It Xr ioctl 2 :
+Only the
+.Dv FIONREAD ,
+.Dv FIONBIO ,
+.Dv FIOCLEX ,
+and
+.Dv FIONCLEX
+operations are allowed by default.
+All other ioctl operations are blocked, except for ones which are enabled
+by specific
+.Va promises :
+.Cm audio ,
+.Cm bpf ,
+.Cm disklabel ,
+.Cm drm ,
+.Cm inet ,
+.Cm pf ,
+.Cm route ,
+.Cm wroute ,
+.Cm tape ,
+.Cm tty ,
+.Cm video ,
+and
+.Cm vmm .
+.It Xo
+.Xr mmap 2
+and
+.Xr mprotect 2 :
+.Xc
+.Dv PROT_EXEC
+is not allowed, unless the
+.Cm prot_exec
+.Va promise
+is requested.
+.It Xr __pledge_open 2 :
+A few system files can be opened directly by
+.Li libc
+internal code using this hidden symbol system call when
+specific
+.Fa promises
+are requested, but applications cannot open those files themselves.
+This works even when
+.Cm rpath
+or
+.Cm wpath
+are absent and
+.Xr unveil 2
+cannot block opening the files.
+These are the promises which can read special files:
+.Va promises .
+.Bl -tag -width "prot_exec" -offset indent
+.It Cm stdio
+.Pa /etc/localtime
+.br
+.Pa /usr/share/zoneinfo
+(and files below)
+.br
+.Pa /dev/null
+(for read and/or write)
+.It Cm tty
+.Pa /dev/tty
+(for read and/or write)
+.It Cm getpw
+.Pa /etc/spwd.db
+(refused with EPERM)
+.br
+.Pa /etc/pwd.db
+.Pa /etc/group
+.Pa /etc/netid
+.It Cm dns
+.Pa /etc/resolv.conf
+.Pa /etc/hosts
+.Pa /etc/services
+.Pa /etc/protocols
+.El
+.It Fn pledge :
+Can only reduce permissions for
+.Fa promises
+and
+.Fa execpromises .
+.It Xr sysctl 2 :
+A small set of read-only operations are allowed, sufficient to
+support:
+.Xr getdomainname 3 ,
+.Xr gethostname 3 ,
+.Xr getifaddrs 3 ,
+.Xr uname 3 ,
+and system sensor readings.
+Some
+.Va promises
+expose more read-only operations.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa promises
+argument is specified as a string, with space separated keywords.
+Using
+.Qq \&
+restricts the process to the
+.Xr _exit 2
+system call
+(this can be used for pure computation operating on memory shared
+with another process).
+.Bl -tag -width "prot_exec" -offset indent
+.It Cm stdio
+This
+.Va promise
+provides access to basic memory management, actions upon already
+open file descriptors, inspection of various process attributes,
+timer resources, and other subsystems generally considered safe because
+they only occur inside the process..
+Many of these interfaces are then used inside higher-level libc
+functionality, which is why the name
+.Cm stdio
+was chosen.
+The following system calls are permitted:
+.Pp
+.Xr clock_getres 2 ,
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr closefrom 2 ,
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+.Xr dup2 2 ,
+.Xr dup3 2 ,
+.Xr fchdir 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr fstat 2 ,
+.Xr fsync 2 ,
+.Xr ftruncate 2 ,
+.Xr getdtablecount 2 ,
+.Xr getegid 2 ,
+.Xr getentropy 2 ,
+.Xr geteuid 2 ,
+.Xr getgid 2 ,
+.Xr getgroups 2 ,
+.Xr getitimer 2 ,
+.Xr getlogin 2 ,
+.Xr getpgid 2 ,
+.Xr getpgrp 2 ,
+.Xr getpid 2 ,
+.Xr getppid 2 ,
+.Xr getresgid 2 ,
+.Xr getresuid 2 ,
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr getrtable 2 ,
+.Xr getsid 2 ,
+.Xr getthrid 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr getuid 2 ,
+.Xr issetugid 2 ,
+.Xr kevent 2 ,
+.Xr kqueue 2 ,
+.Xr kqueue1 2 ,
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr minherit 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr mquery 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr nanosleep 2 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr pipe2 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr pread 2 ,
+.Xr preadv 2 ,
+.Xr profil 2 ,
+.Xr pwrite 2 ,
+.Xr pwritev 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr readv 2 ,
+.Xr recvfrom 2 ,
+.Xr recvmsg 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr sendmsg 2 ,
+.Xr sendsyslog 2 ,
+.Xr sendto 2 ,
+.Xr setitimer 2 ,
+.Xr shutdown 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigreturn 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr wait4 2 ,
+.Xr waitid 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr writev 2
+.Pp
+.Xr sendto 2
+is only permitted if the destination socket address is
+.Dv NULL .
+.It Cm rpath
+A number of system calls are allowed which allow path traversal,
+reading
+.Vt struct stat ,
+and opening files for read.
+.It Cm wpath
+Similar to
+.Cm rpath ,
+but files can be opened for write.
+.It Cm cpath
+Similar to
+.Cm wpath ,
+but files can also be created or removed.
+.It Cm dpath
+Similar to
+.Cm cpath ,
+but special files can be created using:
+.Pp
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 2
+.It Cm tmppath
+No longer available.
+This pledge was designed to satisfy the
+.Xr mkstemp 3
+family of functions.
+The limited filesystem access it provided is now disabled, so the
+promise has been removed and will
+return
+.Er EINVAL .
+It should be replaced by either
+allowing use of the whole filesystem, meaning
+.Qq rpath wpath cpath ,
+or use of
+.Xr unveil 2
+with
+.Fa path
+.Qq /tmp
+and
+.Fa permissions
+.Qq rwc .
+.It Cm inet
+The following system calls are allowed to operate in the
+.Dv AF_INET
+and
+.Dv AF_INET6
+domains
+(though
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+has been substantially reduced in functionality):
+.Pp
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr listen 2 ,
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr accept4 2 ,
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr getpeername 2 ,
+.Xr getsockname 2 ,
+.Xr setsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+.It Cm mcast
+In combination with
+.Cm inet
+give back functionality to
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+for operating on multicast sockets.
+.It Cm fattr
+The following system calls are allowed to make explicit changes
+to fields in
+.Vt struct stat
+relating to a file:
+.Pp
+.Xr utimes 2 ,
+.Xr futimes 2 ,
+.Xr utimensat 2 ,
+.Xr futimens 2 ,
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr fchmod 2 ,
+.Xr fchmodat 2 ,
+.Xr chflags 2 ,
+.Xr chflagsat 2 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr fchownat 2 ,
+.Xr lchown 2 ,
+.Xr fchown 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2
+.It Cm chown
+The
+.Xr chown 2
+family is allowed to change the user or group on a file.
+.It Cm flock
+File locking via
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr flock 2 ,
+.Xr lockf 3 ,
+and
+.Xr open 2
+is allowed.
+No distinction is made between shared and exclusive locks.
+This promise is required for unlock as well as lock.
+.It Cm unix
+The following system calls are allowed to operate in the
+.Dv AF_UNIX
+domain:
+.Pp
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr listen 2 ,
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr accept4 2 ,
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr getpeername 2 ,
+.Xr getsockname 2 ,
+.Xr setsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr bind 2
+call can create AF_UNIX sockets at any path even without
+.Cm wpath ,
+and
+.Xr connect 2
+can connect at any path
+even without
+.Cm rpath
+or
+.Cm wpath .
+.It Cm dns
+Some low-level behaviours required by the DNS resolver described in
+.Xr res_init 3
+are permitted.
+This includes
+.Xr __pledge_open 2
+reading
+.Xr hosts 5 ,
+.Xr protocols 5 ,
+.Xr resolv.conf 5 ,
+and
+.Xr services 5 ,
+and exposing a few networking system calls:
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr sendto 2 ,
+.Xr recvfrom 2
+which can only operate on the specific socket type
+.Dv SOCK_DNS .
+The library resolver opens sockets with
+.Dv SOCK_DNS
+only on port 53, so the kernel can differentiate these operations
+from regular sockets operations.
+.It Cm getpw
+This uses the special features of
+.Xr __pledge_open 2
+to read required system files to support the
+.Xr getpwnam 3 ,
+.Xr getgrnam 3 ,
+.Xr getgrouplist 3 ,
+and
+.Xr initgroups 3
+family of functions, including lookups via the
+.Xr yp 8
+protocol for YP and LDAP databases.
+.It Cm sendfd
+Allows sending of file descriptors using
+.Xr sendmsg 2 .
+File descriptors referring to directories may not be passed.
+.It Cm recvfd
+Allows receiving of file descriptors using
+.Xr recvmsg 2 .
+File descriptors referring to directories may not be passed.
+.It Cm tape
+Allow
+.Dv MTIOCGET
+and
+.Dv MTIOCTOP
+operations against tape drives.
+.It Cm tty
+In addition to allowing read-write operations on
+.Pa /dev/tty ,
+this opens up a variety of
+.Xr ioctl 2
+requests used by tty devices.
+If
+.Cm tty
+is accompanied with
+.Cm rpath ,
+.Xr revoke 2
+is permitted.
+Otherwise only the following
+.Xr ioctl 2
+requests are permitted:
+.Pp
+.Dv TIOCSPGRP ,
+.Dv TIOCGETA ,
+.Dv TIOCGPGRP ,
+.Dv TIOCGWINSZ ,
+.Dv TIOCSWINSZ ,
+.Dv TIOCSBRK ,
+.Dv TIOCCDTR ,
+.Dv TIOCSETA ,
+.Dv TIOCSETAW ,
+.Dv TIOCSETAF ,
+.Dv TIOCUCNTL
+.It Cm proc
+Allows the following process relationship operations:
+.Pp
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr vfork 2 ,
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr getpriority 2 ,
+.Xr setpriority 2 ,
+.Xr setrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr setpgid 2 ,
+.Xr setsid 2
+.It Cm exec
+Allows a process to call
+.Xr execve 2 .
+Coupled with the
+.Cm proc
+promise, this allows a process to fork and execute another program.
+If
+.Fa execpromises
+has been previously set the new program begins with those promises,
+unless setuid/setgid bits are set in which case execution is blocked with
+.Er EACCES .
+Otherwise the new program starts running without pledge active,
+and hopefully makes a new pledge soon.
+.It Cm prot_exec
+Allows the use of
+.Dv PROT_EXEC
+with
+.Xr mmap 2
+and
+.Xr mprotect 2 .
+.It Cm settime
+Allows the setting of system time, via the
+.Xr settimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr adjtime 2 ,
+and
+.Xr adjfreq 2
+system calls.
+.It Cm ps
+Allows enough
+.Xr sysctl 2
+interfaces to allow inspection of processes operating on the system using
+programs like
+.Xr ps 1 .
+.It Cm vminfo
+Allows enough
+.Xr sysctl 2
+interfaces to allow inspection of the system's virtual memory by
+programs like
+.Xr top 1
+and
+.Xr vmstat 8 .
+.It Cm id
+Allows the following system calls which can change the rights of a
+process:
+.Pp
+.Xr setuid 2 ,
+.Xr seteuid 2 ,
+.Xr setreuid 2 ,
+.Xr setresuid 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setegid 2 ,
+.Xr setregid 2 ,
+.Xr setresgid 2 ,
+.Xr setgroups 2 ,
+.Xr setlogin 2 ,
+.Xr setrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr getpriority 2 ,
+.Xr setpriority 2 ,
+.Xr setrtable 2
+.It Cm pf
+Allows a subset of
+.Xr ioctl 2
+operations on the
+.Xr pf 4
+device:
+.Pp
+.Dv DIOCADDRULE ,
+.Dv DIOCGETSTATUS ,
+.Dv DIOCNATLOOK ,
+.Dv DIOCRADDTABLES ,
+.Dv DIOCRCLRADDRS ,
+.Dv DIOCRCLRTABLES ,
+.Dv DIOCRCLRTSTATS ,
+.Dv DIOCRGETTSTATS ,
+.Dv DIOCRSETADDRS ,
+.Dv DIOCXBEGIN ,
+.Dv DIOCXCOMMIT
+.It Cm route
+Allow inspection of the routing table.
+.It Cm wroute
+Allow changes to the routing table.
+.It Cm audio
+Allows a subset of
+.Xr ioctl 2
+operations on
+.Xr audio 4
+devices
+(see
+.Xr sio_open 3
+for more information):
+.Pp
+.Dv AUDIO_GETPOS ,
+.Dv AUDIO_GETPAR ,
+.Dv AUDIO_SETPAR ,
+.Dv AUDIO_START ,
+.Dv AUDIO_STOP ,
+.Dv AUDIO_MIXER_DEVINFO ,
+.Dv AUDIO_MIXER_READ ,
+.Dv AUDIO_MIXER_WRITE
+.It Cm video
+Allows a subset of
+.Xr ioctl 2
+operations on
+.Xr video 4
+devices:
+.Pp
+.Dv VIDIOC_DQBUF ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_G_CTRL ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_G_PARM ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_QBUF ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_QUERYBUF ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_QUERYCAP ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_S_CTRL ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_S_FMT ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_S_PARM ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_STREAMOFF ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_STREAMON ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_TRY_FMT ,
+.Dv VIDIOC_REQBUFS
+.It Cm bpf
+Allow
+.Dv BIOCGSTATS
+operation for statistics collection from a
+.Xr bpf 4
+device.
+.It Cm unveil
+Allow
+.Xr unveil 2
+to be called.
+.It Cm error
+Rather than killing the process upon violation, indicate error with
+.Er ENOSYS .
+.Pp
+Also when
+.Fn pledge
+is called with higher
+.Fa promises
+or
+.Fa execpromises ,
+those changes will be ignored and return success.
+This is useful when a parent enforces
+.Fa execpromises
+but an execve'd child has a different idea.
+.El
+.Pp
+A process currently running with pledge has state
+.Sq p
+in
+.Xr ps 1
+output; a process that was terminated due to a pledge violation
+is accounted by
+.Xr lastcomm 1
+with the
+.Sq P
+flag.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn pledge
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa promises
+or
+.Fa execpromises
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa promises
+is malformed or contains invalid keywords.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+This process is attempting to increase permissions.
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn pledge
+system call first appeared in
+.Ox 5.9 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/poll.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/poll.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c829c272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/poll.2
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: poll.2,v 1.42 2025/11/10 16:04:30 job Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Jason R. Thorpe
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by Jason R. Thorpe.
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+.\" BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+.\" LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
+.\" AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+.\" OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 10 2025 $
+.Dt POLL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm poll ,
+.Nm ppoll
+.Nd synchronous I/O multiplexing
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In poll.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn poll "struct pollfd *fds" "nfds_t nfds" "int timeout"
+.Ft int
+.Fn ppoll "struct pollfd *fds" "nfds_t nfds" "const struct timespec * restrict timeout" "const sigset_t * restrict mask"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn poll
+provides a mechanism for multiplexing I/O across a set of file
+descriptors.
+It is similar in function to
+.Xr select 2 .
+Unlike
+.Xr select 2 ,
+however, it is possible to only pass in data corresponding to the
+file descriptors for which events are wanted.
+This makes
+.Fn poll
+more efficient than
+.Xr select 2
+in most cases.
+.Pp
+The arguments are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width timeout
+.It Fa fds
+Points to an array of
+.Vt pollfd
+structures, which are defined as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct pollfd {
+	int   fd;
+	short events;
+	short revents;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa fd
+member is an open file descriptor.
+If
+.Fa fd
+is -1,
+the
+.Vt pollfd
+structure is considered unused, and
+.Fa revents
+will be cleared.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa events
+and
+.Fa revents
+members are bitmasks of conditions to monitor and conditions found,
+respectively.
+.It Fa nfds
+An unsigned integer specifying the number of
+.Vt pollfd
+structures in the array.
+.It Fa timeout
+Maximum interval to wait for the poll to complete, in milliseconds.
+If this value is 0,
+.Fn poll
+will return immediately.
+If this value is
+.Dv INFTIM Pq -1 ,
+.Fn poll
+will block indefinitely until a condition is found.
+.El
+.Pp
+The calling process sets the
+.Fa events
+bitmask and
+.Fn poll
+sets the
+.Fa revents
+bitmask.
+Each call to
+.Fn poll
+resets the
+.Fa revents
+bitmask for accuracy.
+The condition flags in the bitmasks are defined as:
+.Bl -tag -width POLLRDNORM
+.It Dv POLLIN
+Data other than high-priority data may be read without blocking.
+.It Dv POLLRDNORM
+Normal data may be read without blocking.
+.It Dv POLLRDBAND
+Priority data may be read without blocking.
+.It Dv POLLNORM
+Same as
+.Dv POLLRDNORM .
+This flag is provided for source code compatibility with older
+programs and should not be used in new code.
+.It Dv POLLPRI
+High-priority data may be read without blocking.
+.It Dv POLLOUT
+Normal data may be written without blocking.
+.It Dv POLLWRNORM
+Same as
+.Dv POLLOUT .
+.It Dv POLLWRBAND
+Priority data may be written.
+.It Dv POLLERR
+An error has occurred on the device or socket.
+This flag is only valid in the
+.Fa revents
+bitmask; it is ignored in the
+.Fa events
+member.
+.It Dv POLLHUP
+The device or socket has been disconnected.
+This event and
+.Dv POLLOUT
+are mutually-exclusive; a descriptor can never be writable if a hangup has
+occurred.
+However, this event and
+.Dv POLLIN ,
+.Dv POLLRDNORM ,
+.Dv POLLRDBAND ,
+or
+.Dv POLLPRI
+are not mutually-exclusive.
+This flag is only valid in the
+.Fa revents
+bitmask; it is ignored in the
+.Fa events
+member.
+.It Dv POLLNVAL
+The corresponding file descriptor is invalid.
+This flag is only valid in the
+.Fa revents
+bitmask; it is ignored in the
+.Fa events
+member.
+.El
+.Pp
+The significance and semantics of normal, priority, and high-priority
+data are device-specific.
+For example, on
+.Ox ,
+the
+.Dv POLLPRI
+and
+.Dv POLLRDBAND
+flags may be used to detect when out-of-band socket data may be read
+without blocking.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ppoll
+function is similar to
+.Fn poll
+except that it specifies the timeout using a timespec structure,
+and a null pointer is used to specify an indefinite timeout
+instead of
+.Dv INFTIM .
+Also, if
+.Fa mask
+is a non-null pointer,
+.Fn ppoll
+atomically sets the calling thread's signal mask to the signal set
+pointed to by
+.Fa mask
+for the duration of the function call.
+In this case, the original signal mask will be restored before
+.Fn ppoll
+returns.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon error,
+.Fn poll
+and
+.Fn ppoll
+return \-1 and set the global variable
+.Va errno
+to indicate the error.
+If the timeout interval was reached before any events occurred,
+they return 0.
+Otherwise, they return the number of
+.Vt pollfd
+structures for which
+.Fa revents
+is non-zero.
+.Sh IDIOMS
+Care must be taken when converting code from
+.Xr select 2
+to
+.Fn poll
+as they have slightly different semantics.
+The first semantic difference is that, unlike
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Fn poll
+has a way of indicating that one or more file descriptors are invalid
+by setting a flag in the
+.Fa revents
+field of corresponding entry of
+.Fa fds ,
+whereas
+.Xr select 2
+returns an error (-1) if any of the descriptors with bits set in
+the
+.Vt fd_set
+are invalid.
+The second difference is that on EOF there is no guarantee that
+.Dv POLLIN
+will be set in
+.Fa revents ,
+the caller must also check for
+.Dv POLLHUP .
+This differs from
+.Xr select 2
+where EOF is considered as a read event.
+.Pp
+Consider the following usage of
+.Xr select 2
+that implements a read from the standard input with a
+60 second time out:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct timeval timeout;
+fd_set readfds;
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+int nready;
+
+timeout.tv_sec = 60;
+timeout.tv_usec = 0;
+FD_ZERO(&readfds);
+FD_SET(STDIN_FILENO, &readfds);
+nready = select(STDIN_FILENO + 1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
+if (nready == -1)
+	err(1, "select");
+if (nready == 0)
+	errx(1, "time out");
+if (FD_ISSET(STDIN_FILENO, &readfds)) {
+	if (read(STDIN_FILENO, buf, sizeof(buf)) == -1)
+		err(1, "read");
+}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This can be converted to
+.Fn poll
+as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct pollfd pfd[1];
+char buf[BUFSIZ];
+int nready;
+
+pfd[0].fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+pfd[0].events = POLLIN;
+nready = poll(pfd, 1, 60 * 1000);
+if (nready == -1)
+	err(1, "poll");
+if (nready == 0)
+	errx(1, "time out");
+if (pfd[0].revents & (POLLERR|POLLNVAL))
+	errx(1, "bad fd %d", pfd[0].fd);
+if (pfd[0].revents & (POLLIN|POLLHUP)) {
+	if (read(STDIN_FILENO, buf, sizeof(buf)) == -1)
+		err(1, "read");
+}
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn poll
+and
+.Fn ppoll
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The kernel failed to allocate memory for temporary data structures;
+a later call may succeed.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa fds
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A signal was caught before any polled events occurred
+and before the timeout elapsed.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa nfds
+was greater than the number of available
+file descriptors.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The timeout passed was invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr write 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn poll
+and
+.Fn ppoll
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn poll
+system call appeared in
+.At V.3 .
+The
+.Fn ppoll
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.4 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Dv POLLWRBAND
+flag is accepted but ignored by the kernel.
+.Pp
+Because
+.Ox
+does not implement STREAMS,
+there is no distinction between some of the fields in the
+.Fa events
+and
+.Fa revents
+bitmasks.
+As a result, the
+.Dv POLLIN ,
+.Dv POLLNORM ,
+and
+.Dv POLLRDNORM
+flags are equivalent.
+Similarly, the
+.Dv POLLPRI
+and
+.Dv POLLRDBAND
+flags are also equivalent.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/profil.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/profil.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0976efa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/profil.2
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: profil.2,v 1.17 2025/07/13 23:38:55 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: profil.2,v 1.3 1995/11/22 23:07:23 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Donn Seeley of BSDI.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)profil.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 13 2025 $
+.Dt PROFIL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm profil
+.Nd control process profiling
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn profil "void *buf" "size_t buflen" "size_t samplesize" "u_long offset" "u_int scale" "int dirfd"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn profil
+function is only available inside programs compiled with the
+.Fl pg
+compiler / linker option.
+.Fl pg
+selects the profiling version of the C-run-time code
+.Pa ( gcrt0.o ) ,
+which places an ELF note into the binary which enables the system call.
+The profiling subsystem only works with static binaries, so the
+.Fl static
+link option is also required.
+.Pp
+The first call to
+.Fn profil
+happens at startup inside
+.Pa gcrt0.o
+and sets up a region of memory
+.Fa buf
+that is
+.Fa buflen
+bytes long to contain a
+.Va struct gmonhdr ,
+a samples buffer of size
+.Fa samplesize ,
+and a sufficiently-sized arc-table.
+.Pp
+.Fa dirfd
+can indicate the path for placing the output file
+(environment variable
+.Ev PROFDIR
+is the usual choice).
+Otherwise, \-1 indicates the current (starting) directory location.
+.Pp
+Program execution then continues with profiling operational.
+During execution, profiling can be selectively stopped and restarted using
+.Xr moncontrol 3 .
+.Pp
+While profiling is enabled, at every clock tick, the kernel updates an
+appropriate count in the samples buffer.
+.Pp
+The samples buffer contains
+.Fa samplesize
+bytes and is divided into a series of 16-bit bins.
+Each bin counts the number of times the program counter was in a particular
+address range in the process when a clock tick occurred while profiling
+was enabled.
+For a given program counter address, the number of the corresponding bin
+is given by the relation:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+[(pc - offset) / 2] * scale / 65536
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa offset
+parameter is the lowest address at which the kernel takes program
+counter samples.
+The
+.Fa scale
+parameter ranges from 1 to 65536 and can be used to change the
+span of the bins.
+A scale of 65536 maps each bin to 2 bytes of address range;
+a scale of 32768 gives 4 bytes, 16384 gives 8 bytes and so on.
+Intermediate values provide approximate intermediate ranges.
+A
+.Fa scale
+value of 0 disables profiling.
+.Pp
+At normal program termination, the C-run-time completes the data in the
+buffer to final format, and proceeds into
+.Xr _exit 2 .
+The kernel then constructs a pathname
+.Pa gmon.progname.pid.out
+and stores the data to the filesystem (either at the starting directory,
+or the optional directory indicated by the environment variable
+.Ev PROFDIR ) .
+.Pp
+Further processing is then done using
+.Xr gprof 1 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width gmon.progname.pid.out -compact
+.It Pa /usr/lib/gcrt0.o
+profiling C run-time startup file
+.It Pa gmon.progname.pid.out
+conventional name for profiling output file
+.El
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following error may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The program was not linked with
+.Fl pg .
+.It Bq Er EALREADY
+An attempt was made to change the profile buffer.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa dirfd
+argument is not a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa dirfd
+argument does not refer to a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa scale
+value is too large.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gprof 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn profil
+system call first appeared in
+.At v5 .
+.Pp
+Historically, profile information was written to the file by the C-run-time
+exit processing code using
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+and such \(em which is incompatible with modern privilege separation practices
+like
+.Xr chroot 2 ,
+.Xr pledge 2 ,
+.Xr setresuid 2 ,
+and
+.Xr unveil 2 .
+This replacement
+.Fn profil
+interface was redesigned so the kernel writes out the profiling information
+on behalf of the terminating process.
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fa samples
+argument should really be a vector of type
+.Fa "unsigned short" .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/ptrace.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/ptrace.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b4b083f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/ptrace.2
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ptrace.2,v 1.44 2024/11/27 05:25:56 anton Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: ptrace.2,v 1.3 1996/02/23 01:39:41 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" This file is in the public domain.
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 27 2024 $
+.Dt PTRACE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ptrace
+.Nd process tracing and debugging
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/ptrace.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn ptrace "int request" "pid_t pid" "caddr_t addr" "int data"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn ptrace
+provides tracing and debugging facilities.
+It allows one process (the
+.Em tracing
+process) to control another (the
+.Em traced
+process).
+Most of the time, the traced process runs normally, but when
+it receives a signal
+.Po
+see
+.Xr sigaction 2
+.Pc ,
+it stops.
+The tracing process is expected to notice this via
+.Xr wait 2
+or the delivery of a
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+signal, examine the state of the stopped process, and cause it to
+terminate or continue as appropriate.
+.Fn ptrace
+is the mechanism by which all this happens.
+.Fn ptrace
+is only available on kernels compiled with the
+.Cm PTRACE
+option.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa request
+argument specifies what operation is being performed; the meaning of
+the rest of the arguments depends on the operation, but except for one
+special case noted below, all
+.Fn ptrace
+calls are made by the tracing process, and the
+.Fa pid
+argument specifies the process ID of the traced process.
+.Fa request
+can be:
+.Bl -tag -width 12n
+.It Dv PT_TRACE_ME
+This request is the only one used by the traced process; it declares
+that the process expects to be traced by its parent.
+All the other arguments are ignored.
+(If the parent process does not expect to trace the child, it will
+probably be rather confused by the results; once the traced process stops,
+it cannot be made to continue except via
+.Fn ptrace . )
+When a process has used this request and calls
+.Xr execve 2
+or any of the routines built on it
+.Po
+such as
+.Xr execv 3
+.Pc ,
+it will stop before executing the first instruction of the new image.
+Also, any setuid or setgid bits on the executable being executed will
+be ignored.
+.It Dv PT_READ_I , Dv PT_READ_D
+These requests read a single
+.Vt int
+of data from the traced process' address space.
+Traditionally,
+.Fn ptrace
+has allowed for machines with distinct address spaces for instruction
+and data, which is why there are two requests: conceptually,
+.Dv PT_READ_I
+reads from the instruction space and
+.Dv PT_READ_D
+reads from the data space.
+In the current
+.Ox
+implementation, these two requests operate in the same address space.
+The
+.Fa addr
+argument specifies the address (in the traced process' virtual address
+space) at which the read is to be done.
+This address does not have to meet any alignment constraints.
+The value read is returned as the return value from
+.Fn ptrace .
+.It Dv PT_WRITE_I , Dv PT_WRITE_D
+These requests parallel
+.Dv PT_READ_I
+and
+.Dv PT_READ_D ,
+except that they write rather than read.
+.Dv PT_WRITE_I
+may be necessary to ensure that instruction caches are flushed appropriately.
+The
+.Fa data
+argument supplies the value to be written.
+.\" .It Dv PT_READ_U
+.\" This request reads an
+.\" .Li int
+.\" from the traced process' user structure.
+.\" The
+.\" .Fa addr
+.\" argument specifies the location of the int relative to the base of the
+.\" user structure; it will usually be an integer value cast to
+.\" .Li caddr_t
+.\" either explicitly or via the presence of a prototype for
+.\" .Fn ptrace .
+.\" Unlike
+.\" .Dv PT_READ_I
+.\" and
+.\" .Dv PT_READ_D ,
+.\" .Fa addr
+.\" must be aligned on an
+.\" .Li int
+.\" boundary.
+.\" The value read is returned as the return value from
+.\" .Fn ptrace .
+.\" .It Dv PT_WRITE_U
+.\" This request writes an
+.\" .Li int
+.\" into the traced process' user structure.
+.\" .Fa addr
+.\" specifies the offset, just as for
+.\" .Dv PT_READ_U ,
+.\" and
+.\" .Fa data
+.\" specifies the value to be written, just as for
+.\" .Dv PT_WRITE_I
+.\" and
+.\" .Dv PT_WRITE_D .
+.It Dv PT_CONTINUE
+The traced process continues execution.
+.Fa addr
+is an address specifying the place where execution is to be resumed (a
+new value for the program counter), or
+.Li (caddr_t)1
+to indicate that execution is to pick up where it left off.
+.Fa data
+provides a signal number to be delivered to the traced process as it
+resumes execution, or 0 if no signal is to be sent.
+.It Dv PT_KILL
+The traced process terminates, as if
+.Dv PT_CONTINUE
+had been used with
+.Dv SIGKILL
+given as the signal to be delivered.
+.It Dv PT_ATTACH
+This request allows a process to gain control of an otherwise unrelated
+process and begin tracing it.
+It does not need any cooperation from the to-be-traced process.
+In this case,
+.Fa pid
+specifies the process ID of the to-be-traced process, and the other two
+arguments are ignored.
+This request requires that the target process must have the same real UID
+as the tracing process, and that it must not be executing a set-user-ID
+or set-group-ID executable.
+Additionally, if the
+.Dv kern.global_ptrace
+sysctl is 0, then the target process must be a descendant of the tracing
+process.
+(If the tracing process is running as root, these restrictions do not apply.)
+The tracing process will see the newly traced process stop and may then
+control it as if it had been traced all along.
+.It Dv PT_DETACH
+This request is like
+.Dv PT_CONTINUE ,
+except that it does not allow
+specifying an alternate place to continue execution, and after it
+succeeds, the traced process is no longer traced and continues
+execution normally.
+.It Dv PT_IO
+This request is a more general interface that can be used instead of
+.Dv PT_READ_D ,
+.Dv PT_WRITE_D ,
+.Dv PT_READ_I
+and
+.Dv PT_WRITE_I .
+The I/O request is encoded in a
+.Dq Li "struct ptrace_io_desc"
+defined as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct ptrace_io_desc {
+	int	 piod_op;
+	void	*piod_offs;
+	void	*piod_addr;
+	size_t	 piod_len;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Where
+.Fa piod_offs
+is the offset within the traced process where the I/O operation should be
+made,
+.Fa piod_addr
+is the buffer in the parent and
+.Fa piod_len
+is the length of the I/O request.
+The
+.Fa piod_op
+member specifies what operation needs to be done.
+Possible values are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent -compact
+.It PIOD_READ_D
+.It PIOD_WRITE_D
+.It PIOD_READ_I
+.It PIOD_WRITE_I
+.It PIOD_READ_AUXV
+.El
+.Pp
+See also the description of
+.Dv PT_READ_I
+for the difference between D and I spaces.
+The
+.Dv PIOD_READ_AUXV
+operation can be used to read from the ELF auxiliary vector.
+A pointer to the descriptor is passed in
+.Fa addr .
+On return the
+.Fa piod_len
+field in the descriptor will be updated with the actual number of bytes
+transferred.
+If the requested I/O could not be successfully performed,
+.Fn ptrace
+will return
+.Li -1
+and set
+.Va errno .
+.It Dv PT_SET_EVENT_MASK
+This request can be used to specify which events in the traced process
+should be reported to the tracing process.
+These events are specified in a
+.Dq Li "struct ptrace_event"
+defined as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+typedef struct ptrace_event {
+	int	pe_set_event;
+} ptrace_event_t;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Where
+.Fa pe_set_event
+is the set of events to be reported.
+This set is formed by OR'ing together the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width 18n
+.It PTRACE_FORK
+Report
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.El
+.Pp
+A pointer to this structure is passed in
+.Fa addr .
+The
+.Fa data
+argument should be set to
+.Li sizeof(struct ptrace_event) .
+.It Dv PT_GET_EVENT_MASK
+This request can be used to determine which events in the traced
+process will be reported.
+The information is read into the
+.Dq Li struct ptrace_event
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+The
+.Fa data
+argument should be set to
+.Li sizeof(struct ptrace_event) .
+.It Dv PT_GET_PROCESS_STATE
+This request reads the state information associated with the event
+that stopped the traced process.
+The information is reported in a
+.Dq Li "struct ptrace_state"
+defined as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+typedef struct ptrace_state {
+	int	pe_report_event;
+	pid_t	pe_other_pid;
+} ptrace_state_t;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Where
+.Fa pe_report_event
+is the event being reported.
+If the event being reported is
+.Dv PTRACE_FORK ,
+.Fa pe_other_pid
+will be set to the process ID of the other end of the fork.
+A pointer to this structure is passed in
+.Fa addr .
+The
+.Fa data
+argument should be set to
+.Li sizeof(struct ptrace_state) .
+.It Dv PT_GET_THREAD_FIRST
+This request reads the thread ID of the traced process' first thread into the
+.Dq Li struct ptrace_thread_state
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+The
+.Fa data
+argument should be set to
+.Li sizeof(struct ptrace_thread_state) .
+.It Dv PT_GET_THREAD_NEXT
+This request is just like
+.Dv PT_GET_THREAD_FIRST ,
+except it returns the thread ID of the subsequent thread.
+The
+.Dq Li struct ptrace_thread_state
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr
+must be initialized by a previous
+.Dv PT_GET_THREAD_FIRST
+or
+.Dv PT_GET_THREAD_NEXT
+request.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, machine-specific requests can exist.
+Depending on the architecture, the following requests may be available
+under
+.Ox :
+.Bl -tag -width 12n
+.It Dv PT_GETREGS Pq all platforms
+This request reads the traced process' machine registers into the
+.Dq Li struct reg
+(defined in
+.In machine/reg.h )
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+.It Dv PT_SETREGS Pq all platforms
+This request is the converse of
+.Dv PT_GETREGS ;
+it loads the traced process' machine registers from the
+.Dq Li struct reg
+(defined in
+.In machine/reg.h )
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+.\" .It Dv PT_SYSCALL
+.\" This request is like
+.\" .Dv PT_CONTINUE
+.\" except that the process will stop next time it executes any system
+.\" call.
+.\" Information about the system call can be examined with
+.\" .Dv PT_READ_U
+.\" and potentially modified with
+.\" .Dv PT_WRITE_U
+.\" through the
+.\" .Li u_kproc.kp_proc.p_md
+.\" element of the user structure (see below).
+.\" If the process is continued with another
+.\" .Dv PT_SYSCALL
+.\" request, it will stop again on exit from the syscall, at which point
+.\" the return values can be examined and potentially changed.
+.\" The
+.\" .Li u_kproc.kp_proc.p_md
+.\" element is of type
+.\" .Dq Li struct mdproc ,
+.\" which should be declared by including
+.\" .In sys/param.h ,
+.\" .In sys/user.h ,
+.\" and
+.\" .In machine/proc.h ,
+.\" and contains the following fields (among others):
+.\" .Bl -item -compact -offset indent
+.\" .It
+.\" .Li syscall_num
+.\" .It
+.\" .Li syscall_nargs
+.\" .It
+.\" .Li syscall_args[8]
+.\" .It
+.\" .Li syscall_err
+.\" .It
+.\" .Li syscall_rv[2]
+.\" .El
+.\" When a process stops on entry to a syscall,
+.\" .Li syscall_num
+.\" holds the number of the syscall,
+.\" .Li syscall_nargs
+.\" holds the number of arguments it expects, and
+.\" .Li syscall_args
+.\" holds the arguments themselves.
+.\" (Only the first
+.\" .Li syscall_nargs
+.\" elements of
+.\" .Li syscall_args
+.\" are guaranteed to be useful.)  When a process stops on exit from a
+.\" syscall,
+.\" .Li syscall_num
+.\" is
+.\" .Li -1 ,
+.\" .Li syscall_err
+.\" holds the error number
+.\" .Po
+.\" see
+.\" .Xr errno 2
+.\" .Pc ,
+.\" or 0 if no error occurred, and
+.\" .Li syscall_rv
+.\" holds the return values.
+.\" (If the syscall returns only one value, only
+.\" .Li syscall_rv[0]
+.\" is useful.)
+.\" The tracing process can modify any of these with
+.\" .Dv PT_WRITE_U ;
+.\" only some modifications are useful.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" On entry to a syscall,
+.\" .Li syscall_num
+.\" can be changed, and the syscall actually performed will correspond to
+.\" the new number (it is the responsibility of the tracing process to fill
+.\" in
+.\" .Li syscall_args
+.\" appropriately for the new call, but there is no need to modify
+.\" .Li syscall_nargs ) .
+.\" If the new syscall number is 0, no syscall is actually performed;
+.\" instead,
+.\" .Li syscall_err
+.\" and
+.\" .Li syscall_rv
+.\" are passed back to the traced process directly (and therefore should be
+.\" filled in).
+.\" If the syscall number is otherwise out of range, a dummy
+.\" syscall which simply produces an
+.\" .Er ENOSYS
+.\" error is effectively performed.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" On exit from a syscall, only
+.\" .Li syscall_err
+.\" and
+.\" .Li syscall_rv
+.\" can usefully be changed; they are set to the values returned by the
+.\" syscall and will be passed back to the traced process by the normal
+.\" syscall return mechanism.
+.It Xo Dv PT_STEP
+.No (not available on sparc64)
+.Xc
+The traced process continues execution, as in request
+.Dv PT_CONTINUE ;
+however, execution stops as soon as possible after execution of at least
+one instruction
+.Pq single-step .
+.\" mips64 (fp registers in the main reg structure)
+.It Xo Dv PT_GETFPREGS
+.No (not available on luna88k or mips64)
+.Xc
+This request reads the traced process' floating-point registers into
+the
+.Dq Li struct fpreg
+(defined in
+.In machine/reg.h )
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+.It Xo Dv PT_SETFPREGS
+.No (not available on luna88k or mips64)
+.Xc
+This request is the converse of
+.Dv PT_GETFPREGS ;
+it loads the traced process' floating-point registers from the
+.Dq Li struct fpreg
+(defined in
+.In machine/reg.h )
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+.It Dv PT_GETXMMREGS Pq i386 only
+This request reads the traced process' XMM registers into the
+.Dq Li struct xmmregs
+(defined in
+.In machine/reg.h )
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+.It Dv PT_SETXMMREGS Pq i386 only
+This request is the converse of
+.Dv PT_GETXMMREGS ;
+it loads the traced process' XMM registers from the
+.Dq Li struct xmmregs
+(defined in
+.In machine/reg.h )
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+.It Dv PT_WCOOKIE Pq sparc64 only
+This request reads the traced process'
+.Sq window cookie
+into the
+.Vt int
+pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+The window cookie needs to be
+.Sq XOR'ed
+to stack-saved program counters.
+.It Dv PT_GETXSTATE_INFO Pq amd64 only
+This request can be used to obtain details about the traced process XSAVE area,
+specified in a
+.Dq Li "struct ptrace_xstate_info"
+defined as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct ptrace_xstate_info {
+	uint64_t xsave_mask;
+	uint32_t xsave_len;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa xsave_mask
+field denotes the enabled XSAVE components.
+The
+.Fa xsave_len
+field denotes the size of XSAVE area intended to be used with the
+.Dv PT_GETXSTATE
+and
+.Dv PT_SETXSTATE
+requests.
+.Pp
+A pointer to
+.Dq Li "struct ptrace_xstate_info"
+must be passed in
+.Fa addr
+and the
+.Fa data
+argument must be set to
+.Li sizeof(struct ptrace_xstate_info) .
+.It Dv PT_GETXSTATE Pq amd64 only
+This request can be used to read the XSAVE area of the traced process.
+A pointer to a buffer must be passed in
+.Fa addr
+with a capacity of the length obtained using the
+.Dv PT_GETXSTATE_INFO
+request.
+The
+.Fa data
+argument must reflect the same length.
+.It Dv PT_SETXSTATE Pq amd64 only
+This request can be used to write the XSAVE area of the traced process.
+Only changes to the x87, SSE and AVX state components are honored.
+A pointer to a buffer must be passed in
+.Fa addr
+with a capacity of the length obtained using the
+.Dv PT_GETXSTATE_INFO
+request.
+The
+.Fa data
+argument must reflect the same length.
+.El
+.Sh ERRORS
+Some requests can cause
+.Fn ptrace
+to return
+.Li -1
+as a non-error value; to disambiguate,
+.Va errno
+is set to zero and this should be checked.
+The possible errors are:
+.Bl -tag -width 4n
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+No process having the specified process ID exists.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+A process attempted to use
+.Dv PT_ATTACH
+on itself.
+.It
+The
+.Fa request
+was not one of the legal requests.
+.\" .It
+.\" The
+.\" .Fa addr
+.\" to
+.\" .Dv PT_READ_U
+.\" or
+.\" .Dv PT_WRITE_U
+.\" was not
+.\" .Li int Ns \&-aligned.
+.It
+The signal number (in
+.Fa data )
+to
+.Dv PT_CONTINUE
+.\" or
+.\" .Dv PT_SYSCALL
+was neither 0 nor a legal signal number.
+.It
+.Dv PT_GETREGS ,
+.Dv PT_SETREGS ,
+.Dv PT_GETFPREGS ,
+or
+.Dv PT_SETFPREGS
+was attempted on a process with no valid register set.
+(This is normally true only of system processes.)
+.El
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+.Dv PT_ATTACH
+was attempted on a process that was already being traced.
+.It
+A request attempted to manipulate a process that was being traced by
+some process other than the one making the request.
+.It
+A request (other than
+.Dv PT_ATTACH )
+specified a process that wasn't stopped and waited for.
+.El
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+A request (other than
+.Dv PT_ATTACH )
+attempted to manipulate a process that wasn't being traced at all.
+.It
+An attempt was made to use
+.Dv PT_ATTACH
+on a process in violation of the requirements listed under
+.Dv PT_ATTACH
+above.
+.It
+An attempt was made to use
+.Dv PT_ATTACH
+on a system process.
+.El
+.It Bq Er ENOTSUP
+.Dv PT_GETXSTATE_INFO ,
+.Dv PT_GETXSTATE ,
+or
+.Dv PT_SETXSTATE
+was attempted on a CPU lacking support for XSAVE.
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn ptrace
+system call first appeared in
+.At v6 .
+.Sh BUGS
+On several RISC architectures (such as luna88k and sparc64),
+the PC is set to the provided PC value for
+.Dv PT_CONTINUE
+and similar calls, and the remainder of the execution pipeline registers
+are set to the following instructions, even if the instruction at PC
+is a branch instruction.
+Using
+.Dv PT_GETREGS
+and
+.Dv PT_SETREGS
+to modify the PC, passing
+.Li (caddr_t)1
+to
+.Fn ptrace ,
+should be able to sidestep this.
+.\" .Pp
+.\" When using
+.\" .Dv PT_SYSCALL ,
+.\" there is no easy way to tell whether the traced process stopped because
+.\" it made a syscall or because a signal was sent at a moment that it just
+.\" happened to have valid-looking garbage in its
+.\" .Dq Li struct mdproc .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/quotactl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/quotactl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5ddf698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/quotactl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: quotactl.2,v 1.16 2022/09/11 06:38:11 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: quotactl.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:35:43 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Robert Elz at The University of Melbourne.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)quotactl.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 11 2022 $
+.Dt QUOTACTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm quotactl
+.Nd manipulate filesystem quotas
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In ufs/ufs/quota.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn quotactl "const char *path" "int cmd" "int id" "char *addr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn quotactl
+call enables, disables and
+manipulates filesystem quotas.
+A quota control command
+given by
+.Fa cmd
+operates on the given filename
+.Fa path
+for the given user
+.Fa id .
+The address of an optional command specific data structure,
+.Fa addr ,
+may be given; its interpretation
+is discussed below with each command.
+.Pp
+Currently quotas are supported only for the
+.Dq ffs
+filesystem.
+For
+.Dq ffs ,
+a command is composed of a primary command (see below)
+and a command type used to interpret the
+.Fa id .
+Types are supported for interpretation of user identifiers
+and group identifiers.
+The
+.Dq ffs
+specific commands are:
+.Bl -tag -width Q_QUOTAON
+.It Dv Q_QUOTAON
+Enable disk quotas for the filesystem specified by
+.Fa path .
+The command type specifies the type of the quotas being enabled.
+The
+.Fa addr
+argument specifies a file from which to take the quotas.
+The quota file must exist;
+it is normally created with the
+.Xr quotacheck 8
+program.
+The
+.Fa id
+argument is unused.
+Only the superuser may turn quotas on.
+.It Dv Q_QUOTAOFF
+Disable disk quotas for the filesystem specified by
+.Fa path .
+The command type specifies the type of the quotas being disabled.
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa id
+arguments are unused.
+Only the superuser may turn quotas off.
+.It Dv Q_GETQUOTA
+Get disk quota limits and current usage for the user or group
+(as determined by the command type) with identifier
+.Fa id .
+.Fa addr
+is a pointer to a
+.Vt struct dqblk
+structure.
+.It Dv Q_SETQUOTA
+Set disk quota limits for the user or group
+(as determined by the command type) with identifier
+.Fa id .
+.Fa addr
+is a pointer to a
+.Vt struct dqblk
+structure.
+The usage fields of
+.Vt struct dqblk
+structure are ignored.
+This call is restricted to the superuser.
+.It Dv Q_SETUSE
+Set disk usage limits for the user or group
+(as determined by the command type) with identifier
+.Fa id .
+.Fa addr
+is a pointer to a
+.Vt struct dqblk
+structure.
+Only the usage fields are used.
+This call is restricted to the superuser.
+.It Dv Q_SYNC
+Update the on-disk copy of quota usages.
+The command type specifies which type of quotas are to be updated.
+The
+.Fa id
+and
+.Fa addr
+parameters are ignored.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+A
+.Fn quotactl
+call will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The kernel has not been compiled with the
+.Dv QUOTA
+option.
+.It Bq Er EUSERS
+The quota table cannot be expanded.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa cmd
+or the command type is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+In
+.Dv Q_QUOTAON ,
+the quota file is not a plain file.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of a path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of a path prefix was not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A filename does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating a pathname.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+In
+.Dv Q_QUOTAON ,
+the quota file resides on a read-only filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing
+to a file containing quotas.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An invalid
+.Fa addr
+was supplied; the associated structure could not be copied in or out
+of the kernel.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The call was privileged and the caller was not the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr quota 1 ,
+.Xr fstab 5 ,
+.Xr edquota 8 ,
+.Xr quotacheck 8 ,
+.Xr quotaon 8 ,
+.Xr repquota 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn quotactl
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+.Sh BUGS
+There should be some way to integrate this call with the resource
+limit interface provided by
+.Xr setrlimit 2
+and
+.Xr getrlimit 2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/read.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/read.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c60f84ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/read.2
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: read.2,v 1.38 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: read.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:35:47 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)read.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 2/26/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $
+.Dt READ 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm read ,
+.Nm readv ,
+.Nm pread ,
+.Nm preadv
+.Nd read input
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn read "int d" "void *buf" "size_t nbytes"
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn pread "int d" "void *buf" "size_t nbytes" "off_t offset"
+.Pp
+.In sys/uio.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn readv "int d" "const struct iovec *iov" "int iovcnt"
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/uio.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn preadv "int d" "const struct iovec *iov" "int iovcnt" "off_t offset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn read
+attempts to read
+.Fa nbytes
+of data from the object referenced by the descriptor
+.Fa d
+into the buffer pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+.Fn readv
+performs the same action, but scatters the input data into the
+.Fa iovcnt
+buffers specified by the members of the
+.Fa iov
+array: iov[0], iov[1], ..., iov[iovcnt-1].
+.Fn pread
+and
+.Fn preadv
+perform the same functions, but read from the specified position
+.Fa offset
+in the file without modifying the file pointer.
+.Pp
+For
+.Fn readv
+and
+.Fn preadv ,
+the
+.Fa iovec
+structure is defined as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct iovec {
+	void	*iov_base;
+	size_t	 iov_len;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Each
+.Fa iovec
+entry specifies the base address and length of an area
+in memory where data should be placed.
+.Fn readv
+and
+.Fn preadv
+will always fill an area completely before proceeding to the next.
+.Pp
+On objects capable of seeking, the
+.Fn read
+starts at a position given by the pointer associated with
+.Fa d
+(see
+.Xr lseek 2 ) .
+Upon return from
+.Fn read ,
+the pointer is incremented by the number of bytes actually read.
+.Pp
+Objects that are not capable of seeking always read from the current
+position.
+The value of the pointer associated with such an object is undefined.
+.Pp
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn read ,
+.Fn readv ,
+.Fn pread ,
+and
+.Fn preadv
+return the number of bytes actually read and placed in the buffer.
+The system guarantees to read the number of bytes requested if
+the descriptor references a normal file that has that many bytes left
+before the end-of-file, but in no other case.
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Fn readv
+and
+.Fn preadv
+will fail if the value of
+.Fa iovcnt
+exceeds the constant
+.Dv IOV_MAX .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful, the
+number of bytes actually read is returned.
+Upon reading end-of-file, zero is returned.
+Otherwise, a \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn read ,
+.Fn readv ,
+.Fn pread ,
+and
+.Fn preadv
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa d
+is not a valid file or socket descriptor open for reading.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Part of
+.Fa buf
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A read from a slow device
+(i.e. one that might block for an arbitrary amount of time)
+was interrupted by the delivery of a signal
+before any data arrived.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.It Bq Er EISDIR
+The underlying file is a directory.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn read
+and
+.Fn readv
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The file was marked for non-blocking I/O,
+and no data were ready to be read.
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+The file is a socket associated with a connection-oriented protocol
+and has not been connected.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+The process is a member of a background process attempting to read
+from its controlling terminal, the process is ignoring or blocking
+the
+.Dv SIGTTIN
+signal or the process group is orphaned.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn read
+and
+.Fn pread
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa nbytes
+was larger than
+.Dv SSIZE_MAX .
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn pread
+and
+.Fn preadv
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa offset
+was negative.
+.It Bq Er ESPIPE
+.Fa d
+is associated with a pipe, socket, FIFO, or tty.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn readv
+and
+.Fn preadv
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa iovcnt
+was less than or equal to 0, or greater than
+.Dv IOV_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The sum of the
+.Fa iov_len
+values in the
+.Fa iov
+array overflowed an
+.Vt ssize_t .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Part of
+.Fa iov
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn read ,
+.Fn readv ,
+and
+.Fn pread
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn read
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 ;
+.Fn readv
+in
+.Bx 4.1c ;
+.Fn pread
+in
+.At V.4 ;
+and
+.Fn preadv
+in
+.Ox 2.7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Error checks should explicitly test for \-1.
+Code such as
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+.Ed
+.Pp
+is not maximally portable, as some platforms allow for
+.Fa nbytes
+to range between
+.Dv SSIZE_MAX
+and
+.Dv SIZE_MAX
+\- 2, in which case the return value of an error-free
+.Fn read
+may appear as a negative number distinct from \-1.
+Proper loops should use
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) != -1 && nr != 0)
+.Ed
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/readlink.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/readlink.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b64a734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/readlink.2
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: readlink.2,v 1.19 2015/05/31 23:54:25 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: readlink.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:35:54 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)readlink.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 31 2015 $
+.Dt READLINK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm readlink ,
+.Nm readlinkat
+.Nd read value of a symbolic link
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn readlink "const char *restrict path" "char *restrict buf" "size_t bufsiz"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn readlinkat "int fd" "const char *path" "char *buf" "size_t bufsiz"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn readlink
+function places the contents of the symbolic link
+.Fa path
+in the buffer
+.Fa buf ,
+which has size
+.Fa bufsiz .
+.Fn readlink
+does not append a
+.Dv NUL
+character to
+.Fa buf .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn readlinkat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn readlink
+except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the symbolic link whose contents are read is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn readlinkat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn readlink .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The call returns the count of characters placed in the buffer
+if it succeeds, or a \-1 if an error occurs, placing the error
+code in the global variable
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn readlink
+and
+.Fn readlinkat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The named file is not a symbolic link.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa buf
+or
+.Fa path
+extends outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn readlinkat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr lstat 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn readlink
+and
+.Fn readlinkat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn readlink
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+The
+.Fn readlinkat
+system call has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/reboot.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/reboot.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebc13dd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/reboot.2
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: reboot.2,v 1.19 2017/04/15 18:55:27 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: reboot.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:36:02 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)reboot.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 15 2017 $
+.Dt REBOOT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm reboot
+.Nd reboot system or halt processor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.In sys/reboot.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn reboot "int howto"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn reboot
+reboots the system.
+Only the superuser may reboot a machine on demand.
+However, a reboot is invoked
+automatically in the event of unrecoverable system failures.
+.Pp
+.Fa howto
+is a mask of options; the system call interface allows the following
+options, defined in the include file
+.In sys/reboot.h ,
+to be passed
+to the new kernel or the new bootstrap and init programs.
+.Bl -tag -width RB_INITNAMEA
+.It Dv RB_AUTOBOOT
+The default, causing the system to reboot in its usual fashion.
+.It Dv RB_ASKNAME
+Interpreted by the bootstrap program itself, causing it to
+prompt on the console as to what file should be booted.
+Normally, the system is booted from the file
+.Dq Em xx Ns (0,0)bsd ,
+where
+.Em xx
+is the default disk name,
+without prompting for the file name.
+.It Dv RB_DUMP
+Dump kernel memory before rebooting; see
+.Xr savecore 8
+for more information.
+.It Dv RB_HALT
+The processor is simply halted; no reboot takes place.
+.It Dv RB_POWERDOWN
+If used in conjunction with
+.Dv RB_HALT ,
+and if the system hardware supports the function, the system will be
+powered off.
+.It Dv RB_USERREQ
+By default, the system will halt if
+.Fn reboot
+is called during startup (before the system has finished autoconfiguration),
+even if
+.Dv RB_HALT
+is not specified.
+This is because
+.Xr panic 9 Ns s
+during startup will probably just repeat on the next boot.
+Use of this option implies that the user has requested the action
+specified (for example, using the
+.Xr ddb 4
+.Ic boot reboot
+command),
+so the system will reboot if a halt is not explicitly requested.
+.It Dv RB_KDB
+Load the symbol table and enable a built-in debugger in the system.
+This option will have no useful function if the kernel is not configured
+for debugging.
+Several other options have different meaning if combined
+with this option, although their use may not be possible via the
+.Fn reboot
+call.
+See
+.Xr ddb 4
+for more information.
+.It Dv RB_NOSYNC
+Normally, the disks are sync'd (see
+.Xr sync 8 )
+before the processor is halted or rebooted.
+This option may be useful if file system changes have been made manually
+or if the processor is on fire.
+.It Dv RB_SINGLE
+Normally, the reboot procedure involves an automatic disk consistency
+check and then multi-user operations.
+.Dv RB_SINGLE
+prevents this, booting the system with a single-user shell
+on the console.
+.Dv RB_SINGLE
+is actually interpreted by the
+.Xr init 8
+program in the newly booted system.
+.Pp
+When no options are given (i.e.,
+.Dv RB_AUTOBOOT
+is used), the system is
+rebooted from file
+.Pa /bsd
+in the root file system of unit 0
+of a disk chosen in a processor specific way.
+An automatic consistency check of the disks is normally performed
+(see
+.Xr fsck 8 ) .
+.It Dv RB_TIMEBAD
+Don't update the hardware clock from the system clock,
+presumably because the system clock is suspect.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful, this call never returns.
+Otherwise, a \-1 is returned and an error is returned in the global
+variable
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ddb 4 ,
+.Xr crash 8 ,
+.Xr halt 8 ,
+.Xr init 8 ,
+.Xr reboot 8 ,
+.Xr savecore 8 ,
+.Xr boot 9 ,
+.Xr panic 9
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn reboot
+system call finally appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Not all platforms support all possible arguments.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/recv.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/recv.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f3d2367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/recv.2
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: recv.2,v 1.53 2026/03/11 14:42:43 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: recv.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:36:08 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)recv.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 2/21/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 11 2026 $
+.Dt RECV 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm recv ,
+.Nm recvfrom ,
+.Nm recvmsg ,
+.Nm recvmmsg
+.Nd receive a message from a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn recv "int s" "void *buf" "size_t len" "int flags"
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn recvfrom "int s" "void *buf" "size_t len" "int flags" "struct sockaddr *from" "socklen_t *fromlen"
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn recvmsg "int s" "struct msghdr *msg" "int flags"
+.Ft int
+.Fn recvmmsg "int s" "struct mmsghdr *mmsg" "unsigned int vlen" "int flags" "struct timespec *timeout"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn recv ,
+.Fn recvfrom ,
+.Fn recvmsg ,
+and
+.Fn recvmmsg
+are used to receive messages from a socket,
+.Fa s .
+.Fn recv
+is normally used only on a
+.Em connected
+socket (see
+.Xr connect 2 ) .
+.Fn recvfrom ,
+.Fn recvmsg ,
+and
+.Fn recvmmsg
+may be used to receive
+data on a socket whether or not it is connection-oriented.
+.Pp
+.Fn recv
+is identical to
+.Fn recvfrom
+with a null
+.Fa from
+parameter.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa from
+is non-null and the socket is not connection-oriented,
+the source address of the message is filled in.
+.Fa fromlen
+is a value-result parameter, initialized to the size of
+the buffer associated with
+.Fa from ,
+and modified on return to indicate the actual size of the
+address stored there.
+.Pp
+If no messages are available at the socket, the
+receive call waits for a message to arrive, unless
+the socket is nonblocking (see
+.Xr fcntl 2 )
+in which case the value
+\-1 is returned and the external variable
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EAGAIN .
+The receive calls normally return any data available,
+up to the requested amount,
+rather than waiting for receipt of the full amount requested;
+this behavior is affected by the socket-level options
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+and
+.Dv SO_RCVTIMEO
+described in
+.Xr getsockopt 2 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr select 2
+or
+.Xr poll 2
+system calls may be used to determine when more data arrive.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "MSG_CMSG_CLOEXECXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv MSG_OOB
+process out-of-band data
+.It Dv MSG_PEEK
+peek at incoming message
+.It Dv MSG_WAITALL
+wait for full request or error
+.It Dv MSG_DONTWAIT
+don't block
+.It Dv MSG_CMSG_CLOEXEC
+set the close-on-exec flag on received file descriptors
+.It Dv MSG_CMSG_CLOFORK
+set the close-on-fork flag on received file descriptors
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv MSG_OOB
+flag requests receipt of out-of-band data
+that would not be received in the normal data stream.
+Some protocols place expedited data at the head of the normal
+data queue, and thus this flag cannot be used with such protocols.
+The
+.Dv MSG_PEEK
+flag causes the receive operation to return data
+from the beginning of the receive queue without removing that
+data from the queue.
+Thus, a subsequent receive call will return the same data.
+The
+.Dv MSG_WAITALL
+flag requests that the operation block until
+the full request is satisfied.
+However, the call may still return less data than requested
+if a signal is caught, an error or disconnect occurs,
+or the next data to be received is of a different type than that returned.
+The
+.Dv MSG_DONTWAIT
+flag requests the call to return when it would block otherwise.
+If no data is available,
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er EAGAIN .
+This flag is not available in strict ANSI or C99 compilation mode.
+The
+.Dv MSG_CMSG_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv MSG_CMSG_CLOFORK
+flags request that any file descriptors received as ancillary data with
+.Fn recvmsg
+and
+.Fn recvmmsg
+(see below)
+have their close-on-exec flag or close-on-fork flag, respectively, set.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn recvmsg
+call uses a
+.Fa msghdr
+structure to minimize the number of directly supplied parameters.
+This structure has the following form, as defined in
+.In sys/socket.h :
+.Bd -literal
+struct msghdr {
+	void		*msg_name;	 /* optional address */
+	socklen_t	 msg_namelen;	 /* size of address */
+	struct iovec	*msg_iov;	 /* scatter/gather array */
+	unsigned int	 msg_iovlen;	 /* # elements in msg_iov */
+	void		*msg_control;	 /* ancillary data, see below */
+	socklen_t	 msg_controllen; /* ancillary data buffer len */
+	int		 msg_flags;	 /* flags on received message */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here
+.Fa msg_name
+and
+.Fa msg_namelen
+specify the source address if the socket is unconnected;
+.Fa msg_name
+may be given as a null pointer if no names are desired or required.
+.Fa msg_iov
+and
+.Fa msg_iovlen
+describe scatter gather locations, as discussed in
+.Xr read 2 .
+.Fa msg_control ,
+which has length
+.Fa msg_controllen ,
+points to a buffer for other protocol control related messages
+or other miscellaneous ancillary data.
+The messages are of the form:
+.Bd -literal
+struct cmsghdr {
+	socklen_t	cmsg_len;   /* data byte count, including hdr */
+	int		cmsg_level; /* originating protocol */
+	int		cmsg_type;  /* protocol-specific type */
+/* followed by u_char	cmsg_data[]; */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr CMSG_DATA 3
+for how these messages are constructed and decomposed.
+.Pp
+Open file descriptors are now passed as ancillary data for
+.Dv AF_UNIX
+domain and
+.Xr socketpair 2
+sockets, with
+.Fa cmsg_level
+set to
+.Dv SOL_SOCKET
+and
+.Fa cmsg_type
+set to
+.Dv SCM_RIGHTS .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa msg_flags
+field is set on return according to the message received.
+It will contain zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width MSG_CTRUNC -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv MSG_OOB
+Returned to indicate that expedited or out-of-band data was received.
+.It Dv MSG_EOR
+Indicates end-of-record;
+the data returned completed a record (generally used with sockets of type
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET ) .
+.It Dv MSG_TRUNC
+Indicates that
+the trailing portion of a datagram was discarded because the datagram
+was larger than the buffer supplied.
+.It Dv MSG_CTRUNC
+Indicates that some
+control data were discarded due to lack of space in the buffer
+for ancillary data.
+.It Dv MSG_BCAST
+Indicates that the packet was received as broadcast.
+.It Dv MSG_MCAST
+Indicates that the packet was received as multicast.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn recvmmsg
+call uses an array of the
+.Fa mmsghdr
+structure of length
+.Fa vlen
+to group multiple
+.Fa msghdr
+structures into a single system call.
+.Fa vlen
+is capped at maximum
+.Dv 1024
+messages that are received in a single call.
+The
+.Fa flags
+field allows setting
+.Dv MSG_WAITFORONE
+to wait for one
+.Fa msghdr ,
+and set
+.Dv MSG_DONTWAIT
+for all subsequent messages.
+A provided
+.Fa timeout
+limits the time spent in the function but it does not limit the
+time spent in lower parts of the kernel.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa mmsghdr
+structure has the following form, as defined in
+.In sys/socket.h :
+.Bd -literal
+struct mmsghdr {
+	struct msghdr msg_hdr;
+	unsigned int msg_len;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here
+.Fa msg_len
+indicated the number of bytes received for each
+.Fa msg_hdr
+member.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn recv ,
+.Fn recvfrom ,
+and
+.Fn recvmsg
+calls return the number of bytes received, or \-1 if an error occurred.
+The
+.Fn recvmmsg
+call returns the number of messages received, or \-1
+if an error occurred before the first message has been received.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn recv ,
+.Fn recvfrom ,
+.Fn recvmsg ,
+and
+.Fn recvmmsg
+fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width "[EHOSTUNREACH]"
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is an invalid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+The socket is associated with a connection-oriented protocol
+and has not been connected (see
+.Xr connect 2
+and
+.Xr accept 2 ) .
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+does not refer to a socket.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The socket is marked non-blocking, and the receive operation
+would block, or
+a receive timeout had been set,
+and the timeout expired before data were received.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The receive was interrupted by delivery of a signal before
+any data were available.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The receive buffer pointer(s) point outside the process's
+address space.
+.It Bq Er EHOSTUNREACH
+A socket operation was attempted to an unreachable host.
+.It Bq Er EHOSTDOWN
+A socket operation failed
+because the destination host was down.
+.It Bq Er ENETDOWN
+A socket operation encountered a dead network.
+.It Bq Er ECONNREFUSED
+The socket is associated with a connection-oriented protocol
+and the connection was forcefully rejected (see
+.Xr connect 2 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn recv
+and
+.Fn recvfrom
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa len
+was larger than
+.Dv SSIZE_MAX .
+.El
+.Pp
+And
+.Fn recvmsg
+and
+.Fn recvmmsg
+may return one of the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The sum of the
+.Fa iov_len
+values in the
+.Fa msg_iov
+array overflowed an
+.Em ssize_t .
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An unacceptable file descriptor type is received in ancillary data.
+.It Bq Er EMSGSIZE
+The
+.Fa msg_iovlen
+member of
+.Fa msg
+was less than 0 or larger than
+.Dv IOV_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EMSGSIZE
+The receiving program did not have sufficient
+free file descriptor slots.
+The descriptors are closed
+and any pending data can be returned
+by another call to
+.Fn recvmsg .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+.Xr CMSG_DATA 3 ,
+.Xr sockatmark 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn recv ,
+.Fn recvfrom ,
+and
+.Fn recvmsg
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+The
+.Dv MSG_DONTWAIT ,
+.Dv MSG_BCAST ,
+and
+.Dv MSG_MCAST
+flags are extensions to that specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn recv
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+The
+.Fn recvmmsg
+syscall first appeared in Linux 2.6.33 and was added to
+.Ox 7.2 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Calling
+.Fn recvmsg
+with a control message having no or an empty scatter/gather array
+exposes variations in implementations.
+To avoid these, always use an
+.Fa iovec
+with at least a one-byte buffer and set
+.Fa msg_iov
+and an
+.Fa msg_iovlen
+to use this vector.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/rename.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/rename.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a27805b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/rename.2
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: rename.2,v 1.22 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: rename.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:36:15 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)rename.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt RENAME 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rename ,
+.Nm renameat
+.Nd change the name of a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdio.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn rename "const char *from" "const char *to"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In stdio.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn renameat "int fromfd" "const char *from" "int tofd" "const char *to"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn rename
+function causes the link named
+.Fa from
+to be renamed as
+.Fa to .
+If
+.Fa to
+exists, it is first removed.
+Both
+.Fa from
+and
+.Fa to
+must be of the same type (that is, both directories or both
+non-directories), and must reside on the same file system.
+.Pp
+.Fn rename
+guarantees that if
+.Fa to
+already exists, an instance of
+.Fa to
+will always exist, even if the system should crash in
+the middle of the operation.
+.Pp
+If the final component of
+.Fa from
+is a symbolic link,
+the symbolic link is renamed,
+not the file or directory to which it points.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn renameat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn rename
+except that where
+.Fa from
+or
+.Fa to
+specifies a relative path,
+the directory entry names used are resolved relative to
+the directories associated with file descriptors
+.Fa fromfd
+or
+.Fa tofd
+(respectively) instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn renameat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fromfd
+or
+.Fa tofd
+parameter, the current working directory is used for resolving the respective
+.Fa from
+or
+.Fa to
+argument.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn rename
+and
+.Fn renameat
+will fail and neither of the argument files will be
+affected if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of the
+.Fa from
+path does not exist,
+or a path prefix of
+.Fa to
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+A component of either path prefix denies search permission.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The requested change requires writing in a directory that denies write
+permission.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa from
+argument is a directory and denies write permission.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The directory containing
+.Fa from
+is marked sticky,
+and neither the containing directory nor
+.Fa from
+are owned by the effective user ID.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa to
+file exists,
+the directory containing
+.Fa to
+is marked sticky,
+and neither the containing directory nor
+.Fa to
+are owned by the effective user ID.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating either pathname.
+.It Bq Er EMLINK
+The link count on the source file or destination directory is at the maximum.
+A rename cannot be completed under these conditions.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of either path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+.Fa from
+is a directory, but
+.Fa to
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EISDIR
+.Fa to
+is a directory, but
+.Fa from
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EXDEV
+The link named by
+.Fa to
+and the file named by
+.Fa from
+are on different logical devices (file systems).
+Note that this error code will not be returned if the implementation
+permits cross-device links.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The directory in which the entry for the new name is being placed
+cannot be extended because there is no space left on the file
+system containing the directory.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The directory in which the entry for the new name
+is being placed cannot be extended because the
+user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
+containing the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making or updating a directory entry.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The requested link requires writing in a directory on a read-only file
+system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa from
+or
+.Fa to
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa from
+is a parent directory of
+.Fa to ,
+or an attempt is made to rename
+.Ql \&.
+or
+.Ql \&.. .
+.It Bq Er ENOTEMPTY
+.Fa to
+is a directory and is not empty.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn renameat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa from
+or
+.Fa to
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fromfd
+or
+.Fa tofd
+argument, respectively, is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa from
+or
+.Fa to
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fromfd
+or
+.Fa tofd
+argument, respectively,
+is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa from
+or
+.Fa to
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fromfd
+or
+.Fa tofd
+file descriptor, respectively, references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mv 1 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn rename
+and
+.Fn renameat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn renameat
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The system can deadlock if a loop in the file system graph is present.
+This loop takes the form of an entry in directory
+.Sq Pa a ,
+say
+.Sq Pa a/foo ,
+being a hard link to directory
+.Sq Pa b ,
+and an entry in
+directory
+.Sq Pa b ,
+say
+.Sq Pa b/bar ,
+being a hard link
+to directory
+.Sq Pa a .
+When such a loop exists and two separate processes attempt to
+perform
+.Ql rename a/foo b/bar
+and
+.Ql rename b/bar a/foo ,
+respectively,
+the system may deadlock attempting to lock
+both directories for modification.
+Hard links to directories should be
+replaced by symbolic links by the system administrator.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/revoke.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/revoke.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fcaf75e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/revoke.2
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: revoke.2,v 1.16 2021/06/30 18:46:49 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: revoke.2,v 1.3 1995/10/12 15:41:11 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)revoke.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 30 2021 $
+.Dt REVOKE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm revoke
+.Nd revoke file access
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn revoke "const char *path"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn revoke
+function invalidates all current open file descriptors in the system
+for the tty device named by
+.Fa path .
+Subsequent operations on any such descriptors
+fail, with the exceptions that a
+.Fn read
+from a tty which has been revoked returns a count of zero (end of file),
+and a
+.Fn close
+call will succeed.
+If the file is a special file for a device which is open,
+the device close function
+is called as if all open references to the file had been closed.
+.Pp
+Access to a file may be revoked only by its owner or the superuser.
+The
+.Fn revoke
+function is used to prepare a terminal device for a new login session,
+preventing any access by a previous user of the terminal.
+The
+.Xr pty 4
+subsystem has this as an implicit operation, but hardwired
+.Xr tty 4
+require the operation.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+Access to the named file is revoked unless one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file or a component of the pathname does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTTY
+.Fa path
+is not associated with a tty special device.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is neither the owner of the file nor the superuser.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr close 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn revoke
+function was introduced in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/rmdir.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/rmdir.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..355b3314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/rmdir.2
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: rmdir.2,v 1.16 2022/02/18 00:15:53 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: rmdir.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:36:30 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)rmdir.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $
+.Dt RMDIR 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rmdir
+.Nd remove a directory file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn rmdir "const char *path"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn rmdir
+removes a directory file
+whose name is given by
+.Fa path .
+The directory must not have any entries other
+than
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&.. .
+.Pp
+There is no
+.Fn rmdirat
+function;
+to remove a directory with a path relative to the directory associated
+with a file descriptor use the
+.Xr unlinkat 2
+function with the
+.Dv AT_REMOVEDIR
+flag.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The named file is removed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named directory does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er ENOTEMPTY
+The named directory contains files other than
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&..
+in it.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Write permission is denied on the directory containing the directory
+to be removed.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The directory containing the directory to be removed is marked sticky,
+and neither the containing directory nor the directory to be removed
+are owned by the effective user ID.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The directory to be removed or the directory containing it has its
+immutable or append-only flag set (see
+.Xr chflags 2 ) .
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+The directory to be removed is the mount point
+for a mounted file system.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The last path element of the directory to be removed consists of
+.Ql \&. .
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while deleting the directory entry
+or deallocating the inode.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The directory entry to be removed resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rmdir 1 ,
+.Xr chflags 2 ,
+.Xr mkdir 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn rmdir
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn rmdir
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sched_yield.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sched_yield.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca7c6df7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sched_yield.2
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sched_yield.2,v 1.1 2014/11/14 00:24:28 guenther Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014 Philip Guenther <guenther@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 14 2014 $
+.Dt SCHED_YIELD 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sched_yield
+.Nd yield the processor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sched.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sched_yield void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sched_yield
+function makes the current thread yield the processor and be put at
+the end of its run queue without altering its priority.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sched_yield
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn sched_yield
+system call appeared in
+.Ox 4.2 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The effect of
+.Fn sched_yield
+is only precisely defined for real-time scheduling classes,
+none of which are currently supported by
+.Ox .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/select.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/select.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3dc9d35a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/select.2
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: select.2,v 1.45 2022/01/21 16:18:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: select.2,v 1.5 1995/06/27 22:32:28 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)select.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/25/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2022 $
+.Dt SELECT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm select ,
+.Nm pselect ,
+.Nm FD_SET ,
+.Nm FD_CLR ,
+.Nm FD_ISSET ,
+.Nm FD_ZERO
+.Nd synchronous I/O multiplexing
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/select.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn select "int nfds" "fd_set *readfds" "fd_set *writefds" "fd_set *exceptfds" "struct timeval *timeout"
+.Ft int
+.Fn pselect "int nfds" "fd_set *readfds" "fd_set *writefds" "fd_set *exceptfds" "const struct timespec *timeout" "const sigset_t *mask"
+.Fn FD_SET fd &fdset
+.Fn FD_CLR fd &fdset
+.Fn FD_ISSET fd &fdset
+.Fn FD_ZERO &fdset
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn select
+examines the I/O descriptor sets whose addresses are passed in
+.Fa readfds ,
+.Fa writefds ,
+and
+.Fa exceptfds
+to see if some of their descriptors
+are ready for reading, are ready for writing, or have an exceptional
+condition pending, respectively.
+Exceptional conditions include the presence of out-of-band data
+on a socket.
+The first
+.Fa nfds
+descriptors are checked in each set;
+i.e., the descriptors from 0 through
+.Fa nfds Ns -1
+in the descriptor sets are examined.
+On return,
+.Fn select
+replaces the given descriptor sets
+with subsets consisting of those descriptors that are ready
+for the requested operation.
+.Fn select
+returns the total number of ready descriptors in all the sets.
+.Pp
+The descriptor sets are stored as bit fields in arrays of integers.
+The following macros are provided for manipulating such descriptor sets:
+.Fn FD_ZERO &fdset
+initializes a descriptor set
+.Fa fdset
+to the null set.
+.Fn FD_SET fd &fdset
+includes a particular descriptor
+.Fa fd
+in
+.Fa fdset .
+.Fn FD_CLR fd &fdset
+removes
+.Fa fd
+from
+.Fa fdset .
+.Fn FD_ISSET fd &fdset
+is non-zero if
+.Fa fd
+is a member of
+.Fa fdset ,
+zero otherwise.
+The behavior of these macros is undefined if
+a descriptor value is less than zero or greater than or equal to
+.Dv FD_SETSIZE ,
+which is normally at least equal
+to the maximum number of descriptors supported by the system.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa timeout
+is a non-null pointer, it specifies a maximum interval to wait for the
+selection to complete.
+If
+.Fa timeout
+is a null pointer, the select blocks indefinitely.
+To effect a poll, the
+.Fa timeout
+argument should be non-null, pointing to a zero-valued timeval structure.
+.Fa timeout
+is not changed by
+.Fn select ,
+and may be reused on subsequent calls; however, it is good style to
+re-initialize it before each invocation of
+.Fn select .
+.Pp
+Any of
+.Fa readfds ,
+.Fa writefds ,
+and
+.Fa exceptfds
+may be given as null pointers if no descriptors are of interest.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pselect
+function is similar to
+.Fn select
+except that it specifies the timeout using a timespec structure.
+Also, if
+.Fa mask
+is a non-null pointer,
+.Fn pselect
+atomically sets the calling thread's signal mask to the signal set
+pointed to by
+.Fa mask
+for the duration of the function call.
+In this case, the original signal mask will be restored before
+.Fn pselect
+returns.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+.Fn select
+and
+.Fn pselect
+return the number of ready descriptors that are contained in
+the descriptor sets.
+If a descriptor is included in multiple descriptor sets,
+each inclusion is counted separately.
+If the time limit expires before any descriptors become ready,
+they return 0.
+.Pp
+Otherwise, if
+.Fn select
+or
+.Fn pselect
+return with an error, including one due to an interrupted call,
+they return \-1,
+and the descriptor sets will be unmodified.
+.Sh ERRORS
+An error return from
+.Fn select
+or
+.Fn pselect
+indicates:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+One or more of
+.Fa readfds ,
+.Fa writefds ,
+or
+.Fa exceptfds
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+One of the descriptor sets specified an invalid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A signal was delivered before the time limit expired and
+before any of the selected descriptors became ready.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The specified time limit is invalid.
+One of its components is negative or too large.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa nfds
+was less than 0.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn select
+and
+.Fn pselect
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn select
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+The
+.Fn pselect
+system call has been available since
+.Ox 5.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Although the provision of
+.Xr getdtablesize 3
+was intended to allow user programs to be written independent
+of the kernel limit on the number of open files, the dimension
+of a sufficiently large bit field for select remains a problem.
+If descriptor values greater than FD_SETSIZE are possible in
+a program, use
+.Xr poll 2
+instead.
+.Pp
+.Fn select
+should probably have been designed to return the time remaining from the
+original timeout, if any, by modifying the time value in place.
+Even though some systems stupidly act in this different way, it is
+unlikely this semantic will ever be commonly implemented, as the
+change causes massive source code compatibility problems.
+Furthermore, recent new standards have dictated the current behaviour.
+In general, due to the existence of those brain-damaged
+non-conforming systems, it is unwise to assume that the timeout
+value will be unmodified by the
+.Fn select
+call, and the caller should reinitialize it on each invocation.
+Calculating the delta is easily done by calling
+.Xr gettimeofday 2
+before and after the call to
+.Fn select ,
+and using
+.Xr timersub 3 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/semctl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/semctl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63121717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/semctl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: semctl.2,v 1.18 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: semctl.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:40 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $
+.Dt SEMCTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm semctl
+.Nd semaphore control operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/sem.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn semctl "int semid" "int semnum" "int cmd" "union semun arg"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn semctl
+system call provides a number of control operations on the semaphore specified
+by
+.Fa semnum
+and
+.Fa semid .
+The operation to be performed is specified in
+.Fa cmd
+(see below).
+.Fa arg
+is a union of the following fields:
+.Bd -literal
+	int		 val;		/* value for SETVAL */
+	struct semid_ds	*buf;		/* buffer for IPC_{STAT,SET} */
+	u_short		*array;		/* array for GETALL & SETALL */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Bf -literal
+semid_ds
+.Ef
+structure used in the
+.Dv IPC_SET
+and
+.Dv IPC_STAT
+commands is defined as follows in
+.In sys/sem.h :
+.Bd -literal
+struct semid_ds {
+	struct ipc_perm	 sem_perm;	/* operation permissions */
+	struct sem	*sem_base;	/* semaphore set */
+	u_short		 sem_nsems;	/* number of sems in set */
+	time_t		 sem_otime;	/* last operation time */
+	time_t		 sem_ctime;	/* last change time */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Bf -literal
+ipc_perm
+.Ef
+structure used inside the
+.Bf -literal
+semid_ds
+.Ef
+structure is defined in
+.In sys/ipc.h
+and looks like this:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ipc_perm {
+	uid_t	cuid;	/* creator user id */
+	gid_t	cgid;	/* creator group id */
+	uid_t	uid;	/* user id */
+	gid_t	gid;	/* group id */
+	mode_t	mode;	/* r/w permission (see chmod(2)) */
+	u_short	seq;	/* sequence # */
+			/* (to generate unique msg/sem/shm id) */
+	key_t	key;	/* user specified msg/sem/shm key */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fn semctl
+provides the following operations:
+.Bl -tag -width IPC_RMIDX
+.It Dv GETVAL
+Return the value of the semaphore.
+.It Dv SETVAL
+Set the value of the semaphore to
+.Va arg.val .
+.It Dv GETPID
+Return the pid of the last process that did an operation on this semaphore.
+.It Dv GETNCNT
+Return the number of processes waiting to acquire the semaphore.
+.It Dv GETZCNT
+Return the number of processes waiting for the value of the semaphore to
+reach 0.
+.It Dv GETALL
+Return the values for all the semaphores associated with
+.Fa semid .
+.It Dv SETALL
+Set the values for all the semaphores that are associated with the semaphore
+identifier
+.Fa semid
+to the corresponding values in
+.Va arg.array .
+.It Dv IPC_STAT
+Gather statistics about a semaphore and place the information in the
+.Bf -literal
+semid_ds
+.Ef
+structure pointed to by
+.Fa arg.buf
+(see above).
+.It Dv IPC_SET
+Set the value of the
+.Va sem_perm.uid ,
+.Va sem_perm.gid
+and
+.Va sem_perm.mode
+fields in the structure associated with the semaphore.
+The values are taken from the corresponding fields in the structure
+pointed to by
+.Fa arg.buf .
+This operation can only be executed by the superuser, or a process that
+has an effective user ID equal to either
+.Va sem_perm.cuid
+or
+.Va sem_perm.uid
+in the data structure associated with the message queue.
+.It Dv IPC_RMID
+Remove the semaphores associated with
+.Fa semid
+from the system and destroy the data structures associated with it.
+Only the superuser or a process with an effective UID equal to the
+.Va sem_perm.cuid
+or
+.Va sem_perm.uid
+values in the data structure associated with the semaphore can do this.
+.El
+.Pp
+The permission to read or change a message queue (see
+.Xr semop 2 )
+is determined by the
+.Va sem_perm.mode
+field in the same way as is
+done with files (see
+.Xr chmod 2 ) ,
+but the effective UID can match either the
+.Va sem_perm.cuid
+field or the
+.Va sem_perm.uid
+field, and the
+effective GID can match either
+.Va sem_perm.cgid
+or
+.Va sem_perm.gid .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+For the
+.Dv GETVAL ,
+.Dv GETPID ,
+.Dv GETNCNT ,
+and
+.Dv GETZCNT
+operations,
+.Fn semctl
+returns one of the values described above if successful.
+All other operations will make
+.Fn semctl
+return 0 if no errors occur.
+Otherwise \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+set to reflect the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn semctl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+.Fa cmd
+is equal to
+.Dv IPC_SET
+or
+.Dv IPC_RMID
+and the caller is not the superuser, nor does
+the effective UID match either the
+.Va sem_perm.uid
+or
+.Va sem_perm.cuid
+fields of the data structure associated with the message queue.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The caller has no operation permission for this semaphore.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa semid
+is not a valid message semaphore identifier.
+.Pp
+.Va cmd
+is not a valid command.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa arg.buf
+or
+.Fa arg.array
+specify an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+.Fa cmd
+is equal to
+.Dv SETVAL
+or
+.Dv SETALL
+and
+.Va arg.val
+or the values in
+.Va arg.array
+are greater than the system-imposed limit.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr semget 2 ,
+.Xr semop 2
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/semget.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/semget.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44dc62f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/semget.2
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: semget.2,v 1.20 2021/10/23 21:17:45 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: semget.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:41 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: October 23 2021 $
+.Dt SEMGET 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm semget
+.Nd get semaphore set
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/sem.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn semget "key_t key" "int nsems" "int semflg"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn semget
+system call returns the semaphore identifier associated with
+.Fa key .
+.Pp
+A new set containing
+.Fa nsems
+semaphores is created if either
+.Fa key
+is equal to
+.Dv IPC_PRIVATE ,
+or
+.Fa key
+does not have a semaphore set associated with it and the
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+bit is set in
+.Fa semflg .
+.Pp
+The access modes of the created semaphores is specified in
+.Fa semflg
+as a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+SEM_A        alter permission for owner
+SEM_R        read permission for owner
+
+SEM_A >> 3   alter permission for group
+SEM_R >> 3   read permission for group
+
+SEM_A >> 6   alter permission for other
+SEM_R >> 6   read permission for other
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If a new set of semaphores is created, the data structure associated with it
+(the
+.Va semid_ds
+structure, see
+.Xr semctl 2 )
+is initialized as follows:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Va sem_perm.cuid
+and
+.Va sem_perm.uid
+are set to the effective UID of the calling process.
+.It
+.Va sem_perm.gid
+and
+.Va sem_perm.cgid
+are set to the effective GID of the calling process.
+.It
+.Va sem_perm.mode
+is set to the lower 9 bits of
+.Fa semflg .
+.It
+.Va sem_nsems
+is set to the value of
+.Fa nsems .
+.It
+.Va sem_ctime
+is set to the current time.
+.It
+.Va sem_otime
+is set to 0.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn semget
+returns a non-negative semaphore identifier if successful.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to reflect the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The caller has no permission to access a semaphore set already associated with
+.Fa key .
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+Both
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+and
+.Dv IPC_EXCL
+are set in
+.Fa semflg ,
+and a semaphore set is already associated with
+.Fa key .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Va nsems
+is less than or equal to 0 or greater than the system limit for the
+number in a semaphore set.
+.Pp
+A semaphore set associated with
+.Fa key
+exists, but has fewer semaphores than the number specified in
+.Fa nsems .
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+A new set of semaphores could not be created because the system limit
+for the number of semaphores or the number of semaphore sets has been
+reached.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+was not set in
+.Fa semflg
+and no semaphore set associated with
+.Fa key
+was found.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr semctl 2 ,
+.Xr semop 2 ,
+.Xr ftok 3
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/semop.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/semop.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cdbaf26e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/semop.2
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: semop.2,v 1.20 2021/10/23 21:17:45 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: semop.2,v 1.1 1995/10/16 23:49:28 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: October 23 2021 $
+.Dt SEMOP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm semop
+.Nd semaphore operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/sem.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn semop "int semid" "struct sembuf *sops" "size_t nsops"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn semop
+provides a number of atomic operations on a set of semaphores.
+The semaphore set is specified by
+.Fa semid .
+.Fa sops
+is an array of semaphore operations,
+.Fa nsops
+is the number of operations in this array.
+The
+.Va sembuf
+structures in the array contain the following members:
+.Bd -literal
+        u_short sem_num;        /* semaphore # */
+        short   sem_op;         /* semaphore operation */
+        short   sem_flg;        /* operation flags */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Each operation (specified in
+.Va sem_op )
+is applied to semaphore number
+.Va sem_num
+in the set of semaphores specified by
+.Fa semid .
+The value of
+.Va sem_op
+determines the action taken in the following way:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Va sem_op
+is less than 0.
+The current process is blocked until the value of the
+semaphore is greater than or equal to the absolute value of
+.Va sem_op .
+The absolute value of
+.Va sem_op
+is then subtracted from the value of the semaphore, and the calling
+process continues.
+Negative values of
+.Va sem_op
+are thus used to enter critical regions.
+.It
+.Va sem_op
+is greater than 0.
+Its value is added to the value of the specified semaphore.
+This is used to leave critical regions.
+.It
+.Va sem_op
+is equal to 0.
+The calling process is blocked until the value of the specified
+semaphore reaches 0.
+.El
+.Pp
+The behavior of each operation is influenced by the flags set in
+.Va sem_flg
+in the following way:
+.Bl -tag -width IPC_NOWAITX
+.It Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+In the case where the calling process would normally block, waiting
+for a semaphore to reach a certain value,
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+makes the
+call return immediately, returning a value of \-1 and setting
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EAGAIN .
+.It Dv SEM_UNDO
+Keep track of the changes that this call makes to the value of a semaphore,
+so that they can be undone when the calling process terminates.
+This is useful to prevent other processes waiting on a semaphore to
+block forever, should the process that has the semaphore locked
+terminate in a critical section.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn semop
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+There is no semaphore associated with
+.Fa semid .
+.It Bq Er EIDRM
+The semaphore set was removed while the process was waiting for one of
+its semaphores to reach a certain value.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The calling process has no permission to access the specified semaphore set.
+.It Bq Er E2BIG
+The value of
+.Fa nsops
+is too big.
+The maximum is specified in MAX_SOPS in
+.In sys/sem.h .
+.It Bq Er EFBIG
+.Va sem_num
+in one of the sem_buf structures is less than 0, or greater than the actual
+number of semaphores in the set specified by
+.Fa semid .
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+.Dv SEM_UNDO
+was requested, and there is not enough space left in the kernel to
+store the undo information.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The requested operation cannot immediately be performed, and
+.Dv IPC_NOWAIT
+was set in
+.Va sem_flg .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa sops
+points to an illegal address.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr semctl 2 ,
+.Xr semget 2
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/send.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/send.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..960df1d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/send.2
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: send.2,v 1.35 2022/09/09 13:52:59 mbuhl Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: send.2,v 1.6 1996/01/15 01:17:18 thorpej Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)send.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 2/21/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 9 2022 $
+.Dt SEND 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm send ,
+.Nm sendto ,
+.Nm sendmsg ,
+.Nm sendmmsg
+.Nd send a message from a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn send "int s" "const void *msg" "size_t len" "int flags"
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn sendto "int s" "const void *msg" "size_t len" "int flags" "const struct sockaddr *to" "socklen_t tolen"
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn sendmsg "int s" "const struct msghdr *msg" "int flags"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sendmmsg "int s" "const struct mmsghdr *mmsg" "unsigned int vlen" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn send ,
+.Fn sendto ,
+.Fn sendmsg ,
+and
+.Fn sendmmsg
+are used to transmit a message to another socket.
+.Fn send
+may be used only when the socket is in a
+.Em connected
+state, while
+.Fn sendto ,
+.Fn sendmsg ,
+and
+.Fn sendmmsg
+may be used at any time.
+.Pp
+The address of the target is given by
+.Fa to
+with
+.Fa tolen
+specifying its size.
+The length of the message is given by
+.Fa len .
+If the message is too long to pass atomically through the
+underlying protocol, the error
+.Er EMSGSIZE
+is returned, and
+the message is not transmitted.
+.Pp
+No indication of failure to deliver is implicit in a
+.Fn send .
+Locally detected errors are indicated by a return value of \-1.
+.Pp
+If no messages space is available at the socket to hold
+the message to be transmitted, then
+.Fn send
+normally blocks, unless the socket has been placed in
+non-blocking I/O mode.
+The
+.Xr select 2
+or
+.Xr poll 2
+system calls may be used to determine when it is possible to
+send more data.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+parameter may include one or more of the following:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "MSG_DONTROUTEXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv MSG_DONTROUTE
+bypass routing tables, silently ignored
+.It Dv MSG_DONTWAIT
+don't block
+.It Dv MSG_EOR
+terminate the record (SOCK_SEQPACKET only)
+.It Dv MSG_NOSIGNAL
+don't send
+.Dv SIGPIPE
+.It Dv MSG_OOB
+process out-of-band data
+.El
+.Pp
+The flag
+.Dv MSG_OOB
+is used to send
+.Dq out-of-band
+data on sockets that support this notion (e.g.,
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM ) ;
+the underlying protocol must also support
+.Dq out-of-band
+data.
+.Dv MSG_NOSIGNAL
+is used to request not to send the
+.Dv SIGPIPE
+signal if an attempt to send is made on a socket that is shut down for
+writing or no longer connected.
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr recv 2
+for a description of the
+.Fa msghdr
+and
+.Fa mmsghdr
+structures.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn send ,
+.Fn sendto ,
+and
+.Fn sendmsg
+calls return the number of characters sent, or \-1
+if an error occurred.
+The
+.Fn sendmmsg
+call returns the number of messages sent, or \-1
+if an error occurred before the first message has been sent.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn send ,
+.Fn sendto ,
+and
+.Fn sendmsg
+fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+An invalid descriptor was specified.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a socket.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An invalid user space address was specified for a parameter.
+.It Bq Er EMSGSIZE
+The socket requires that message be sent atomically,
+and the size of the message to be sent made this impossible.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The socket is marked non-blocking or the
+.Dv MSG_DONTWAIT
+flag is set and the requested operation
+would block.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+The system was unable to allocate an internal buffer.
+The operation may succeed when buffers become available.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+The output queue for a network interface was full.
+This generally indicates that the interface has stopped sending,
+but may be caused by transient congestion.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The connection was blocked by
+.Xr pf 4 ,
+or
+.Dv SO_BROADCAST
+is not set on the socket
+and a broadcast address was given as the destination.
+.It Bq Er EHOSTUNREACH
+The destination address specified an unreachable host.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa flags
+parameter is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EHOSTDOWN
+The destination address specified a host that is down.
+.It Bq Er ENETDOWN
+The destination address specified a network that is down.
+.It Bq Er ECONNREFUSED
+The destination host rejected the message (or a previous one).
+This error can only be returned by connected sockets.
+.It Bq Er ENOPROTOOPT
+There was a problem sending the message.
+This error can only be returned by connected sockets.
+.It Bq Er EDESTADDRREQ
+The socket is not connected, and no destination address was specified.
+.It Bq Er EPIPE
+The socket is shut down for writing or not longer connected and the
+.Dv MSG_NOSIGNAL
+flag is set.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn send
+and
+.Fn sendto
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa len
+was larger than
+.Dv SSIZE_MAX .
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn sendto
+and
+.Fn sendmsg
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EADDRNOTAVAIL
+No suitable address is available on the local machine.
+.It Bq Er EAFNOSUPPORT
+Addresses in the specified address family cannot be used with this socket.
+.It Bq Er EISCONN
+The socket is already connected, and a destination address was specified.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn sendmsg
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The sum of the
+.Fa iov_len
+values in the
+.Fa msg_iov
+array overflowed an
+.Em ssize_t .
+.It Bq Er EMSGSIZE
+The
+.Fa msg_iovlen
+member of
+.Fa msg
+was less than 0 or larger than
+.Dv IOV_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The message contains control information utilizing
+.Xr CMSG_DATA 3
+to pass file descriptors, but too many file descriptors
+are already in-flight.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr CMSG_DATA 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn send ,
+.Fn sendto ,
+and
+.Fn sendmsg
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+The
+.Dv MSG_DONTWAIT
+and
+.Dv MSG_NOSIGNAL
+flags are extensions to that specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn send
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+The
+.Fn sendmmsg
+syscall first appeared in Linux 3.0 and was added to
+.Ox 7.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sendsyslog.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sendsyslog.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1bd25a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sendsyslog.2
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sendsyslog.2,v 1.13 2021/03/09 15:08:23 bluhm Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Alexander Bluhm <bluhm@openbsd.org>
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014 Theo de Raadt
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 9 2021 $
+.Dt SENDSYSLOG 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sendsyslog
+.Nd send a message to syslogd
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/syslog.h
+.In sys/types.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sendsyslog "const char *msg" "size_t len" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sendsyslog
+function is used to transmit a
+.Xr syslog 3
+formatted message direct to
+.Xr syslogd 8
+without requiring the allocation of a socket.
+The
+.Fa msg
+is not NUL terminated and its
+.Fa len
+is limited to 8192 bytes.
+If
+.Dv LOG_CONS
+is specified in the
+.Fa flags
+argument, and
+.Xr syslogd 8
+is not accepting messages, the message will be sent to the console.
+This is used internally by
+.Xr syslog_r 3 ,
+so that messages can be sent during difficult situations.
+If sending to
+.Xr syslogd 8
+fails, up to 100 messages are stashed in the kernel.
+After that, dropped messages are counted.
+When
+.Xr syslogd 8
+works again, before the next message, stashed messages and possibly
+a warning with the drop counter, error number, and pid is logged.
+.Pp
+To receive messages from the kernel,
+.Xr syslogd 8
+has to create a datagram socket pair and register one end.
+This registration is done by opening the
+.Pa /dev/klog
+device and passing one file descriptor of the socket pair as argument
+to
+.Xr ioctl 2 Dv LIOCSFD
+invoked on the klog file descriptor.
+After that the messages can be read from the other end of the
+socket pair.
+By utilizing
+.Pa /dev/klog
+the access to log messages is limited to processes that may open
+this device.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn sendsyslog
+can fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An invalid user space address was specified for a parameter.
+.It Bq Er EMSGSIZE
+The socket requires that message be sent atomically,
+and the size of the message to be sent made this impossible.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+The system was unable to allocate an internal buffer.
+The operation may succeed when buffers become available.
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+The message cannot be sent, likely because
+.Xr syslogd 8
+is not running.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr syslog_r 3 ,
+.Xr syslogd 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn sendsyslog
+function call appeared in
+.Ox 5.6 .
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument was added in
+.Ox 6.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setgroups.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setgroups.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0af926a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setgroups.2
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: setgroups.2,v 1.14 2019/07/08 18:48:30 anton Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: setgroups.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:36:49 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setgroups.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 8 2019 $
+.Dt SETGROUPS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setgroups
+.Nd set group access list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn setgroups "int ngroups" "const gid_t *gidset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn setgroups
+sets the group access list of the current user process
+according to the array
+.Fa gidset .
+The parameter
+.Fa ngroups
+indicates the number of entries in the array and must be no
+more than
+.Dv NGROUPS_MAX .
+.Pp
+Only the superuser may set new groups.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn setgroups
+call will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of
+.Fa ngroups
+is greater than
+.Dv NGROUPS_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The address specified for
+.Fa gidset
+is outside the process
+address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgroups 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setregid 2 ,
+.Xr initgroups 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn setgroups
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setpgid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setpgid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4363d2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setpgid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: setpgid.2,v 1.17 2014/12/14 07:42:50 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: setpgid.2,v 1.8 1995/02/27 12:36:55 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setpgid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 14 2014 $
+.Dt SETPGID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setpgid ,
+.Nm setpgrp
+.Nd set process group
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn setpgid "pid_t pid" "pid_t pgrp"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setpgrp "pid_t pid" "pid_t pgrp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn setpgid
+sets the process group of the specified process
+.Fa pid
+to the specified
+.Fa pgrp .
+If
+.Fa pid
+is zero, then the call applies to the current process.
+If
+.Fa pgrp
+is zero, the process ID of the specified process is used.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn setpgid
+will fail and the process group will not be altered if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The value of the
+.Fa pid
+argument matches the process ID of a child process of the calling process,
+and the child process has successfully executed one of the exec functions.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa pgrp
+argument is less than zero.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The requested process is a descendant of the calling process, and
+is either a session leader or not in the same session as the calling
+process.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The value of the
+.Fa pgrp
+argument is neither the PID of the process indicated by the
+.Fa pid
+argument nor the process group ID of an existing process group in
+the same session as the calling process.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+The value of the
+.Fa pid
+argument does not match the process ID of the calling process or of a
+descendant of the calling process.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getpgrp 2 ,
+.Xr setsid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn setpgrp
+is identical to
+.Fn setpgid ,
+and is retained for calling convention compatibility with historical
+versions of
+.Bx .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setpgid
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setregid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setregid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..602da875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setregid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: setregid.2,v 1.11 2015/02/05 02:33:09 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setregid.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 5 2015 $
+.Dt SETREGID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setregid
+.Nd set real and effective group IDs
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn setregid "gid_t rgid" "gid_t egid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The real and effective group IDs of the current process
+are set according to the arguments.
+The saved group ID will be set to the new value of the real group
+ID if a real group ID is specified and either
+the new real group ID value is different from the current value
+or the new value of the effective group ID differs from the
+current saved group ID.
+.Pp
+Unprivileged users may change either group ID to the current value
+of the real, effective, or saved group ID.
+Only the superuser may make other changes.
+.Pp
+Supplying a value of -1 for either the real or effective
+group ID forces the system to substitute the current
+ID in place of the -1 parameter.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setregid
+function was intended to allow swapping the real and
+effective group IDs in set-group-ID programs to temporarily relinquish
+the set-group-ID value.
+This purpose is now better served by the use of the
+.Xr setegid 2
+function.
+.Pp
+When setting the real and effective group IDs to the same value, the
+.Xr setgid 2
+function is preferred.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The current process is not the superuser and a change
+other than changing the effective group ID to the real group ID
+was specified.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgid 2 ,
+.Xr setegid 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setresgid 2 ,
+.Xr setreuid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn setregid
+function conforms to the
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specification, except that the conditions for changing the saved
+group ID differ and that, if it is changed, the saved group ID
+is set to the real group ID instead of the effective group ID.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn setregid
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c ,
+predating POSIX.
+A semantically different version appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+The current version, with the original semantics restored, appeared in
+.Ox 3.3 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setresuid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setresuid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43e2dde1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setresuid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: setresuid.2,v 1.10 2024/08/02 22:14:54 guenther Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000
+.\"      Sheldon Hearn.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/sys/setresuid.2,v 1.12 2001/10/01 16:09:02 ru Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 2 2024 $
+.Dt SETRESUID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getresgid ,
+.Nm getresuid ,
+.Nm setresgid ,
+.Nm setresuid
+.Nd get or set real, effective and saved user or group ID
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn getresgid "gid_t *rgid" "gid_t *egid" "gid_t *sgid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn getresuid "uid_t *ruid" "uid_t *euid" "uid_t *suid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setresgid "gid_t rgid" "gid_t egid" "gid_t sgid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setresuid "uid_t ruid" "uid_t euid" "uid_t suid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn setresuid
+function sets the real,
+effective and saved user IDs of the current process.
+The analogous
+.Fn setresgid
+sets the real, effective and saved group IDs.
+.Pp
+Privileged processes may set these IDs to arbitrary values.
+Unprivileged processes are restricted
+in that each of the new IDs must match one of the current IDs.
+.Pp
+Passing \-1 as an argument causes the corresponding value
+to remain unchanged.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getresgid
+and
+.Fn getresuid
+calls retrieve the real, effective, and saved group and user IDs of
+the current process, respectively.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The calling process was not privileged and tried to change one or
+more IDs to a value which was not the current real ID, the current
+effective ID nor the current saved ID.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An address passed to
+.Fn getresgid
+or
+.Fn getresuid
+was invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getegid 2 ,
+.Xr geteuid 2 ,
+.Xr getgid 2 ,
+.Xr getuid 2 ,
+.Xr issetugid 2 ,
+.Xr setgid 2 ,
+.Xr setregid 2 ,
+.Xr setreuid 2 ,
+.Xr setuid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getresgid ,
+.Fn getresuid ,
+.Fn setresgid ,
+and
+.Fn setresuid
+functions conform to the X/Open System Interfaces option of
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+These functions first appeared in HP-UX.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setreuid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setreuid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29c11c2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setreuid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: setreuid.2,v 1.12 2015/02/05 02:33:09 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"      @(#)setreuid.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 5 2015 $
+.Dt SETREUID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setreuid
+.Nd set real and effective user IDs
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn setreuid "uid_t ruid" "uid_t euid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The real and effective user IDs of the
+current process are set according to the arguments.
+The saved user ID will be set to the new value of the real
+user ID if a real user ID is specified and either
+the new real user ID value is different from the current value
+or the new value of the effective user ID differs from the
+current saved user ID.
+.Pp
+Unprivileged users may change either user ID to the current value
+of the real, effective, or saved user ID.
+Only the superuser may make other changes.
+.Pp
+Supplying a value of -1 for either the real or effective
+user ID forces the system to substitute the current
+ID in place of the -1 parameter.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setreuid
+function was intended to allow swapping the real and
+effective user IDs in set-user-ID programs to temporarily relinquish
+the set-user-ID value.
+This purpose is now better served by the use of the
+.Xr seteuid 2
+function.
+.Pp
+When setting the real and effective user IDs to the same value, the
+.Xr setuid 2
+function is preferred.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The current process is not the superuser and a change
+other than changing the effective user ID to the real user ID
+was specified.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getuid 2 ,
+.Xr seteuid 2 ,
+.Xr setregid 2 ,
+.Xr setresuid 2 ,
+.Xr setuid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn setreuid
+function conforms to the
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specification, except that the conditions for changing the saved
+user ID differ and that, if it is changed, the saved user ID
+is set to the real user ID instead of the effective user ID.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn setreuid
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c ,
+predating POSIX.
+A semantically different version appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+The current version, with the original semantics restored, appeared in
+.Ox 3.3 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setsid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setsid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3859e405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setsid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: setsid.2,v 1.15 2023/01/12 12:56:07 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: setsid.2,v 1.3 1995/10/12 15:41:13 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)setsid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 12 2023 $
+.Dt SETSID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setsid
+.Nd create session and set process group ID
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn setsid "void"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn setsid
+function creates a new session.
+The calling process is the session leader of the new session, is the
+process group leader of a new process group and has no controlling
+terminal.
+The calling process is the only process in either the session or the
+process group.
+.Pp
+Upon successful completion, the
+.Fn setsid
+function returns the value of the process group ID of the new process
+group, which is the same as the process ID of the calling process.
+.Sh ERRORS
+If an error occurs,
+.Fn setsid
+returns \-1 and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error, as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The calling process is already a process group leader, or the process
+group ID of a process other than the calling process matches the process
+ID of the calling process.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getsid 2 ,
+.Xr setpgid 2 ,
+.Xr tcgetpgrp 3 ,
+.Xr tcsetpgrp 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn setsid
+function is compliant with the
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+specification.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/setuid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/setuid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e5e41e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/setuid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: setuid.2,v 1.23 2014/09/09 08:16:12 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: setuid.2,v 1.3 1995/02/27 12:37:06 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setuid.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 9 2014 $
+.Dt SETUID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setuid ,
+.Nm seteuid ,
+.Nm setgid ,
+.Nm setegid
+.Nd set user and group ID
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn setuid "uid_t uid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn seteuid "uid_t euid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setgid "gid_t gid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setegid "gid_t egid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn setuid
+function sets the real and effective user IDs and the saved set-user-ID
+of the current process to the specified value.
+The
+.Fn setuid
+function is permitted if the effective user ID is that of the superuser,
+or if the specified user ID is the same as the effective user ID.
+If not, but the specified user ID is the same as the real user ID,
+.Fn setuid
+will set the effective user ID to the real user ID.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setgid
+function sets the real and effective group IDs and the saved set-group-ID
+of the current process to the specified value.
+The
+.Fn setgid
+function is permitted if the effective user ID is that of the superuser,
+or if the specified group ID is the same as the effective group ID.
+If not, but the specified group ID is the same as the real group ID,
+.Fn setgid
+will set the effective group ID to the real group ID.
+Supplementary group IDs remain unchanged.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn seteuid
+function
+.Pq Fn setegid
+sets the effective user ID (group ID) of the current process.
+The effective user ID may be set to the value
+of the real user ID or the saved set-user-ID (see
+.Xr intro 2
+and
+.Xr execve 2 ) ;
+in this way, the effective user ID of a set-user-ID executable
+may be toggled by switching to the real user ID, then re-enabled
+by reverting to the set-user-ID value.
+Similarly, the effective group ID may be set to the value
+of the real group ID or the saved set-group-ID.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std setuid seteuid setgid setegid
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn setuid
+and
+.Fn seteuid
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The user is not the superuser and the requested
+.Fa uid
+or
+.Fa euid
+is not the process's real, effective, or saved UID.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn setgid
+and
+.Fn setegid
+will succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The user is not the superuser and the requested
+.Fa gid
+or
+.Fa egid
+is not the process's real, effective, or saved GID.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgid 2 ,
+.Xr getuid 2 ,
+.Xr issetugid 2 ,
+.Xr setgroups 2 ,
+.Xr setregid 2 ,
+.Xr setresgid 2 ,
+.Xr setresuid 2 ,
+.Xr setreuid 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn setuid ,
+.Fn seteuid ,
+.Fn setgid ,
+and
+.Fn setegid
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn setuid
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 ;
+.Fn setgid
+in
+.At v4 ;
+and
+.Fn seteuid
+and
+.Fn setegid
+in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/shmat.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/shmat.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7f237e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/shmat.2
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: shmat.2,v 1.17 2022/06/16 13:54:39 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: shmat.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:38 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 16 2022 $
+.Dt SHMAT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm shmat ,
+.Nm shmdt
+.Nd map/unmap shared memory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/shm.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn shmat "int shmid" "const void *shmaddr" "int shmflg"
+.Ft int
+.Fn shmdt "const void *shmaddr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn shmat
+maps the shared memory segment associated with the shared memory identifier
+.Fa shmid
+into the address space of the calling process.
+The address at which the segment is mapped is determined by the
+.Fa shmaddr
+parameter.
+If it is equal to NULL, the system will pick an address itself.
+Otherwise, an attempt is made to map the shared memory segment at the
+address
+.Fa shmaddr
+specifies.
+If
+.Dv SHM_RND
+is set in
+.Fa shmflg ,
+the system will round the address down to a multiple of
+.Dv SHMLBA
+bytes
+.Pf ( Dv SHMLBA
+is defined in
+.In sys/shm.h ) .
+.Pp
+A shared memory segment can be mapped read-only by specifying the
+.Dv SHM_RDONLY
+flag in
+.Fa shmflg .
+.Pp
+.Fn shmdt
+unmaps the shared memory segment that is currently mapped at
+.Fa shmaddr
+from the calling process' address space.
+.Fa shmaddr
+must be a value returned by a prior
+.Fn shmat
+call.
+A shared memory segment will remain existent until it is removed by
+a call to
+.Xr shmctl 2
+with the
+.Dv IPC_RMID
+command.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Fn shmat
+returns the address at which the shared memory segment has been mapped into
+the calling process' address space when successful,
+.Fn shmdt
+returns 0 on successful completion.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned, and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn shmat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The calling process has no permission to access this shared memory segment.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+There is not enough available data space for the calling process to
+map the shared memory segment.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa shmid
+is not a valid shared memory identifier.
+.Pp
+.Fa shmaddr
+specifies an illegal address.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The number of shared memory segments has reached the system-wide limit.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn shmdt
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa shmaddr
+is not the start address of a mapped shared memory segment.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr shmctl 2 ,
+.Xr shmget 2
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/shmctl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/shmctl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8cd89414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/shmctl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: shmctl.2,v 1.19 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: shmctl.2,v 1.3 1997/03/27 08:20:39 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $
+.Dt SHMCTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm shmctl
+.Nd shared memory control operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/shm.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn shmctl "int shmid" "int cmd" "struct shmid_ds *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn shmctl
+system call performs some control operations on the shared memory area
+specified by
+.Fa shmid .
+.Pp
+Each shared memory segment has a data structure associated with it,
+parts of which may be altered by
+.Fn shmctl
+and parts of which determine the actions of
+.Fn shmctl .
+.Pp
+This structure is defined as follows in
+.In sys/shm.h :
+.Bd -literal
+struct shmid_ds {
+	struct ipc_perm	 shm_perm;	/* operation permissions */
+	int		 shm_segsz;	/* size of segment in bytes */
+	pid_t		 shm_lpid;	/* pid of last shm op */
+	pid_t		 shm_cpid;	/* pid of creator */
+	short		 shm_nattch;	/* # of current attaches */
+	time_t		 shm_atime;	/* last shmat() time*/
+	time_t		 shm_dtime;	/* last shmdt() time */
+	time_t		 shm_ctime;	/* last change by shmctl() */
+	void		*shm_internal;	/* sysv stupidity */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Bf -literal
+ipc_perm
+.Ef
+structure used inside the
+.Bf -literal
+shmid_ds
+.Ef
+structure is defined in
+.In sys/ipc.h
+and looks like this:
+.Bd -literal
+struct ipc_perm {
+	uid_t		cuid;	/* creator user id */
+	gid_t		cgid;	/* creator group id */
+	uid_t		uid;	/* user id */
+	gid_t		gid;	/* group id */
+	mode_t		mode;	/* r/w permission (see chmod(2)) */
+	u_short		seq;	/* sequence # */
+				/* (to generate unique msg/sem/shm id) */
+	key_t		key;	/* user specified msg/sem/shm key */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The operation to be performed by
+.Fn shmctl
+is specified in
+.Fa cmd
+and is one of:
+.Bl -tag -width IPC_RMIDX
+.It Dv IPC_STAT
+Gather information about the shared memory segment and place it in the
+structure pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+.It Dv IPC_SET
+Set the value of the
+.Va shm_perm.uid ,
+.Va shm_perm.gid
+and
+.Va shm_perm.mode
+fields in the structure associated with
+.Fa shmid .
+The values are taken from the corresponding fields in the structure
+pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+This operation can only be executed by the superuser, or a process that
+has an effective user ID equal to either
+.Va shm_perm.cuid
+or
+.Va shm_perm.uid
+in the data structure associated with the shared memory segment.
+.It Dv IPC_RMID
+Mark the shared memory segment specified by
+.Fa shmid
+for removal when it is no longer in use by any process.
+When it is removed, all data associated with it will be destroyed too.
+Only the superuser or a process with an effective UID equal to the
+.Va shm_perm.cuid
+or
+.Va shm_perm.uid
+values in the data structure associated with the queue can do this.
+.El
+.Pp
+The read and write permissions on a shared memory identifier
+are determined by the
+.Va shm_perm.mode
+field in the same way as is
+done with files (see
+.Xr chmod 2 ) ,
+but the effective UID can match either the
+.Va shm_perm.cuid
+field or the
+.Va shm_perm.uid
+field, and the
+effective GID can match either
+.Va shm_perm.cgid
+or
+.Va shm_perm.gid .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn shmctl
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+.Fa cmd
+is equal to
+.Dv IPC_SET
+or
+.Dv IPC_RMID
+and the caller is not the superuser, nor does
+the effective UID match either the
+.Va shm_perm.uid
+or
+.Va shm_perm.cuid
+fields of the data structure associated with the shared memory segment.
+.Pp
+An attempt is made to increase the value of
+.Va shm_qbytes
+through
+.Dv IPC_SET
+but the caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The command is
+.Dv IPC_STAT
+and the caller has no read permission for this shared memory segment.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa shmid
+is not a valid shared memory segment identifier.
+.Pp
+.Va cmd
+is not a valid command.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa buf
+specifies an invalid address.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr shmat 2 ,
+.Xr shmget 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+Segments which are marked for removal (but not yet removed
+since they are still in use) can be attached to by new callers
+using
+.Xr shmat 2 .
+This is permitted as an extension beyond the standards.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/shmget.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/shmget.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..609105a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/shmget.2
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: shmget.2,v 1.17 2014/11/15 22:19:53 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: shmget.2,v 1.2 1997/03/27 08:20:39 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project
+.\"      by Frank van der Linden
+.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"/
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 15 2014 $
+.Dt SHMGET 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm shmget
+.Nd get shared memory area identifier
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/shm.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn shmget "key_t key" "size_t size" "int shmflg"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn shmget
+returns the shared memory identifier associated with the key
+.Fa key .
+.Pp
+A shared memory segment is created if either
+.Fa key
+is equal to
+.Dv IPC_PRIVATE ,
+or
+.Fa key
+does not have a shared memory segment identifier associated with it, and the
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+bit is set in
+.Fa shmflg .
+.Pp
+If a new shared memory segment is created, the data structure associated with
+it (the
+.Va shmid_ds
+structure, see
+.Xr shmctl 2 )
+is initialized as follows:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+.Va shm_perm.cuid
+and
+.Va shm_perm.uid
+are set to the effective uid of the calling process.
+.It
+.Va shm_perm.gid
+and
+.Va shm_perm.cgid
+are set to the effective gid of the calling process.
+.It
+.Va shm_perm.mode
+is set to the lower 9 bits of
+.Fa shmflg .
+.It
+.Va shm_lpid ,
+.Va shm_nattch ,
+.Va shm_atime ,
+and
+.Va shm_dtime
+are set to 0.
+.It
+.Va shm_ctime
+is set to the current time.
+.It
+.Va shm_segsz
+is set to the value of
+.Fa size .
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion a positive shared memory segment identifier is
+returned.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+A shared memory segment is already associated with
+.Fa key
+and the caller has no permission to access it.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+Both
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+and
+.Dv IPC_EXCL
+are set in
+.Fa shmflg ,
+and a shared memory segment is already associated with
+.Fa key .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A shared memory segment is already associated with
+.Fa key
+and its
+.Fa size
+is less than the requested size.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+A new shared memory identifier could not be created because the system limit
+for the number of shared memory identifiers has been reached.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+.Dv IPC_CREAT
+was not set in
+.Fa shmflg
+and no shared memory segment associated with
+.Fa key
+was found.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+There is not enough memory left to create a shared memory segment of the
+requested size.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ipcrm 1 ,
+.Xr ipcs 1 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr shmat 2 ,
+.Xr shmctl 2 ,
+.Xr ftok 3
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/shutdown.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/shutdown.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f05eaae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/shutdown.2
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: shutdown.2,v 1.15 2014/09/09 09:00:17 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: shutdown.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:37:11 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)shutdown.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 9 2014 $
+.Dt SHUTDOWN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm shutdown
+.Nd disable sends or receives on a socket
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn shutdown "int s" "int how"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn shutdown
+system call disables sends or receives on a socket.
+.Pp
+If the file descriptor
+.Fa s
+is associated with a
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+socket, all or part of the full-duplex connection will be shut down.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa how
+argument specifies the type of shutdown.
+Possible values are:
+.Bl -tag -width "SHUT_RDWRXXX" -offset indent
+.It Dv SHUT_RD
+Further receives will be disallowed.
+.It Dv SHUT_WR
+Further sends will be disallowed.
+This may cause actions specific to the protocol family of the socket
+.Fa s
+to happen.
+.It Dv SHUT_RDWR
+Further sends and receives will be disallowed.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following protocol specific actions apply to the use of
+.Dv SHUT_WR
+based on the properties of the socket associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa s :
+.Bl -column "AF_INET6" "SOCK_STREAM" "IPPROTO_UDP" -offset indent
+.It DOMAIN Ta TYPE Ta PROTOCOL Ta "RETURN VALUE AND ACTION"
+.Pp
+.It Dv AF_INET Ta Dv SOCK_DGRAM Ta Dv IPPROTO_UDP Ta
+Return 0.
+ICMP messages will
+.Em not
+be generated.
+.It Dv AF_INET Ta Dv SOCK_STREAM Ta Dv IPPROTO_TCP Ta
+Return 0.
+Send queued data, wait for ACK, then send FIN.
+.It Dv AF_INET6 Ta Dv SOCK_DGRAM Ta Dv IPPROTO_UDP Ta
+Return 0.
+ICMP messages will
+.Em not
+be generated.
+.It Dv AF_INET6 Ta Dv SOCK_STREAM Ta Dv IPPROTO_TCP Ta
+Return 0.
+Send queued data, wait for ACK, then send FIN.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn shutdown
+system call fails if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa s
+argument is not a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa how
+argument is invalid.
+.It Bq Er ENOTCONN
+The
+.Fa s
+argument specifies a
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+socket which is not connected.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The
+.Fa s
+argument does not refer to a socket.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The socket associated with the file descriptor
+.Fa s
+does not support this operation.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr inet 4 ,
+.Xr inet6 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn shutdown
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn shutdown
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+The
+.Dv SHUT_RD , SHUT_WR ,
+and
+.Dv SHUT_RDWR
+constants appeared in
+.St -p1003.1g-2000 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The ICMP
+.Dq port unreachable
+message should be generated in response to
+datagrams received on a local port to which
+.Fa s
+is bound
+after
+.Fn shutdown
+is called.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sigaction.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sigaction.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..044d9574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sigaction.2
@@ -0,0 +1,698 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sigaction.2,v 1.79 2024/07/14 03:53:18 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigaction.2,v 1.7 1995/10/12 15:41:16 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sigaction.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/3/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 14 2024 $
+.Dt SIGACTION 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigaction
+.Nd software signal facilities
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Bd -literal
+struct sigaction {
+	union {		/* signal handler */
+		void	(*__sa_handler)(int);
+		void	(*__sa_sigaction)(int, siginfo_t *, void *);
+	} __sigaction_u;
+	sigset_t sa_mask;          /* signal mask to apply */
+	int	 sa_flags;         /* see signal options below */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fd #define sa_handler	__sigaction_u.__sa_handler
+.Fd #define sa_sigaction	__sigaction_u.__sa_sigaction
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigaction "int sig" "const struct sigaction *act" "struct sigaction *oact"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process.
+Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt:
+the signal is normally blocked from further occurrence, the current process
+context is saved, and a new one is built.
+A process may specify a
+.Em handler
+to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be
+.Em ignored .
+A process may also specify that a default action is to be taken
+by the system when a signal occurs.
+A signal may also be
+.Em blocked ,
+in which case its delivery is postponed until it is
+.Em unblocked .
+The action to be taken on delivery is determined at the time
+of delivery.
+Normally, signal handlers execute on the current stack
+of the process.
+This may be changed, on a per-handler basis,
+so that signals are taken on a special
+.Em "signal stack" .
+.Pp
+Signal routines normally execute with the signal that caused their
+invocation
+.Em blocked ,
+but other signals may yet occur.
+A global
+.Em "signal mask"
+defines the set of signals currently blocked from delivery
+to a process.
+The signal mask for a process is initialized from that of its
+parent (normally empty).
+It may be changed with a
+.Xr sigprocmask 2
+call, or when a signal is delivered to the process.
+.Pp
+When a signal
+condition arises for a process, the signal is added to a set of
+signals pending for the process.
+If the signal is not currently
+.Em blocked
+by the process then it is delivered to the process.
+Signals may be delivered any time a process enters the operating system
+(e.g., during a system call, page fault or trap, or clock interrupt).
+If multiple signals are ready to be delivered at the same time,
+any signals that could be caused by traps are delivered first.
+Additional signals may be processed at the same time, with each
+appearing to interrupt the handlers for the previous signals
+before their first instructions.
+The set of pending signals is returned by the
+.Xr sigpending 2
+function.
+When a caught signal
+is delivered, the current state of the process is saved,
+a new signal mask is calculated (as described below),
+and the signal handler is invoked.
+The call to the handler is arranged so that if the signal handling routine
+returns normally the process will resume execution in the context from
+before the signal's delivery.
+If the process wishes to resume in a different context, then it
+must arrange to restore the previous context itself.
+.Pp
+When a signal is delivered to a process, a new signal mask is
+installed for the duration of the process' signal handler
+(or until a
+.Xr sigprocmask 2
+call is made).
+This mask is formed by taking the union of the current signal mask set,
+the signal to be delivered, and the signal mask
+.Fa sa_mask
+associated with the handler to be invoked, but always excluding
+.Dv SIGKILL
+and
+.Dv SIGSTOP .
+.Pp
+.Fn sigaction
+assigns an action for a signal specified by
+.Fa sig .
+If
+.Fa act
+is non-zero, it
+specifies an action
+.Pf ( Dv SIG_DFL ,
+.Dv SIG_IGN ,
+or a handler routine) and mask
+to be used when delivering the specified signal.
+If
+.Fa oact
+is non-zero, the previous handling information for the signal
+is returned to the user.
+.Pp
+Once a signal handler is installed, it normally remains installed
+until another
+.Fn sigaction
+call is made, or an
+.Xr execve 2
+is performed.
+The value of
+.Fa sa_handler
+(or, if the
+.Dv SA_SIGINFO
+flag is set, the value of
+.Fa sa_sigaction
+instead) indicates what action should be performed when a
+signal arrives.
+A signal-specific default action may be reset by
+setting
+.Fa sa_handler
+to
+.Dv SIG_DFL .
+Alternately, if the
+.Dv SA_RESETHAND
+flag is set the default action will be reinstated when the signal
+is first posted.
+The defaults are process termination, possibly with core dump;
+no action; stopping the process; or continuing the process.
+See the signal list below for each signal's default action.
+If
+.Fa sa_handler
+is
+.Dv SIG_DFL ,
+the default action for the signal is to discard the signal,
+and if a signal is pending,
+the pending signal is discarded even if the signal is masked.
+If
+.Fa sa_handler
+is set to
+.Dv SIG_IGN ,
+current and pending instances
+of the signal are ignored and discarded.
+If
+.Fa sig
+is
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+and
+.Fa sa_handler
+is set to
+.Dv SIG_IGN ,
+the
+.Dv SA_NOCLDWAIT
+flag (described below) is implied.
+.Pp
+The signal mask
+.Fa sa_mask
+is typically manipulated using the
+.Xr sigaddset 3
+family of functions.
+.Pp
+Options may be specified by setting
+.Fa sa_flags .
+The meaning of the various bits is as follows:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -width SA_RESETHANDXX
+.It Dv SA_NOCLDSTOP
+If this bit is set when installing a catching function
+for the
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+signal,
+the
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+signal will be generated only when a child process exits,
+not when a child process stops.
+.It Dv SA_NOCLDWAIT
+If this bit is set when calling
+.Fn sigaction
+for the
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+signal, the system will not create zombie processes when children of
+the calling process exit,
+though existing zombies will remain.
+If the calling process subsequently issues a
+.Xr waitpid 2
+(or equivalent) and there are no previously existing zombie child
+processes that match the
+.Xr waitpid 2
+criteria,
+it blocks until all of the calling process's child
+processes that would match terminate,
+and then returns a value of \-1 with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er ECHILD .
+.It Dv SA_ONSTACK
+If this bit is set, the system will deliver the signal to the process
+on a
+.Em "signal stack" ,
+specified with
+.Xr sigaltstack 2 .
+.It Dv SA_NODEFER
+If this bit is set, further occurrences of the delivered signal are
+not masked during the execution of the handler.
+.It Dv SA_RESETHAND
+If this bit is set, the handler is reset back to
+.Dv SIG_DFL
+at the moment the signal is delivered.
+.It Dv SA_SIGINFO
+If this bit is set, the 2nd argument of the handler is set to
+be a pointer to a
+.Em siginfo_t
+structure as described in
+.In sys/siginfo.h .
+It provides much more information about the causes and
+attributes of the signal that is being delivered.
+.It Dv SA_RESTART
+If a signal is caught during the system calls listed below,
+the call may be forced to terminate
+with the error
+.Er EINTR ,
+the call may return with a data transfer shorter than requested,
+or the call may be restarted.
+Restarting of pending calls is requested
+by setting the
+.Dv SA_RESTART
+bit in
+.Fa sa_flags .
+The affected system calls include
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr sendto 2 ,
+.Xr recvfrom 2 ,
+.Xr sendmsg 2
+and
+.Xr recvmsg 2
+on a communications channel or a slow device (such as a terminal,
+but not a regular file)
+and during a
+.Xr wait 2
+or
+.Xr ioctl 2 .
+However, calls that have already committed are not restarted,
+but instead return a partial success (for example, a short read count).
+.El
+.Pp
+After a
+.Xr fork 2
+or
+.Xr vfork 2 ,
+all signals, the signal mask, the signal stack,
+and the restart/interrupt flags are inherited by the child.
+.Pp
+.Xr execve 2
+reinstates the default
+action for
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+and all signals which were caught; all other signals remain ignored.
+All signals are reset to be caught on the user stack and
+the signal mask remains the same;
+signals that restart pending system calls continue to do so.
+.Pp
+The following is a list of all signals
+with names as in the include file
+.In signal.h :
+.Bl -column "SIGVTALARM" "create core image" "Description"
+.It Sy "Name" Ta Sy "Default Action" Ta Sy "Description"
+.It Dv SIGHUP Ta "terminate process" Ta "terminal line hangup"
+.It Dv SIGINT Ta "terminate process" Ta "interrupt program"
+.It Dv SIGQUIT Ta "create core image" Ta "quit program"
+.It Dv SIGILL Ta "create core image" Ta "illegal instruction"
+.It Dv SIGTRAP Ta "create core image" Ta "trace trap"
+.It Dv SIGABRT Ta "create core image" Ta "abort(3) call (formerly SIGIOT)"
+.It Dv SIGEMT Ta "create core image" Ta "emulate instruction executed"
+.It Dv SIGFPE Ta "create core image" Ta "floating-point exception"
+.It Dv SIGKILL Ta "terminate process" Ta "kill program (cannot be caught or ignored)"
+.It Dv SIGBUS Ta "create core image" Ta "bus error"
+.It Dv SIGSEGV Ta "create core image" Ta "segmentation violation"
+.It Dv SIGSYS Ta "create core image" Ta "system call given invalid argument"
+.It Dv SIGPIPE Ta "terminate process" Ta "write on a pipe with no reader"
+.It Dv SIGALRM Ta "terminate process" Ta "real-time timer expired"
+.It Dv SIGTERM Ta "terminate process" Ta "software termination signal"
+.It Dv SIGURG Ta "discard signal" Ta "urgent condition present on socket"
+.It Dv SIGSTOP Ta "stop process" Ta "stop (cannot be caught or ignored)"
+.It Dv SIGTSTP Ta "stop process" Ta "stop signal generated from keyboard"
+.It Dv SIGCONT Ta "discard signal" Ta "continue after stop"
+.It Dv SIGCHLD Ta "discard signal" Ta "child status has changed"
+.It Dv SIGTTIN Ta "stop process" Ta "background read attempted from controlling terminal"
+.It Dv SIGTTOU Ta "stop process" Ta "background write attempted to controlling terminal"
+.It Dv SIGIO Ta "discard signal" Ta "I/O is possible on a descriptor (see"
+.Xr fcntl 2 )
+.It Dv SIGXCPU Ta "terminate process" Ta "CPU time limit exceeded (see"
+.Xr setrlimit 2 )
+.It Dv SIGXFSZ Ta "terminate process" Ta "file size limit exceeded (see"
+.Xr setrlimit 2 )
+.It Dv SIGVTALRM Ta "terminate process" Ta "virtual time alarm (see"
+.Xr setitimer 2 )
+.It Dv SIGPROF Ta "terminate process" Ta "profiling timer alarm (see"
+.Xr setitimer 2 )
+.It Dv SIGWINCH Ta "discard signal" Ta "window size change"
+.It Dv SIGINFO Ta "discard signal" Ta "status request from keyboard"
+.It Dv SIGUSR1 Ta "terminate process" Ta "user defined signal 1"
+.It Dv SIGUSR2 Ta "terminate process" Ta "user defined signal 2"
+.It Dv SIGTHR Ta "discard signal" Ta "thread AST"
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The handler routine can be declared:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+void
+handler(int sig)
+.Pp
+.Ed
+If the
+.Dv SA_SIGINFO
+option is enabled, the canonical way to declare it is:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+void
+handler(int sig, siginfo_t *sip, void *ctx)
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Here
+.Fa sig
+is the signal number, into which the hardware faults and traps are mapped.
+If the
+.Dv SA_SIGINFO
+option is set,
+.Fa sip
+is a pointer to a
+.Dv siginfo_t
+as described in
+.In sys/siginfo.h .
+If
+.Dv SA_SIGINFO
+is not set, this pointer will be
+.Dv NULL
+instead.
+The function specified in
+.Fa sa_sigaction
+will be called instead of the function specified by
+.Fa sa_handler
+(note that in some implementations these are in fact the same).
+.Fa ctx
+may be cast to a pointer to
+.Fa ucontext_t
+which can be used to restore the thread's context from before the signal.
+On
+.Ox ,
+.Fa ucontext_t
+is an alias for the
+.Fa sigcontext
+structure defined in
+.In signal.h .
+The contents of this structure are machine-dependent.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn sigaction
+will fail and no new signal handler will be installed if one
+of the following occurs:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Either
+.Fa act
+or
+.Fa oact
+points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
+address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa sig
+is not a valid signal number.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An attempt is made to ignore or supply a handler for
+.Dv SIGKILL
+or
+.Dv SIGSTOP .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 1 ,
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr ptrace 2 ,
+.Xr sigaltstack 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigsuspend 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2 ,
+.Xr setjmp 3 ,
+.Xr sigaddset 3 ,
+.Xr sigblock 3 ,
+.Xr sigpause 3 ,
+.Xr sigvec 3 ,
+.Xr tty 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sigaction
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv SA_ONSTACK
+flag and the
+.Dv SIGPROF ,
+.Dv SIGSYS ,
+.Dv SIGTRAP ,
+.Dv SIGVTALRM ,
+.Dv SIGXCPU ,
+and
+.Dv SIGXFSZ
+signals conform to the X/Open System Interfaces option of that standard.
+The standard marks
+.Dv SIGPROF
+as obsolescent.
+The signals
+.Dv SIGEMT ,
+.Dv SIGINFO ,
+.Dv SIGIO ,
+and
+.Dv SIGWINCH
+are Berkeley extensions.
+These signals are available on most
+.Bx Ns -derived
+systems.
+The
+.Dv SIGTHR
+signal is specific to
+.Ox
+and is part of the
+implementation of thread cancellation;
+.Fa sigaction
+and other signal interfaces may reject attempts to use or alter the
+handling of
+.Dv SIGTHR .
+.Pp
+Signal handlers should be as minimal as possible, and use only signal-safe
+operations.
+The safest handlers only change a single variable of type
+.Va volatile sig_atomic_t ,
+which is inspected by an event loop.
+Other variables accessed inside the handler must be either const, or
+local to the handler.
+More complicated global variables (such as strings, structs, or lists)
+will require external methods to guarantee consistency, such as
+signal-blocking with
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 .
+.Pp
+More complicated handlers must restrict themselves to calling only the following
+list of signal-safe functions directly.
+Avoid abstracting the work to helper functions which are also called from
+other contexts because future coders will forget the signal-safe requirement.
+.Pp
+Standard Interfaces:
+.Pp
+.Fn _exit ,
+.Fn _Exit ,
+.Fn abort ,
+.Fn accept ,
+.Fn access ,
+.Fn alarm ,
+.Fn bind ,
+.Fn cfgetispeed ,
+.Fn cfgetospeed ,
+.Fn cfsetispeed ,
+.Fn cfsetospeed ,
+.Fn chdir ,
+.Fn chmod ,
+.Fn chown ,
+.Fn clock_gettime ,
+.Fn close ,
+.Fn connect ,
+.Fn creat ,
+.Fn dup ,
+.Fn dup2 ,
+.Fn execl ,
+.Fn execle ,
+.Fn execv ,
+.Fn execve ,
+.Fn faccessat ,
+.Fn fchdir ,
+.Fn fchmod ,
+.Fn fchmodat ,
+.Fn fchown ,
+.Fn fchownat ,
+.Fn fcntl ,
+.Fn fdatasync ,
+.Fn fork ,
+.Fn fpathconf ,
+.Fn fstat ,
+.Fn fstatat ,
+.Fn fsync ,
+.Fn ftruncate ,
+.Fn futimens ,
+.Fn futimes ,
+.Fn getegid ,
+.Fn geteuid ,
+.Fn getgid ,
+.Fn getgroups ,
+.Fn getpeername ,
+.Fn getpgrp ,
+.Fn getpid ,
+.Fn getppid ,
+.Fn getsockname ,
+.Fn getsockopt ,
+.Fn getuid ,
+.Fn kill ,
+.Fn link ,
+.Fn linkat ,
+.Fn listen ,
+.Fn lseek ,
+.Fn lstat ,
+.Fn mkdir ,
+.Fn mkdirat ,
+.Fn mkfifo ,
+.Fn mkfifoat ,
+.Fn mknod ,
+.Fn mknodat ,
+.Fn open ,
+.Fn openat ,
+.Fn pathconf ,
+.Fn pause ,
+.Fn pipe ,
+.Fn poll ,
+.Fn pselect ,
+.Fn pthread_sigmask ,
+.Fn raise ,
+.Fn read ,
+.Fn readlink ,
+.Fn readlinkat ,
+.Fn recv ,
+.Fn recvfrom ,
+.Fn recvmsg ,
+.Fn rename ,
+.Fn renameat ,
+.Fn rmdir ,
+.Fn select ,
+.Fn send ,
+.Fn sendmsg ,
+.Fn sendto ,
+.Fn setgid ,
+.Fn setpgid ,
+.Fn setsid ,
+.Fn setsockopt ,
+.Fn setuid ,
+.Fn shutdown ,
+.Fn sigaction ,
+.Fn sigaddset ,
+.Fn sigdelset ,
+.Fn sigemptyset ,
+.Fn sigfillset  ,
+.Fn sigismember ,
+.Fn signal ,
+.Fn sigpause ,
+.Fn sigpending ,
+.Fn sigprocmask ,
+.Fn sigsuspend ,
+.Fn sleep ,
+.Fn sockatmark ,
+.Fn socket ,
+.Fn socketpair ,
+.Fn stat ,
+.Fn strcat ,
+.Fn strcpy ,
+.Fn strncat ,
+.Fn strncpy ,
+.Fn symlink ,
+.Fn symlinkat ,
+.Fn sysconf ,
+.Fn tcdrain ,
+.Fn tcflow ,
+.Fn tcflush ,
+.Fn tcgetattr ,
+.Fn tcgetpgrp ,
+.Fn tcsendbreak ,
+.Fn tcsetattr ,
+.Fn tcsetpgrp ,
+.Fn time ,
+.Fn times ,
+.Fn umask ,
+.Fn uname ,
+.Fn unlink ,
+.Fn unlinkat ,
+.Fn utime ,
+.Fn utimensat ,
+.Fn utimes ,
+.Fn wait ,
+.Fn waitpid ,
+.Fn write ,
+and perhaps some others.
+.\" unimplemented functions that should be async-sig-safe, if we had them
+.\" POSIX Issue 7 additions
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .Fn fexecve .
+.\"
+.\" Realtime Interfaces:
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .Fn aio_error ,
+.\" .Fn aio_return ,
+.\" .Fn aio_suspend ,
+.\" .Fn sem_post ,
+.\" .Fn sigqueue ,
+.\" .Fn timer_getoverrun ,
+.\" .Fn timer_gettime ,
+.\" .Fn timer_settime .
+.Pp
+Extension Interfaces:
+.Pp
+.Fn accept4 ,
+.Fn chflags ,
+.Fn chflagsat ,
+.Fn dup3 ,
+.Fn fchflags ,
+.Fn getentropy ,
+.Fn getresgid ,
+.Fn getresuid ,
+.Fn pipe2 ,
+.Fn ppoll ,
+.Fn sendsyslog ,
+.Fn setresgid ,
+.Fn setresuid ,
+.Fn strlcat ,
+.Fn strlcpy ,
+.Fn wait3 ,
+.Fn wait4 .
+.Pp
+Since signal-safe functions can encounter system call errors,
+.Va errno
+should be protected inside the handler with the following pattern:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+void
+handler(int sig)
+{
+	int save_errno = errno;
+
+	...
+	errno = save_errno;
+}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+On
+.Ox ,
+a few more functions are signal-safe (except when the format string contains
+floating-point arguments).
+These functions are expected to be unsafe on other systems, so be very cautious of
+the portability trap!
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -compact -width foofoofoofoo
+.It Fn dprintf
+Safe.
+.It Fn vdprintf
+Safe.
+.It Fn snprintf
+Safe.
+.It Fn vsnprintf
+Safe.
+.It Fn syslog_r
+Safe if the
+.Va syslog_data
+struct is initialized as a local variable.
+.El
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sigaltstack.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sigaltstack.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1fe4ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sigaltstack.2
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.28 2024/06/22 17:19:05 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.3 1995/02/27 10:41:52 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sigaltstack.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 22 2024 $
+.Dt SIGALTSTACK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigaltstack
+.Nd set and/or get signal stack context
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Bd -literal
+typedef struct sigaltstack {
+	void	*ss_sp;
+	size_t	 ss_size;
+	int	 ss_flags;
+} stack_t;
+.Ed
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigaltstack "const stack_t *ss" "stack_t *oss"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn sigaltstack
+allows users to define an alternate stack on which signals
+delivered to this thread
+are to be processed.
+If
+.Fa ss
+is non-zero and
+.Dv SS_DISABLE
+is set in
+.Fa ss_flags ,
+the signal stack will be disabled.
+A disabled stack will cause all signals to be
+taken on the regular user stack.
+Trying to disable an active stack will cause
+.Fn sigaltstack
+to return \-1 with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EPERM .
+.Pp
+Otherwise,
+.Fa ss_sp
+specifies a pointer to a space to be used as the signal stack and
+.Fa ss_size
+specifies the size of that space.
+When a signal's action indicates its handler
+should execute on the signal stack (specified with a
+.Xr sigaction 2
+call), the system checks to see
+if the thread is currently executing on that stack.
+If the thread is not currently executing on the signal stack,
+the system arranges a switch to the signal stack for the
+duration of the signal handler's execution.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa oss
+is non-zero, the current signal stack state is returned.
+The
+.Fa ss_flags
+field will contain the value
+.Dv SS_ONSTACK
+if the thread is currently on a signal stack and
+.Dv SS_DISABLE
+if the signal stack is currently disabled.
+.Pp
+The value
+.Dv SIGSTKSZ
+is defined to be the number of bytes/chars that would be used to cover
+the usual case when allocating an alternate stack area.
+The following code fragment is typically used to allocate an alternate stack.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((sigstk.ss_sp = mmap(NULL, SIGSTKSZ, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+    MAP_ANON|MAP_PRIVATE, -1, 0)) == MAP_FAILED)
+	/* error return */
+sigstk.ss_size = SIGSTKSZ;
+sigstk.ss_flags = 0;
+if (sigaltstack(&sigstk, NULL) == -1)
+	perror("sigaltstack");
+.Ed
+.Pp
+An alternative approach is provided for programs with signal handlers
+that require a specific amount of stack space other than the default size.
+The value
+.Dv MINSIGSTKSZ
+is defined to be the number of bytes/chars that is required by
+the operating system to implement the alternate stack feature.
+In computing an alternate stack size,
+programs should add
+.Dv MINSIGSTKSZ
+to their stack requirements to allow for the operating system overhead.
+.Pp
+Signal stacks are automatically adjusted for the direction of stack
+growth and alignment requirements.
+Signal stacks may or may not be protected by the hardware and
+are not
+.Dq grown
+automatically as is done for the normal stack.
+If the stack overflows and this space is not protected,
+unpredictable results may occur.
+.Pp
+On
+.Ox
+some additional restrictions prevent dangerous address space modifications.
+The proposed space at
+.Fa ss_sp
+is verified to be contiguously mapped for read-write permissions without
+execute.
+If those conditions are met, a page-aligned inner region will be freshly mapped
+(all zero) with
+.Dv MAP_STACK
+(see
+.Xr mmap 2 ) ,
+destroying the pre-existing data in the region.
+Once the sigaltstack is disabled, the
+.Dv MAP_STACK
+attribute remains on the memory, so it is best to deallocate the memory
+via a method that results in
+.Xr munmap 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn sigaltstack
+will fail and the signal stack context will remain unchanged
+if one of the following occurs.
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOMEM]
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Either
+.Fa ss
+or
+.Fa oss
+points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
+address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa ss_flags
+member pointed to by the
+.Fa ss
+argument contains flags other than
+.Dv SS_DISABLE .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The memory region is not acceptable for use as a stack;
+see above.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Size of alternate stack area is less than or equal to
+.Dv MINSIGSTKSZ .
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An attempt was made to disable an active stack.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr setjmp 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sigaltstack
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The predecessor to
+.Fn sigaltstack ,
+the
+.Fn sigstack
+system call, appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sigpending.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sigpending.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02a06625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sigpending.2
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sigpending.2,v 1.8 2017/05/29 09:40:02 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigpending.2,v 1.2 1995/02/27 12:37:26 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sigpending.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/12/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 29 2017 $
+.Dt SIGPENDING 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigpending
+.Nd get pending signals
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigpending "sigset_t *set"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sigpending
+function returns a mask of the signals pending for delivery
+to the calling process in the location indicated by
+.Fa set .
+Signals may be pending because they are currently masked,
+or transiently before delivery (although the latter case is not
+normally detectable).
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn sigpending
+function does not currently detect any errors.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigaddset 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sigpending
+function is defined by
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sigprocmask.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sigprocmask.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b57058f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sigprocmask.2
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sigprocmask.2,v 1.13 2017/05/29 09:40:02 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigprocmask.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:37:33 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sigprocmask.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 29 2017 $
+.Dt SIGPROCMASK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigprocmask
+.Nd manipulate current signal mask
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigprocmask "int how" "const sigset_t *set" "sigset_t *oset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sigprocmask
+function examines and/or changes the current signal mask (those signals
+that are blocked from delivery).
+Signals are blocked if they are members of the current signal mask set.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa set
+is not null, the action of
+.Fn sigprocmask
+depends on the value of the parameter
+.Fa how ,
+which can be one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width SIG_UNBLOCK
+.It Dv SIG_BLOCK
+The new mask is the union of the current mask and the specified
+.Fa set .
+.It Dv SIG_UNBLOCK
+The new mask is the intersection of the current mask
+and the complement of the specified
+.Fa set .
+.It Dv SIG_SETMASK
+The current mask is replaced by the specified
+.Fa set .
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa oset
+is not null, it is set to
+the previous value of the signal mask.
+When
+.Fa set
+is null,
+the value of
+.Fa how
+is insignificant and the mask remains unchanged,
+providing a way to examine the signal mask without modification.
+.Pp
+The system
+quietly disallows
+.Dv SIGKILL
+or
+.Dv SIGSTOP
+to be blocked.
+.Pp
+Only signals which are in the pending state will be blocked.
+Signals that are explicitly ignored or for which no handler has
+been installed and where the default action is to discard the signal
+are not held as pending and will be discarded regardless of the
+signal mask.
+.Pp
+Blocked signals remain in the pending state until another call to
+.Fn sigprocmask
+removes the pending signal(s) from the mask.
+If there are unblocked signals that are pending after the signal
+mask is updated, at least one will be delivered before
+.Fn sigprocmask
+returns.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn sigprocmask
+call will fail and the signal mask will be unchanged if one
+of the following occurs:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa how
+has a value other than those listed here.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigpending 2 ,
+.Xr sigsuspend 2 ,
+.Xr sigaddset 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sigprocmask
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sigreturn.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sigreturn.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ff03ca4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sigreturn.2
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sigreturn.2,v 1.12 2016/05/09 23:57:10 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigreturn.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:37:40 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sigreturn.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 9 2016 $
+.Dt SIGRETURN 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigreturn
+.Nd return from signal
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigreturn "struct sigcontext *scp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sigreturn
+syscall is used by the signal handling facility to
+atomically switch stacks, restore registers and the thread's signal mask,
+and return from a signal context
+to resume the processing that was interrupted by the signal.
+.Pp
+Note that sigcontext contains machine dependent information.
+.Pp
+Direct use of
+.Nm
+is no longer supported and it is not provided as a function.
+As used in the signal trampoline provided by the system,
+if
+.Nm
+fails and returns then the process is terminated.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful, the system call does not return.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn sigreturn
+will fail and the process context will remain unchanged
+if one of the following occurs.
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa scp
+points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
+address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The sigcontext provided is invalid or would improperly
+raise the privilege level of the process.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr setjmp 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn sigreturn
+function appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+The function was removed from libc in
+.Ox 6.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sigsuspend.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sigsuspend.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02ba8ad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sigsuspend.2
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sigsuspend.2,v 1.14 2017/05/29 09:40:02 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigsuspend.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:37:46 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sigsuspend.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 29 2017 $
+.Dt SIGSUSPEND 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigsuspend
+.Nd atomically change the signal mask and wait for interrupt
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigsuspend "const sigset_t *sigmask"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn sigsuspend
+temporarily changes the blocked signal mask to the set to which
+.Fa sigmask
+points,
+and then waits for a signal to arrive;
+on return the previous set of masked signals is restored.
+The signal mask set
+is usually empty to indicate that all
+signals are to be unblocked for the duration of the call.
+.Pp
+In normal usage, a signal is blocked using
+.Xr sigprocmask 2
+to begin a critical section, variables modified on the occurrence
+of the signal are examined to determine that there is no work
+to be done, and the process pauses awaiting work by using
+.Fn sigsuspend
+with the previous mask returned by
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn sigsuspend
+function always terminates by being interrupted, returning \-1 with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EINTR .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigaddset 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sigsuspend
+function call
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/socket.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/socket.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac17d321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/socket.2
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: socket.2,v 1.46 2025/08/04 04:59:31 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: socket.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:37:53 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)socket.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt SOCKET 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm socket
+.Nd create an endpoint for communication
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn socket "int domain" "int type" "int protocol"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn socket
+creates an endpoint for communication and returns a descriptor.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa domain
+parameter specifies a communications domain within which
+communication will take place; this selects the protocol family
+which should be used.
+These families are defined in the include file
+.In sys/socket.h .
+The currently understood formats are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "AF_INET6XXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AF_UNIX
+UNIX internal protocols
+.It Dv AF_INET
+Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) protocol family
+.It Dv AF_INET6
+Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) protocol family
+.El
+.Pp
+The socket has the indicated
+.Fa type ,
+which specifies the semantics of communication.
+Currently defined types are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "SOCK_SEQPACKETXXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv SOCK_STREAM
+.It Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+.It Dv SOCK_RAW
+.It Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+.El
+.Pp
+A
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+type provides sequenced, reliable,
+two-way connection based byte streams.
+An out-of-band data transmission mechanism may be supported.
+A
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+socket supports
+datagrams (connectionless, unreliable messages of
+a fixed (typically small) maximum length).
+A
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+socket may provide a sequenced, reliable,
+two-way connection-based data transmission path for datagrams
+of fixed maximum length; a consumer may be required to read
+an entire packet with each read system call.
+This facility is protocol specific, and presently implemented only for
+.Dv AF_UNIX .
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+sockets provide access to internal network protocols and interfaces,
+and are available only to the superuser.
+.Pp
+Any combination of the following flags may additionally be used in the
+.Fa type
+argument:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "SOCK_NONBLOCKX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv SOCK_CLOEXEC
+Set close-on-exec flag on the new descriptor.
+.It Dv SOCK_CLOFORK
+Set close-on-fork flag on the new descriptor.
+.It Dv SOCK_NONBLOCK
+Set non-blocking I/O mode on the new socket.
+.It Dv SOCK_DNS
+For domains
+.Dv AF_INET
+or
+.Dv AF_INET6 ,
+only allow
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr sendto 2 ,
+or
+.Xr sendmsg 2
+to the DNS port (typically 53).
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa protocol
+specifies a particular protocol to be used with the socket.
+Normally only a single protocol exists to support a particular
+socket type within a given protocol family.
+However, it is possible that many protocols may exist,
+in which case a particular protocol must be specified in this manner.
+The protocol number to use is particular to the
+.Dq communication domain
+in which communication is to take place; see
+.Xr protocols 5 .
+A value of 0 for
+.Fa protocol
+will let the system select an appropriate protocol for the requested
+socket type.
+.Pp
+Sockets of type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+are full-duplex byte streams.
+A stream socket must be in a
+.Em connected
+state before any data may be sent or received on it.
+A connection to another socket is created with a
+.Xr connect 2
+call.
+Once connected, data may be transferred using
+.Xr read 2
+and
+.Xr write 2
+calls or some variant of the
+.Xr send 2
+and
+.Xr recv 2
+calls.
+When a session has been completed, a
+.Xr close 2
+may be performed.
+Out-of-band data may also be transmitted as described in
+.Xr send 2
+and received as described in
+.Xr recv 2 .
+.Pp
+The communications protocols used to implement a
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+ensure that data is not lost or duplicated.
+If a piece of data for which the peer protocol has buffer space cannot
+be successfully transmitted within a reasonable length of time, then the
+connection is considered broken and calls will indicate an error with \-1
+returns and with
+.Er ETIMEDOUT
+as the specific code in the global variable
+.Va errno .
+The protocols optionally keep sockets
+.Dq warm
+by forcing transmissions roughly every minute in the absence of other activity.
+An error is then indicated if no response can be elicited on an otherwise
+idle connection for an extended period (e.g., 5 minutes).
+A
+.Dv SIGPIPE
+signal is raised if a process sends on a broken stream; this causes
+naive processes, which do not handle the signal, to exit.
+.Pp
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+sockets employ the same system calls
+as
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+sockets.
+The only difference is that
+.Xr read 2
+calls will return only the amount of data requested,
+and any remaining in the arriving packet will be discarded.
+.Pp
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+and
+.Dv SOCK_RAW
+sockets allow sending of datagrams to correspondents named in
+.Xr send 2
+calls.
+Datagrams are generally received with
+.Xr recvfrom 2 ,
+which returns the next datagram with its return address.
+.Pp
+An
+.Xr fcntl 2
+call can be used to specify a process group to receive
+a
+.Dv SIGURG
+signal when the out-of-band data arrives.
+It may also enable non-blocking I/O and asynchronous notification
+of I/O events via
+.Dv SIGIO .
+.Pp
+The operation of sockets is controlled by socket level
+.Em options .
+These options are defined in the file
+.In sys/socket.h .
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+and
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+are used to set and get options, respectively.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+.Fn socket
+returns a non-negative integer, the socket file descriptor.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn socket
+call fails if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EAFNOSUPPORT
+The specified address family is not supported on this machine.
+.It Bq Er EPROTONOSUPPORT
+The protocol type or the specified protocol is not supported
+within this domain.
+.It Bq Er EPROTOTYPE
+The combination of the specified protocol and type is not supported.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The per-process descriptor table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+Insufficient resources were available in the system
+to perform the operation.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Permission to create a socket of the specified type and/or protocol
+is denied.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr accept 2 ,
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr getsockname 2 ,
+.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr listen 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr recv 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr send 2 ,
+.Xr setsockopt 2 ,
+.Xr shutdown 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr getprotoent 3 ,
+.Xr inet 4 ,
+.Xr inet6 4 ,
+.Xr netintro 4 ,
+.Xr unix 4
+.Rs
+.%T "An Introductory 4.3 BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.%O "reprinted in UNIX Programmer's Supplementary Documents Volume 1"
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%T "BSD Interprocess Communication Tutorial"
+.%O "reprinted in UNIX Programmer's Supplementary Documents Volume 1"
+.Re
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn socket
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv SOCK_DNS
+flag is an
+.Ox
+extension.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn socket
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+Support for the
+.Dv SOCK_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv SOCK_NONBLOCK
+flags appeared in
+.Ox 5.7 .
+Support for the
+.Dv SOCK_DNS
+flag appeared in
+.Ox 5.9 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/socketpair.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/socketpair.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d03566e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/socketpair.2
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: socketpair.2,v 1.22 2025/08/04 04:59:31 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: socketpair.2,v 1.5 1995/02/27 12:38:00 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)socketpair.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 4 2025 $
+.Dt SOCKETPAIR 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm socketpair
+.Nd create a pair of connected sockets
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn socketpair "int domain" "int type" "int protocol" "int sv[2]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn socketpair
+call creates an unnamed pair of connected sockets.
+The descriptors used in referencing the new sockets
+are returned in
+.Fa sv Ns [0]
+and
+.Fa sv Ns [1] .
+The two sockets are indistinguishable.
+.Pp
+The only supported
+.Fa domain
+is
+.Dv AF_UNIX .
+Possible values for the
+.Fa type
+and
+.Fa protocol
+arguments are explained in the
+.Xr socket 2
+manual page.
+The only useful value for
+.Fa protocol
+is 0, which will let the system select an appropriate protocol
+for the requested socket
+.Fa type .
+.Pp
+Any combination of the following flags may additionally be used in the
+.Fa type
+argument:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "SOCK_NONBLOCKX" -offset indent -compact
+.It SOCK_CLOEXEC
+Set close-on-exec flag on both the new descriptors.
+.It SOCK_CLOFORK
+Set close-on-fork flag on both the new descriptors.
+.It SOCK_NONBLOCK
+Set non-blocking I/O mode on both the new sockets.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The call succeeds unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EAFNOSUPPORT
+The specified address family is not supported on this machine.
+.It Bq Er EPROTONOSUPPORT
+The specified protocol is not supported on this machine.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The specified protocol does not support creation of socket pairs.
+.It Bq Er EPROTOTYPE
+The combination of the specified protocol and type is not supported.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The per-process descriptor table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+Insufficient resources were available in the system
+to perform the operation.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The address
+.Fa sv
+does not specify a valid part of the
+process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr write 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn socketpair
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2024 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn socketpair
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+Support for the
+.Dv SOCK_CLOEXEC
+and
+.Dv SOCK_NONBLOCK
+flags appeared in
+.Ox 5.7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/stat.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/stat.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d7d62a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/stat.2
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: stat.2,v 1.49 2021/11/21 23:44:55 jan Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)stat.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: November 21 2021 $
+.Dt STAT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm stat ,
+.Nm lstat ,
+.Nm fstatat ,
+.Nm fstat ,
+.Nm S_ISBLK ,
+.Nm S_ISCHR ,
+.Nm S_ISDIR ,
+.Nm S_ISFIFO ,
+.Nm S_ISLNK ,
+.Nm S_ISREG ,
+.Nm S_ISSOCK
+.Nd get file status
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn stat "const char *path" "struct stat *sb"
+.Ft int
+.Fn lstat "const char *path" "struct stat *sb"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fstat "int fd" "struct stat *sb"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn fstatat "int fd" "const char *path" "struct stat *sb" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn stat
+function obtains information about the file pointed to by
+.Fa path .
+Read, write, or execute
+permission of the named file is not required, but all directories
+listed in the pathname leading to the file must be searchable.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn lstat
+function is identical to
+.Fn stat
+except when the named file is a symbolic link,
+in which case
+.Fn lstat
+returns information about the link itself, not the file the link references.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fstatat
+function is equivalent to either the
+.Fn stat
+or
+.Fn lstat
+function depending on the value of
+.Fa flag
+(see below), except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the file whose information is returned is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn fstatat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn stat
+or
+.Fn lstat ,
+depending on whether or not the
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+bit is set in
+.Fa flag .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+If
+.Fa path
+names a symbolic link, then the status of the symbolic link is returned.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fstat
+function obtains the same information about an open file
+known by the file descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa sb
+argument is a pointer to a
+.Vt stat
+structure
+as defined by
+.In sys/stat.h
+(shown below)
+and into which information is placed concerning the file.
+.Bd -literal
+struct stat {
+    dev_t	    st_dev;	/* inode's device */
+    ino_t	    st_ino;	/* inode's number */
+    mode_t	    st_mode;	/* inode protection mode */
+    nlink_t	    st_nlink;	/* number of hard links */
+    uid_t	    st_uid;	/* user ID of the file's owner */
+    gid_t	    st_gid;	/* group ID of the file's group */
+    dev_t	    st_rdev;	/* device type */
+    struct timespec st_atim;	/* time of last access */
+    struct timespec st_mtim;	/* time of last data modification */
+    struct timespec st_ctim;	/* time of last file status change */
+    off_t	    st_size;	/* file size, in bytes */
+    blkcnt_t	    st_blocks;	/* blocks allocated for file */
+    blksize_t	    st_blksize;	/* optimal blocksize for I/O */
+    u_int32_t	    st_flags;	/* user defined flags for file */
+    u_int32_t	    st_gen;	/* file generation number */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The time-related fields of
+.Vt struct stat
+are represented in
+.Vt struct timespec
+format, which has nanosecond precision.
+However, the actual precision is generally limited by the file
+system holding the file.
+The fields are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width XXXst_mtim
+.It Fa st_atim
+Time when file data was last accessed.
+Set when the file system object was created and updated by the
+.Xr utimes 2
+and
+.Xr read 2
+system calls.
+.It Fa st_mtim
+Time when file data was last modified.
+Changed by the
+.Xr truncate 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2 ,
+and
+.Xr write 2
+system calls.
+For directories, changed by any system call that alters which files are
+in the directory, such as the
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr rename 2 ,
+.Xr mkdir 2 ,
+and
+.Xr symlink 2
+system calls.
+.It Fa st_ctim
+Time when file status was last changed (inode data modification).
+Changed by the
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr link 2 ,
+.Xr rename 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2 ,
+and
+.Xr write 2
+system calls.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition, all the time fields are set to the current time when
+a file system object is first created by the
+.Xr mkdir 2 ,
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+and
+.Xr symlink 2
+system calls.
+.Pp
+For compatibility with previous standards,
+.Fa st_atime ,
+.Fa st_mtime ,
+and
+.Fa st_ctime
+macros are provided that expand to the
+.Fa tv_secs
+member of their respective
+.Vt struct timespec
+member.
+Deprecated macros are also provided for some transitional names:
+.Fa st_atimensec ,
+.Fa st_mtimensec ,
+.Fa st_ctimensec ,
+.Fa st_atimespec ,
+.Fa st_mtimespec ,
+and
+.Fa st_ctimespec .
+.Pp
+The size-related fields of the
+.Vt struct stat
+are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width XXXst_blksize
+.It Fa st_blksize
+The optimal I/O block size for the file.
+.It Fa st_blocks
+The actual number of blocks allocated for the file in 512-byte units.
+As short symbolic links are stored in the inode, this number may
+be zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+The status information word
+.Fa st_mode
+has the following bits:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+#define S_IFMT   0170000  /* type of file mask */
+#define S_IFIFO  0010000  /* named pipe (fifo) */
+#define S_IFCHR  0020000  /* character special */
+#define S_IFDIR  0040000  /* directory */
+#define S_IFBLK  0060000  /* block special */
+#define S_IFREG  0100000  /* regular */
+#define S_IFLNK  0120000  /* symbolic link */
+#define S_IFSOCK 0140000  /* socket */
+#define S_ISUID  0004000  /* set-user-ID on execution */
+#define S_ISGID  0002000  /* set-group-ID on execution */
+#define S_ISVTX  0001000  /* save swapped text even after use */
+#define S_IRWXU  0000700  /* RWX mask for owner */
+#define S_IRUSR  0000400  /* R for owner */
+#define S_IWUSR  0000200  /* W for owner */
+#define S_IXUSR  0000100  /* X for owner */
+#define S_IRWXG  0000070  /* RWX mask for group */
+#define S_IRGRP  0000040  /* R for group */
+#define S_IWGRP  0000020  /* W for group */
+#define S_IXGRP  0000010  /* X for group */
+#define S_IRWXO  0000007  /* RWX mask for other */
+#define S_IROTH  0000004  /* R for other */
+#define S_IWOTH  0000002  /* W for other */
+#define S_IXOTH  0000001  /* X for other */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The following macros test a file's type.
+If the file is of that type, a non-zero value is returned;
+otherwise, 0 is returned.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+S_ISBLK(st_mode m)  /* block special */
+S_ISCHR(st_mode m)  /* char special */
+S_ISDIR(st_mode m)  /* directory */
+S_ISFIFO(st_mode m) /* fifo */
+S_ISLNK(st_mode m)  /* symbolic link */
+S_ISREG(st_mode m)  /* regular file */
+S_ISSOCK(st_mode m) /* socket */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+For a list of access modes, see
+.In sys/stat.h ,
+.Xr access 2 ,
+and
+.Xr chmod 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn stat ,
+.Fn lstat ,
+and
+.Fn fstatat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of
+.Fa path
+does not exist or
+.Fa path
+is an empty string.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa sb
+or
+.Fa path
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn fstatat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fstat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa sb
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+Previous versions of the system used different types for the
+.Fa st_dev ,
+.Fa st_uid ,
+.Fa st_gid ,
+.Fa st_rdev ,
+.Fa st_size ,
+.Fa st_blksize ,
+and
+.Fa st_blocks
+fields.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fstat ,
+.Fn fstatat ,
+.Fn lstat ,
+and
+.Fn stat
+functions are intended to conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn stat
+and
+.Fn fstat
+system calls first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.In sys/stat.h
+header file and the
+.Vt "struct stat"
+were introduced in
+.At v7 .
+.Pp
+An
+.Fn lstat
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+The
+.Fn fstatat
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The file generation number,
+.Fa st_gen ,
+is only available to the superuser.
+.Pp
+Certain programs written when the timestamps were just of type
+.Vt time_t
+assumed that the members were consecutive (and could therefore
+be treated as an array and have their address passed directly to
+.Xr utime 3 ) .
+The transition to timestamps of type
+.Vt struct timespec
+broke them irrevocably.
+.Sh BUGS
+Applying
+.Fn fstat
+to a pipe or socket
+fails to fill in a unique device and inode number pair.
+Applying
+.Fn fstat
+to a socket
+also fails to fill in the time fields.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/statfs.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/statfs.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c371aba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/statfs.2
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: statfs.2,v 1.29 2022/07/30 07:19:30 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: statfs.2,v 1.10 1995/06/29 11:40:48 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)statfs.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 2/11/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 30 2022 $
+.Dt STATFS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm statfs ,
+.Nm fstatfs
+.Nd get file system statistics
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/mount.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn statfs "const char *path" "struct statfs *buf"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fstatfs "int fd" "struct statfs *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn statfs
+returns information about a mounted file system.
+.Fa path
+is the pathname of any file within the mounted file system.
+.Fa buf
+is a pointer to a
+.Nm statfs
+structure defined as follows:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef struct { int32_t val[2]; } fsid_t;
+
+#define MFSNAMELEN   16 /* length of fs type name, including nul */
+#define MNAMELEN     90	/* length of buffer for returned name */
+
+struct statfs {
+    u_int32_t	f_flags;	/* copy of mount flags */
+    u_int32_t	f_bsize;	/* file system block size */
+    u_int32_t	f_iosize;	/* optimal transfer block size */
+
+				/* unit is f_bsize */
+    u_int64_t	f_blocks;	/* total data blocks in file system */
+    u_int64_t	f_bfree;	/* free blocks in fs */
+    int64_t	f_bavail;	/* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
+
+    u_int64_t	f_files;	/* total file nodes in file system */
+    u_int64_t	f_ffree;	/* free file nodes in fs */
+    int64_t	f_favail;	/* free file nodes avail to non-root */
+
+    u_int64_t	f_syncwrites;	/* count of sync writes since mount */
+    u_int64_t	f_syncreads;	/* count of sync reads since mount */
+    u_int64_t	f_asyncwrites;	/* count of async writes since mount */
+    u_int64_t	f_asyncreads;	/* count of async reads since mount */
+
+    fsid_t	f_fsid;		/* file system id */
+    u_int32_t	f_namemax;	/* maximum filename length */
+    uid_t	f_owner;	/* user that mounted the file system */
+    u_int64_t	f_ctime;	/* last mount [-u] time */
+
+    char f_fstypename[MFSNAMELEN]; /* fs type name */
+    char f_mntonname[MNAMELEN];    /* directory on which mounted */
+    char f_mntfromname[MNAMELEN];  /* mounted file system */
+    char f_mntfromspec[MNAMELEN];  /* special for mount request */
+    union mount_info mount_info;   /* per-filesystem mount options */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fn fstatfs
+returns the same information about an open file referenced by descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Fa f_fsid
+will be empty unless the user is the superuser.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn statfs
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix of
+.Fa path
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The file referred to by
+.Fa path
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa buf
+or
+.Fa path
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn fstatfs
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa buf
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr df 1 ,
+.Xr getfsstat 2 ,
+.Xr mount 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn statfs
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/swapctl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/swapctl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3540fd69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/swapctl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: swapctl.2,v 1.26 2024/06/24 14:39:28 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: swapctl.2,v 1.10 1998/08/29 17:11:09 mrg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Matthew R. Green
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 24 2024 $
+.Dt SWAPCTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm swapctl
+.Nd modify swap configuration
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/swap.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn swapctl "int cmd" "const void *arg" "int misc"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn swapctl
+function is used to add and delete swap devices, modify their configuration or
+query their statistics.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa cmd
+parameter specifies the operation to be performed.
+The
+.Fa arg
+and
+.Fa misc
+parameters have different meanings, depending on the
+.Fa cmd
+parameter.
+.Bl -item -offset indent
+.It
+If
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv SWAP_NSWAP ,
+the current number of swap devices in the system is returned.
+The
+.Fa arg
+and
+.Fa misc
+parameters are ignored.
+.It
+If
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv SWAP_STATS ,
+the current statistics for swap devices are returned in the
+.Fa arg
+parameter.
+No more than
+.Fa misc
+swap devices are returned.
+The
+.Fa arg
+parameter should point to an array of at least
+.Fa misc
+struct swapent structures:
+.Bd -literal
+struct swapent {
+	dev_t	se_dev;			/* device id */
+	int	se_flags;		/* entry flags */
+	int	se_nblks;		/* total blocks */
+	int	se_inuse;		/* blocks in use */
+	int	se_priority;		/* priority */
+	char	se_path[PATH_MAX];	/* path to entry */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The flags are defined as
+.Bd -literal
+	SWF_INUSE	in use: we have swapped here
+	SWF_ENABLE	enabled: we can swap here
+	SWF_BUSY	busy: I/O happening here
+	SWF_FAKE	fake: still being built
+.Ed
+.Pp
+All but
+.Dv SWAP_NSWAP
+and
+.Dv SWAP_STATS
+require superuser privileges.
+.It
+If
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv SWAP_ON ,
+the
+.Fa arg
+parameter is used as a pathname of a file to enable swapping to.
+The
+.Fa misc
+parameter is used to set the priority of this swap device.
+.It
+If
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv SWAP_OFF ,
+the
+.Fa arg
+parameter is used as the pathname of a file to disable swapping from.
+The
+.Fa misc
+parameter is ignored.
+.It
+If
+.Fa cmd
+is
+.Dv SWAP_CTL ,
+the
+.Fa arg
+and
+.Fa misc
+parameters have the same function as for the
+.Dv SWAP_ON
+case, except that they change the priority of a currently enabled swap device.
+.El
+.Pp
+When swapping is enabled on a block device, the first portion of the disk is
+left unused to prevent any disklabel present from being overwritten.
+This space is allocated from the swap device when the
+.Dv SWAP_ON
+command is used.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the
+.Fa cmd
+parameter is
+.Dv SWAP_NSWAP
+or
+.Dv SWAP_STATS ,
+.Fn swapctl
+returns the number of swap devices, if successful.
+The
+.Dv SWAP_NSWAP
+command is always successful.
+Otherwise it returns 0 on success and \-1 on failure,
+setting the global variable
+.Va errno
+to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn swapctl
+succeeds unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named device does not exist.
+For the
+.Dv SWAP_CTL
+command, the named device is not currently enabled for swapping.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+The device specified by
+.Fa arg
+has already been made available for swapping.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The device configured by
+.Fa arg
+has insufficient size, or the
+.Fa cmd
+was unknown.
+.It Bq Er ENXIO
+The major device number of
+.Fa arg
+is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists
+for the associated hardware).
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while opening the swap device.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa arg
+points outside the process' allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSUP
+The device specified by
+.Fa arg
+cannot be used for swapping.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr config 8 ,
+.Xr swapctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn swapctl
+function call appeared in
+.Nx 1.3 .
+The
+.Fa se_path
+member was added to
+.Vt struct swapent
+in
+.Nx 1.4 ,
+when the header file was also moved from
+.In vm/vm_swap.h .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The current swap system was designed and implemented by
+.An Matthew Green Aq Mt mrg@eterna.com.au ,
+with help from
+.An Paul Kranenburg Aq Mt pk@NetBSD.ORG
+and
+.An Leo Weppelman Aq Mt leo@NetBSD.ORG ,
+and insights from
+.An Jason R. Thorpe Aq Mt thorpej@NetBSD.ORG .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/symlink.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/symlink.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..829019f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/symlink.2
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: symlink.2,v 1.22 2021/01/03 18:10:27 rob Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: symlink.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:38:34 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)symlink.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 3 2021 $
+.Dt SYMLINK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm symlink ,
+.Nm symlinkat
+.Nd make symbolic link to a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn symlink "const char *name1" "const char *name2"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn symlinkat "const char *name1" "int fd" "const char *name2"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+A symbolic link
+.Fa name2
+is created to
+.Fa name1
+.Pf ( Fa name2
+is the name of the
+file created,
+.Fa name1
+is the string
+used in creating the symbolic link).
+Either name may be an arbitrary pathname; the files need not
+be on the same file system, and the file specified by
+.Fa name1
+need not exist at all.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn symlinkat
+function is equivalent to
+.Fn symlink
+except that where
+.Fa name2
+specifies a relative path,
+the newly created symbolic link is created relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn symlinkat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn symlink .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The symbolic link will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the
+.Fa name2
+prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+A component of the
+.Fa name2
+path prefix denies search permission.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+.Fa name2
+already exists.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry for
+.Fa name2 ,
+or allocating the inode for
+.Fa name2 ,
+or writing out the link contents of
+.Fa name2 .
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file
+.Fa name2
+would reside on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The directory in which the entry for the new symbolic link is being placed
+cannot be extended because there is no space left on the file
+system containing the directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+The new symbolic link cannot be created because there
+is no space left on the file
+system that will contain the symbolic link.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+There are no free inodes on the file system on which the
+symbolic link is being created.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The directory in which the entry for the new symbolic link
+is being placed cannot be extended because the
+user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
+containing the directory has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The new symbolic link cannot be created because the user's
+quota of disk blocks on the file system that will
+contain the symbolic link has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The user's quota of inodes on the file system on
+which the symbolic link is being created has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while making the directory entry or allocating the inode.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa name1
+or
+.Fa name2
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn symlinkat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa name2
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa name2
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa name2
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ln 1 ,
+.Xr link 2 ,
+.Xr readlink 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn symlink
+and
+.Fn symlinkat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn symlink
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+The
+.Fn symlinkat
+system call has been available since
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sync.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sync.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91e6851b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sync.2
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sync.2,v 1.17 2022/03/31 17:27:16 naddy Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sync.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:38:41 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sync.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 31 2022 $
+.Dt SYNC 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sync
+.Nd synchronize disk block in-core status with that on disk
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn sync void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sync
+function forces a write of dirty (modified) buffers
+in the block buffer cache out to disk.
+The kernel keeps this information in core to reduce
+the number of disk I/O transfers required by the system.
+As information in the cache is lost after a system crash, a
+.Fn sync
+call is issued frequently by the in-kernel process update
+(about every 30 seconds).
+.Pp
+The function
+.Xr fsync 2
+may be used to synchronize individual file descriptor attributes.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fsync 2 ,
+.Xr sync 8
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sync
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn sync
+function appeared in
+.At v2 .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Fn sync
+may return before the buffers are completely flushed.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sysarch.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sysarch.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c09d6d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sysarch.2
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sysarch.2,v 1.11 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: sysarch.2,v 1.4 1995/02/27 12:38:47 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     from: @(#)syscall.2	6.3 (Berkeley) 3/10/91
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt SYSARCH 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sysarch
+.Nd architecture-dependent system call
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In machine/sysarch.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sysarch "int number" "void *args"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn sysarch
+performs the architecture-dependent function specified by
+.Fa number
+with the arguments specified by the
+.Fa args
+pointer.
+.Fa args
+is a pointer to a structure defining the actual arguments of the function.
+Symbolic constants and argument structures for the architecture-dependent
+functions can be found in the header file
+.In machine/sysarch.h .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sysarch
+system call should never be called directly by user programs.
+Instead, they should access its functions using the architecture-dependent
+library.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+See the manual pages for specific architecture-dependent function calls
+for information about their return values.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn sysarch
+function call appeared in
+.Nx 0.9a .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/sysctl.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/sysctl.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f59ba60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/sysctl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,2444 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: sysctl.2,v 1.72 2026/04/04 19:26:32 jca Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 4 2026 $
+.Dt SYSCTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sysctl
+.Nd get or set system information
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/sysctl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn sysctl "const int *name" "u_int namelen" "void *oldp" "size_t *oldlenp" "void *newp" "size_t newlen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sysctl
+function retrieves system information and allows processes with
+appropriate privileges to set system information.
+The information available from
+.Fn sysctl
+consists of integers, strings, and tables.
+Information may be retrieved and set using the
+.Xr sysctl 8
+utility;
+the variable names used by this utility are given here in parentheses.
+.Pp
+Unless explicitly noted below,
+.Fn sysctl
+returns a consistent snapshot of the data requested.
+Consistency is obtained by locking the destination
+buffer into memory so that the data may be copied out without blocking.
+Calls to
+.Fn sysctl
+are serialized to avoid deadlock.
+.Pp
+The state is described using a
+.Dq Management Information Base (MIB)
+style name, listed in
+.Fa name ,
+which is a
+.Fa namelen
+length array of integers.
+.Pp
+The information is copied into the buffer specified by
+.Fa oldp .
+The size of the buffer is given by the location specified by
+.Fa oldlenp
+before the call,
+and that location gives the amount of data copied after a successful call.
+If the amount of data available is greater
+than the size of the buffer supplied,
+the call supplies as much data as fits in the buffer provided
+and returns with the error code
+.Er ENOMEM .
+If the old value is not desired,
+.Fa oldp
+and
+.Fa oldlenp
+should be set to
+.Dv NULL .
+.Pp
+The size of the available data can be determined by calling
+.Fn sysctl
+with a
+.Dv NULL
+parameter for
+.Fa oldp .
+The size of the available data will be returned in the location pointed to by
+.Fa oldlenp .
+For some operations, the amount of space may change often.
+For these operations,
+the system attempts to round up so that the returned size is
+large enough for a call to return the data shortly thereafter.
+.Pp
+The terminating NUL character is included in the lengths of string values.
+.Pp
+To set a new value,
+.Fa newp
+is set to point to a buffer of length
+.Fa newlen
+from which the requested value is to be taken.
+If a new value is not to be set,
+.Fa newp
+should be set to
+.Dv NULL
+and
+.Fa newlen
+set to 0.
+.Pp
+The top level names are defined with a
+.Dv CTL_
+prefix in
+.In sys/sysctl.h ,
+and are as follows.
+The next and subsequent levels down are found in the include files
+listed here, and described in separate sections below.
+.Bl -column "CTL_MACHDEP" "ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h" "Description" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Name" Ta Sy "Next level names" Ta Sy "Description"
+.It Dv CTL_DDB Ta "ddb/db_var.h" Ta "Kernel debugger"
+.It Dv CTL_DEBUG Ta "sys/sysctl.h" Ta "Debugging"
+.It Dv CTL_HW Ta "sys/sysctl.h" Ta "Generic CPU, I/O"
+.It Dv CTL_KERN Ta "sys/sysctl.h" Ta "High kernel limits"
+.It Dv CTL_MACHDEP Ta "sys/sysctl.h" Ta "Machine dependent"
+.It Dv CTL_NET Ta "sys/socket.h" Ta "Networking"
+.It Dv CTL_VFS Ta "ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h" Ta "Virtual file system"
+.It Dv CTL_VM Ta "uvm/uvmexp.h" Ta "Virtual memory"
+.El
+.Pp
+For example, the following retrieves the maximum number of processes allowed
+in the system:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int mib[2], maxproc;
+size_t len;
+
+mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+mib[1] = KERN_MAXPROC;
+len = sizeof(maxproc);
+if (sysctl(mib, 2, &maxproc, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+	err(1, "sysctl");
+.Ed
+.Ss CTL_DDB
+Integer information and settable variables are available for the
+.Dv CTL_DDB level ,
+as described below.
+More information is also available in
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+.Bl -column "Second level name" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv DBCTL_CONSOLE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_LOG Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_MAXLINE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_MAXWIDTH Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_PANIC Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_RADIX Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_TABSTOP Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv DBCTL_TRIGGER Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv DBCTL_CONSOLE Pq Va ddb.console
+When this variable is set, an architecture dependent magic key sequence
+on the console or a debugger button will permit entry into the kernel debugger.
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be raised.
+.It Dv DBCTL_LOG Pq Va ddb.log
+When set, ddb output is also logged in the kernel message buffer.
+.It Dv DBCTL_MAXLINE Pq Va ddb.max_line
+Determines the number of lines to page in
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+This variable is also available as the ddb
+.Dv $lines
+variable.
+.It Dv DBCTL_MAXWIDTH Pq Va ddb.max_width
+Determines the maximum width of a line in
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+This variable is also available as the ddb
+.Dv $maxwidth
+variable.
+.It Dv DBCTL_PANIC Pq Va ddb.panic
+When this variable is set, system panics may drop into the kernel debugger.
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be raised.
+.It Dv DBCTL_RADIX Pq Va ddb.radix
+Determines the default radix or base for non-prefixed numbers
+entered into
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+This variable is also available as the ddb
+.Dv $radix
+variable.
+.It Dv DBCTL_TABSTOP Pq Va ddb.tab_stop_width
+Width of a tab stop in
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+This variable is also available as the ddb
+.Dv $tabstops
+variable.
+.It Dv DBCTL_TRIGGER Pq Va ddb.trigger
+When
+.Dv DBCTL_CONSOLE
+is set,
+writing to
+.Dv DBCTL_TRIGGER
+causes the system to enter
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+the process writing to this variable must be running
+on the console in order to enter
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+.El
+.Ss CTL_DEBUG
+The debugging variables vary from system to system.
+A debugging variable may be added or deleted without need to recompile
+.Fn sysctl
+to know about it.
+Each time it runs,
+.Fn sysctl
+gets the list of debugging variables from the kernel and
+displays their current values.
+The system defines twenty
+.Vt struct ctldebug
+variables named
+.Va debug0
+through
+.Va debug19 .
+They are declared as separate variables so that they can be
+individually initialized at the location of their associated variable.
+The loader prevents multiple use of the same variable by issuing errors
+if a variable is initialized in more than one place.
+For example, to export the variable
+.Va dospecialcheck
+as a debugging variable, the following declaration would be used:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int dospecialcheck = 1;
+struct ctldebug debug5 = { "dospecialcheck", &dospecialcheck };
+.Ed
+.Ss CTL_HW
+The string and integer information available for the
+.Dv CTL_HW
+level is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level name" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv HW_ALLOWPOWERDOWN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv HW_BYTEORDER Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_CPUSPEED Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_DISKCOUNT Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_DISKNAMES Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_DISKSTATS Ta "struct" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_MACHINE Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_MODEL Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_NCPU Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_NCPUFOUND Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_NCPUONLINE Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_PAGESIZE Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_PERFPOLICY Ta "string" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv HW_PHYSMEM Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_PHYSMEM64 Ta "int64_t" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_POWER Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_PRODUCT Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_SENSORS Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv HW_SETPERF Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv HW_SMT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv HW_UCOMNAMES Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_BLOCKCPU Ta "string" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv HW_USERMEM Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_USERMEM64 Ta "int64_t" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_UUID Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_VENDOR Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv HW_VERSION Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv HW_ALLOWPOWERDOWN Pq Va hw.allowpowerdown
+Some machines generate an interrupt when the power button is pressed
+and a driver can catch that interrupt.
+When this variable is set, such an event will cause the system to
+perform a regular shutdown and power off the machine.
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be changed.
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY Pq Va hw.battery
+Control battery charging.
+These are only available on hardware that supports battery charging control.
+There are three subnodes:
+.Bl -column "HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTART" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGEMODE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTART Ta "integer" Ta "maybe"
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTOP Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+Their meanings are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGEMODE Pq Va hw.battery.chargemode
+Control if the battery is charged or discharged.
+A value of -1 means to (forcibly) discharge the battery.
+A value of 0 means to inhibit charging the battery.
+A value of 1 means to charge the battery, subject to the configured limits.
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTART Pq Va hw.battery.chargestart
+The percentage below which the battery will start charging.
+Not all hardware allows setting this value.
+On hardware that does not allow setting this value the battery will typically
+start charging at a fixed percentage point below the value configured through
+.Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTOP .
+.It Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTOP Pq Va hw.battery.chargestop
+The percentage above which the battery will stop charging.
+Setting the value to 100 will fully charge the battery.
+.El
+.Pp
+By setting
+.Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGEMODE
+to 1, and setting both
+.Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTART
+and
+.Dv HW_BATTERY_CHARGESTOP ,
+the battery will be kept charged at a percentage between the configured limits.
+.It Dv HW_BYTEORDER Pq Va hw.byteorder
+The byteorder (4321 or 1234).
+.It Dv HW_CPUSPEED Pq Va hw.cpuspeed
+The current CPU frequency
+.Pq in MHz .
+.It Dv HW_DISKCOUNT Pq Va hw.diskcount
+The number of disks currently attached to the system.
+.It Dv HW_DISKNAMES Pq Va hw.disknames
+A comma-separated list of disk names.
+.It Dv HW_DISKSTATS Pq Va hw.diskstats
+An array of
+.Vt struct diskstats
+structures containing disk statistics.
+.It Dv HW_MACHINE Pq Va hw.machine
+The kernel architecture as returned by
+.Xr uname 1
+.Fl m
+and by
+.Xr machine 1 .
+.It Dv HW_MODEL Pq Va hw.model
+The machine model.
+.It Dv HW_NCPU Pq Va hw.ncpu
+The number of CPUs configured.
+.It Dv HW_NCPUFOUND Pq Va hw.ncpufound
+The number of CPUs found.
+.It Dv HW_NCPUONLINE Pq Va hw.ncpuonline
+The number of CPUs online.
+.It Dv HW_PAGESIZE Pq Va hw.pagesize
+The software page size.
+.It Dv HW_PERFPOLICY Pq Va hw.perfpolicy
+The performance policy for power management.
+Can be one of
+.Dq manual ,
+.Dq auto ,
+or
+.Dq high .
+If the policy contains a comma, the second part specifies an alternative
+policy used while the system is running on battery.
+The
+.Nm
+API only exports the currently applicable policy.
+.\" XXX keep in sync with apmd(8)
+The default setting is
+.Dq high,auto .
+.It Dv HW_PHYSMEM
+The total physical memory, in bytes.
+This variable is deprecated; use
+.Dv HW_PHYSMEM64
+instead.
+.It Dv HW_PHYSMEM64 Pq Va hw.physmem
+The total physical memory, in bytes.
+.It Dv HW_POWER Pq Va hw.power
+Machine has wall-power.
+.It Dv HW_PRODUCT Pq Va hw.product
+The product name of the machine.
+.It Dv HW_SENSORS Pq Va hw.sensors
+Third level comprises an array of
+.Vt struct sensordev
+structures containing information about devices
+that may attach hardware monitoring sensors.
+.Pp
+Third, fourth and fifth levels together comprise an array of
+.Vt struct sensor
+structures containing snapshot readings of hardware monitoring sensors.
+In such usage, third level indicates the numerical representation
+of the sensor device name to which the sensor is attached
+(a device's xname and number are matched with the help of
+.Vt struct sensordev
+structure above),
+fourth level indicates sensor type and
+fifth level is an ordinal sensor number (unique to
+the specified sensor type on the specified sensor device).
+.Pp
+The
+.Sy sensordev
+and
+.Sy sensor
+structures
+and
+.Sy sensor_type
+enumeration
+are defined in
+.In sys/sensors.h .
+.It Dv HW_SERIALNO Pq Va hw.serialno
+The serial number of the machine.
+.It Dv HW_SETPERF Pq Va hw.setperf
+Current CPU performance
+.Pq percentage .
+It is only modifiable if
+.Dv HW_PERFPOLICY
+is set to
+.Dq manual .
+.It Dv HW_SMT Pq Va hw.smt
+If set to 1, enable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) on CPUs that
+support it.
+Deprecated, use
+.Va hw.blockcpu
+instead.
+.It Dv HW_BLOCKCPU Pq Va hw.blockcpu
+A series of characters
+.Ar ( S
+(SMT),
+.Ar P
+(Performance core),
+.Ar E
+(Efficiency core),
+and
+.Ar L
+(Lethargic, Low Power Efficiency core)
+representing cpu types to avoid schedule tasks onto.
+.It Dv HW_UCOMNAMES Pq Va hw.ucomnames
+A comma-separated list of currently attached
+.Xr ucom 4
+devices in the following format:
+.Pp
+.Sm off
+.D1 Sy ucom Ar N : Sy usb Ar bus.rootport.route.interface
+.Sm on
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar route
+consists of five hexadecimal digits identifying the path from
+the root port to the port containing the
+.Ar interface .
+.It Dv HW_USERMEM
+The amount of available non-kernel memory in bytes.
+This variable is deprecated; use
+.Dv HW_USERMEM64
+instead.
+.It Dv HW_USERMEM64 Pq Va hw.usermem
+The amount of available non-kernel memory in bytes.
+.It Dv HW_UUID Pq Va hw.uuid
+The universal unique identification number assigned to the machine.
+.It Dv HW_VENDOR Pq Va hw.vendor
+The vendor name for this machine.
+.It Dv HW_VERSION Pq Va hw.version
+The version or revision of this machine.
+.El
+.Ss CTL_KERN
+The string and integer information available for the
+.Dv CTL_KERN
+level is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+The types of data currently available are process information,
+system vnodes, the open file entries, routing table entries,
+virtual memory statistics, load average history, and clock rate
+information.
+.Bl -column "KERN_PROC_NOBROADCASTKILL" "u_int64_t[CPUSTATES]" "no" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_ALLOWDT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_ALLOWKMEM Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_ARGMAX Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_AUDIO Ta "node" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_BOOTTIME Ta "struct timeval" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_CACHEPCT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_CCPU Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_CLOCKRATE Ta "struct clockinfo" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_CONSDEV Ta "dev_t" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_CPTIME Ta "long[CPUSTATES]" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_CPTIME2 Ta "u_int64_t[CPUSTATES]" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_CPUSTATS Ta "struct cpustats" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_DOMAINNAME Ta "string" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_FILE Ta "struct kinfo_file" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_FORKSTAT Ta "struct forkstat" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_FSCALE Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_FSYNC Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_GLOBAL_PTRACE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_HOSTID Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_HOSTNAME Ta "string" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_INTRCNT Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_JOB_CONTROL Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOCSTATS Ta "node" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXCLUSTERS Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXFILES Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXLOCKSPERUID Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXPARTITIONS Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXPROC Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXTHREAD Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_MAXVNODES Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_MBSTAT Ta "struct mbstat" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_MSGBUF Ta "char[]" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_MSGBUFSIZE Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_NCHSTATS Ta "struct nchstats" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_NFILES Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_NGROUPS Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_NOSUIDCOREDUMP Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_NPROCS Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_NTHREADS Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_NUMVNODES Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_OSRELEASE Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_OSREV Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_OSTYPE Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_OSVERSION Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_PFSTATUS Ta "struct pf_status" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_POOL_DEBUG Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_POSIX1 Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC Ta "struct kinfo_proc" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_ARGS Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_CWD Ta "string" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_NOBROADCASTKILL Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_VMMAP Ta "struct kinfo_vmentry" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_PROF Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_RAWPARTITION Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SAVED_IDS Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SECURELVL Ta "integer" Ta "raise only"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_SOMAXCONN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SOMINCONN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SPLASSERT Ta "int" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_STACKGAPRANDOM Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVMSG Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVSEM Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVSHM Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_TTYCOUNT Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_UTC_OFFSET Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_VERSION Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_VIDEO Ta "node" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_WATCHDOG Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_WITNESS Ta "node" Ta "not applicable"
+.It Dv KERN_WXABORT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_ALLOWDT Pq Va kern.allowdt
+Allow userland processes access to
+.Pa /dev/dt .
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be changed.
+.It Dv KERN_ALLOWKMEM Pq Va kern.allowkmem
+Allow userland processes access to
+.Pa /dev/mem
+and
+.Pa /dev/kmem .
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be changed.
+.It Dv KERN_ARGMAX Pq Va kern.argmax
+The maximum number of bytes allowed among the arguments to
+.Xr execve 2 .
+.It Dv KERN_AUDIO Pq Va kern.audio
+Control device-independent aspects of the
+.Xr audio 4
+subsystem.
+.Bl -column "KERN_AUDIO_KBDCONTROL" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_AUDIO_RECORD Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_AUDIO_KBDCONTROL Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_AUDIO_RECORD Pq Va kern.audio.record
+If set to the default value of 0, recording is muted by default
+for all audio devices.
+Otherwise, audio recording is enabled by default.
+For individual devices, this setting can be overridden with the
+.Xr mixerctl 8
+.Va record.enable
+variable.
+.It Dv KERN_AUDIO_KBDCONTROL Pq Va kern.audio.kbdcontrol
+If set to the default value of 1, the
+.Xr wskbd 4
+driver will attempt to adjust the level of the first
+.Xr audio 4
+device when the volume keys of multimedia keyboards are pressed.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_BOOTTIME Pq Va kern.boottime
+A
+.Vt struct timeval
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the time that the system was booted.
+.It Dv KERN_CACHEPCT Pq Va kern.bufcachepercent
+The maximum percentage of DMA-reachable physical memory
+the buffer cache may use.
+.It Dv KERN_CCPU Pq Va kern.ccpu
+The scheduler exponential decay value.
+.It Dv KERN_CLOCKRATE Pq Va kern.clockrate
+A
+.Vt struct clockinfo
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the hard clock, statistics clock and profiling clock
+frequencies, and the number of microseconds per hard clock tick.
+.It Dv KERN_CONSDEV Pq Va kern.consdev
+The console device.
+.It Dv KERN_CPTIME Pq Va kern.cp_time
+An array of longs of size
+.Dv CPUSTATES
+is returned, containing statistics about the number of ticks spent by
+the system in interrupt processing, user processes
+.Po
+.Xr nice 1
+or normal
+.Pc ,
+system processing, lock spinning, or idling.
+.It Dv KERN_CPTIME2 Pq Va kern.cp_time2
+Similar to
+.Dv KERN_CPTIME ,
+but obtains information from only the single CPU specified by the
+third level name given.
+.It Dv KERN_CPUSTATS
+A
+.Vt struct cpustats
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the array described in
+.Dv KERN_CPTIME2
+and a bit mask indicating the status of the CPU specified by the
+third level name.
+.It Dv KERN_DOMAINNAME Pq Va kern.domainname
+Get or set the YP domain name like with
+.Xr getdomainname 3 ,
+.Xr setdomainname 3 ,
+and
+.Xr domainname 1 .
+.It Dv KERN_FILE Pq Va kern.file
+Return the entire file table, or a subset of it.
+An array of
+.Vt struct kinfo_file
+structures is returned,
+whose size depends on the current number of selected files in the system.
+The third and fourth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "Third level name" "Fourth level is:" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Fourth level is:"
+.It Dv KERN_FILE_BYFILE Ta "A file type"
+.It Dv KERN_FILE_BYPID Ta "A process ID"
+.It Dv KERN_FILE_BYUID Ta "A user ID"
+.El
+.Pp
+The fifth level name is the size of the
+.Vt struct kinfo_file
+and the sixth level name is the number of structures to return.
+.It Dv KERN_FORKSTAT Pq Va kern.forkstat
+A
+.Vt struct forkstat
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains information about the number of
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr vfork 2 ,
+and
+.Xr __tfork 3
+system calls as well as kernel thread creations since system startup,
+and the number of pages of virtual memory involved in each.
+.It Dv KERN_FSCALE Pq Va kern.fscale
+The kernel fixed-point scale factor.
+.It Dv KERN_FSYNC Pq Va kern.fsync
+Return 1 if the File Synchronisation Option is available on this system,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Dv KERN_GLOBAL_PTRACE Pq Va kern.global_ptrace
+When set to 1, permit
+.Xr ptrace 2
+to attach to any process with the appropriate privileges.
+When set to 0, processes may only attach to their own descendants.
+.It Dv KERN_HOSTID Pq Va kern.hostid
+Get or set the host ID.
+.It Dv KERN_HOSTNAME Pq Va kern.hostname
+Get or set the hostname like with
+.Xr gethostname 3 ,
+.Xr sethostname 3 ,
+and
+.Xr hostname 1 .
+.It Dv KERN_JOB_CONTROL Pq Va kern.job_control
+Return 1 if job control is available on this system, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOCSTATS Pq Va kern.malloc
+Return kernel memory bucket statistics.
+The third level names are detailed below.
+There are no changeable values in this branch.
+.Bl -column "KERN_MALLOC_KMEMNAMES" "string" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type"
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_BUCKET Ta "node"
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_BUCKETS Ta "string"
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_KMEMNAMES Ta "string"
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_KMEMSTATS Ta "node"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_BUCKET.<size> Pq Va kern.malloc.bucket
+A node containing the statistics for the memory bucket of the
+specified size (in decimal notation, the number of bytes per bucket
+element, e.g., 16, 32, 128).
+Each node returns a
+.Vt struct kmembuckets .
+.Pp
+If a value is specified that does not correspond directly to a
+bucket size, the statistics for the closest larger bucket size will be
+returned instead.
+.Pp
+Note that bucket sizes are typically powers of 2.
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_BUCKETS Pq Va kern.malloc.buckets
+Return a comma-separated list of the bucket sizes used by the kernel.
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_KMEMNAMES Pq Va kern.malloc.kmemnames
+Return a comma-separated list of the names of the kernel
+.Xr malloc 9
+types.
+.It Dv KERN_MALLOC_KMEMSTATS Pq Va kern.malloc.kmemstat
+A node containing the statistics for the memory types of the specified
+name.
+Each node returns a
+.Vt struct kmemstats .
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_MAXCLUSTERS Pq Va kern.maxclusters
+The maximum number of
+.Xr mbuf 9
+clusters that may be allocated.
+.It Dv KERN_MAXFILES Pq Va kern.maxfiles
+The maximum number of open files that may be open in the system.
+.It Dv KERN_MAXLOCKSPERUID Pq Va kern.maxlocksperuid
+The maximum number of file locks per user;
+the default is 1024.
+.It Dv KERN_MAXPARTITIONS Pq Va kern.maxpartitions
+The maximum number of partitions allowed per disk.
+.It Dv KERN_MAXPROC Pq Va kern.maxproc
+The maximum number of simultaneous processes the system will allow.
+.It Dv KERN_MAXTHREAD Pq Va kern.maxthread
+The maximum number of simultaneous threads the system will allow.
+.It Dv KERN_MAXVNODES Pq Va kern.maxvnodes
+The maximum number of vnodes available on the system.
+.It Dv KERN_MBSTAT Pq Va kern.mbstat
+A
+.Vt struct mbstat
+structure is returned, containing statistics on
+.Xr mbuf 9
+usage.
+.It Dv KERN_MSGBUF Pq Va kern.msgbuf
+Returns a buffer containing kernel log messages;
+see
+.Xr dmesg 8 .
+.It Dv KERN_MSGBUFSIZE Pq Va kern.msgbufsize
+The size of the kernel message buffer.
+.It Dv KERN_NCHSTATS Pq Va kern.nchstats
+A
+.Vt struct nchstats
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains information about the
+filename to
+.Xr inode 5
+mapping cache.
+.It Dv KERN_NFILES Pq Va kern.nfiles
+Number of open files.
+.It Dv KERN_NGROUPS Pq Va kern.ngroups
+The maximum number of supplemental groups.
+.It Dv KERN_NOSUIDCOREDUMP Pq Va kern.nosuidcoredump
+Whether a process may dump core after changing user or group ID:
+.Bl -column "value" "condition" "current directory"
+.It Sy "value" Ta Sy "condition" Ta Sy "dump core to"
+.It 0 Ta "euid == 0" Ta "current directory"
+.It 1 Ta "never" Ta ""
+.It 2 Ta "always" Ta Pa "/var/crash"
+.It 3 Ta "depends" Ta Pa "/var/crash/$programname/"
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_NPROCS Pq Va kern.nprocs
+The number of entries in the kernel process table.
+.It Dv KERN_NTHREADS Pq Va kern.nthreads
+The number of entries in the kernel thread table.
+.It Dv KERN_NUMVNODES Pq Va kern.numvnodes
+Number of vnodes in use.
+.It Dv KERN_OSRELEASE Pq Va kern.osrelease
+The system release string as returned by
+.Xr uname 1
+.Fl r .
+.It Dv KERN_OSREV Pq Va kern.osrevision
+The system revision number.
+.It Dv KERN_OSTYPE Pq Va kern.ostype
+The system type string as returned by
+.Xr uname 1
+.Fl s ;
+it is always
+.Dq Ox .
+.It Dv KERN_OSVERSION Pq Va kern.osversion
+The kernel build version as returned by
+.Xr uname 1
+.Fl v .
+.It Dv KERN_PFSTATUS
+The
+.Vt struct pf_status
+structure.
+.It Dv KERN_POOL_DEBUG Pq Va kern.pool_debug
+Modify the memory pool debug level.
+Valid values are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 3n -offset indent -compact
+.It 0
+Disable pool debugging.
+.It 1
+Enable use after free detection.
+.It 2
+In addition to 1, when calling either
+.Xr malloc 9
+or
+.Xr pool_get 9
+with flags indicating that sleeping is allowed then always yield.
+Useful to detect potential races.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_POSIX1 Pq Va kern.posix1version
+The version of ISO/IEC 9945 (POSIX 1003.1) with which the system
+attempts to comply.
+.It Dv KERN_PROC Pq Va kern.proc
+Return the entire process table, or a subset of it.
+An array of
+.Vt struct kinfo_proc
+structures is returned,
+whose size depends on the current number of selected processes in the system.
+The third and fourth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "KERN_PROC_SESSION" "Fourth level is:" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Fourth level is:"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_ALL Ta "None"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_KTHREAD Ta "A kernel thread"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_PID Ta "A process ID"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_PGRP Ta "A process group"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_RUID Ta "A real user ID"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_SESSION Ta "A session PID"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_TTY Ta "A tty device"
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_UID Ta "A user ID"
+.El
+.Pp
+The fifth level name is the size of the
+.Vt struct kinfo_proc
+and the sixth level name is the number of structures to return.
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_ARGS Pq Va kern.procargs
+Returns the arguments or environment of a process.
+The third level name is the PID of the process.
+The fourth level name is one of:
+.Bl -column KERN_PROC_NARGV -offset indent
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_ARGV
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_ENV
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_NARGV
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_NENV
+.El
+.Pp
+.Dv KERN_PROC_NARGV
+and
+.Dv KERN_PROC_NENV
+return the number of elements as an
+.Vt int
+in the argv or env array.
+.Dv KERN_PROC_ARGV
+returns the argv array and
+.Dv KERN_PROC_ENV
+returns the environ array.
+The buffer pointed to by
+.Fa oldp
+is filled with an array of char pointers
+followed by the strings themselves.
+The last char pointer is a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer.
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_CWD Pq Va kern.proc_cwd
+Return the current working directory of a process.
+The third level name is the target process ID.
+A NUL-terminated string is returned.
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_NOBROADCASTKILL Pq Va kern.proc_nobroadcastkill
+When set, a process will no longer be signaled when sending broadcast signals.
+The third level name is the target process ID.
+.It Dv KERN_PROC_VMMAP Pq Va kern.proc_vmmap
+Return the entire process VM map entries.
+An array of
+.Vt struct kinfo_vmentry
+structures is returned,
+whose size depends on the current number of VM map entries
+of the selected process.
+Iteration is possible by setting the base address in the first element of
+.Vt struct kinfo_vmentry .
+.It Dv KERN_PROF Pq Va kern.profiling
+Return profiling information about the kernel.
+If the kernel is not compiled for profiling,
+attempts to retrieve any of the
+.Dv KERN_PROF
+values will fail with
+.Er EOPNOTSUPP .
+The third level names for the string and integer profiling information
+are detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Third level name" "struct gmonparam" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv GPROF_COUNT Ta "u_short[]" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv GPROF_FROMS Ta "u_short[]" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv GPROF_GMONPARAM Ta "struct gmonparam" Ta "no"
+.It Dv GPROF_STATE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv GPROF_TOS Ta "struct tostruct" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv GPROF_COUNT
+Array of statistical program counter counts.
+.It Dv GPROF_FROMS
+Array indexed by program counter of call-from points.
+.It Dv GPROF_GMONPARAM
+Structure giving the sizes of the above arrays.
+.It Dv GPROF_STATE
+Returns
+.Dv GMON_PROF_ON
+or
+.Dv GMON_PROF_OFF
+to show that profiling is running or stopped.
+.It Dv GPROF_TOS
+Array of
+.Vt struct tostruct
+describing destination of calls and their counts.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_RAWPARTITION Pq Va kern.rawpartition
+The raw partition of a disk (a == 0).
+.It Dv KERN_SAVED_IDS Pq Va kern.saved_ids
+Returns 1 if saved set-group-ID and saved set-user-ID are available.
+.It Dv KERN_SECURELVL Pq Va kern.securelevel
+The system security level.
+This level may be raised by processes with appropriate privileges.
+It may only be lowered by process 1.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO Pq Va kern.seminfo
+Return the elements of
+.Vt struct seminfo .
+If the kernel is not compiled with System V style semaphore support,
+attempts to retrieve any of the
+.Dv KERN_SEMINFO
+values will fail with
+.Er EOPNOTSUPP .
+The third level names for the elements of
+.Vt struct seminfo
+are detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNI" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMAEM Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNI Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNS Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNU Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMSL Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMOPM Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMUME Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMUSZ Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMVMX Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMAEM Pq Va kern.seminfo.semaem
+The adjust on exit maximum value.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNI Pq Va kern.seminfo.semmni
+The maximum number of semaphore identifiers allowed.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNS Pq Va kern.seminfo.semmns
+The maximum number of semaphores allowed in the system.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMNU Pq Va kern.seminfo.semmnu
+The maximum number of semaphore undo structures allowed in the system.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMMSL Pq Va kern.seminfo.semmsl
+The maximum number of semaphores allowed per ID.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMOPM Pq Va kern.seminfo.semopm
+The maximum number of operations per
+.Xr semop 2
+call.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMUME Pq Va kern.seminfo.semume
+The maximum number of undo entries per process.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMUSZ Pq Va kern.seminfo.semusz
+The size (in bytes) of the undo structure.
+.It Dv KERN_SEMINFO_SEMVMX Pq Va kern.seminfo.semvmx
+The semaphore maximum value.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO Pq Va kern.shminfo
+Return the elements of
+.Vt struct shminfo .
+If the kernel is not compiled with System V style shared memory support,
+attempts to retrieve any of the
+.Dv KERN_SHMINFO
+values will fail with
+.Er EOPNOTSUPP .
+The third level names for the elements of
+.Vt struct shminfo
+are detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMAX" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMALL Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMAX Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMIN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMNI Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMSEG Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMALL Pq Va kern.shminfo.shmall
+The maximum amount of total shared memory allowed in the system (in pages).
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMAX Pq Va kern.shminfo.shmmax
+The maximum shared memory segment size (in bytes).
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMIN Pq Va kern.shminfo.shmmin
+The minimum shared memory segment size (in bytes).
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMMNI Pq Va kern.shminfo.shmmni
+The maximum number of shared memory identifiers in the system.
+.It Dv KERN_SHMINFO_SHMSEG Pq Va kern.shminfo.shmseg
+The maximum number of shared memory segments per process.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_SOMAXCONN Pq Va kern.somaxconn
+Upper bound on the number of half-open connections a process can allow
+to be associated with a socket, using
+.Xr listen 2 .
+The default value is 128.
+.It Dv KERN_SOMINCONN Pq Va kern.sominconn
+Lower bound on the number of half-open connections a process can allow
+to be associated with a socket, using
+.Xr listen 2 .
+The default value is 80.
+.It Dv KERN_SPLASSERT Pq Va kern.splassert
+Modify the system interrupt priority level.
+Valid values are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 3n -offset indent -compact
+.It 0
+Disable error checking.
+.It 1
+Print a message if an error is detected.
+.It 2
+Print a message if an error is detected,
+and a stack trace if possible.
+.It 3
+The same as 2, but also drop into the kernel debugger.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any other value causes a system panic on errors.
+See
+.Xr splassert 9
+for more information.
+.It Dv KERN_STACKGAPRANDOM Pq Va kern.stackgap_random
+Sets the range of the random value added to the stack pointer on each
+program execution.
+The random value is added to make buffer overflow exploitation slightly
+harder.
+The bigger the number, the harder it is to brute force this added protection,
+but it also means bigger waste of memory.
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_INFO Pq Va kern.sysvipc_info
+Return System V style IPC configuration and run-time information.
+The third level name selects the System V style IPC facility.
+.Bl -column "KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO" "struct shm_sysctl_info" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO Ta "struct msg_sysctl_info"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO Ta "struct sem_sysctl_info"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO Ta "struct shm_sysctl_info"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_MSG_INFO
+Return information on the System V style message facility.
+The
+.Sy msg_sysctl_info
+structure is defined in
+.In sys/msg.h .
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_SEM_INFO
+Return information on the System V style semaphore facility.
+The
+.Sy sem_sysctl_info
+structure is defined in
+.In sys/sem.h .
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVIPC_SHM_INFO
+Return information on the System V style shared memory facility.
+The
+.Sy shm_sysctl_info
+structure is defined in
+.In sys/shm.h .
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVMSG Pq Va kern.sysvmsg
+Returns 1 if System V style message queue functionality is available on this
+system, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVSEM Pq Va kern.sysvem
+Returns 1 if System V style semaphore functionality is available on this
+system, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv KERN_SYSVSHM Pq Va kern.sysvshm
+Returns 1 if System V style shared memory functionality is available on this
+system, otherwise 0.
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER Pq Va kern.timecounter
+Return statistics information about the kernel time counter.
+The third level names information is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "KERN_TIMECOUNTER_TIMESTEPWARNINGS" "integer" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_CHOICE Ta "string" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_HARDWARE Ta "string" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_TICK Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_TIMESTEPWARNINGS Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_CHOICE Pq Va kern.timecounter.choice
+Get the list of kernel time counter sources and their claimed
+quality (higher is better).
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_HARDWARE Pq Va kern.timecounter.hardware
+Get or set the kernel time counter source by name.
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_TICK Pq Va kern.timecounter.tick
+Get the number of times we have reset the kernel time counter
+information.
+.It Dv KERN_TIMECOUNTER_TIMESTEPWARNINGS Pq Va kern.timecounter.timestepwarnings
+Get or set a flag to log a message when the kernel time is
+stepped.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_TTY Pq Va kern.tty
+Return statistics information about tty input/output.
+The third level names information is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "KERN_TTY_TKRAWCC" "struct itty" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_INFO Ta "struct itty" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKCANCC Ta "int64_t" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKNIN Ta "int64_t" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKNOUT Ta "int64_t" Ta "no"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKRAWCC Ta "int64_t" Ta "no"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_INFO Pq Va kern.tty.ttyinfo
+Returns an array of
+.Vt struct itty
+structures containing tty statistics.
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKCANCC Pq Va kern.tty.tk_cancc
+Returns the number of input characters in canonical mode.
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKNIN Pq Va kern.tty.tk_nin
+Returns the number of input characters from a
+.Xr tty 4 .
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKNOUT Pq Va kern.tty.tk_nout
+Returns the number of output characters on a
+.Xr tty 4 .
+.It Dv KERN_TTY_TKRAWCC Pq Va kern.tty.tk_rawcc
+Returns the number of input characters in raw mode.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_TTYCOUNT Pq Va kern.ttycount
+Number of available
+.Xr tty 4
+devices.
+.It Dv KERN_UTC_OFFSET Pq Va kern.utc_offset
+The real-time clock's
+.Pq RTC
+offset from
+Coordinated Universal Time
+.Pq UTC
+expressed as minutes East of UTC+0.
+When set,
+time read from the RTC is adjusted to remove the offset
+and time written to the RTC is adjusted to reapply it.
+This may simplify multibooting with an operating system that
+does not run the RTC in UTC mode.
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be changed.
+.It Dv KERN_VERSION Pq Va kern.version
+The system version string.
+.It Dv KERN_VIDEO Pq Va kern.video
+Control device-independent aspects of the
+.Xr video 4
+subsystem.
+Currently, there is one subnode:
+.Bl -column "KERN_VIDEO_RECORD" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_VIDEO_RECORD Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+Its meaning is as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_VIDEO_RECORD Pq Va kern.video.record
+If set to the default value of 0, recording is blanked for all video devices.
+If the value is non-zero, video recording is enabled.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_WATCHDOG Pq Va kern.watchdog
+Return information on hardware watchdog timers.
+If the kernel does not support a hardware watchdog timer,
+attempts to retrieve or set any of the
+.Dv KERN_WATCHDOG
+values will fail with
+.Er EOPNOTSUPP .
+.Bl -column "KERN_WATCHDOG_PERIOD" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_WATCHDOG_AUTO Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_WATCHDOG_PERIOD Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_WATCHDOG_AUTO Pq Va kern.watchdog.auto
+If set to 1, the kernel refreshes the watchdog timer periodically.
+If set to 0, a userland process must ensure that the watchdog timer
+gets refreshed by setting the
+.Dv KERN_WATCHDOG_PERIOD
+variable.
+.It Dv KERN_WATCHDOG_PERIOD Pq Va kern.watchdog.period
+The period of the watchdog timer in seconds.
+Set to 0 to disable the watchdog timer.
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_WITNESS Pq Va kern.witness
+Control settings of
+.Xr witness 4 .
+.Bl -column "KERN_WITNESS_LOCKTRACE" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv KERN_WITNESS_LOCKTRACE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv KERN_WITNESS_WATCH Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv KERN_WITNESS_LOCKTRACE Pq Va kern.witness.locktrace
+When set,
+.Xr witness 4
+saves a stack trace on each lock acquisition.
+The stack traces of acquired locks can be viewed using
+.Xr ddb 4 .
+.It Dv KERN_WITNESS_WATCH Pq Va kern.witness.watch
+Control how
+.Xr witness 4
+behaves on error.
+Valid values are:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 3n -offset indent -compact
+.It -1
+Disable
+.Xr witness 4
+completely.
+System reboot is needed to re-enable it.
+.It 0
+Disable lock order checking.
+.It 1
+Print a message if an error is detected.
+.It 2
+Print a message if an error is detected,
+and a stack trace if possible.
+.It 3
+The same as 2, but also drop into the kernel debugger.
+.El
+.El
+.It Dv KERN_WXABORT Pq Va kern.wxabort
+Generate an abort,
+rather than returning an error,
+on W^X violation.
+.El
+.Ss CTL_MACHDEP
+The set of variables defined is architecture dependent.
+Most architectures define at least the following variables.
+.Bl -column "Second level name" "dev_t" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv CPU_CONSDEV Ta "dev_t" Ta "no"
+.El
+.Pp
+Consult the example file
+.Pa /etc/examples/sysctl.conf
+for a non-exhaustive list of
+.Va machdep
+variables.
+.Ss CTL_NET
+The string and integer information available for the
+.Dv CTL_NET
+level is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level name" "routing messages" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv PF_ROUTE Ta "routing messages" Ta "no"
+.It Dv PF_INET Ta "IPv4 values" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv PF_INET6 Ta "IPv6 values" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv PF_UNIX Ta "UNIX-domain values" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv PF_KEY Ta "key management" Ta "no"
+.It Dv PF_MPLS Ta "MPLS values" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv PF_PIPEX Ta "PIPEX values" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv PF_ROUTE
+Return the entire routing table or a subset of it.
+The data is returned as a sequence of routing messages (see
+.Xr route 4
+for the header file, format, and meaning).
+The length of each message is contained in the message header.
+.Pp
+The third level name is a protocol number, which is currently always 0.
+The fourth level name is an address family, which may be set to 0 to
+select all address families.
+The fifth and sixth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "Fifth level name" "Sixth level is:" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Fifth level name" Ta Sy "Sixth level is:"
+.It Dv NET_RT_DUMP Ta "priority"
+.It Dv NET_RT_FLAGS Ta "rtflags"
+.It Dv NET_RT_IFLIST Ta "None"
+.It Dv NET_RT_IFNAMES Ta "None"
+.It Dv NET_RT_STATS Ta "None"
+.It Dv NET_RT_TABLE Ta "rtableid"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv NET_RT_DUMP
+If set to 0, show all routes.
+If set to any number, show all routes with that number priority.
+If set to a negative number, show routes that do not have the positive
+priority value.
+.El
+.Pp
+An optional seventh level name can be provided to select the routing table
+on which to run the operation.
+If not provided, the current routing table is used.
+.It Dv PF_INET
+Get or set various global information about IPv4
+.Pq Internet Protocol version 4 .
+The third level name is the protocol.
+The fourth level name is the variable name.
+The currently defined protocols and names are:
+.Bl -column "Protocol name" "ipsec-expire-acquire" "structure" "Changeable" -offset 2n
+.It Sy "Protocol name" Ta Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It ah Ta enable Ta integer Ta yes
+.It bpf Ta bufsize Ta integer Ta yes
+.It bpf Ta maxbufsize Ta integer Ta yes
+.It carp Ta allow Ta integer Ta yes
+.It carp Ta log Ta integer Ta yes
+.It carp Ta preempt Ta integer Ta yes
+.It divert Ta recvspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It divert Ta sendspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It esp Ta enable Ta integer Ta yes
+.It esp Ta udpencap Ta integer Ta yes
+.It esp Ta udpencap_port Ta integer Ta yes
+.It etherip Ta allow Ta integer Ta yes
+.It gre Ta allow Ta integer Ta yes
+.It gre Ta wccp Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp Ta bmcastecho Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp Ta errppslimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp Ta maskrepl Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp Ta rediraccept Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp Ta redirtimeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp Ta stats Ta structure Ta no
+.It icmp Ta tstamprepl Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta arpqueued Ta integer Ta no
+.It ip Ta arpdown Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta arptimeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta arpq Ta node Ta "N/A"
+.It ip Ta directed-broadcast Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta encdebug Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta forwarding Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-allocs Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-auth-alg Ta string Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-bytes Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-comp-alg Ta string Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-enc-alg Ta string Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-expire-acquire Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-firstuse Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-invalid-life Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-pfs Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-soft-allocs Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-soft-bytes Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-soft-firstuse Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-soft-timeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta ipsec-timeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta maxqueue Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta mforwarding Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta mtudisc Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta mtudisctimeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta multipath Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta portfirst Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta porthifirst Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta porthilast Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta portlast Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta redirect Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta sourceroute Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip Ta stats Ta structure Ta no
+.It ip Ta ttl Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ipcomp Ta enable Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ipip Ta allow Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta ackonpush Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta always_keepalive Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta baddynamic Ta array Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta ecn Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta ident Ta structure Ta no
+.It tcp Ta keepidle Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta keepinittime Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta keepintvl Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta mssdflt Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta reasslimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta rfc1323 Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta rfc3390 Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta rootonly Ta array Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta rstppslimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta sack Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta stats Ta structure Ta no
+.It tcp Ta synbucketlimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta syncachelimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta synhashsize Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta synuselimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It tcp Ta tso Ta integer Ta yes
+.It udp Ta baddynamic Ta array Ta yes
+.It udp Ta checksum Ta integer Ta yes
+.It udp Ta recvspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It udp Ta rootonly Ta array Ta yes
+.It udp Ta sendspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It udp Ta stats Ta structure Ta no
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li ah.enable Pq Va net.inet.ah.enable
+If set to 1, enable the Authentication Header
+.Pq AH
+IPsec protocol.
+Enabled by default.
+See
+.Xr ipsec 4
+for more information.
+.It Li bpf.bufsize Pq Va net.bpf.bufsize
+The initial size of
+.Xr bpf 4
+buffers.
+.It Li bpf.maxbufsize Pq Va net.bpf.maxbufsize
+The maximum size a user may request a
+.Xr bpf 4
+buffer to be.
+.It Li carp.allow Pq Va net.inet.carp.allow
+If set to 0, incoming
+.Xr carp 4
+packets will not be processed.
+If set to any other value, processing will occur.
+Enabled by default.
+.It Li carp.log Pq Va net.inet.carp.log
+Controls the verbosity of
+.Xr carp 4
+logging.
+May be a value between 0 and 7 corresponding with
+.Xr syslog 3
+priorities.
+The default value is 2.
+.It Li carp.preempt Pq Va net.inet.carp.preempt
+If set to 0,
+.Xr carp 4
+will not attempt to become master if it is receiving advertisements from
+another active master.
+If set to any other value, carp will become master of the virtual host if it
+believes it can send advertisements more frequently than the current master.
+Disabled by default.
+.It Li divert.recvspace Pq Va net.inet.divert.recvspace
+Returns the default divert receive buffer size.
+.It Li divert.sendspace Pq Va net.inet.divert.sendspace
+Returns the default divert send buffer size.
+.It Li esp.enable Pq Va net.inet.esp.enable
+If set to 1, enable the Encapsulating Security Payload
+.Pq ESP
+IPsec protocol.
+Enabled by default.
+See
+.Xr ipsec 4
+for more information.
+.It Li esp.udpencap Pq Va net.inet.esp.udpencap
+If set to 1, enable processing of UDP encapsulated ESP packets.
+Enabled by default.
+.It Li esp.udpencap_port Pq Va net.inet.udpencap_port
+Contains the value of the UDP port that triggers
+decapsulation for incoming UDP encapsulated ESP packets.
+The default port is 4500.
+.It Li etherip.allow Pq Va net.inet.etherip.allow
+If set to 0, incoming Ethernet-in-IPv4 packets will not be processed.
+If set to any other value, processing will occur.
+.It Li gre.allow Pq Va net.inet.gre.allow
+If set to 0, incoming GRE packets will not be processed.
+If set to any other value, processing will occur.
+.It Li gre.wccp Pq Va net.inet.gre.wccp
+If set to 0, incoming WCCPv1-style GRE packets will not be processed.
+If set to any other value, and gre.allow allows GRE packet processing,
+WCCPv1-style GRE packets will be processed.
+.It Li icmp.bmcastecho Pq Va net.inet.icmp.bmcastecho
+If set to 1, respond to ICMP echo requests destined for
+broadcast and multicast addresses.
+Note, enabling this could open a system to a type of denial of service attack
+called
+.Qq smurfing ,
+and is thus not advised.
+.It Li icmp.errppslimit Pq Va net.inet.icmp.errppslimit
+This variable specifies the maximum number of outgoing ICMP error messages
+per second.
+ICMP error messages exceeding this value are subject to rate limitation
+and will not go out from the node.
+A negative value disables rate limitation.
+.It Li icmp.maskrepl Pq Va kern.inet.icmp.maskrepl
+Returns 1 if ICMP network mask requests are to be answered.
+.It Li icmp.rediraccept Pq Va kern.inet.icmp.rediraccept
+If set to non-zero, the host will accept ICMP redirect packets.
+Note that routers will never accept ICMP redirect packets,
+and the variable is meaningful on IP hosts only.
+.It Li icmp.redirtimeout Pq Va net.inet.icmp.redrttimeout
+This variable specifies the lifetime of routing entries generated by incoming
+ICMP redirects.
+The default timeout is 10 minutes.
+.It Li icmp.stats Pq Va kern.inet.icmp.stats
+Returns the ICMP statistics in a struct icmpstat.
+.It Li icmp.tstamprepl Pq Va net.inet.icmp.tstamprepl
+If set to 1, reply to ICMP timestamp requests.
+If set to 0, ignore timestamp requests.
+.It Li ip.arpqueued Pq Va net.inet.ip.arpqueued
+Number of packets ARP resolution is holding onto until it gets a MAC
+address for an IP.
+.It Li ip.arpdown Pq Va net.inet.ip.arpdown
+Lifetime of unresolved ARP entries, in seconds.
+.It Li ip.arptimeout Pq Va net.inet.ip.arptimeout
+Lifetime of resolved ARP entries, in seconds.
+.It Li ip.arpq
+Fifth level comprises an array of
+.Vt struct ifqueue
+structures containing information about ARP queue.
+The fifth level names for the elements of
+.Vt struct ifqueue
+are detailed below.
+.Bl -column "Fifth level name" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Fifth level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv IFQCTL_DROPS Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv IFQCTL_LEN Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv IFQCTL_MAXLEN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
+.It Dv IFQCTL_DROPS Pq Va net.inet.ip.arpq.drops
+Returns number of packet dropped.
+.It Dv IFQCTL_LEN Pq Va net.inet.ip.arpq.len
+Returns the current queue length.
+.It Dv IFQCTL_MAXLEN Pq Va net.inet.ip.arpq.maxlen
+Get or set the maximum number of queue length.
+.El
+.It Li ip.directed-broadcast Pq Va net.inet.ip.directed-broadcast
+Returns 1 if directed broadcast behavior is enabled for the host.
+.It Li ip.encdebug Pq Va net.inet.ip.encdebug
+Returns 1 when error message reporting is enabled for the host.
+If the kernel has been compiled with the
+.Dv ENCDEBUG
+option,
+then debugging information will also be reported when this variable is set.
+.It Li ip.forwarding Pq Va net.inet.ip.forwarding
+If set to 0, IP forwarding is disabled.
+The IP stack also requires the destination IP address of incoming packets
+to match the IP address of the network interface the packet is bound to.
+If set to 1, IP forwarding is enabled for the host,
+indicating the host is acting as a router.
+If set to 2, IP forwarding is restricted to traffic that has been
+IPsec encapsulated or decapsulated by the host.
+Enabling packet forwarding (values either 1 or 2) relaxes the requirements
+on incoming packets,
+so that its destination address must match just any IP address
+bound to the host.
+The default value is 0.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-allocs Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-allocs
+The number of IPsec flows that can use a security association before
+it expires.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, the security association will not
+expire because of this counter.
+The default value is 0.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-auth-alg Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-auth-alg
+This is the default authentication algorithm the kernel will instruct
+key management daemons to negotiate when establishing security
+associations on behalf of the kernel.
+Such security associations can occur as a result of a process having
+requested some security level through
+.Xr setsockopt 2 ,
+or as a result of dynamic VPN entries.
+Supported values are hmac-md5, hmac-sha1, and hmac-ripemd160.
+If set to any other value, it is left to the key management daemons to
+select an authentication algorithm for the security association.
+The default value is hmac-sha1.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-bytes Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-bytes
+The number of bytes that will be processed by a security association
+before it expires.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, the security association will not
+expire because of this counter.
+The default value is 0.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-comp-alg Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-comp-alg
+The compression algorithm to use with an IP Compression Association
+.Pq IPCA .
+Currently the only possible value is
+.Dq deflate .
+.It Li ip.ipsec-enc-alg Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-enc-alg
+This is the default encryption algorithm the kernel will instruct key
+management daemons to negotiate when establishing security
+associations on behalf of the kernel.
+Such security associations can occur as a result of a process having
+requested some security level through
+.Xr setsockopt 2 ,
+or as a result of dynamic VPN entries.
+Supported values are aes, des, 3des, blowfish and cast128.
+If set to any other value, it is left to the key management daemons to
+select an encryption algorithm for the security association.
+The default value is aes.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-expire-acquire Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-expire-acquire
+How long the kernel should allow key management to dynamically acquire
+security associations before re-sending a request.
+The default value is 30 seconds.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-firstuse Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-firstuse
+The number of seconds after a security association is first used before
+it expires.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, the security association will
+not expire because of this timer.
+The default value is 7200 seconds.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-invalid-life Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-invalid-life
+The lifetime of embryonic Security Associations (SAs that key management
+daemons have reserved but not fully established yet) in seconds.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, embryonic SAs will not expire.
+The default value is 60.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-pfs Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-pfs
+If set to any non-zero value, the kernel will ask the key management
+daemons to use Perfect Forward Secrecy when establishing IPsec
+Security Associations.
+Perfect Forward Secrecy makes IPsec Security Associations
+cryptographically distinct from each other, such that breaking the key
+for one such SA does not compromise any others.
+Requiring PFS for every security association significantly increases the
+computational load of
+.Xr isakmpd 8
+exchanges.
+The default value is 1.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-soft-allocs Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-soft-allocs
+The number of IPsec flows that can use a security association before a
+message is sent by the kernel to key management for renegotiation
+of the security association.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, no message is sent to key
+management.
+The default value is 0.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-soft-bytes Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-soft-bytes
+The number of bytes that will be processed by a security association
+before a message is sent by the kernel to key management for
+renegotiation of the security association.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, no message is sent to key
+management.
+The default value is 0.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-soft-firstuse Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-soft-firstuse
+The number of seconds after a security association is first used
+before a message is sent by the kernel to key management for
+renegotiation of the security association.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, no message is sent to key
+management.
+The default value is 3600 seconds.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-soft-timeout Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-soft-timeout
+The number of seconds after a security association is established
+before a message is sent by the kernel to key management for
+renegotiation of the security association.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, no message is sent to key
+management.
+The default value is 80000 seconds.
+.It Li ip.ipsec-timeout Pq Va net.inet.ip.ipsec-timeout
+The number of seconds after a security association is established
+before it will expire.
+If set to less than or equal to zero, the security association will
+not expire because of this timer.
+The default value is 86400 seconds.
+.It Li ip.maxqueue Pq Va net.inet.ip.maxqueue
+Fragment flood protection.
+Sets the maximum number of unassembled IP fragments in the fragment queue.
+.It Li ip.mforwarding Pq Va net.inet.ip.mforwarding
+If set to 1, then multicast forwarding is enabled for the host.
+The default is 0.
+.It Li ip.mtudisc Pq Va net.inet.ip.mtudisc
+Returns 1 if Path MTU Discovery is enabled.
+.It Li ip.mtudisctimeout Pq Va net.inet.ip.mtudisctimeout
+Number of seconds in which a route added by the Path MTU
+Discovery engine will time out.
+When the route times out, the Path MTU Discovery engine will attempt
+to probe a larger path MTU.
+.It Li ip.multipath Pq Va net.inet.ip.multipath
+This variable enables multipath routing for IPv4 addresses.
+If set to 0, only the first route selected will be used for a given
+destination regardless of how many routes exist in the routing table.
+.It Li ip.portfirst Pq Va net.inet.ip.portfirst
+Minimum registered port number for TCP/UDP port allocation.
+Registered ports can be used by ordinary user processes
+or programs executed by ordinary users.
+Cannot be less than 1024 or greater than 49151.
+Must be less than ip.portlast.
+.It Li ip.porthifirst Pq Va net.inet.ip.porthifirst
+Minimum dynamic/private port number for TCP/UDP port allocation.
+Dynamic/private ports can be used by ordinary user processes
+or programs executed by ordinary users.
+Cannot be less than 49152 or greater than 65535.
+Must be less than ip.porthilast.
+.It Li ip.porthilast Pq Va net.inet.ip.porthilast
+Maximum dynamic/private port number for TCP/UDP port allocation.
+Dynamic/private ports can be used by ordinary user processes
+or programs executed by ordinary users.
+Cannot be less than 49152 or greater than 65535.
+Must be greater than ip.porthifirst.
+.It Li ip.portlast Pq Va net.inet.ip.portlast
+Maximum registered port number for TCP/UDP port allocation.
+Registered ports can be used by ordinary user processes
+or programs executed by ordinary users.
+Cannot be less than 1024 or greater than 49151.
+Must be greater than ip.portfirst.
+.It Li ip.redirect Pq Va net.inet.ip.redirect
+Returns 1 when ICMP redirects may be sent by the host.
+This option is ignored unless the host is routing IP packets,
+and should normally be enabled on all systems.
+.It Li ip.sourceroute Pq Va net.inet.ip.sourceroute
+Returns 1 when forwarding of source-routed packets is enabled for
+the host.
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be changed.
+.It Li ip.stats Pq Va net.inet.ip.stats
+Returns the IP statistics in a struct ipstat.
+.It Li ip.ttl Pq Va net.inet.ip.ttl
+The maximum time-to-live (hop count) value for an IP packet
+sourced by the system.
+This value applies to normal transport protocols, not to ICMP.
+.It Li ipcomp.enable Pq Va net.inet.ipcomp.enable
+Enable the IPComp protocol.
+See
+.Xr ipcomp 4
+for more information.
+.It Li ipip.allow Pq Va net.inet.ipip.allow
+If set to 0, incoming IP-in-IP packets will not be processed.
+If set to any other value, processing will occur; furthermore, if set
+to 2, no checks for spoofing of loopback addresses will be done.
+This is useful only for debugging purposes, and should never be used
+in production systems.
+.It Li tcp.ackonpush Pq Va net.inet.tcp.ackonpush
+Returns 1 if TCP segments with the
+.Dv TH_PUSH
+flag set are being acknowledged immediately, otherwise 0.
+.It Li tcp.baddynamic Pq Va net.inet.tcp.baddynamic
+An array of
+.Vt in_port_t
+is returned specifying the bitmask of TCP ports between 512
+and 1023 inclusive that should not be allocated dynamically
+by the kernel (i.e., they must be bound specifically by port number).
+.It Li tcp.ecn Pq Va net.inet.tcp.ecn
+Returns 1 if Explicit Congestion Notifications for TCP are enabled.
+.It Li tcp.ident Pq Va net.inet.tcp.ident
+A
+.Vt struct tcp_ident_mapping
+specifying a local and foreign endpoint of a TCP
+socket is filled in with the effective and real UIDs of the process that
+owns the socket.
+If no such socket exists, then the effective and real UID values are
+both set to \-1.
+.It Li tcp.keepidle Pq Va net.inet.tcp.keepidle
+If the socket option
+.Dv SO_KEEPALIVE
+has been set on a socket, then this value specifies how much time in seconds
+a connection needs to be idle before keepalives are sent.
+.It Li tcp.keepinittime Pq Va net.inet.tcp.keepinittime
+Time in seconds to keep alive the initial SYN packet of a TCP handshake.
+.It Li tcp.keepintvl Pq Va net.inet.tcp.keepintvl
+Time in seconds after a keepalive probe is sent until, in the absence of any
+response, another probe is sent.
+.It Li tcp.always_keepalive Pq Va net.inet.tcp.always_keepalive
+Act as if the option
+.Dv SO_KEEPALIVE
+was set on all TCP sockets.
+.It Li tcp.mssdflt Pq Va net.inet.tcp.mssdflt
+The maximum segment size that is used as default for non-local connections.
+The default value is 512.
+.It Li tcp.reasslimit Pq Va net.inet.tcp.reasslimit
+The maximum number of out-of-order TCP
+segments the system will store for reassembly.
+.It Li tcp.rfc1323 Pq Va net.inet.tcp.rfc1323
+Returns 1 if RFC 1323 extensions to TCP are enabled.
+.It Li tcp.rfc3390 Pq Va net.inet.tcp.rfc3390
+Returns 1 if the TCP Initial Window
+is increased to 4 * MSS or 4380 bytes, as specified in RFC 3390.
+Returns 2 if the TCP Initial Window
+is increased to 10 * MSS or 14600 bytes, as specified in
+RFC 6928.
+.It Li tcp.rootonly Pq Va net.inet.tcp.rootonly
+An array of
+.Vt in_port_t
+is returned specifying the bitmask of TCP ports
+that can only be bound by processes with root euid.
+When running with a
+.Xr securelevel 7
+greater than 0,
+this variable may not be changed.
+.It Li tcp.rstppslimit Pq Va net.inet.tcp.rstppslimit
+This variable specifies the maximum number of outgoing TCP RST packets
+per second.
+TCP RST packets exceeding this value are subject to rate limitation
+and will not go out from the node.
+A negative value disables rate limitation.
+.It Li tcp.sack Pq Va net.inet.tcp.sack
+Returns 1 if RFC 2018 Selective Acknowledgements are enabled.
+.It Li tcp.stats Pq Va net.inet.tcp.stats
+Returns the TCP statistics in a struct tcpstat.
+.It Li tcp.synbucketlimit Pq Va net.inet.tcp.synbucketlimit
+The maximum number of entries allowed per hash bucket in the TCP SYN cache.
+.It Li tcp.syncachelimit Pq Va net.inet.tcp.syncachelimit
+The maximum number of entries allowed in the TCP SYN cache.
+.It Li tcp.synhashsize Pq Va net.inet.tcp.synhashsize
+The number of buckets in the TCP SYN cache hash array.
+After the value is set, the actual size changes when the alternative
+SYN cache becomes empty and both SYN caches are swapped.
+.It Li tcp.synuselimit Pq Va net.inet.tcp.synuselimit
+The minimum number of times the hash function for the TCP SYN cache is used
+before it is reseeded.
+.It Li tcp.tso Pq Va net.inet.tcp.tso
+If set to 0, disable TCP segmentation offload (TSO).
+If set to 1, TSO is enabled (the default).
+.It Li udp.baddynamic Pq Va net.inet.udp.baddynamic
+Analogous to
+.Li tcp.baddynamic
+but for UDP sockets.
+.It Li udp.checksum Pq Va net.inet.udp.checksum
+Returns 1 when UDP checksums are being computed and checked.
+Disabling UDP checksums is strongly discouraged.
+.It Li udp.recvspace Pq Va net.inet.udp.recvspace
+Returns the default UDP receive buffer size.
+.It Li udp.rootonly Pq Va net.inet.udp.rootonly
+Analogous to
+.Li tcp.rootonly
+but for UDP sockets.
+.It Li udp.sendspace Pq Va net.inet.udp.sendspace
+Returns the default UDP send buffer size.
+.It Li udp.stats Pq Va net.inet.udp.stats
+Returns the UDP statistics in a struct udpstat.
+.El
+.It Dv PF_INET6
+Get or set various global information about IPv6
+.Pq Internet Protocol version 6 .
+The third level name is the protocol.
+The fourth level name is the variable name.
+The currently defined protocols and names are:
+.Bl -column "Protocol name" "multicast_mtudisc" "integer" "yes" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Protocol name" Ta Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It icmp6 Ta errppslimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp6 Ta mtudisc_hiwat Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp6 Ta mtudisc_lowat Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp6 Ta nd6_delay Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp6 Ta nd6_mmaxtries Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp6 Ta nd6_umaxtries Ta integer Ta yes
+.It icmp6 Ta redirtimeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta dad_count Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta dad_pending Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta defmcasthlim Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta forwarding Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta hdrnestlimit Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta hlim Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta maxdynroutes Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta maxfragpackets Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta maxfrags Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta mforwarding Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta mtudisctimeout Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta multicast_mtudisc Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta multipath Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta neighborgcthresh Ta integer Ta yes
+.It ip6 Ta redirect Ta integer Ta yes
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456" -compact
+.It Li icmp6.errppslimit Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.errppslimit
+This variable specifies the maximum number of outgoing ICMPv6 error messages
+per second.
+ICMPv6 error messages exceeding this value are subject to rate limitation
+and will not go out from the node.
+A negative value will disable the rate limitation.
+.Pp
+.It Li icmp6.mtudisc_hiwat Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.mtudisc_hiwat
+.It Li icmp6.mtudisc_lowat Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.mtudisc_lowat
+These variables define the maximum number of routing table entries
+created due to path MTU discovery
+.Pq preventing denial-of-service attacks with ICMPv6 too big messages .
+After IPv6 path MTU discovery happens, path MTU information is kept in
+the routing table.
+If the number of routing table entries exceeds this value,
+the kernel will not attempt to keep the path MTU information.
+.Li icmp6.mtudisc_hiwat
+is used when we have verified ICMPv6 too big messages.
+.Li icmp6.mtudisc_lowat
+is used when we have unverified ICMPv6 too big messages.
+Verification is performed by using address/port pairs kept in connected PCBs.
+A negative value disables the upper limit.
+.Pp
+.It Li icmp6.nd6_delay Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.nd6_delay
+This variable specifies the
+.Dv DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME
+timing constant in IPv6 neighbor discovery specification
+.Pq RFC 4861 ,
+in seconds.
+.Pp
+.It Li icmp6.nd6_mmaxtries Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.nd6_mmaxtries
+This variable specifies the
+.Dv MAX_MULTICAST_SOLICIT
+constant in IPv6 neighbor discovery specification
+.Pq RFC 4861 .
+.Pp
+.It Li icmp6.nd6_umaxtries Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.nd6_umaxtries
+This variable specifies the
+.Dv MAX_UNICAST_SOLICIT
+constant in IPv6 neighbor discovery specification
+.Pq RFC 4861 .
+.Pp
+.It Li icmp6.redirtimeout Pq Va net.inet6.icmp6.redirtimeout
+The variable specifies the lifetime of routing entries generated by
+incoming ICMPv6 redirects.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.dad_count Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.dad_count
+This variable configures the number of IPv6 DAD
+.Pq duplicated address detection
+probe packets.
+These packets are generated when IPv6 interfaces are first brought up.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.dad_pending Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.dad_pending
+This variable displays the number of pending IPv6 DAD
+.Pq duplicated address detection
+before completion.
+It is used to make sure that DAD is completed before
+.Xr netstart 8
+is executed.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.defmcasthlim Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.defmcasthlim
+The default hop limit value for an IPv6 multicast packet sourced by the node.
+This value applies to all the transport protocols on top of IPv6.
+Methods for overriding this value are documented in
+.Xr ip6 4 .
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.forwarding Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.forwarding
+Returns 1 when IPv6 forwarding is enabled for the node,
+meaning that the node is acting as a router.
+Returns 0 when IPv6 forwarding is disabled for the node,
+meaning that the node is acting as a host.
+Note that IPv6 defines node behavior for the
+.Dq router
+and
+.Dq host
+cases quite differently, and changing this variable during operation
+may cause serious trouble.
+Hence, this variable should only be set at bootstrap time.
+As with IPv4, if forwarding is disabled then the destination address of
+incoming packets must match the IP address bound to the interface.
+If forwarding is enabled, the check is relaxed
+so that the destination IP address of incoming packets must match
+just any address bound to the host.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.hdrnestlimit Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.hdrnestlimit
+The number of IPv6 extension headers permitted on incoming IPv6 packets.
+If set to 0, the node will accept as many extension headers as possible.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.hlim Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.hlim
+The default hop limit value for an IPv6 unicast packet sourced by the node.
+This value applies to all the transport protocols on top of IPv6.
+Methods for overriding this value are documented in
+.Xr ip6 4 .
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.maxdynroutes Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.maxdynroutes
+Maximum number of routes created by redirect.
+Set to negative to disable.
+The default value is 4096.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.maxfragpackets Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.maxfragpackets
+The maximum number of fragmented packets the node will accept.
+0 means that the node will not accept any fragmented packets.
+\-1 means that the node will accept as many fragmented packets as it receives.
+The flag is provided basically for avoiding possible DoS attacks.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.maxfrags Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.maxfrags
+The maximum number of fragments the node will accept.
+0 means that the node will not accept any fragments.
+\-1 means that the node will accept as many fragments as it receives.
+The flag is provided basically for avoiding possible DoS attacks.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.mforwarding Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.mforwarding
+If set to 1, then multicast forwarding is enabled for the host.
+The default is 0.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.multicast_mtudisc Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.multicast_mtudisc
+This variable controls generation of ICMPv6 Too Big messages
+when the machine is performing as an IPv6 multicast router.
+If set to 1, an ICMPv6 Too Big message will be generated for multicast packets
+which were too big to be forwarded.
+If set to 0, the ICMPv6 Too Big message will be suppressed.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.multipath Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.multipath
+This variable enables multipath routing for IPv6 addresses.
+If set to 0, only the first route selected will be used for a given
+destination regardless of how many routes exist in the routing table.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.mtudisctimeout Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.mtudisctimeout
+Number of seconds in which a route added by the Path MTU
+Discovery engine will time out.
+When the route times out, the Path MTU Discovery engine will attempt
+to probe a larger path MTU.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.neighborgcthresh Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.neighborgcthresh
+Maximum number of entries in neighbor cache.
+Set to negative to disable.
+The default value is 2048.
+.Pp
+.It Li ip6.redirect Pq Va net.inet6.ip6.redirect
+Returns 1 when ICMPv6 redirects may be sent by the node.
+This option is ignored unless the node is routing IP packets,
+and should normally be enabled on all systems.
+.El
+.Pp
+We reuse
+.Li net.inet.tcp
+and
+.Li net.inet.udp
+for TCP/UDP over IPv6.
+.It Dv PF_UNIX
+Get or set various global information about UNIX-domain protocol family.
+The third level name is the socket type.
+The fourth level name is the variable name.
+The currently defined socket types and names are:
+.Bl -column "Protocol name" "ipsec-expire-acquire" "structure" "Changeable" -offset 2n
+.It Sy "Socket type" Ta Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It stream Ta recvspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It stream Ta sendspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It dgram Ta recvspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It dgram Ta sendspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It seqpacket Ta recvspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It seqpacket Ta sendspace Ta integer Ta yes
+.It inflight Ta Ta integer Ta no
+.It deferred Ta Ta integer Ta no
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li stream.recvspace Pq Va net.unix.stream.recvspace
+Returns the default
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+receive buffer size.
+.It Li stream.sendspace Pq Va net.unix.stream.sendspace
+Returns the default
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+send buffer size.
+.It Li dgram.recvspace Pq Va net.unix.dgram.recvspace
+Returns the default
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+receive buffer size.
+.It Li dgram.sendspace Pq Va net.unix.dgram.sendspace
+Returns the default
+.Dv SOCK_DGRAM
+send buffer size.
+.It Li seqpacket.recvspace Pq Va net.unix.seqpacket.recvspace
+Returns the default
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+receive buffer size.
+.It Li seqpacket.sendspace Pq Va net.unix.seqpacket.sendspace
+Returns the default
+.Dv SOCK_SEQPACKET
+send buffer size.
+.It Li inflight Pq Va net.unix.inflight
+Returns the number of file descriptors inflight.
+.It Li deferred Pq Va net.unix.deferred
+Returns the number of file descriptors to be closed.
+.El
+.It Dv PF_KEY
+Return
+.Xr ipsec 4
+database dumps.
+The second level name is
+.Dv PF_KEY_V2 .
+The third level name selects the database as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "NET_KEY_SADB_DUMP" -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv NET_KEY_SADB_DUMP
+Security Association database (SADB).
+.It Dv NET_KEY_SPD_DUMP
+IPsec flow database (SPD).
+.El
+.It Dv PF_MPLS
+Get or set global information about MPLS (Multiprotocol Label Switching).
+.Bl -column "MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP6 " "integer" "not applicable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv MPLSCTL_DEFTTL Ta integer Ta yes
+.It Dv MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP Ta integer Ta yes
+.It Dv MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP6 Ta integer Ta yes
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv MPLSCTL_DEFTTL Pq Va net.mpls.ttl
+Set or get the default TTL value which is used for MPLS (Shim) Header.
+The default is 255.
+.It Dv MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP Pq Va net.mpls.mapttl_ip
+If set to 1, the TTL field is synchronized between the IP header and the
+MPLS label stack.
+If set to 0, the IP header TTL is not modified while passing through MPLS
+and the MPLS label stack is initialized with the
+.Dv MPLSCTL_DEFTTL .
+The default is 1.
+.It Dv MPLSCTL_MAPTTL_IP6 Pq Va net.mpls.mapttl_ip6
+If set to 1, the TTL field is synchronized between the IPv6 header and the
+MPLS label stack.
+If set to 0, the IPv6 header TTL is not modified while passing through MPLS
+and the MPLS label stack is initialized with the
+.Dv MPLSCTL_DEFTTL .
+The default is 0.
+.El
+.It Dv PF_PIPEX Pq Va net.pipex
+Get or set global information about PIPEX.
+.Pp
+The currently defined variable names are:
+.Bl -column "Third level name" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv PIPEXCTL_ENABLE Ta integer Ta yes
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv PIPEXCTL_ENABLE
+If set to 1, enable PIPEX processing.
+The default is 0.
+.El
+.El
+.Ss CTL_VFS
+The string and integer information available for the
+.Dv CTL_VFS
+level is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level name" "VFS generic info" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv VFS_GENERIC Ta "VFS generic info" Ta "no"
+.It Dv "filesystem #" Ta "filesystem info" Ta "no"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv VFS_GENERIC
+This second level identifier requests generic information about the
+VFS layer.
+Within it, the following third level identifiers exist:
+.Bl -column "Third level name" "struct vfsconf" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv VFS_CONF Ta "struct vfsconf" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VFS_MAXTYPENUM Ta "int" Ta "no"
+.El
+.It filesystem #
+After finding the filesystem dependent
+.Va vfc_typenum
+using
+.Dv VFS_GENERIC
+with
+.Dv VFS_CONF ,
+it is possible to access filesystem dependent information.
+.Pp
+Some filesystems may contain settings.
+.Bl -tag -width "123"
+.It FFS
+.Bl -column "FFS_SD_DIRECT_BLK_PTRS" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv FFS_DIRHASH_DIRSIZE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_DIRHASH_MAXMEM Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_DIRHASH_MEM Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv FFS_MAX_SOFTDEPS Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_BLK_LIMIT_HIT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_BLK_LIMIT_PUSH Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_DIR_ENTRY Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_DIRECT_BLK_PTRS Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INDIR_BLK_PTRS Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INO_LIMIT_HIT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INO_LIMIT_PUSH Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INODE_BITMAP Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_SYNC_LIMIT_HIT Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_TICKDELAY Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv FFS_SD_WORKLIST_PUSH Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv FFS_DIRHASH_DIRSIZE Pq Va vfs.ffs.dirhash_dirsize
+The minimum size of a directory, in bytes, before it is considered for hashing.
+.It Dv FFS_DIRHASH_MAXMEM Pq Va vfs.ffs.dirhash_maxmem
+The maximum amount of memory, in bytes, to be used for storing directory
+hashes.
+.It Dv FFS_DIRHASH_MEM Pq Va vfs.ffs.dirhash_mem
+The amount of memory currently used by all directory hashes.
+.It Dv FFS_MAX_SOFTDEPS Pq Va vfs.ffs.max_softdeps
+Maximum structures before slowdowns.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_BLK_LIMIT_HIT Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_blk_limit_hit
+Number of times block slowdown imposed.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_BLK_LIMIT_PUSH Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_blk_limit_push
+Number of times block limit neared.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_DIR_ENTRY Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_dir_entry
+Bufs redirtied as dir entry cannot write.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_DIRECT_BLK_PTRS Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_direct_blk_ptrs
+Bufs redirtied as direct ptrs not written.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INDIR_BLK_PTRS Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_indir_blk_ptrs
+Bufs redirtied as indirect ptrs not written.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INO_LIMIT_HIT Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_ino_limit_hit
+Number of times inode limit imposed.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INO_LIMIT_PUSH Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_ino_limit_push
+Number of times inode limit neared.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_INODE_BITMAP Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_inode_bitmap
+Bufs redirtied as inode bitmap not written.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_SYNC_LIMIT_HIT Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_sync_limit_hit
+Number of synchronous slowdowns imposed.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_TICKDELAY Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_tickdelay
+Ticks to pause during slowdown.
+.It Dv FFS_SD_WORKLIST_PUSH Pq Va vfs.ffs.sd_worklist_push
+Number of worklist cleanups.
+.El
+.It NFS
+.Bl -column "Third level name" "struct nfsstats" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv NFS_NFSSTATS Ta "struct nfsstats" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv NFS_NIOTHREADS Ta "int" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Dv NFS_NIOTHREADS Pq Va vfs.nfs.iothreads
+The number of I/O kernel threads for NFS clients.
+The default is 4;
+the maximum is 20.
+.El
+.It FUSE
+.Bl -column "FUSEFS_POOL_NBPAGES" "Type" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv FUSEFS_INFBUFS Ta "int" Ta "no"
+.It Dv FUSEFS_OPENDEVS Ta "int" Ta "no"
+.It Dv FUSEFS_POOL_NBPAGES Ta "int" Ta "no"
+.It Dv FUSEFS_WAITFBUFS Ta "int" Ta "no"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Dv FUSEFS_INFBUFS Pq Va vfs.fuse.fusefs_fbufs_in
+The number of inbound fusebufs.
+.It Dv FUSEFS_OPENDEVS Pq Va vfs.fuse.fusefs_open_devices
+The number of FUSE devices opened.
+.It Dv FUSEFS_POOL_NBPAGES Pq Va vfs.fuse.fusefs_pool_pages
+The number of pages used for fusebuf memory.
+.It Dv FUSEFS_WAITFBUFS Pq Va vfs.fuse.fusefs_fbufs_wait
+The number of fusebufs waiting for a response.
+.El
+.El
+.El
+.Ss CTL_VM
+The string and integer information available for the
+.Dv CTL_VM
+level is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privileges may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level name" "swap encrypt values" "yes" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Second level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv VM_ANONMIN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv VM_LOADAVG Ta "struct loadavg" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_MALLOC_CONF Ta "string" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv VM_MAXSLP Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_METER Ta "struct vmtotal" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_NKMEMPAGES Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_PSSTRINGS Ta "struct psstrings" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_SWAPENCRYPT Ta "swap encrypt values" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv VM_USPACE Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_UVMEXP Ta "struct uvmexp" Ta "no"
+.It Dv VM_VNODEMIN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.It Dv VM_VTEXTMIN Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv VM_ANONMIN Pq Va vm.anonmin
+Percentage of physical memory available for
+pages which contain anonymous mapping.
+.It Dv VM_LOADAVG Pq Va vm.loadavg
+Return the load average history.
+The returned data consists of a
+.Vt struct loadavg .
+.It Dv VM_MALLOC_CONF Pq Va vm.malloc_conf
+String of option flags for the
+.Xr malloc 3
+family of functions
+which will be applied to all programs starting in the future.
+The string contains a maximum of 15 characters.
+.It Dv VM_MAXSLP Pq Va vm.maxslp
+The time for a process to be blocked before being swappable,
+in seconds.
+.It Dv VM_METER Pq Va vm.vmmeter
+Return the system wide virtual memory statistics.
+The returned data consists of a
+.Vt struct vmtotal .
+.It Dv VM_NKMEMPAGES Pq Va vm.nkmempages
+Number of pages in kmem_map.
+.It Dv VM_PSSTRINGS Pq Va vm.psstrings
+Returns the address of the process
+.Vt struct ps_strings .
+The
+.Xr ps 1
+program uses it to locate the argument and environment strings.
+.It Dv VM_SWAPENCRYPT
+Contains statistics about swap encryption.
+The string and integer information available for the third level is
+detailed below.
+.Bl -column "Third level name" "integer" "Changeable" -offset indent
+.It Sy "Third level name" Ta Sy "Type" Ta Sy "Changeable"
+.It Dv SWPENC_CREATED Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv SWPENC_DELETED Ta "integer" Ta "no"
+.It Dv SWPENC_ENABLE Ta "integer" Ta "yes"
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Dv SWPENC_CREATED Pq Va vm.swapencrypt.keyscreated
+The number of encryption keys that have been randomly created.
+The swap partition is divided into sections of normally 512KB.
+Each section has its own encryption key.
+.It Dv SWPENC_DELETED Pq Va vm.swapencrypt.keysdeleted
+The number of encryption keys that have been deleted, thus effectively
+erasing the data that has been encrypted with them.
+Encryption keys are deleted when their reference counter reaches zero.
+.It Dv SWPENC_ENABLE Pq Va vm.swapencrypt.enable
+Set to 1 to enable swap encryption for all processes.
+A 0 disables swap encryption.
+Turning this option on does not affect swap data already on the disk,
+but all newly written data will be encrypted.
+When swap encryption is turned on, automatic
+.Xr crash 8
+dumps are disabled.
+.El
+.It Dv VM_USPACE Pq Va vm.uspace
+The number of bytes allocated for each kernel stack.
+.It Dv VM_UVMEXP Pq Va vm.uvmexp
+Contains statistics about the UVM memory management system.
+.It Dv VM_VNODEMIN Pq Va vm.vnodemin
+Percentage of physical memory available for
+pages which contain cached file data.
+.It Dv VM_VTEXTMIN Pq Va vm.vtextmin
+Percentage of physical memory available for
+pages which contain cached executable data.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Fn sysctl
+is unsuccessful, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "uvm/uvmXswapXencrypt.h  " -compact
+.It In sys/sysctl.h
+top level identifiers and second level kernel and hardware
+identifiers
+.It In sys/socket.h
+second level network identifiers
+.It In sys/gmon.h
+third level profiling identifiers
+.It In uvm/uvmexp.h
+second level virtual memory identifiers
+.It In uvm/uvm_swap_encrypt.h
+third level virtual memory identifiers
+.It In net/if.h
+packet input/output queue identifiers
+.It In net/pipex.h
+third level PIPEX identifiers
+.It In netinet/in.h
+third and fourth level IPv4/v6 identifiers
+.It In netinet/ip_divert.h
+fourth level divert identifiers
+.It In netinet/icmp_var.h
+fourth level ICMP identifiers
+.It In netinet/icmp6.h
+fourth level ICMPv6 identifiers
+.It In netinet/tcp_var.h
+fourth level TCP identifiers
+.It In netinet/udp_var.h
+fourth level UDP identifiers
+.It In ddb/db_var.h
+second level ddb identifiers
+.It In sys/mount.h
+second level vfs identifiers
+.It In miscfs/fuse/fusefs.h
+third level fusefs identifiers
+.It In nfs/nfs.h
+third level NFS identifiers
+.It In ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h
+third level FFS identifiers
+.It In machine/cpu.h
+second level CPU identifiers
+.El
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The buffer
+.Fa name ,
+.Fa oldp ,
+.Fa newp ,
+or length pointer
+.Fa oldlenp
+contains an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa name
+array is less than two or greater than
+.Dv CTL_MAXNAME .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A non-null
+.Fa newp
+pointer is given and its specified length in
+.Fa newlen
+is too large or too small.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The length pointed to by
+.Fa oldlenp
+is too short to hold the requested value.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The mib specified does not exist, or exceeds the range that is possible.
+.It Bq Er ENXIO
+If the mib is a sparsely populated array, this error may be returned
+instead.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa name
+array specifies an intermediate rather than terminal name.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The
+.Fa name
+array specifies a value that is unknown.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An attempt is made to set a read-only value.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A process without appropriate privileges attempts to set a value.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An attempt to change a value protected by the current kernel security
+level is made.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+No process could be found which corresponds to the given process ID.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pathconf 2 ,
+.Xr sysconf 3 ,
+.Xr ddb 4 ,
+.Xr sysctl.conf 5 ,
+.Xr securelevel 7 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn sysctl
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t1.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t1.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t1.2
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t10.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t10.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03f42c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t10.2
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Another line of text
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t11.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t11.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5579207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t11.2
@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: t11.2,v 1.1 2003/07/21 20:16:21 otto Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd May 2, 1993
+.Dt ED 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ed
+.Nd text editor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm ed
+.Op Fl
+.Op Fl sx
+.Op Fl p Ar string
+.Op Ar file
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a line-oriented text editor.
+It is used to create, display, modify, and otherwise manipulate text files.
+If invoked with a
+.Ar file
+argument, then a copy of
+.Ar file
+is read into the editor's buffer.
+Changes are made to this copy and not directly to
+.Ar file
+itself.
+Upon quitting
+.Nm ed ,
+any changes not explicitly saved with a
+.Em w
+command are lost.
+.Pp
+Editing is done in two distinct modes:
+.Em command
+and
+.Em input .
+When first invoked,
+.Nm
+is in command mode.
+In this mode, commands are read from the standard input and
+executed to manipulate the contents of the editor buffer.
+.Pp
+A typical command might look like:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+,s/old/new/g
+.Ed
+.Pp
+which replaces all occurrences of the string
+.Pa old
+with
+.Pa new .
+.Pp
+When an input command, such as
+.Em a
+(append),
+.Em i
+(insert),
+or
+.Em c
+(change) is given,
+.Nm
+enters input mode.
+This is the primary means of adding text to a file.
+In this mode, no commands are available;
+instead, the standard input is written directory to the editor buffer.
+Lines consist of text up to and including a newline character.
+Input mode is terminated by entering a single period
+.Pq Ql \&.
+on a line.
+.Pp
+All
+.Nm
+commands operate on whole lines or ranges of lines; e.g.,
+the
+.Em d
+command deletes lines; the
+.Em m
+command moves lines, and so on.
+It is possible to modify only a portion of a line by means of replacement,
+as in the example above.
+However, even here, the
+.Em s
+command is applied to whole lines at a time.
+.Pp
+In general,
+.Nm
+commands consist of zero or more line addresses, followed by a single
+character command and possibly additional parameters; i.e.,
+commands have the structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+[address [,address]]command[parameters]
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The address(es) indicate the line or range of lines to be affected by the
+command.
+If fewer addresses are given than the command accepts, then
+default addresses are supplied.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl
+Same as the
+.Fl s
+option (deprecated).
+.It Fl s
+Suppress diagnostics.
+This should be used if
+.Nm
+standard input is from a script.
+.Fl s
+flag.
+.It Fl x
+Prompt for an encryption key to be used in subsequent reads and writes
+(see the
+.Em x
+command).
+.It Fl p Ar string
+Specifies a command prompt.
+This may be toggled on and off with the
+.Em P
+command.
+.It Ar file
+Specifies the name of a file to read.
+If
+.Ar file
+is prefixed with a
+bang
+.Pq Ql \&! ,
+then it is interpreted as a shell command.
+In this case, what is read is the standard output of
+.Ar file
+executed via
+.Xr sh 1 .
+To read a file whose name begins with a bang, prefix the
+name with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+The default filename is set to
+.Ar file
+only if it is not prefixed with a bang.
+.El
+.Ss LINE ADDRESSING
+An address represents the number of a line in the buffer.
+.Nm
+maintains a
+.Em current address
+which is typically supplied to commands as the default address
+when none is specified.
+When a file is first read, the current address is set to the last line
+of the file.
+In general, the current address is set to the last line affected by a command.
+.Pp
+A line address is
+constructed from one of the bases in the list below, optionally followed
+by a numeric offset.
+The offset may include any combination of digits, operators (i.e.,
+.Em + ,
+.Em - ,
+and
+.Em ^ ) ,
+and whitespace.
+Addresses are read from left to right, and their values are computed
+relative to the current address.
+.Pp
+One exception to the rule that addresses represent line numbers is the
+address
+.Em 0
+(zero).
+This means
+.Dq before the first line ,
+and is legal wherever it makes sense.
+.Pp
+An address range is two addresses separated either by a comma or semi-colon.
+The value of the first address in a range cannot exceed the
+value of the second.
+If only one address is given in a range,
+then the second address is set to the given address.
+If an
+.Em n Ns No -tuple
+of addresses is given where
+.Em n > 2 ,
+then the corresponding range is determined by the last two addresses in the
+.Em n Ns No -tuple.
+If only one address is expected, then the last address is used.
+.Pp
+Each address in a comma-delimited range is interpreted relative to the
+current address.
+In a semi-colon-delimited range, the first address is
+used to set the current address, and the second address is interpreted
+relative to the first.
+.Pp
+The following address symbols are recognized:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Em \&.
+The current line (address) in the buffer.
+.It Em $
+The last line in the buffer.
+.It Em n
+The
+.Em n Ns No th
+line in the buffer where
+.Em n
+is a number in the range
+.Em [0,$] .
+.It Em - No or Em ^
+The previous line.
+This is equivalent to
+.Em -1
+and may be repeated with cumulative effect.
+.It Em -n No or Em ^n
+The
+.Em n Ns No th
+previous line, where
+.Em n
+is a non-negative number.
+.It Em +
+The next line.
+This is equivalent to
+.Em +1
+and may be repeated with cumulative effect.
+.It Em +n
+The
+.Em n Ns No th
+next line, where
+.Em n
+is a non-negative number.
+.It Em \&, No or Em %
+The first through last lines in the buffer.
+This is equivalent to the address range
+.Em 1,$ .
+.It Em \&;
+The current through last lines in the buffer.
+This is equivalent to the address range
+.Em .,$ .
+.It Em / Ns No re Ns Em /
+The next line containing the regular expression
+.Em re .
+The search wraps to the beginning of the buffer and continues down to the
+current line, if necessary.
+.Em //
+repeats the last search.
+.It Em ? Ns No re Ns Em ?
+The previous line containing the regular expression
+.Em re .
+The search wraps to the end of the buffer and continues up to the
+current line, if necessary.
+.Em ??
+repeats the last search.
+.It Em \&\' Ns No lc
+The line previously marked by a
+.Em k
+(mark) command, where
+.Em lc
+is a lower case letter.
+.El
+.Ss REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
+Regular expressions are patterns used in selecting text.
+For example, the
+.Nm
+command
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+g/string/
+.Ed
+.Pp
+prints all lines containing
+.Em string .
+Regular expressions are also used by the
+.Em s
+command for selecting old text to be replaced with new.
+.Pp
+In addition to a specifying string literals, regular expressions can
+represent classes of strings.
+Strings thus represented are said to be matched by the
+corresponding regular expression.
+If it is possible for a regular expression to match several strings in
+a line, then the leftmost longest match is the one selected.
+.Pp
+The following symbols are used in constructing regular expressions:
+.Bl -tag -width Dsasdfsd
+.It Em c
+Any character
+.Em c
+not listed below, including
+.Em { Ns No ,
+.Em } Ns No ,
+.Em \&( Ns No ,
+.Em \&) Ns No ,
+.Em < Ns No ,
+and
+.Em >
+matches itself.
+.It Em \ec
+Any backslash-escaped character
+.Em c Ns No ,
+except for
+.Em { Ns No ,
+.Em } Ns No ,
+.Em \&( Ns No ,
+.Em \&) Ns No ,
+.Em < Ns No , and
+.Em >
+matches itself.
+.It Em \&.
+Matches any single character.
+.It Em [char-class]
+Matches any single character in
+.Em char-class .
+To include a
+.Ql \&]
+in
+.Em char-class Ns No ,
+it must be the first character.
+A range of characters may be specified by separating the end characters
+of the range with a
+.Ql - ;
+e.g.,
+.Em a-z
+specifies the lower case characters.
+The following literal expressions can also be used in
+.Em char-class
+to specify sets of characters:
+.Pp
+.Em \ \ [:alnum:]\ \ [:cntrl:]\ \ [:lower:]\ \ [:space:]
+.Em \ \ [:alpha:]\ \ [:digit:]\ \ [:print:]\ \ [:upper:]
+.Em \ \ [:blank:]\ \ [:graph:]\ \ [:punct:]\ \ [:xdigit:]
+.Pp
+If
+.Ql -
+appears as the first or last character of
+.Em char-class Ns No ,
+then it matches itself.
+All other characters in
+.Em char-class
+match themselves.
+.Pp
+Patterns in
+.Em char-class
+of the form
+.Em [.col-elm.] No or Em [=col-elm=]
+where
+.Em col-elm
+is a collating element are interpreted according to
+.Xr locale 5
+(not currently supported).
+See
+.Xr regex 3
+for an explanation of these constructs.
+.It Em [^char-class]
+Matches any single character, other than newline, not in
+.Em char-class Ns No .
+.Em char-class
+is defined as above.
+.It Em ^
+If
+.Em ^
+is the first character of a regular expression, then it
+anchors the regular expression to the beginning of a line.
+Otherwise, it matches itself.
+.It Em $
+If
+.Em $
+is the last character of a regular expression,
+it anchors the regular expression to the end of a line.
+Otherwise, it matches itself.
+.It Em \e<
+Anchors the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately following it to the beginning of a word.
+(This may not be available.)
+.It Em \e>
+Anchors the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately following it to the end of a word.
+(This may not be available.)
+.It Em \e( Ns No re Ns Em \e)
+Defines a subexpression
+.Em re .
+Subexpressions may be nested.
+A subsequent backreference of the form
+.Em \en Ns No ,
+where
+.Em n
+is a number in the range [1,9], expands to the text matched by the
+.Em n Ns No th
+subexpression.
+For example, the regular expression
+.Em \e(.*\e)\e1
+matches any string consisting of identical adjacent substrings.
+Subexpressions are ordered relative to their left delimiter.
+.It Em *
+Matches the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately preceding it zero or more times.
+If
+.Em *
+is the first character of a regular expression or subexpression,
+then it matches itself.
+The
+.Em *
+operator sometimes yields unexpected results.
+For example, the regular expression
+.Em b*
+matches the beginning of the string
+.Em abbb
+(as opposed to the substring
+.Em bbb Ns No ),
+since a null match is the only leftmost match.
+.Sm off
+.It Xo Em \e{ No n,m
+.Em \e}\ \e{ No n, Em \e}\
+.Em \e{ No n Em \e}
+.Xc
+.Sm on
+Matches the single character regular expression or subexpression
+immediately preceding it at least
+.Em n
+and at most
+.Em m
+times.
+If
+.Em m
+is omitted, then it matches at least
+.Em n
+times.
+If the comma is also omitted, then it matches exactly
+.Em n
+times.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additional regular expression operators may be defined depending on the
+particular
+.Xr regex 3
+implementation.
+.Ss COMMANDS
+All
+.Nm
+commands are single characters, though some require additional parameters.
+If a command's parameters extend over several lines, then
+each line except for the last must be terminated with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+In general, at most one command is allowed per line.
+However, most commands accept a print suffix, which is any of
+.Em p No (print),
+.Em l No (list),
+or
+.Em n No (enumerate),
+to print the last line affected by the command.
+.Pp
+An interrupt (typically ^C) has the effect of aborting the current command
+and returning the editor to command mode.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+recognizes the following commands.
+The commands are shown together with
+the default address or address range supplied if none is
+specified (in parentheses), and other possible arguments on the right.
+.Bl -tag -width Dxxs
+.It (.) Ns Em a
+Appends text to the buffer after the addressed line.
+Text is entered in input mode.
+The current address is set to last line entered.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em c
+Changes lines in the buffer.
+The addressed lines are deleted from the buffer,
+and text is appended in their place.
+Text is entered in input mode.
+The current address is set to last line entered.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em d
+Deletes the addressed lines from the buffer.
+If there is a line after the deleted range, then the current address is set
+to this line.
+Otherwise the current address is set to the line before the deleted range.
+.It Em e No file
+Edits
+.Em file Ns No ,
+and sets the default filename.
+If
+.Em file
+is not specified, then the default filename is used.
+Any lines in the buffer are deleted before the new file is read.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It Em e No !command
+Edits the standard output of
+.Em !command Ns No ,
+(see
+.Em ! No command
+below).
+The default filename is unchanged.
+Any lines in the buffer are deleted before the output of
+.Em command
+is read.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It Em E No file
+Edits
+.Em file
+unconditionally.
+This is similar to the
+.Em e
+command, except that unwritten changes are discarded without warning.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It Em f No file
+Sets the default filename to
+.Em file Ns No .
+If
+.Em file
+is not specified, then the default unescaped filename is printed.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em g Ns No /re/command-list
+Applies
+.Em command-list
+to each of the addressed lines matching a regular expression
+.Em re Ns No .
+The current address is set to the line currently matched before
+.Em command-list
+is executed.
+At the end of the
+.Em g
+command, the current address is set to the last line affected by
+.Em command-list Ns No .
+.Pp
+Each command in
+.Em command-list
+must be on a separate line,
+and every line except for the last must be terminated by
+.Em \e No (backslash).
+Any commands are allowed, except for
+.Em g Ns No ,
+.Em G Ns No ,
+.Em v Ns No ,
+and
+.Em V Ns No .
+A newline alone in
+.Em command-list
+is equivalent to a
+.Em p
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em G Ns No /re/
+Interactively edits the addressed lines matching a regular expression
+.Em re Ns No .
+For each matching line, the line is printed, the current address is set,
+and the user is prompted to enter a
+.Em command-list Ns No .
+At the end of the
+.Em g
+command, the current address is set to the last line affected by (the last)
+.Em command-list Ns No .
+.Pp
+The format of
+.Em command-list
+is the same as that of the
+.Em g
+command.
+A newline alone acts as a null command list.
+A single
+.Em &
+repeats the last non-null command list.
+.It Em H
+Toggles the printing of error explanations.
+By default, explanations are not printed.
+It is recommended that
+.Nm
+scripts begin with this command to aid in debugging.
+.It Em h
+Prints an explanation of the last error.
+.It (.) Ns Em i
+Inserts text in the buffer before the current line.
+Text is entered in input mode.
+The current address is set to the last line entered.
+.It (.,.+1) Ns Em j
+Joins the addressed lines.
+The addressed lines are deleted from the buffer and replaced by a single
+line containing their joined text.
+The current address is set to the resultant line.
+.It (.) Ns Em klc
+Marks a line with a lower case letter
+.Em lc Ns No \&.
+The line can then be addressed as
+.Em \&'lc
+(i.e., a single quote followed by
+.Em lc Ns No )
+in subsequent commands.
+The mark is not cleared until the line is deleted or otherwise modified.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em l
+Prints the addressed lines unambiguously.
+If a single line fills more than one screen (as might be the case
+when viewing a binary file, for instance), a
+.Dq --More--
+prompt is printed on the last line.
+.Nm
+waits until the RETURN key is pressed before displaying the next screen.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em m Ns No (.)
+Moves lines in the buffer.
+The addressed lines are moved to after the
+right-hand destination address, which may be the address
+.Em 0
+(zero).
+The current address is set to the last line moved.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em n
+Prints the addressed lines along with their line numbers.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em p
+Prints the addressed lines.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It Em P
+Toggles the command prompt on and off.
+Unless a prompt was specified by with command-line option
+.Fl p Ar string Ns No ,
+the command prompt is by default turned off.
+.It Em q
+Quits
+.Nm ed .
+.It Em Q
+Quits
+.Nm
+unconditionally.
+This is similar to the
+.Em q
+command, except that unwritten changes are discarded without warning.
+.It ($) Ns Em r No file
+Reads
+.Em file
+to after the addressed line.
+If
+.Em file
+is not specified, then the default filename is used.
+If there was no default filename prior to the command,
+then the default filename is set to
+.Em file Ns No .
+Otherwise, the default filename is unchanged.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.It ($) Ns Em r No !command
+Reads to after the addressed line the standard output of
+.Em !command Ns No ,
+(see the
+.Em !
+command below).
+The default filename is unchanged.
+The current address is set to the last line read.
+.Sm off
+.It Xo (.,.) Em s No /re/replacement/ , \ (.,.)
+.Em s No /re/replacement/ Em g , No \ (.,.)
+.Em s No /re/replacement/ Em n
+.Xc
+.Sm on
+Replaces text in the addressed lines matching a regular expression
+.Em re
+with
+.Em replacement Ns No .
+By default, only the first match in each line is replaced.
+If the
+.Em g
+(global) suffix is given, then every match to be replaced.
+The
+.Em n
+suffix, where
+.Em n
+is a positive number, causes only the
+.Em n Ns No th
+match to be replaced.
+It is an error if no substitutions are performed on any of the addressed
+lines.
+The current address is set the last line affected.
+.Pp
+.Em re
+and
+.Em replacement
+may be delimited by any character other than space and newline
+(see the
+.Em s
+command below).
+If one or two of the last delimiters is omitted, then the last line
+affected is printed as though the print suffix
+.Em p
+were specified.
+.Pp
+An unescaped
+.Ql \e
+in
+.Em replacement
+is replaced by the currently matched text.
+The character sequence
+.Em \em Ns No ,
+where
+.Em m
+is a number in the range [1,9], is replaced by the
+.Em m Ns No th
+backreference expression of the matched text.
+If
+.Em replacement
+consists of a single
+.Ql % ,
+then
+.Em replacement
+from the last substitution is used.
+Newlines may be embedded in
+.Em replacement
+if they are escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.It (.,.) Ns Em s
+Repeats the last substitution.
+This form of the
+.Em s
+command accepts a count suffix
+.Em n Ns No ,
+or any combination of the characters
+.Em r Ns No ,
+.Em g Ns No ,
+and
+.Em p Ns No .
+If a count suffix
+.Em n
+is given, then only the
+.Em n Ns No th
+match is replaced.
+The
+.Em r
+suffix causes
+the regular expression of the last search to be used instead of the
+that of the last substitution.
+The
+.Em g
+suffix toggles the global suffix of the last substitution.
+The
+.Em p
+suffix toggles the print suffix of the last substitution
+The current address is set to the last line affected.
+.It (.,.) Ns Em t Ns No (.)
+Copies (i.e., transfers) the addressed lines to after the right-hand
+destination address, which may be the address
+.Em 0
+(zero).
+The current address is set to the last line copied.
+.It Em u
+Undoes the last command and restores the current address
+to what it was before the command.
+The global commands
+.Em g Ns No ,
+.Em G Ns No ,
+.Em v Ns No ,
+and
+.Em V Ns No .
+are treated as a single command by undo.
+.Em u
+is its own inverse.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em v Ns No /re/command-list
+Applies
+.Em command-list
+to each of the addressed lines not matching a regular expression
+.Em re Ns No .
+This is similar to the
+.Em g
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em V Ns No /re/
+Interactively edits the addressed lines not matching a regular expression
+.Em re Ns No .
+This is similar to the
+.Em G
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em w No file
+Writes the addressed lines to
+.Em file Ns No .
+Any previous contents of
+.Em file
+is lost without warning.
+If there is no default filename, then the default filename is set to
+.Em file Ns No ,
+otherwise it is unchanged.
+If no filename is specified, then the default filename is used.
+The current address is unchanged.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em wq No file
+Writes the addressed lines to
+.Em file Ns No ,
+and then executes a
+.Em q
+command.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em w No !command
+Writes the addressed lines to the standard input of
+.Em !command Ns No ,
+(see the
+.Em !
+command below).
+The default filename and current address are unchanged.
+.It (1,$) Ns Em W No file
+Appends the addressed lines to the end of
+.Em file Ns No .
+This is similar to the
+.Em w
+command, expect that the previous contents of file is not clobbered.
+The current address is unchanged.
+.It Em x
+Prompts for an encryption key which is used in subsequent reads and writes.
+If a newline alone is entered as the key, then encryption is turned off.
+Otherwise, echoing is disabled while a key is read.
+Encryption/decryption is done using the
+.Xr bdes 1
+algorithm.
+.It (.+1) Ns Em z Ns No n
+Scrolls
+.Em n
+lines at a time starting at addressed line.
+If
+.Em n
+is not specified, then the current window size is used.
+The current address is set to the last line printed.
+.It ($) Ns Em =
+Prints the line number of the addressed line.
+.It (.+1) Ns Em newline
+Prints the addressed line, and sets the current address to that line.
+.It Em ! Ns No command
+Executes
+.Em command
+via
+.Xr sh 1 .
+If the first character of
+.Em command
+is
+.Em ! Ns No ,
+then it is replaced by text of the previous
+.Em !command Ns No .
+.Nm
+does not process
+.Em command
+for
+.Em \e
+(backslash) escapes.
+However, an unescaped
+.Em %
+is replaced by the default filename.
+When the shell returns from execution, a
+.Em !
+is printed to the standard output.
+The current line is unchanged.
+.El
+.Sh LIMITATIONS
+.Nm
+processes
+.Em file
+arguments for backslash escapes, i.e., in a filename,
+any characters preceded by a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e
+are interpreted literally.
+.Pp
+If a text (non-binary) file is not terminated by a newline character,
+then
+.Nm
+appends one on reading/writing it.
+In the case of a binary file,
+.Nm
+does not append a newline on reading/writing.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+When an error occurs,
+.Nm
+prints a
+.Dq ?
+and either returns to command mode or exits if its input is from a script.
+An explanation of the last error can be printed with the
+.Em h
+(help) command.
+.Pp
+Since the
+.Em g
+(global) command masks any errors from failed searches and substitutions,
+it can be used to perform conditional operations in scripts; e.g.,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+g/old/s//new/
+.Ed
+.Pp
+replaces any occurrences of
+.Em old
+with
+.Em new Ns No .
+.Pp
+If the
+.Em u
+(undo) command occurs in a global command list, then
+the command list is executed only once.
+.Pp
+If diagnostics are not disabled, attempting to quit
+.Nm
+or edit another file before writing a modified buffer results in an error.
+If the command is entered a second time, it succeeds,
+but any changes to the buffer are lost.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /tmp/ed.* -compact
+.It Pa /tmp/ed.*
+buffer file
+.It Pa ed.hup
+where
+.Nm
+attempts to write the buffer if the terminal hangs up
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bdes 1 ,
+.Xr sed 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr vi 1 ,
+.Xr regex 3
+.Pp
+USD:12-13
+.Rs
+.%A B. W. Kernighan
+.%A P. J. Plauger
+.%B Software Tools in Pascal
+.%O Addison-Wesley
+.%D 1981
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t12.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t12.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93a7a2f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t12.2
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#	$OpenBSD: t12.2,v 1.1 2003/07/21 20:16:21 otto Exp $
+
+# Test HMAC:
+
+PROG=		hmactest
+SRCS=		hash.c hmactest.c
+.PATH:		${.CURDIR}/../../
+NOMAN=
+CFLAGS+=	-I${.CURDIR}/../../ -Wall
+DEBUG=		-g
+
+.include <bsd.prog.mk>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t13.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t13.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e00acf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t13.2
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+A line of text
+Another line of text
+..
+.
+A third line
+...
+..
+We keep counting
+.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t14.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t14.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01e79c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t14.2
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+1
+2
+3
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t15.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t15.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1191247b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t15.2
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+1
+2
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t2.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t2.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40a0f253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t2.2
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Below is an example license to be used for new code in OpenBSD,
+modeled after the ISC license.
+
+It is important to specify the year of the copyright.  Additional years
+should be separated by a comma, e.g.
+    Copyright (c) 2003, 2004, 2005
+
+If you add extra text to the body of the license, be careful not to
+add further restrictions.
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) CCYY YOUR NAME HERE <user@your.dom.ain>
+ *
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+An extra line
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t3.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t3.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e01fce04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t3.2
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Below is an example license to be used for new code in OpenBSD,
+modeled after the ISC license.
+
+It is important to specify the year of the copyright.  Additional years
+should be separated by a comma, e.g.
+    Copyright (c) 2003, 2004
+
+If you add extra text to the body of the license, be careful not to
+add further restrictions.
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) CCYY YOUR NAME HERE <user@your.dom.ain>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t4.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t4.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t4.2
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t5.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t5.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44312fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t5.2
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+OpenBSD 3.3-current (GENERIC) #47: Mon Jun 30 11:19:56 CEST 2003
+
+Welcome to OpenBSD: The proactively secure Unix-like operating system.
+
+Please use the sendbug(1) utility to report bugs in the system.
+Before reporting a bug, please try to reproduce it with the latest
+version of the code.  With bug reports, please try to ensure that
+enough information to reproduce the problem is enclosed, and if a
+known fix for it exists, include that as well.
+
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t6.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t6.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54d08bd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t6.2
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+OpenBSD 3.3-current (GENERIC) #47: Mon Jun 30 11:19:56 CEST 2003
+
+Welcome to OpenBSD: The proactively secure Unix-like operating system.
+
+Please use the sendbug(1) utility to report bugs in the system.
+Before reporting a bug, please try to reproduce it with the latest
+version of the code.  With bug reports, please try to ensure that
+enough information to reproduce the problem is enclosed, and if a
+known fix for it exists, include that as well.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t7.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t7.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e009186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t7.2
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+OpenBSD 3.3-current (GENERIC) #47: Mon Jun 30 11:19:56 CEST 2003
+
+Welcome to OpenBSD: The proactively secure Unix-like operating system.
+
+Please use the sendbug(1) utility to report bugs in the system.
+Before reporting a bug, please try to reproduce it with the latest
+version of the code.  With bug reports, please try to ensure that
+enough information to reproduce the problem is enclosed, and if a
+known fix for it exists, include that as well.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t8.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t8.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f060fd1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t8.2
@@ -0,0 +1,616 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: t8.2,v 1.2 2024/07/10 09:20:33 krw Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: kern_malloc.c,v 1.15.4.2 1996/06/13 17:10:56 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)kern_malloc.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/4/94
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/proc.h>
+#include <sys/kernel.h>
+#include <sys/malloc.h>
+#include <sys/systm.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#include <uvm/uvm_extern.h>
+
+static struct vm_map_intrsafe kmem_map_store;
+struct vm_map *kmem_map = NULL;
+
+#ifdef NKMEMCLUSTERS
+#error NKMEMCLUSTERS is obsolete; remove it from your kernel config file and use NKMEMPAGES instead or let the kernel auto-size
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Default number of pages in kmem_map.  We attempt to calculate this
+ * at run-time, but allow it to be either patched or set in the kernel
+ * config file.
+ */
+#ifndef NKMEMPAGES
+#define	NKMEMPAGES	0
+#endif
+int	nkmempages = NKMEMPAGES;
+
+/*
+ * Defaults for lower- and upper-bounds for the kmem_map page count.
+ * Can be overridden by kernel config options.
+ */
+#ifndef	NKMEMPAGES_MIN
+#define	NKMEMPAGES_MIN	NKMEMPAGES_MIN_DEFAULT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NKMEMPAGES_MAX
+#define	NKMEMPAGES_MAX	NKMEMPAGES_MAX_DEFAULT
+#endif
+
+struct kmembuckets bucket[MINBUCKET + 16];
+struct kmemstats kmemstats[M_LAST];
+struct kmemusage *kmemusage;
+char *kmembase, *kmemlimit;
+char buckstring[16 * sizeof("123456,")];
+int buckstring_init = 0;
+#if defined(KMEMSTATS) || defined(DIAGNOSTIC)
+char *memname[] = INITKMEMNAMES;
+char *memall = NULL;
+extern struct lock sysctl_kmemlock;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+/*
+ * This structure provides a set of masks to catch unaligned frees.
+ */
+const long addrmask[] = { 0,
+	0x00000001, 0x00000003, 0x00000007, 0x0000000f,
+	0x0000001f, 0x0000003f, 0x0000007f, 0x000000ff,
+	0x000001ff, 0x000003ff, 0x000007ff, 0x00000fff,
+	0x00001fff, 0x00003fff, 0x00007fff, 0x0000ffff,
+};
+
+/*
+ * The WEIRD_ADDR is used as known text to copy into free objects so
+ * that modifications after frees can be detected.
+ */
+#define WEIRD_ADDR	((unsigned) 0xdeadbeef)
+#define MAX_COPY	32
+
+/*
+ * Normally the freelist structure is used only to hold the list pointer
+ * for free objects.  However, when running with diagnostics, the first
+ * 8 bytes of the structure is unused except for diagnostic information,
+ * and the free list pointer is at offset 8 in the structure.  Since the
+ * first 8 bytes is the portion of the structure most often modified, this
+ * helps to detect memory reuse problems and avoid free list corruption.
+ */
+struct freelist {
+	int32_t	spare0;
+	int16_t	type;
+	int16_t	spare1;
+	caddr_t	next;
+};
+#else /* !DIAGNOSTIC */
+struct freelist {
+	caddr_t	next;
+};
+#endif /* DIAGNOSTIC */
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a block of memory
+ */
+void *
+malloc(size, type, flags)
+	unsigned long size;
+	int type, flags;
+{
+	register struct kmembuckets *kbp;
+	register struct kmemusage *kup;
+	register struct freelist *freep;
+	long indx, npg, allocsize;
+	int s;
+	caddr_t va, cp, savedlist;
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	int32_t *end, *lp;
+	int copysize;
+	char *savedtype;
+#endif
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	register struct kmemstats *ksp = &kmemstats[type];
+
+	if (((unsigned long)type) >= M_LAST)
+		panic("malloc - bogus type");
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+	if (debug_malloc(size, type, flags, (void **)&va))
+		return ((void *) va);
+#endif
+
+	indx = BUCKETINDX(size);
+	kbp = &bucket[indx];
+	s = splvm();
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	while (ksp->ks_memuse >= ksp->ks_limit) {
+		if (flags & M_NOWAIT) {
+			splx(s);
+			return ((void *) NULL);
+		}
+		if (ksp->ks_limblocks < 65535)
+			ksp->ks_limblocks++;
+		tsleep((caddr_t)ksp, PSWP+2, memname[type], 0);
+	}
+	ksp->ks_size |= 1 << indx;
+#endif
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	copysize = 1 << indx < MAX_COPY ? 1 << indx : MAX_COPY;
+#endif
+	if (kbp->kb_next == NULL) {
+		kbp->kb_last = NULL;
+		if (size > MAXALLOCSAVE)
+			allocsize = round_page(size);
+		else
+			allocsize = 1 << indx;
+		npg = btoc(allocsize);
+		va = (caddr_t) uvm_km_kmemalloc(kmem_map, uvmexp.kmem_object,
+				(vsize_t)ctob(npg), 
+				(flags & M_NOWAIT) ? UVM_KMF_NOWAIT : 0);
+		if (va == NULL) {
+			/*
+			 * Kmem_malloc() can return NULL, even if it can
+			 * wait, if there is no map space available, because
+			 * it can't fix that problem.  Neither can we,
+			 * right now.  (We should release pages which
+			 * are completely free and which are in buckets
+			 * with too many free elements.)
+			 */
+			if ((flags & M_NOWAIT) == 0)
+				panic("malloc: out of space in kmem_map");
+			splx(s);
+			return ((void *) NULL);
+		}
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+		kbp->kb_total += kbp->kb_elmpercl;
+#endif
+		kup = btokup(va);
+		kup->ku_indx = indx;
+		if (allocsize > MAXALLOCSAVE) {
+			if (npg > 65535)
+				panic("malloc: allocation too large");
+			kup->ku_pagecnt = npg;
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+			ksp->ks_memuse += allocsize;
+#endif
+			goto out;
+		}
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+		kup->ku_freecnt = kbp->kb_elmpercl;
+		kbp->kb_totalfree += kbp->kb_elmpercl;
+#endif
+		/*
+		 * Just in case we blocked while allocating memory,
+		 * and someone else also allocated memory for this
+		 * bucket, don't assume the list is still empty.
+		 */
+		savedlist = kbp->kb_next;
+		kbp->kb_next = cp = va + (npg * PAGE_SIZE) - allocsize;
+		for (;;) {
+			freep = (struct freelist *)cp;
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+			/*
+			 * Copy in known text to detect modification
+			 * after freeing.
+			 */
+			end = (int32_t *)&cp[copysize];
+			for (lp = (int32_t *)cp; lp < end; lp++)
+				*lp = WEIRD_ADDR;
+			freep->type = M_FREE;
+#endif /* DIAGNOSTIC */
+			if (cp <= va)
+				break;
+			cp -= allocsize;
+			freep->next = cp;
+		}
+		freep->next = savedlist;
+		if (kbp->kb_last == NULL)
+			kbp->kb_last = (caddr_t)freep;
+	}
+	va = kbp->kb_next;
+	kbp->kb_next = ((struct freelist *)va)->next;
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	freep = (struct freelist *)va;
+	savedtype = (unsigned)freep->type < M_LAST ?
+		memname[freep->type] : "???";
+	if (kbp->kb_next) {
+		int rv;
+		vaddr_t addr = (vaddr_t)kbp->kb_next;
+
+		vm_map_lock(kmem_map);
+		rv = uvm_map_checkprot(kmem_map, addr,
+		    addr + sizeof(struct freelist), VM_PROT_WRITE);
+		vm_map_unlock(kmem_map);
+
+		if (!rv)  {
+		printf("%s %d of object %p size 0x%lx %s %s (invalid addr %p)\n",
+			"Data modified on freelist: word", 
+			(int32_t *)&kbp->kb_next - (int32_t *)kbp, va, size,
+			"previous type", savedtype, kbp->kb_next);
+		kbp->kb_next = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Fill the fields that we've used with WEIRD_ADDR */
+#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+	freep->type = WEIRD_ADDR >> 16;
+#endif
+#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
+	freep->type = (short)WEIRD_ADDR;
+#endif
+	end = (int32_t *)&freep->next +
+	    (sizeof(freep->next) / sizeof(int32_t));
+	for (lp = (int32_t *)&freep->next; lp < end; lp++)
+		*lp = WEIRD_ADDR;
+
+	/* and check that the data hasn't been modified. */
+	end = (int32_t *)&va[copysize];
+	for (lp = (int32_t *)va; lp < end; lp++) {
+		if (*lp == WEIRD_ADDR)
+			continue;
+		printf("%s %d of object %p size 0x%lx %s %s (0x%x != 0x%x)\n",
+			"Data modified on freelist: word", lp - (int32_t *)va,
+			va, size, "previous type", savedtype, *lp, WEIRD_ADDR);
+		break;
+	}
+
+	freep->spare0 = 0;
+#endif /* DIAGNOSTIC */
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	kup = btokup(va);
+	if (kup->ku_indx != indx)
+		panic("malloc: wrong bucket");
+	if (kup->ku_freecnt == 0)
+		panic("malloc: lost data");
+	kup->ku_freecnt--;
+	kbp->kb_totalfree--;
+	ksp->ks_memuse += 1 << indx;
+out:
+	kbp->kb_calls++;
+	ksp->ks_inuse++;
+	ksp->ks_calls++;
+	if (ksp->ks_memuse > ksp->ks_maxused)
+		ksp->ks_maxused = ksp->ks_memuse;
+#else
+out:
+#endif
+	splx(s);
+	return ((void *) va);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free a block of memory allocated by malloc.
+ */
+void
+free(addr, type)
+	void *addr;
+	int type;
+{
+	register struct kmembuckets *kbp;
+	register struct kmemusage *kup;
+	register struct freelist *freep;
+	long size;
+	int s;
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	caddr_t cp;
+	int32_t *end, *lp;
+	long alloc, copysize;
+#endif
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	register struct kmemstats *ksp = &kmemstats[type];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+	if (debug_free(addr, type))
+		return;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	if (addr < (void *)kmembase || addr >= (void *)kmemlimit)
+		panic("free: non-malloced addr %p type %s", addr,
+		    memname[type]);
+#endif
+
+	kup = btokup(addr);
+	size = 1 << kup->ku_indx;
+	kbp = &bucket[kup->ku_indx];
+	s = splvm();
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	/*
+	 * Check for returns of data that do not point to the
+	 * beginning of the allocation.
+	 */
+	if (size > PAGE_SIZE)
+		alloc = addrmask[BUCKETINDX(PAGE_SIZE)];
+	else
+		alloc = addrmask[kup->ku_indx];
+	if (((u_long)addr & alloc) != 0)
+		panic("free: unaligned addr %p, size %ld, type %s, mask %ld",
+			addr, size, memname[type], alloc);
+#endif /* DIAGNOSTIC */
+	if (size > MAXALLOCSAVE) {
+		uvm_km_free(kmem_map, (vaddr_t)addr, ctob(kup->ku_pagecnt));
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+		size = kup->ku_pagecnt << PGSHIFT;
+		ksp->ks_memuse -= size;
+		kup->ku_indx = 0;
+		kup->ku_pagecnt = 0;
+		if (ksp->ks_memuse + size >= ksp->ks_limit &&
+		    ksp->ks_memuse < ksp->ks_limit)
+			wakeup((caddr_t)ksp);
+		ksp->ks_inuse--;
+		kbp->kb_total -= 1;
+#endif
+		splx(s);
+		return;
+	}
+	freep = (struct freelist *)addr;
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	/*
+	 * Check for multiple frees. Use a quick check to see if
+	 * it looks free before laboriously searching the freelist.
+	 */
+	if (freep->spare0 == WEIRD_ADDR) {
+		for (cp = kbp->kb_next; cp;
+		    cp = ((struct freelist *)cp)->next) {
+			if (addr != cp)
+				continue;
+			printf("multiply freed item %p\n", addr);
+			panic("free: duplicated free");
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Copy in known text to detect modification after freeing
+	 * and to make it look free. Also, save the type being freed
+	 * so we can list likely culprit if modification is detected
+	 * when the object is reallocated.
+	 */
+	copysize = size < MAX_COPY ? size : MAX_COPY;
+	end = (int32_t *)&((caddr_t)addr)[copysize];
+	for (lp = (int32_t *)addr; lp < end; lp++)
+		*lp = WEIRD_ADDR;
+	freep->type = type;
+#endif /* DIAGNOSTIC */
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	kup->ku_freecnt++;
+	if (kup->ku_freecnt >= kbp->kb_elmpercl) {
+		if (kup->ku_freecnt > kbp->kb_elmpercl)
+			panic("free: multiple frees");
+		else if (kbp->kb_totalfree > kbp->kb_highwat)
+			kbp->kb_couldfree++;
+	}
+	kbp->kb_totalfree++;
+	ksp->ks_memuse -= size;
+	if (ksp->ks_memuse + size >= ksp->ks_limit &&
+	    ksp->ks_memuse < ksp->ks_limit)
+		wakeup((caddr_t)ksp);
+	ksp->ks_inuse--;
+#endif
+	if (kbp->kb_next == NULL)
+		kbp->kb_next = addr;
+	else
+		((struct freelist *)kbp->kb_last)->next = addr;
+	freep->next = NULL;
+	kbp->kb_last = addr;
+	splx(s);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compute the number of pages that kmem_map will map, that is,
+ * the size of the kernel malloc arena.
+ */
+void
+kmeminit_nkmempages()
+{
+	int npages;
+
+	if (nkmempages != 0) {
+		/*
+		 * It's already been set (by us being here before, or
+		 * by patching or kernel config options), bail out now.
+		 */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We use the following (simple) formula:
+	 *
+	 *	- Starting point is physical memory / 4.
+	 *
+	 *	- Clamp it down to NKMEMPAGES_MAX.
+	 *
+	 *	- Round it up to NKMEMPAGES_MIN.
+	 */
+	npages = physmem / 4;
+
+	if (npages > NKMEMPAGES_MAX)
+		npages = NKMEMPAGES_MAX;
+
+	if (npages < NKMEMPAGES_MIN)
+		npages = NKMEMPAGES_MIN;
+
+	nkmempages = npages;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the kernel memory allocator
+ */
+void
+kmeminit()
+{
+	vaddr_t base, limit;
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	long indx;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
+	if (sizeof(struct freelist) > (1 << MINBUCKET))
+		panic("kmeminit: minbucket too small/struct freelist too big");
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * Compute the number of kmem_map pages, if we have not
+	 * done so already.
+	 */
+	kmeminit_nkmempages();
+	base = vm_map_min(kernel_map);
+	kmem_map = uvm_km_suballoc(kernel_map, &base, &limit,
+	    (vsize_t)(nkmempages * PAGE_SIZE), VM_MAP_INTRSAFE, FALSE,
+	    &kmem_map_store.vmi_map);
+	kmembase = (char *)base;
+	kmemlimit = (char *)limit;
+	kmemusage = (struct kmemusage *) uvm_km_zalloc(kernel_map,
+		(vsize_t)(nkmempages * sizeof(struct kmemusage)));
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+	for (indx = 0; indx < MINBUCKET + 16; indx++) {
+		if (1 << indx >= PAGE_SIZE)
+			bucket[indx].kb_elmpercl = 1;
+		else
+			bucket[indx].kb_elmpercl = PAGE_SIZE / (1 << indx);
+		bucket[indx].kb_highwat = 5 * bucket[indx].kb_elmpercl;
+	}
+	for (indx = 0; indx < M_LAST; indx++)
+		kmemstats[indx].ks_limit = nkmempages * PAGE_SIZE * 6 / 10;
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+	debug_malloc_init();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return kernel malloc statistics information.
+ */
+int
+sysctl_malloc(name, namelen, oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen, p)
+	int *name;
+	u_int namelen;
+	void *oldp;
+	size_t *oldlenp;
+	void *newp;
+	size_t newlen;
+	struct proc *p;
+{
+	struct kmembuckets kb;
+	int i, siz;
+
+	if (namelen != 2 && name[0] != KERN_MALLOC_BUCKETS &&
+	    name[0] != KERN_MALLOC_KMEMNAMES)
+		return (ENOTDIR);		/* overloaded */
+
+	switch (name[0]) {
+	case KERN_MALLOC_BUCKETS:
+		/* Initialize the first time */
+		if (buckstring_init == 0) {
+			buckstring_init = 1;
+			bzero(buckstring, sizeof(buckstring));
+			for (siz = 0, i = MINBUCKET; i < MINBUCKET + 16; i++) {
+				snprintf(buckstring + siz,
+				    sizeof buckstring - siz,
+				    "%d,", (u_int)(1<<i));
+				siz += strlen(buckstring + siz);
+			}
+			/* Remove trailing comma */
+			if (siz)
+				buckstring[siz - 1] = '\0';
+		}
+		return (sysctl_rdstring(oldp, oldlenp, newp, buckstring));
+
+	case KERN_MALLOC_BUCKET:
+		bcopy(&bucket[BUCKETINDX(name[1])], &kb, sizeof(kb));
+		kb.kb_next = kb.kb_last = 0;
+		return (sysctl_rdstruct(oldp, oldlenp, newp, &kb, sizeof(kb)));
+	case KERN_MALLOC_KMEMSTATS:
+#ifdef KMEMSTATS
+		if ((name[1] < 0) || (name[1] >= M_LAST))
+			return (EINVAL);
+		return (sysctl_rdstruct(oldp, oldlenp, newp,
+		    &kmemstats[name[1]], sizeof(struct kmemstats)));
+#else
+		return (EOPNOTSUPP);
+#endif
+	case KERN_MALLOC_KMEMNAMES:
+#if defined(KMEMSTATS) || defined(DIAGNOSTIC)
+		if (memall == NULL) {
+			int totlen;
+
+			i = lockmgr(&sysctl_kmemlock, LK_EXCLUSIVE, NULL, p);
+			if (i)
+				return (i);
+
+			/* Figure out how large a buffer we need */
+			for (totlen = 0, i = 0; i < M_LAST; i++) {
+				if (memname[i])
+					totlen += strlen(memname[i]);
+				totlen++;
+			}
+			memall = malloc(totlen + M_LAST, M_SYSCTL, M_WAITOK);
+			bzero(memall, totlen + M_LAST);
+			for (siz = 0, i = 0; i < M_LAST; i++) {
+				snprintf(memall + siz, 
+				    totlen + M_LAST - siz,
+				    "%s,", memname[i] ? memname[i] : "");
+				siz += strlen(memall + siz);
+			}
+			/* Remove trailing comma */
+			if (siz)
+				memall[siz - 1] = '\0';
+
+			/* Now, convert all spaces to underscores */
+			for (i = 0; i < totlen; i++)
+				if (memall[i] == ' ')
+					memall[i] = '_';
+			lockmgr(&sysctl_kmemlock, LK_RELEASE, NULL, p);
+		}
+		return (sysctl_rdstring(oldp, oldlenp, newp, memall));
+#else
+		return (EOPNOTSUPP);
+#endif
+	default:
+		return (EOPNOTSUPP);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Round up a size to how much malloc would actually allocate.
+ */
+size_t
+malloc_roundup(size_t sz)
+{
+	if (sz > MAXALLOCSAVE)
+		return round_page(sz);
+
+	return (1 << BUCKETINDX(sz));
+}
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/t9.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/t9.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ef3b3aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/t9.2
@@ -0,0 +1,3200 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: t9.2,v 1.4 2024/07/10 09:24:03 krw Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: vfs_syscalls.c,v 1.71 1996/04/23 10:29:02 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
+ * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
+ * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
+ * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)vfs_syscalls.c	8.28 (Berkeley) 12/10/94
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/systm.h>
+#include <sys/namei.h>
+#include <sys/filedesc.h>
+#include <sys/kernel.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/vnode.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <sys/proc.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <sys/malloc.h>
+#include <sys/dirent.h>
+#include <sys/extattr.h>
+
+#include <sys/syscallargs.h>
+
+#include <uvm/uvm_extern.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+extern int suid_clear;
+int	usermount = 0;		/* sysctl: by default, users may not mount */
+
+static int change_dir(struct nameidata *, struct proc *);
+
+void checkdirs(struct vnode *);
+
+/*
+ * Redirection info so we don't have to include the union fs routines in
+ * the kernel directly.  This way, we can build unionfs as an LKM.  The
+ * pointer gets filled in later, when we modload the LKM, or when the
+ * compiled-in unionfs code gets initialized.  For now, we just set
+ * it to a stub routine.
+ */
+
+int (*union_check_p)(struct proc *, struct vnode **,
+    struct file *, struct uio, int *) = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * Virtual File System System Calls
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Mount a file system.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_mount(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_mount_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) type;
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) flags;
+		syscallarg(void *) data;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	register struct mount *mp;
+	int error, flag = 0;
+#ifdef COMPAT_43
+	u_long fstypenum = 0;
+#endif
+	char fstypename[MFSNAMELEN];
+	char fspath[MNAMELEN];
+	struct vattr va;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	struct vfsconf *vfsp;
+	struct timeval tv;
+
+	if (usermount == 0 && (error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)))
+		return (error);
+
+	/*
+	 * Mount points must fit in MNAMELEN, not MAXPATHLEN.
+	 */
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, path), fspath, MNAMELEN, NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return(error);
+
+	/*
+	 * Get vnode to be covered
+	 */
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_SYSSPACE, fspath, p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	if (SCARG(uap, flags) & MNT_UPDATE) {
+		if ((vp->v_flag & VROOT) == 0) {
+			vput(vp);
+			return (EINVAL);
+		}
+		mp = vp->v_mount;
+		flag = mp->mnt_flag;
+		/*
+		 * We only allow the filesystem to be reloaded if it
+		 * is currently mounted read-only.
+		 */
+		if ((SCARG(uap, flags) & MNT_RELOAD) &&
+		    ((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY) == 0)) {
+			vput(vp);
+			return (EOPNOTSUPP);	/* Needs translation */
+		}
+		mp->mnt_flag |=
+		    SCARG(uap, flags) & (MNT_RELOAD | MNT_UPDATE);
+		/*
+		 * Only root, or the user that did the original mount is
+		 * permitted to update it.
+		 */
+		if (mp->mnt_stat.f_owner != p->p_ucred->cr_uid &&
+		    (error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag))) {
+			vput(vp);
+			return (error);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Do not allow NFS export by non-root users. Silently
+		 * enforce MNT_NOSUID and MNT_NODEV for non-root users.
+		 */
+		if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid != 0) {
+			if (SCARG(uap, flags) & MNT_EXPORTED) {
+				vput(vp);
+				return (EPERM);
+			}
+			SCARG(uap, flags) |= MNT_NOSUID | MNT_NODEV;
+		}
+		if ((error = vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT, 0, p)) != 0) {
+			vput(vp);
+			return (error);
+		}
+		VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+		goto update;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * If the user is not root, ensure that they own the directory
+	 * onto which we are attempting to mount.
+	 */
+	if ((error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &va, p->p_ucred, p)) ||
+	    (va.va_uid != p->p_ucred->cr_uid &&
+	    (error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)))) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (error);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Do not allow NFS export by non-root users. Silently
+	 * enforce MNT_NOSUID and MNT_NODEV for non-root users.
+	 */
+	if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid != 0) {
+		if (SCARG(uap, flags) & MNT_EXPORTED) {
+			vput(vp);
+			return (EPERM);
+		}
+		SCARG(uap, flags) |= MNT_NOSUID | MNT_NODEV;
+	}
+	if ((error = vinvalbuf(vp, V_SAVE, p->p_ucred, p, 0, 0)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	if (vp->v_type != VDIR) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (ENOTDIR);
+	}
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, type), fstypename, MFSNAMELEN, NULL);
+	if (error) {
+#ifdef COMPAT_43
+		/*
+		 * Historically filesystem types were identified by number.
+		 * If we get an integer for the filesystem type instead of a
+		 * string, we check to see if it matches one of the historic
+		 * filesystem types.
+		 */
+		fstypenum = (u_long)SCARG(uap, type);
+
+		for (vfsp = vfsconf; vfsp; vfsp = vfsp->vfc_next)
+			if (vfsp->vfc_typenum == fstypenum)
+				break;
+		if (vfsp == NULL) {
+			vput(vp);
+			return (ENODEV);
+		}
+		strncpy(fstypename, vfsp->vfc_name, MFSNAMELEN);
+
+#else
+		vput(vp);
+		return (error);
+#endif
+	}
+	for (vfsp = vfsconf; vfsp; vfsp = vfsp->vfc_next) {
+		if (!strcmp(vfsp->vfc_name, fstypename))
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (vfsp == NULL) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (EOPNOTSUPP);
+	}
+
+	if (vp->v_mountedhere != NULL) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (EBUSY);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate and initialize the file system.
+	 */
+	mp = (struct mount *)malloc((u_long)sizeof(struct mount),
+		M_MOUNT, M_WAITOK);
+	bzero((char *)mp, (u_long)sizeof(struct mount));
+	lockinit(&mp->mnt_lock, PVFS, "vfslock", 0, 0);
+	/* This error never happens, but it makes auditing easier */
+	if ((error = vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT, 0, p)))
+		return (error);
+	mp->mnt_op = vfsp->vfc_vfsops;
+	mp->mnt_vfc = vfsp;
+	mp->mnt_flag |= (vfsp->vfc_flags & MNT_VISFLAGMASK);
+	strncpy(mp->mnt_stat.f_fstypename, vfsp->vfc_name, MFSNAMELEN);
+	mp->mnt_vnodecovered = vp;
+	mp->mnt_stat.f_owner = p->p_ucred->cr_uid;
+update:
+	/*
+	 * Set the mount level flags.
+	 */
+	if (SCARG(uap, flags) & MNT_RDONLY)
+		mp->mnt_flag |= MNT_RDONLY;
+	else if (mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		mp->mnt_flag |= MNT_WANTRDWR;
+	mp->mnt_flag &=~ (MNT_NOSUID | MNT_NOEXEC | MNT_NODEV |
+	    MNT_SYNCHRONOUS | MNT_UNION | MNT_ASYNC | MNT_SOFTDEP |
+	    MNT_NOATIME | MNT_FORCE);
+	mp->mnt_flag |= SCARG(uap, flags) & (MNT_NOSUID | MNT_NOEXEC |
+	    MNT_NODEV | MNT_SYNCHRONOUS | MNT_UNION | MNT_ASYNC |
+	    MNT_SOFTDEP | MNT_NOATIME | MNT_FORCE);
+	/*
+	 * Mount the filesystem.
+	 */
+	error = VFS_MOUNT(mp, SCARG(uap, path), SCARG(uap, data), &nd, p);
+	if (!error) {
+		microtime(&tv);
+		mp->mnt_stat.f_ctime = tv.tv_sec;
+	}
+	if (mp->mnt_flag & MNT_UPDATE) {
+		vrele(vp);
+		if (mp->mnt_flag & MNT_WANTRDWR)
+			mp->mnt_flag &= ~MNT_RDONLY;
+		mp->mnt_flag &=~
+		    (MNT_UPDATE | MNT_RELOAD | MNT_FORCE | MNT_WANTRDWR);
+		if (error)
+			mp->mnt_flag = flag;
+
+ 		if ((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY) == 0) {
+ 			if (mp->mnt_syncer == NULL)
+ 				error = vfs_allocate_syncvnode(mp);
+ 		} else {
+ 			if (mp->mnt_syncer != NULL)
+ 				vgone(mp->mnt_syncer);
+ 			mp->mnt_syncer = NULL;
+ 		}
+
+		vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+		return (error);
+	}
+
+	vp->v_mountedhere = mp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Put the new filesystem on the mount list after root.
+	 */
+	cache_purge(vp);
+	if (!error) {
+		vfsp->vfc_refcount++;
+		simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+		TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&mountlist, mp, mnt_list);
+		simple_unlock(&mountlist_slock);
+		checkdirs(vp);
+		VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+ 		if ((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY) == 0)
+ 			error = vfs_allocate_syncvnode(mp);
+		vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+		(void) VFS_STATFS(mp, &mp->mnt_stat, p);
+		if ((error = VFS_START(mp, 0, p)) != 0)
+			vrele(vp);
+	} else {
+		mp->mnt_vnodecovered->v_mountedhere = (struct mount *)0;
+		vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+		free((caddr_t)mp, M_MOUNT);
+		vput(vp);
+	}
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Scan all active processes to see if any of them have a current
+ * or root directory onto which the new filesystem has just been
+ * mounted. If so, replace them with the new mount point.
+ */
+void
+checkdirs(olddp)
+	struct vnode *olddp;
+{
+	struct filedesc *fdp;
+	struct vnode *newdp;
+	struct proc *p;
+
+	if (olddp->v_usecount == 1)
+		return;
+	if (VFS_ROOT(olddp->v_mountedhere, &newdp))
+		panic("mount: lost mount");
+	for (p = LIST_FIRST(&allproc); p != 0; p = LIST_NEXT(p, p_list)) {
+		fdp = p->p_fd;
+		if (fdp->fd_cdir == olddp) {
+			vrele(fdp->fd_cdir);
+			VREF(newdp);
+			fdp->fd_cdir = newdp;
+		}
+		if (fdp->fd_rdir == olddp) {
+			vrele(fdp->fd_rdir);
+			VREF(newdp);
+			fdp->fd_rdir = newdp;
+		}
+	}
+	if (rootvnode == olddp) {
+		vrele(rootvnode);
+		VREF(newdp);
+		rootvnode = newdp;
+	}
+	vput(newdp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Unmount a file system.
+ *
+ * Note: unmount takes a path to the vnode mounted on as argument,
+ * not special file (as before).
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_unmount(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_unmount_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) flags;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	mp = vp->v_mount;
+
+	/*
+	 * Only root, or the user that did the original mount is
+	 * permitted to unmount this filesystem.
+	 */
+	if ((mp->mnt_stat.f_owner != p->p_ucred->cr_uid) &&
+	    (error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag))) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (error);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Don't allow unmounting the root file system.
+	 */
+	if (mp->mnt_flag & MNT_ROOTFS) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (EINVAL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Must be the root of the filesystem
+	 */
+	if ((vp->v_flag & VROOT) == 0) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (EINVAL);
+	}
+	vput(vp);
+
+	if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_EXCLUSIVE, NULL, p))
+		return (EBUSY);
+
+	return (dounmount(mp, SCARG(uap, flags), p, vp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do the actual file system unmount.
+ */
+int
+dounmount(struct mount *mp, int flags, struct proc *p, struct vnode *olddp)
+{
+	struct vnode *coveredvp;
+	struct proc *p2;
+	int error;
+	int hadsyncer = 0;
+
+ 	mp->mnt_flag &=~ MNT_ASYNC;
+ 	cache_purgevfs(mp);	/* remove cache entries for this file sys */
+ 	if (mp->mnt_syncer != NULL) {
+		hadsyncer = 1;
+ 		vgone(mp->mnt_syncer);
+		mp->mnt_syncer = NULL;
+	}
+	if (((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY) ||
+	    (error = VFS_SYNC(mp, MNT_WAIT, p->p_ucred, p)) == 0) ||
+ 	    (flags & MNT_FORCE))
+ 		error = VFS_UNMOUNT(mp, flags, p);
+	simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+ 	if (error) {
+ 		if ((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY) == 0 && hadsyncer)
+ 			(void) vfs_allocate_syncvnode(mp);
+		lockmgr(&mp->mnt_lock, LK_RELEASE | LK_INTERLOCK,
+		    &mountlist_slock, p);
+		return (error);
+	}
+	TAILQ_REMOVE(&mountlist, mp, mnt_list);
+	if ((coveredvp = mp->mnt_vnodecovered) != NULLVP) {
+		if (olddp) {
+			/* 
+			 * Try to put processes back in a real directory
+			 * after a forced unmount.
+			 * XXX We're not holding a ref on olddp, which may
+			 * change, so compare id numbers.
+			 */
+			LIST_FOREACH(p2, &allproc, p_list) {
+				struct filedesc *fdp = p2->p_fd;
+				if (fdp->fd_cdir &&
+				    fdp->fd_cdir->v_id == olddp->v_id) {
+					vrele(fdp->fd_cdir);
+					vref(coveredvp);
+					fdp->fd_cdir = coveredvp;
+				}
+				if (fdp->fd_rdir &&
+				    fdp->fd_rdir->v_id == olddp->v_id) {
+					vrele(fdp->fd_rdir);
+					vref(coveredvp);
+					fdp->fd_rdir = coveredvp;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		coveredvp->v_mountedhere = NULL;
+ 		vrele(coveredvp);
+ 	}
+	mp->mnt_vfc->vfc_refcount--;
+	if (mp->mnt_vnodelist.lh_first != NULL)
+		panic("unmount: dangling vnode");
+	lockmgr(&mp->mnt_lock, LK_RELEASE | LK_INTERLOCK, &mountlist_slock, p);
+	free((caddr_t)mp, M_MOUNT);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sync each mounted filesystem.
+ */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+int syncprt = 0;
+struct ctldebug debug0 = { "syncprt", &syncprt };
+#endif
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_sync(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct mount *mp, *nmp;
+	int asyncflag;
+
+	simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+	TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(mp, &mountlist, mnt_list, nmp) {
+		if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT, &mountlist_slock, p))
+			continue;
+		if ((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY) == 0) {
+			asyncflag = mp->mnt_flag & MNT_ASYNC;
+			mp->mnt_flag &= ~MNT_ASYNC;
+			uvm_vnp_sync(mp);
+			VFS_SYNC(mp, MNT_NOWAIT, p->p_ucred, p);
+			if (asyncflag)
+				mp->mnt_flag |= MNT_ASYNC;
+		}
+		simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+		vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+	}
+	simple_unlock(&mountlist_slock);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	if (syncprt)
+		vfs_bufstats();
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change filesystem quotas.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_quotactl(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_quotactl_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) cmd;
+		syscallarg(int) uid;
+		syscallarg(caddr_t) arg;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct mount *mp;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	mp = nd.ni_vp->v_mount;
+	vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+	return (VFS_QUOTACTL(mp, SCARG(uap, cmd), SCARG(uap, uid),
+	    SCARG(uap, arg), p));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get filesystem statistics.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_statfs(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_statfs_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(struct statfs *) buf;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct mount *mp;
+	register struct statfs *sp;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	struct statfs sb;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	mp = nd.ni_vp->v_mount;
+	sp = &mp->mnt_stat;
+	vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+	if ((error = VFS_STATFS(mp, sp, p)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	sp->f_flags = mp->mnt_flag & MNT_VISFLAGMASK;
+	/* Don't let non-root see filesystem id (for NFS security) */
+	if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) {
+		bcopy((caddr_t)sp, (caddr_t)&sb, sizeof(sb));
+		sb.f_fsid.val[0] = sb.f_fsid.val[1] = 0;
+		sp = &sb;
+	}
+	return (copyout((caddr_t)sp, (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, buf), sizeof(*sp)));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get filesystem statistics.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fstatfs(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_fstatfs_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(struct statfs *) buf;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	struct statfs *sp;
+	int error;
+	struct statfs sb;
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	mp = ((struct vnode *)fp->f_data)->v_mount;
+	sp = &mp->mnt_stat;
+	error = VFS_STATFS(mp, sp, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	sp->f_flags = mp->mnt_flag & MNT_VISFLAGMASK;
+	/* Don't let non-root see filesystem id (for NFS security) */
+	if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) {
+		bcopy((caddr_t)sp, (caddr_t)&sb, sizeof(sb));
+		sb.f_fsid.val[0] = sb.f_fsid.val[1] = 0;
+		sp = &sb;
+	}
+	return (copyout((caddr_t)sp, (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, buf), sizeof(*sp)));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get statistics on all filesystems.
+ */
+int
+sys_getfsstat(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_getfsstat_args /* {
+		syscallarg(struct statfs *) buf;
+		syscallarg(size_t) bufsize;
+		syscallarg(int) flags;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct mount *mp *nmp;
+	register struct statfs *sp;
+	struct statfs sb;
+	caddr_t sfsp;
+	size_t count, maxcount;
+	int error, flags = SCARG(uap, flags);
+
+	maxcount = SCARG(uap, bufsize) / sizeof(struct statfs);
+	sfsp = (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, buf);
+	count = 0;
+	simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+	TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(mp, &mountlist, mnt_list, nmp) {
+		if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT, &mountlist_slock, p))
+			continue;
+		if (sfsp && count < maxcount) {
+			sp = &mp->mnt_stat;
+
+			/* Refresh stats unless MNT_NOWAIT is specified */
+			if (flags != MNT_NOWAIT &&
+			    flags != MNT_LAZY &&
+			    (flags == MNT_WAIT ||
+			    flags == 0) &&
+			    (error = VFS_STATFS(mp, sp, p))) {
+				simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+				vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+ 				continue;
+			}
+
+			sp->f_flags = mp->mnt_flag & MNT_VISFLAGMASK;
+			if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) {
+				bcopy((caddr_t)sp, (caddr_t)&sb, sizeof(sb));
+				sb.f_fsid.val[0] = sb.f_fsid.val[1] = 0;
+				sp = &sb;
+			}
+			error = copyout((caddr_t)sp, sfsp, sizeof(*sp));
+			if (error) {
+				vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+				return (error);
+			}
+			sfsp += sizeof(*sp);
+		}
+		count++;
+		simple_lock(&mountlist_slock);
+		vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+	}
+	simple_unlock(&mountlist_slock);
+	if (sfsp && count > maxcount)
+		*retval = maxcount;
+	else
+		*retval = count;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change current working directory to a given file descriptor.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fchdir(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_fchdir_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct vnode *vp, *tdp;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	struct file *fp;
+	int error;
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(fdp, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	VREF(vp);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_type != VDIR)
+		error = ENOTDIR;
+	else
+		error = VOP_ACCESS(vp, VEXEC, p->p_ucred, p);
+
+	while (!error && (mp = vp->v_mountedhere) != NULL) {
+		if (vfs_busy(mp, 0, 0, p))
+			continue;
+		error = VFS_ROOT(mp, &tdp);
+		vfs_unbusy(mp, p);
+		if (error)
+			break;
+		vput(vp);
+		vp = tdp;
+	}
+	if (error) {
+		vput(vp);
+		return (error);
+	}
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	vrele(fdp->fd_cdir);
+	fdp->fd_cdir = vp;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change current working directory (``.'').
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_chdir(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_chdir_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = change_dir(&nd, p)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vrele(fdp->fd_cdir);
+	fdp->fd_cdir = nd.ni_vp;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change notion of root (``/'') directory.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_chroot(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_chroot_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	if ((error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = change_dir(&nd, p)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	if (fdp->fd_rdir != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * A chroot() done inside a changed root environment does
+		 * an automatic chdir to avoid the out-of-tree experience.
+		 */
+		vrele(fdp->fd_rdir);
+		vrele(fdp->fd_cdir);
+		VREF(nd.ni_vp);
+		fdp->fd_cdir = nd.ni_vp;
+	}
+	fdp->fd_rdir = nd.ni_vp;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Common routine for chroot and chdir.
+ */
+static int
+change_dir(ndp, p)
+	register struct nameidata *ndp;
+	struct proc *p;
+{
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	int error;
+
+	if ((error = namei(ndp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = ndp->ni_vp;
+	if (vp->v_type != VDIR)
+		error = ENOTDIR;
+	else
+		error = VOP_ACCESS(vp, VEXEC, p->p_ucred, p);
+	if (error)
+		vput(vp);
+	else
+		VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check permissions, allocate an open file structure,
+ * and call the device open routine if any.
+ */
+int
+sys_open(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_open_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) flags;
+		syscallarg(int) mode;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int flags, cmode;
+	int type, indx, error, localtrunc = 0;
+	struct flock lf;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	if ((error = falloc(p, &fp, &indx)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	flags = FFLAGS(SCARG(uap, flags));
+	cmode = ((SCARG(uap, mode) &~ fdp->fd_cmask) & ALLPERMS) &~ S_ISTXT;
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	p->p_dupfd = -indx - 1;			/* XXX check for fdopen */
+	if ((flags & O_TRUNC) && (flags & (O_EXLOCK | O_SHLOCK))) {
+		localtrunc = 1;
+		flags &= ~O_TRUNC;	/* Must do truncate ourselves */
+	}
+	if ((error = vn_open(&nd, flags, cmode)) != 0) {
+		if ((error == ENODEV || error == ENXIO) &&
+		    p->p_dupfd >= 0 &&			/* XXX from fdopen */
+		    (error =
+			dupfdopen(fdp, indx, p->p_dupfd, flags, error)) == 0) {
+			closef(fp, p);
+			*retval = indx;
+			return (0);
+		}
+		if (error == ERESTART)
+			error = EINTR;
+		fdremove(fdp, indx);
+		closef(fp, p);
+		return (error);
+	}
+	p->p_dupfd = 0;
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	fp->f_flag = flags & FMASK;
+	fp->f_type = DTYPE_VNODE;
+	fp->f_ops = &vnops;
+	fp->f_data = (caddr_t)vp;
+	if (flags & (O_EXLOCK | O_SHLOCK)) {
+		lf.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+		lf.l_start = 0;
+		lf.l_len = 0;
+		if (flags & O_EXLOCK)
+			lf.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+		else
+			lf.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+		type = F_FLOCK;
+		if ((flags & FNONBLOCK) == 0)
+			type |= F_WAIT;
+		VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+		error = VOP_ADVLOCK(vp, (caddr_t)fp, F_SETLK, &lf, type);
+		if (error) {
+			/* closef will vn_close the file for us. */
+			fdremove(fdp, indx);
+			closef(fp, p);
+			return (error);
+		}
+		vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+		fp->f_flag |= FHASLOCK;
+	}
+	if (localtrunc) {
+		VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		if ((fp->f_flag & FWRITE) == 0)
+			error = EACCES;
+		else if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+			error = EROFS;
+		else if (vp->v_type == VDIR)
+			error = EISDIR;
+		else if ((error = vn_writechk(vp)) == 0) {
+			VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+			vattr.va_size = 0;
+			error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, fp->f_cred, p);
+		}
+		if (error) {
+			VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+			/* closef will close the file for us. */
+			fdremove(fdp, indx);
+			closef(fp, p);
+			return (error);
+		}
+	}
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	*retval = indx;
+	FILE_SET_MATURE(fp);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get file handle system call
+ */
+int
+sys_getfh(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	register void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_getfh_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) fname;
+		syscallarg(fhandle_t *) fhp;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	fhandle_t fh;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	/*
+	 * Must be super user
+	 */
+	error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, fname), p);
+	error = namei(&nd);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	bzero((caddr_t)&fh, sizeof(fh));
+	fh.fh_fsid = vp->v_mount->mnt_stat.f_fsid;
+	error = VFS_VPTOFH(vp, &fh.fh_fid);
+	vput(vp);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	error = copyout((caddr_t)&fh, (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, fhp), sizeof (fh));
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a file given a file handle.
+ *
+ * Check permissions, allocate an open file structure,
+ * and call the device open routine if any.
+ */
+int
+sys_fhopen(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_fhopen_args /* {
+		syscallarg(const fhandle_t *) fhp;
+		syscallarg(int) flags;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct vnode *vp = NULL;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	struct ucred *cred = p->p_ucred;
+	int flags;
+	int type, indx, error=0;
+	struct flock lf;
+	struct vattr va;
+	fhandle_t fh;
+
+	/*
+	 * Must be super user
+	 */
+	if ((error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)))
+		return (error);
+
+	flags = FFLAGS(SCARG(uap, flags));
+	if ((flags & (FREAD | FWRITE)) == 0)
+		return (EINVAL);
+	if ((flags & O_CREAT))
+		return (EINVAL);
+
+	if ((error = falloc(p, &fp, &indx)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((error = copyin(SCARG(uap, fhp), &fh, sizeof(fhandle_t))) != 0)
+		goto bad;
+
+	if ((mp = vfs_getvfs(&fh.fh_fsid)) == NULL) {
+		error = ESTALE;
+		goto bad;
+	}
+
+	if ((error = VFS_FHTOVP(mp, &fh.fh_fid, &vp)) != 0) {
+		vp = NULL;	/* most likely unnecessary sanity for bad: */
+		goto bad;
+	}
+
+	/* Now do an effective vn_open */
+
+	if (vp->v_type == VSOCK) {
+		error = EOPNOTSUPP;
+		goto bad;
+	}
+	if (flags & FREAD) {
+		if ((error = VOP_ACCESS(vp, VREAD, cred, p)) != 0)
+			goto bad;
+	}
+	if (flags & (FWRITE | O_TRUNC)) {
+		if (vp->v_type == VDIR) {
+			error = EISDIR;
+			goto bad;
+		}
+		if ((error = vn_writechk(vp)) != 0 ||
+		    (error = VOP_ACCESS(vp, VWRITE, cred, p)) != 0)
+			goto bad;
+	}
+	if (flags & O_TRUNC) {
+		VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);				/* XXX */
+		VOP_LEASE(vp, p, cred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);	/* XXX */
+		VATTR_NULL(&va);
+		va.va_size = 0;
+		if ((error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &va, cred, p)) != 0)
+			goto bad;
+	}
+	if ((error = VOP_OPEN(vp, flags, cred, p)) != 0)
+		goto bad;
+	if (flags & FWRITE)
+		vp->v_writecount++;
+
+	/* done with modified vn_open, now finish what sys_open does. */
+
+	fp->f_flag = flags & FMASK;
+	fp->f_type = DTYPE_VNODE;
+	fp->f_ops = &vnops;
+	fp->f_data = (caddr_t)vp;
+	if (flags & (O_EXLOCK | O_SHLOCK)) {
+		lf.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+		lf.l_start = 0;
+		lf.l_len = 0;
+		if (flags & O_EXLOCK)
+			lf.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+		else
+			lf.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+		type = F_FLOCK;
+		if ((flags & FNONBLOCK) == 0)
+			type |= F_WAIT;
+		VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+		error = VOP_ADVLOCK(vp, (caddr_t)fp, F_SETLK, &lf, type);
+		if (error) {
+			/* closef will vn_close the file for us. */
+			fdremove(fdp, indx);
+			closef(fp, p);
+			return (error);
+		}
+		vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+		fp->f_flag |= FHASLOCK;
+	}
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	*retval = indx;
+	FILE_SET_MATURE(fp);
+	return (0);
+
+bad:
+	fdremove(fdp, indx);
+	closef(fp, p);
+	if (vp != NULL)
+		vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fhstat(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_fhstat_args /* {
+		syscallarg(const fhandle_t *) fhp;
+		syscallarg(struct stat *) sb;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct stat sb;
+	int error;
+	fhandle_t fh;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Must be super user
+	 */
+	if ((error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)))
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((error = copyin(SCARG(uap, fhp), &fh, sizeof(fhandle_t))) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((mp = vfs_getvfs(&fh.fh_fsid)) == NULL)
+		return (ESTALE);
+	if ((error = VFS_FHTOVP(mp, &fh.fh_fid, &vp)))
+		return (error);
+	error = vn_stat(vp, &sb, p);
+	vput(vp);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	error = copyout(&sb, SCARG(uap, sb), sizeof(sb));
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fhstatfs(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_fhstatfs_args /*
+		syscallarg(const fhandle_t *) fhp;
+		syscallarg(struct statfs *) buf;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct statfs sp;
+	fhandle_t fh;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	int error;
+
+	/*
+	 * Must be super user
+	 */
+	if ((error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)))
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((error = copyin(SCARG(uap, fhp), &fh, sizeof(fhandle_t))) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((mp = vfs_getvfs(&fh.fh_fsid)) == NULL)
+		return (ESTALE);
+	if ((error = VFS_FHTOVP(mp, &fh.fh_fid, &vp)))
+		return (error);
+	mp = vp->v_mount;
+	vput(vp);
+	if ((error = VFS_STATFS(mp, &sp, p)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	sp.f_flags = mp->mnt_flag & MNT_VISFLAGMASK;
+	return (copyout(&sp, SCARG(uap, buf), sizeof(sp)));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a special file.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_mknod(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_mknod_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) mode;
+		syscallarg(int) dev;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	int whiteout = 0;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	if ((error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	if (p->p_fd->fd_rdir)
+		return (EINVAL);
+	NDINIT(&nd, CREATE, LOCKPARENT, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	if (vp != NULL)
+		error = EEXIST;
+	else {
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_mode = (SCARG(uap, mode) & ALLPERMS) &~ p->p_fd->fd_cmask;
+		vattr.va_rdev = SCARG(uap, dev);
+		whiteout = 0;
+
+		switch (SCARG(uap, mode) & S_IFMT) {
+		case S_IFMT:	/* used by badsect to flag bad sectors */
+			vattr.va_type = VBAD;
+			break;
+		case S_IFCHR:
+			vattr.va_type = VCHR;
+			break;
+		case S_IFBLK:
+			vattr.va_type = VBLK;
+			break;
+		case S_IFWHT:
+			whiteout = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			error = EINVAL;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!error) {
+		VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		if (whiteout) {
+			error = VOP_WHITEOUT(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd, CREATE);
+			if (error)
+				VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		} else {
+			error = VOP_MKNOD(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_vp,
+						&nd.ni_cnd, &vattr);
+		}
+	} else {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		if (vp)
+			vrele(vp);
+	}
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a named pipe.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_mkfifo(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+#ifndef FIFO
+	return (EOPNOTSUPP);
+#else
+	register struct sys_mkfifo_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) mode;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, CREATE, LOCKPARENT, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	if (nd.ni_vp != NULL) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == nd.ni_vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+		return (EEXIST);
+	}
+	VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+	vattr.va_type = VFIFO;
+	vattr.va_mode = (SCARG(uap, mode) & ALLPERMS) &~ p->p_fd->fd_cmask;
+	VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	return (VOP_MKNOD(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_vp, &nd.ni_cnd, &vattr));
+#endif /* FIFO */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make a hard file link.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_link(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_link_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(char *) link;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	int error;
+	int flags;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+
+	flags = LOCKPARENT;
+	if (vp->v_type == VDIR) {
+		flags |= STRIPSLASHES;
+	}
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, CREATE, flags, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, link), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		goto out;
+	if (nd.ni_vp) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == nd.ni_vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+		error = EEXIST;
+		goto out;
+	}
+	VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	error = VOP_LINK(nd.ni_dvp, vp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+out:
+	vrele(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make a symbolic link.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_symlink(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_symlink_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(char *) link;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	char *path;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	MALLOC(path, char *, MAXPATHLEN, M_NAMEI, M_WAITOK);
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, path), path, MAXPATHLEN, NULL);
+	if (error)
+		goto out;
+	NDINIT(&nd, CREATE, LOCKPARENT, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, link), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		goto out;
+	if (nd.ni_vp) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == nd.ni_vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+		error = EEXIST;
+		goto out;
+	}
+	VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+	vattr.va_mode = ACCESSPERMS &~ p->p_fd->fd_cmask;
+	VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	error = VOP_SYMLINK(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_vp, &nd.ni_cnd, &vattr, path);
+out:
+	FREE(path, M_NAMEI);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete a whiteout from the filesystem.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_undelete(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_undelete_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, DELETE, LOCKPARENT|DOWHITEOUT, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	error = namei(&nd);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+
+	if (nd.ni_vp != NULLVP || !(nd.ni_cnd.cn_flags & ISWHITEOUT)) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == nd.ni_vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		if (nd.ni_vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+		return (EEXIST);
+	}
+
+	VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	if ((error = VOP_WHITEOUT(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd, DELETE)) != 0)
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+	vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete a name from the filesystem.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_unlink(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_unlink_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, DELETE, LOCKPARENT | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+
+	/*
+	 * The root of a mounted filesystem cannot be deleted.
+	 */
+	if (vp->v_flag & VROOT) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		vput(vp);
+		error = EBUSY;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	(void)uvm_vnp_uncache(vp);
+
+	VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	error = VOP_REMOVE(nd.ni_dvp, nd.ni_vp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+out:
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reposition read/write file offset.
+ */
+int
+sys_lseek(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_lseek_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) offset;
+		syscallarg(int) whence;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct ucred *cred = p->p_ucred;
+	register struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	register struct file *fp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	int error, special;
+
+	if ((fp = fd_getfile(fdp, SCARG(uap, fd))) == NULL)
+		return (EBADF);
+	if (fp->f_type != DTYPE_VNODE)
+		return (ESPIPE);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	if (vp->v_type == VFIFO)
+		return (ESPIPE);
+	if (vp->v_type == VCHR)
+		special = 1;
+	else
+		special = 0;
+	switch (SCARG(uap, whence)) {
+	case SEEK_CUR:
+		if (!special && fp->f_offset + SCARG(uap, offset) < 0)
+			return (EINVAL);
+		fp->f_offset += SCARG(uap, offset);
+		break;
+	case SEEK_END:
+		error = VOP_GETATTR((struct vnode *)fp->f_data, &vattr,
+				    cred, p);
+		if (error)
+			return (error);
+		if (!special && (off_t)vattr.va_size + SCARG(uap, offset) < 0)
+			return (EINVAL);
+		fp->f_offset = SCARG(uap, offset) + vattr.va_size;
+		break;
+	case SEEK_SET:
+		if (!special && SCARG(uap, offset) < 0)
+			return (EINVAL);
+		fp->f_offset = SCARG(uap, offset);
+		break;
+	default:
+		return (EINVAL);
+	}
+	*(off_t *)retval = fp->f_offset;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check access permissions.
+ */
+int
+sys_access(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_access_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) flags;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct ucred *cred = p->p_ucred;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	int error, flags, t_gid, t_uid;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	if (SCARG(uap, flags) & ~(R_OK | W_OK | X_OK))
+		return (EINVAL);
+	t_uid = cred->cr_uid;
+	t_gid = cred->cr_gid;
+	cred->cr_uid = p->p_cred->p_ruid;
+	cred->cr_gid = p->p_cred->p_rgid;
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		goto out1;
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+
+	/* Flags == 0 means only check for existence. */
+	if (SCARG(uap, flags)) {
+		flags = 0;
+		if (SCARG(uap, flags) & R_OK)
+			flags |= VREAD;
+		if (SCARG(uap, flags) & W_OK)
+			flags |= VWRITE;
+		if (SCARG(uap, flags) & X_OK)
+			flags |= VEXEC;
+		if ((flags & VWRITE) == 0 || (error = vn_writechk(vp)) == 0)
+			error = VOP_ACCESS(vp, flags, cred, p);
+	}
+	vput(vp);
+out1:
+	cred->cr_uid = t_uid;
+	cred->cr_gid = t_gid;
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get file status; this version follows links.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_stat(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_stat_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(struct stat *) ub;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct stat sb;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	error = vn_stat(nd.ni_vp, &sb, p);
+	vput(nd.ni_vp);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	/* Don't let non-root see generation numbers (for NFS security) */
+	if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag))
+		sb.st_gen = 0;
+	error = copyout((caddr_t)&sb, (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, ub), sizeof (sb));
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get file status; this version does not follow links.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_lstat(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_lstat_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(struct stat *) ub;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct stat sb;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, NOFOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	error = vn_stat(nd.ni_vp, &sb, p);
+	vput(nd.ni_vp);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+	/* Don't let non-root see generation numbers (for NFS security) */
+	if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag))
+		sb.st_gen = 0;
+	error = copyout((caddr_t)&sb, (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, ub), sizeof (sb));
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get configurable pathname variables.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_pathconf(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_pathconf_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) name;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	error = VOP_PATHCONF(nd.ni_vp, SCARG(uap, name), retval);
+	vput(nd.ni_vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return target name of a symbolic link.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_readlink(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_readlink_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(char *) buf;
+		syscallarg(size_t) count;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct iovec aiov;
+	struct uio auio;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, NOFOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	if (vp->v_type != VLNK)
+		error = EINVAL;
+	else {
+		aiov.iov_base = SCARG(uap, buf);
+		aiov.iov_len = SCARG(uap, count);
+		auio.uio_iov = &aiov;
+		auio.uio_iovcnt = 1;
+		auio.uio_offset = 0;
+		auio.uio_rw = UIO_READ;
+		auio.uio_segflg = UIO_USERSPACE;
+		auio.uio_procp = p;
+		auio.uio_resid = SCARG(uap, count);
+		error = VOP_READLINK(vp, &auio, p->p_ucred);
+	}
+	vput(vp);
+	*retval = SCARG(uap, count) - auio.uio_resid;
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change flags of a file given a path name.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_chflags(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_chflags_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(unsigned int) flags;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else if (SCARG(uap, flags) == VNOVAL)
+		error = EINVAL;
+	else {
+		if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) {
+			if ((error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p)) != 0)
+				goto out;
+			if (vattr.va_type == VCHR || vattr.va_type == VBLK) {
+				error = EINVAL;
+				goto out;
+			}
+		}
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_flags = SCARG(uap, flags);
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+out:
+	vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change flags of a file given a file descriptor.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fchflags(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_fchflags_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(unsigned int) flags;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct file *fp;
+	int error;
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else if (SCARG(uap, flags) == VNOVAL)
+		error = EINVAL;
+	else {
+		if (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)) {
+			if ((error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p))
+			    != 0)
+				goto out;
+			if (vattr.va_type == VCHR || vattr.va_type == VBLK) {
+				error = EINVAL;
+				goto out;
+			}
+		}
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_flags = SCARG(uap, flags);
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+out:
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change mode of a file given path name.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_chmod(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_chmod_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) mode;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	if (SCARG(uap, mode) & ~(S_IFMT | ALLPERMS))
+		return (EINVAL);
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_mode = SCARG(uap, mode) & ALLPERMS;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+	vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change mode of a file given a file descriptor.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fchmod(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_fchmod_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) mode;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct file *fp;
+	int error;
+
+	if (SCARG(uap, mode) & ~(S_IFMT | ALLPERMS))
+		return (EINVAL);
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_mode = SCARG(uap, mode) & ALLPERMS;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set ownership given a path name.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_chown(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_chown_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) uid;
+		syscallarg(int) gid;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	u_short mode;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		if ((SCARG(uap, uid) != -1 || SCARG(uap, gid) != -1) &&
+		    (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag) || suid_clear)) {
+			error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+			if (error)
+				goto out;
+			mode = vattr.va_mode & ~(VSUID | VSGID);
+			if (mode == vattr.va_mode)
+				mode = VNOVAL;
+		}
+		else
+			mode = VNOVAL;
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_uid = SCARG(uap, uid);
+		vattr.va_gid = SCARG(uap, gid);
+		vattr.va_mode = mode;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+out:
+	vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set ownership given a path name, without following links.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_lchown(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_lchown_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) uid;
+		syscallarg(int) gid;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	u_short mode;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, NOFOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		if ((SCARG(uap, uid) != -1 || SCARG(uap, gid) != -1) &&
+		    (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag) || suid_clear)) {
+			error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+			if (error)
+				goto out;
+			mode = vattr.va_mode & ~(VSUID | VSGID);
+			if (mode == vattr.va_mode)
+				mode = VNOVAL;
+		}
+		else
+			mode = VNOVAL;
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_uid = SCARG(uap, uid);
+		vattr.va_gid = SCARG(uap, gid);
+		vattr.va_mode = mode;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+out:
+	vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set ownership given a file descriptor.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fchown(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_fchown_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) uid;
+		syscallarg(int) gid;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct file *fp;
+	u_short mode;
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		if ((SCARG(uap, uid) != -1 || SCARG(uap, gid) != -1) &&
+		    (suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag) || suid_clear)) {
+			error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+			if (error)
+				goto out;
+			mode = vattr.va_mode & ~(VSUID | VSGID);
+			if (mode == vattr.va_mode)
+				mode = VNOVAL;
+		} else
+			mode = VNOVAL;
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_uid = SCARG(uap, uid);
+		vattr.va_gid = SCARG(uap, gid);
+		vattr.va_mode = mode;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+out:
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the access and modification times given a path name.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_utimes(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_utimes_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(struct timeval *) tptr;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct timeval tv[2];
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+	if (SCARG(uap, tptr) == NULL) {
+		microtime(&tv[0]);
+		tv[1] = tv[0];
+		vattr.va_vaflags |= VA_UTIMES_NULL;
+	} else {
+		error = copyin((caddr_t)SCARG(uap, tptr), (caddr_t)tv,
+		    sizeof (tv));
+		if (error)
+			return (error);
+		/* XXX workaround timeval matching the VFS constant VNOVAL */
+		if (tv[0].tv_sec == VNOVAL)
+			tv[0].tv_sec = VNOVAL - 1;
+		if (tv[1].tv_sec == VNOVAL)
+			tv[1].tv_sec = VNOVAL - 1;
+	}
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		vattr.va_atime.tv_sec = tv[0].tv_sec;
+		vattr.va_atime.tv_nsec = tv[0].tv_usec * 1000;
+		vattr.va_mtime.tv_sec = tv[1].tv_sec;
+		vattr.va_mtime.tv_nsec = tv[1].tv_usec * 1000;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+	vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the access and modification times given a file descriptor.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_futimes(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_futimes_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(struct timeval *) tptr;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct timeval tv[2];
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct file *fp;
+
+	VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+	if (SCARG(uap, tptr) == NULL) {
+		microtime(&tv[0]);
+		tv[1] = tv[0];
+		vattr.va_vaflags |= VA_UTIMES_NULL;
+	} else {
+		error = copyin((caddr_t)SCARG(uap, tptr), (caddr_t)tv,
+		    sizeof (tv));
+		if (error)
+			return (error);
+		/* XXX workaround timeval matching the VFS constant VNOVAL */
+		if (tv[0].tv_sec == VNOVAL)
+			tv[0].tv_sec = VNOVAL - 1;
+		if (tv[1].tv_sec == VNOVAL)
+			tv[1].tv_sec = VNOVAL - 1;
+	}
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_RDONLY)
+		error = EROFS;
+	else {
+		vattr.va_atime.tv_sec = tv[0].tv_sec;
+		vattr.va_atime.tv_nsec = tv[0].tv_usec * 1000;
+		vattr.va_mtime.tv_sec = tv[1].tv_sec;
+		vattr.va_mtime.tv_nsec = tv[1].tv_usec * 1000;
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Truncate a file given its path name.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_truncate(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_truncate_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) length;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_type == VDIR)
+		error = EISDIR;
+	else if ((error = vn_writechk(vp)) == 0 &&
+	    (error = VOP_ACCESS(vp, VWRITE, p->p_ucred, p)) == 0) {
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_size = SCARG(uap, length);
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p);
+	}
+	vput(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Truncate a file given a file descriptor.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_ftruncate(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_ftruncate_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) length;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct file *fp;
+	int error;
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	if ((fp->f_flag & FWRITE) == 0) {
+		error = EINVAL;
+		goto bad;
+	}
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	if (vp->v_type == VDIR)
+		error = EISDIR;
+	else if ((error = vn_writechk(vp)) == 0) {
+		VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+		vattr.va_size = SCARG(uap, length);
+		error = VOP_SETATTR(vp, &vattr, fp->f_cred, p);
+	}
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+bad:
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sync an open file.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_fsync(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_fsync_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct file *fp;
+	int error;
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	error = VOP_FSYNC(vp, fp->f_cred, MNT_WAIT, p);
+
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Rename files.  Source and destination must either both be directories,
+ * or both not be directories.  If target is a directory, it must be empty.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_rename(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_rename_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) from;
+		syscallarg(char *) to;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *tvp, *fvp, *tdvp;
+	struct nameidata fromnd, tond;
+	int error;
+	int flags;
+
+	NDINIT(&fromnd, DELETE, WANTPARENT | SAVESTART, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, from), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&fromnd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	fvp = fromnd.ni_vp;
+
+	flags = LOCKPARENT | LOCKLEAF | NOCACHE | SAVESTART;
+	/*
+	 * rename("foo/", "bar/");  is  OK
+	 */
+	if (fvp->v_type == VDIR)
+		flags |= STRIPSLASHES;
+
+	NDINIT(&tond, RENAME, flags,
+	    UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, to), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&tond)) != 0) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(fromnd.ni_dvp, &fromnd.ni_cnd);
+		vrele(fromnd.ni_dvp);
+		vrele(fvp);
+		goto out1;
+	}
+	tdvp = tond.ni_dvp;
+	tvp = tond.ni_vp;
+	if (tvp != NULL) {
+		if (fvp->v_type == VDIR && tvp->v_type != VDIR) {
+			error = ENOTDIR;
+			goto out;
+		} else if (fvp->v_type != VDIR && tvp->v_type == VDIR) {
+			error = EISDIR;
+			goto out;
+		}
+	}
+	if (fvp == tdvp)
+		error = EINVAL;
+	/*
+	 * If source is the same as the destination (that is the
+	 * same inode number)
+	 */
+	if (fvp == tvp)
+		error = -1;
+out:
+	if (!error) {
+		VOP_LEASE(tdvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		if (fromnd.ni_dvp != tdvp)
+			VOP_LEASE(fromnd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		if (tvp) {
+			(void)uvm_vnp_uncache(tvp);
+			VOP_LEASE(tvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		}
+		error = VOP_RENAME(fromnd.ni_dvp, fromnd.ni_vp, &fromnd.ni_cnd,
+				   tond.ni_dvp, tond.ni_vp, &tond.ni_cnd);
+	} else {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(tond.ni_dvp, &tond.ni_cnd);
+		if (tdvp == tvp)
+			vrele(tdvp);
+		else
+			vput(tdvp);
+		if (tvp)
+			vput(tvp);
+		VOP_ABORTOP(fromnd.ni_dvp, &fromnd.ni_cnd);
+		vrele(fromnd.ni_dvp);
+		vrele(fvp);
+	}
+	vrele(tond.ni_startdir);
+	FREE(tond.ni_cnd.cn_pnbuf, M_NAMEI);
+out1:
+	if (fromnd.ni_startdir)
+		vrele(fromnd.ni_startdir);
+	FREE(fromnd.ni_cnd.cn_pnbuf, M_NAMEI);
+	if (error == -1)
+		return (0);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make a directory file.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_mkdir(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_mkdir_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) mode;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, CREATE, LOCKPARENT | STRIPSLASHES,
+	    UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	if (vp != NULL) {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		vrele(vp);
+		return (EEXIST);
+	}
+	VATTR_NULL(&vattr);
+	vattr.va_type = VDIR;
+	vattr.va_mode = (SCARG(uap, mode) & ACCESSPERMS) &~ p->p_fd->fd_cmask;
+	VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	error = VOP_MKDIR(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_vp, &nd.ni_cnd, &vattr);
+	if (!error)
+		vput(nd.ni_vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a directory file.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_rmdir(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_rmdir_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, DELETE, LOCKPARENT | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+	    SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	if (vp->v_type != VDIR) {
+		error = ENOTDIR;
+		goto out;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * No rmdir "." please.
+	 */
+	if (nd.ni_dvp == vp) {
+		error = EBUSY;
+		goto out;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * The root of a mounted filesystem cannot be deleted.
+	 */
+	if (vp->v_flag & VROOT)
+		error = EBUSY;
+out:
+	if (!error) {
+		VOP_LEASE(nd.ni_dvp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+		error = VOP_RMDIR(nd.ni_dvp, nd.ni_vp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+	} else {
+		VOP_ABORTOP(nd.ni_dvp, &nd.ni_cnd);
+		if (nd.ni_dvp == vp)
+			vrele(nd.ni_dvp);
+		else
+			vput(nd.ni_dvp);
+		vput(vp);
+	}
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a block of directory entries in a file system independent format.
+ */
+int
+sys_getdirentries(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_getdirentries_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(char *) buf;
+		syscallarg(int) count;
+		syscallarg(long *) basep;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct uio auio;
+	struct iovec aiov;
+	long loff;
+	int error, eofflag;
+
+	if (SCARG(uap, count) < 0)
+		return EINVAL;
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	if ((fp->f_flag & FREAD) == 0) {
+		error = EBADF;
+		goto bad;
+	}
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+unionread:
+	if (vp->v_type != VDIR) {
+		error = EINVAL;
+		goto bad;
+	}
+	aiov.iov_base = SCARG(uap, buf);
+	aiov.iov_len = SCARG(uap, count);
+	auio.uio_iov = &aiov;
+	auio.uio_iovcnt = 1;
+	auio.uio_rw = UIO_READ;
+	auio.uio_segflg = UIO_USERSPACE;
+	auio.uio_procp = p;
+	auio.uio_resid = SCARG(uap, count);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+	loff = auio.uio_offset = fp->f_offset;
+	error = VOP_READDIR(vp, &auio, fp->f_cred, &eofflag, 0, 0);
+	fp->f_offset = auio.uio_offset;
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	if (error)
+		goto bad;
+	if ((SCARG(uap, count) == auio.uio_resid) &&
+	    union_check_p &&
+	    (union_check_p(p, &vp, fp, auio, &error) != 0))
+		goto unionread;
+	if (error)
+		goto bad;
+
+	if ((SCARG(uap, count) == auio.uio_resid) &&
+	    (vp->v_flag & VROOT) &&
+	    (vp->v_mount->mnt_flag & MNT_UNION)) {
+		struct vnode *tvp = vp;
+		vp = vp->v_mount->mnt_vnodecovered;
+		VREF(vp);
+		fp->f_data = (caddr_t) vp;
+		fp->f_offset = 0;
+		vrele(tvp);
+		goto unionread;
+	}
+	error = copyout((caddr_t)&loff, (caddr_t)SCARG(uap, basep),
+	    sizeof(long));
+	*retval = SCARG(uap, count) - auio.uio_resid;
+bad:
+	FRELE(fp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the mode mask for creation of filesystem nodes.
+ */
+int
+sys_umask(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_umask_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) newmask;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct filedesc *fdp;
+
+	fdp = p->p_fd;
+	*retval = fdp->fd_cmask;
+	fdp->fd_cmask = SCARG(uap, newmask) & ACCESSPERMS;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Void all references to file by ripping underlying filesystem
+ * away from vnode.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+sys_revoke(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	register struct sys_revoke_args /* {
+		syscallarg(char *) path;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	register struct vnode *vp;
+	struct vattr vattr;
+	int error;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+	vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	if ((error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, p->p_ucred, p)) != 0)
+		goto out;
+	if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid != vattr.va_uid &&
+	    (error = suser(p->p_ucred, &p->p_acflag)))
+		goto out;
+	if (vp->v_usecount > 1 || (vp->v_flag & (VALIASED | VLAYER)))
+		VOP_REVOKE(vp, REVOKEALL);
+out:
+	vrele(vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert a user file descriptor to a kernel file entry.
+ *
+ * On return *fpp is FREF:ed.
+ */
+int
+getvnode(fdp, fd, fpp)
+	struct filedesc *fdp;
+	struct file **fpp;
+	int fd;
+{
+	struct file *fp;
+
+	if ((fp = fd_getfile(fdp, fd)) == NULL)
+		return (EBADF);
+	if (fp->f_type != DTYPE_VNODE)
+		return (EINVAL);
+	FREF(fp);
+	*fpp = fp;
+
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Positional read system call.
+ */
+int
+sys_pread(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_pread_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(void *) buf;
+		syscallarg(size_t) nbyte;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) offset;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	off_t offset;
+	int fd = SCARG(uap, fd);
+
+	if ((fp = fd_getfile(fdp, fd)) == NULL)
+		return (EBADF);
+	if ((fp->f_flag & FREAD) == 0)
+		return (EBADF);
+
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	if (fp->f_type != DTYPE_VNODE || vp->v_type == VFIFO) {
+		return (ESPIPE);
+	}
+
+	offset = SCARG(uap, offset);
+
+	FREF(fp);
+
+	/* dofileread() will FRELE the descriptor for us */
+	return (dofileread(p, fd, fp, SCARG(uap, buf), SCARG(uap, nbyte),
+	    &offset, retval));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Positional scatter read system call.
+ */
+int
+sys_preadv(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_preadv_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(const struct iovec *) iovp;
+		syscallarg(int) iovcnt;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) offset;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	off_t offset;
+	int fd = SCARG(uap, fd);
+
+	if ((fp = fd_getfile(fdp, fd)) == NULL)
+		return (EBADF);
+	if ((fp->f_flag & FREAD) == 0)
+		return (EBADF);
+
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	if (fp->f_type != DTYPE_VNODE || vp->v_type == VFIFO) {
+		return (ESPIPE);
+	}
+
+	FREF(fp);
+
+	offset = SCARG(uap, offset);
+
+	/* dofilereadv() will FRELE the descriptor for us */
+	return (dofilereadv(p, fd, fp, SCARG(uap, iovp), SCARG(uap, iovcnt),
+	    &offset, retval));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Positional write system call.
+ */
+int
+sys_pwrite(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_pwrite_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(const void *) buf;
+		syscallarg(size_t) nbyte;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) offset;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	off_t offset;
+	int fd = SCARG(uap, fd);
+
+	if ((fp = fd_getfile(fdp, fd)) == NULL)
+		return (EBADF);
+	if ((fp->f_flag & FWRITE) == 0)
+		return (EBADF);
+
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	if (fp->f_type != DTYPE_VNODE || vp->v_type == VFIFO) {
+		return (ESPIPE);
+	}
+
+	FREF(fp);
+
+	offset = SCARG(uap, offset);
+
+	/* dofilewrite() will FRELE the descriptor for us */
+	return (dofilewrite(p, fd, fp, SCARG(uap, buf), SCARG(uap, nbyte),
+	    &offset, retval));
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Positional gather write system call.
+ */
+int
+sys_pwritev(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_pwritev_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(const struct iovec *) iovp;
+		syscallarg(int) iovcnt;
+		syscallarg(int) pad;
+		syscallarg(off_t) offset;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct filedesc *fdp = p->p_fd;
+	struct file *fp;
+	struct vnode *vp;
+	off_t offset;
+	int fd = SCARG(uap, fd);
+
+	if ((fp = fd_getfile(fdp, fd)) == NULL)
+		return (EBADF);
+	if ((fp->f_flag & FWRITE) == 0)
+		return (EBADF);
+
+	vp = (struct vnode *)fp->f_data;
+	if (fp->f_type != DTYPE_VNODE || vp->v_type == VFIFO) {
+		return (ESPIPE);
+	}
+
+	FREF(fp);
+
+	offset = SCARG(uap, offset);
+
+	/* dofilewritev() will FRELE the descriptor for us */
+	return (dofilewritev(p, fd, fp, SCARG(uap, iovp), SCARG(uap, iovcnt),
+	    &offset, retval));
+}
+
+#ifdef UFS_EXTATTR
+/*
+ * Syscall to push extended attribute configuration information into the
+ * VFS.  Accepts a path, which it converts to a mountpoint, as well as
+ * a command (int cmd), and attribute name and misc data.  For now, the
+ * attribute name is left in userspace for consumption by the VFS_op.
+ * It will probably be changed to be copied into sysspace by the
+ * syscall in the future, once issues with various consumers of the
+ * attribute code have raised their hands.
+ *
+ * Currently this is used only by UFS Extended Attributes.
+ */
+int
+sys_extattrctl(struct proc *p, void *v, register_t *reval)
+{
+	struct sys_extattrctl_args /* {
+		syscallarg(const char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) cmd;
+		syscallarg(const char *) filename;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct vnode *filename_vp;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	struct mount *mp;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	/*
+	 * SCARG(uap, attrname) not always defined.  We check again later
+	 * when we invoke the VFS call so as to pass in NULL there if needed.
+	 */
+	if (SCARG(uap, attrname) != NULL) {
+		error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname,
+		    EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN, NULL);
+		if (error)
+			return (error);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * SCARG(uap, filename) not always defined.  If it is, grab
+	 * a vnode lock, which VFS_EXTATTRCTL() will later release.
+	 */
+	filename_vp = NULL;
+	if (SCARG(uap, filename) != NULL) {
+		NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW | LOCKLEAF, UIO_USERSPACE,
+		    SCARG(uap, filename), p);
+		if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+			return (error);
+		filename_vp = nd.ni_vp;
+	}
+
+	/* SCARG(uap, path) always defined. */
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0) {
+		if (filename_vp != NULL)
+			vput(filename_vp);
+		return (error);
+	}
+
+	mp = nd.ni_vp->v_mount;
+	if (error) {
+		if (filename_vp != NULL)
+			vput(filename_vp);
+		return (error);
+	}
+
+	if (SCARG(uap, attrname) != NULL) {
+		error = VFS_EXTATTRCTL(mp, SCARG(uap, cmd), filename_vp,
+		    SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), attrname, p);
+	} else {
+		error = VFS_EXTATTRCTL(mp, SCARG(uap, cmd), filename_vp,
+		    SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), NULL, p);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * VFS_EXTATTRCTL will have unlocked, but not de-ref'd,
+	 * filename_vp, so vrele it if it is defined.
+	 */
+	if (filename_vp != NULL)
+		vrele(filename_vp);
+
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Set a named extended attribute on a file or directory
+ * 
+ * Arguments: unlocked vnode "vp", attribute namespace "attrnamespace",
+ *            kernelspace string pointer "attrname", userspace buffer
+ *            pointer "data", buffer length "nbytes", thread "td".
+ * Returns: 0 on success, an error number otherwise
+ * Locks: none
+ * References: vp must be a valid reference for the duration of the call
+ */
+static int
+extattr_set_vp(struct vnode *vp, int attrnamespace, const char *attrname,
+    void *data, size_t nbytes, struct proc *p, register_t *retval)
+{
+	struct uio auio;
+	struct iovec aiov;
+	ssize_t cnt;
+	int error;
+
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+
+	aiov.iov_base = data;
+	aiov.iov_len = nbytes;
+	auio.uio_iov = &aiov;
+	auio.uio_iovcnt = 1;
+	auio.uio_offset = 0;
+	if (nbytes > INT_MAX) {
+		error = EINVAL;
+		goto done;
+	}
+	auio.uio_resid = nbytes;
+	auio.uio_rw = UIO_WRITE;
+	auio.uio_segflg = UIO_USERSPACE;
+	auio.uio_procp = p;
+	cnt = nbytes;
+
+	error = VOP_SETEXTATTR(vp, attrnamespace, attrname, &auio,
+	    p->p_ucred, p);
+	cnt -= auio.uio_resid;
+	retval[0] = cnt;
+
+done:
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+int
+sys_extattr_set_file(struct proc *p, void *v, register_t *retval)
+{
+	struct sys_extattr_set_file_args /* {
+		syscallarg(const char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+		syscallarg(void *) data;
+		syscallarg(size_t) nbytes;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname, EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN,
+	    NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	error = extattr_set_vp(nd.ni_vp, SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), attrname,
+	    SCARG(uap, data), SCARG(uap, nbytes), p, retval);
+
+	vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+int
+sys_extattr_set_fd(struct proc *p, void *v, register_t *retval)
+{
+	struct sys_extattr_set_fd_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+		syscallarg(struct iovec *) iovp;
+		syscallarg(int) iovcnt;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct file *fp;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname, EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN,
+	    NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	error = extattr_set_vp((struct vnode *)fp->f_data,
+	    SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), attrname, SCARG(uap, data),
+	    SCARG(uap, nbytes), p, retval);
+	FRELE(fp);
+
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Get a named extended attribute on a file or directory
+ * 
+ * Arguments: unlocked vnode "vp", attribute namespace "attrnamespace",
+ *            kernelspace string pointer "attrname", userspace buffer
+ *            pointer "data", buffer length "nbytes", thread "td".
+ * Returns: 0 on success, an error number otherwise
+ * Locks: none
+ * References: vp must be a valid reference for the duration of the call
+ */
+static int
+extattr_get_vp(struct vnode *vp, int attrnamespace, const char *attrname,
+    void *data, size_t nbytes, struct proc *p, register_t *retval)
+{
+	struct uio auio;
+	struct iovec aiov;
+	ssize_t cnt;
+	size_t size;
+	int error;
+
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_READ);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+
+	/*
+	 * Slightly unusual semantics: if the user provides a NULL data
+	 * pointer, they don't want to receive the data, just the
+	 * maximum read length.
+	 */
+	if (data != NULL) {
+		aiov.iov_base = data;
+		aiov.iov_len = nbytes;
+		auio.uio_iov = &aiov;
+		auio.uio_offset = 0;
+		if (nbytes > INT_MAX) {
+			error = EINVAL;
+			goto done;
+		}
+		auio.uio_resid = nbytes;
+		auio.uio_rw = UIO_READ;
+		auio.uio_segflg = UIO_USERSPACE;
+		auio.uio_procp = p;
+		cnt = nbytes;
+		error = VOP_GETEXTATTR(vp, attrnamespace, attrname, &auio,
+		    NULL, p->p_ucred, p);
+		cnt -= auio.uio_resid;
+		retval[0] = cnt;
+	} else {
+		error = VOP_GETEXTATTR(vp, attrnamespace, attrname, NULL,
+		    &size, p->p_ucred, p);
+		retval[0] = size;
+	}
+done:
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+int
+sys_extattr_get_file(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_extattr_get_file_args /* {
+		syscallarg(const char *) path;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+		syscallarg(void *) data;
+		syscallarg(size_t) nbytes;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname, EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN,
+	    NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	error = extattr_get_vp(nd.ni_vp, SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), attrname,
+	    SCARG(uap, data), SCARG(uap, nbytes), p, retval);
+
+	vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+int
+sys_extattr_get_fd(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_extattr_get_fd_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+		syscallarg(void *) data;
+		syscallarg(size_t) nbytes;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct file *fp;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname, EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN,
+	    NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	error = extattr_get_vp((struct vnode *)fp->f_data,
+	    SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), attrname, SCARG(uap, data),
+	    SCARG(uap, nbytes), p, retval);
+	FRELE(fp);
+
+	return (error);
+}
+
+/*
+ * extattr_delete_vp(): Delete a named extended attribute on a file or
+ *                      directory
+ * 
+ * Arguments: unlocked vnode "vp", attribute namespace "attrnamespace",
+ *            kernelspace string pointer "attrname", proc "p"
+ * Returns: 0 on success, an error number otherwise
+ * Locks: none
+ * References: vp must be a valid reference for the duration of the call
+ */
+static int
+extattr_delete_vp(struct vnode *vp, int attrnamespace, const char *attrname,
+    struct proc *p)
+{
+	int error;
+
+	VOP_LEASE(vp, p, p->p_ucred, LEASE_WRITE);
+	vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, p);
+
+	error = VOP_SETEXTATTR(vp, attrnamespace, attrname, NULL,
+	    p->p_ucred, p);
+
+	VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, p);
+	return (error);
+}
+
+int
+sys_extattr_delete_file(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_extattr_delete_file_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+	} */ *uap = v;
+	struct nameidata nd;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname, EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN,
+	     NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return(error);
+
+	NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_USERSPACE, SCARG(uap, path), p);
+	if ((error = namei(&nd)) != 0)
+		return(error);
+
+	error = extattr_delete_vp(nd.ni_vp, SCARG(uap, attrnamespace),
+	    attrname, p);
+
+	vrele(nd.ni_vp);
+	return(error);
+}
+
+int
+sys_extattr_delete_fd(p, v, retval)
+	struct proc *p;
+	void *v;
+	register_t *retval;
+{
+	struct sys_extattr_delete_fd_args /* {
+		syscallarg(int) fd;
+		syscallarg(int) attrnamespace;
+		syscallarg(const char *) attrname;
+	} */ *uap = v; 
+	struct file *fp;
+	char attrname[EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN];
+	int error;
+
+	error = copyinstr(SCARG(uap, attrname), attrname, EXTATTR_MAXNAMELEN,
+	    NULL);
+	if (error)
+		return (error);
+
+	if ((error = getvnode(p->p_fd, SCARG(uap, fd), &fp)) != 0)
+		return (error);
+
+	error = extattr_delete_vp((struct vnode *)fp->f_data,
+	    SCARG(uap, attrnamespace), attrname, p);
+	FRELE(fp);
+
+	return (error);
+}
+#endif 
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/thrkill.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/thrkill.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30b7bf6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/thrkill.2
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: thrkill.2,v 1.2 2016/03/19 21:56:12 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: kill.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:33:53 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)kill.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: March 19 2016 $
+.Dt THRKILL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm thrkill
+.Nd send signal to a thread in the same process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In signal.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn thrkill "pid_t tid" "int sig" "void *tcb"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn thrkill
+function sends the signal given by
+.Fa sig
+to
+.Fa tid ,
+a thread in the same process as the caller.
+.Fn thrkill
+will only succeed if
+.Fa tcb
+is either
+.Dv NULL
+or the address of the thread control block (TCB) of the target thread.
+.Fa sig
+may be one of the signals specified in
+.Xr sigaction 2
+or it may be 0, in which case
+error checking is performed but no
+signal is actually sent.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa tid
+is zero then the current thread is targeted.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn thrkill
+will fail and no signal will be sent if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa sig
+is not a valid signal number.
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+The process doesn't have a thread with thread ID
+.Fa tid .
+.It Bq Er ESRCH
+.Fa tcb
+is not
+.Dv NULL
+and not the TCB address of the thread with thread ID
+.Fa tid .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr __get_tcb 2 ,
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr pthread_kill 3 ,
+.Xr raise 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn thrkill
+function is specific to
+.Ox
+and should not be used in portable applications.
+Use
+.Xr pthread_kill 3
+instead.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn thrkill
+system call appeared in
+.Ox 5.9 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/truncate.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/truncate.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63568410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/truncate.2
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: truncate.2,v 1.21 2022/05/23 15:17:11 millert Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: truncate.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:39:00 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)truncate.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: May 23 2022 $
+.Dt TRUNCATE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm truncate ,
+.Nm ftruncate
+.Nd truncate or extend a file to a specified length
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn truncate "const char *path" "off_t length"
+.Ft int
+.Fn ftruncate "int fd" "off_t length"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn truncate
+causes the file named by
+.Fa path
+or referenced by
+.Fa fd
+to be truncated or extended to
+.Fa length
+bytes in size.
+If the file was larger than this size, the extra data is lost.
+If the file was smaller than this size, it will be extended as if by
+writing bytes with the value zero.
+With
+.Fn ftruncate ,
+the file must be open for writing.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn truncate
+and
+.Fn ftruncate
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa length
+is a negative value.
+.It Bq Er EFBIG
+The
+.Fa length
+exceeds the process's file size limit or the maximum file size
+of the underlying filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred updating the inode.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn truncate
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The named file is not writable by the user.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EISDIR
+The named file is a directory.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er ETXTBSY
+The file is a pure procedure (shared text) file that is being executed.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn ftruncate
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa fd
+references a socket, not a file.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa fd
+is not open for writing.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr open 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn truncate
+and
+.Fn ftruncate
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn truncate
+and
+.Fn ftruncate
+system calls first appeared in
+.Bx 4.1c .
+.Sh BUGS
+These calls should be generalized to allow ranges of bytes in a file
+to be discarded.
+.Pp
+Use of
+.Fn truncate
+to extend a file is not portable.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/umask.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/umask.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61d77997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/umask.2
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: umask.2,v 1.13 2022/02/18 23:17:14 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: umask.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:39:06 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)umask.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 18 2022 $
+.Dt UMASK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm umask
+.Nd set file creation mode mask
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/stat.h
+.Ft mode_t
+.Fn umask "mode_t numask"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn umask
+routine sets the process's file mode creation mask to
+.Fa numask
+and returns the previous value of the mask.
+Only the read, write, and execute file permission bits of
+.Fa numask
+are honored, all others are ignored.
+.Pp
+The file mode creation mask is used by the
+.Xr bind 2 ,
+.Xr mkdir 2 ,
+.Xr mkdirat 2 ,
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+.Xr mkfifoat 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr mknodat 2 ,
+.Xr open 2
+and
+.Xr openat 2
+system calls to turn off corresponding bits requested in the file mode
+(see
+.Xr chmod 2 ) .
+This clearing allows users to restrict the default access to their files.
+.Pp
+The default mask value is S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH (022, write access for the
+owner only).
+Child processes inherit the mask of the calling process.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The previous value of the file mode mask is returned by the call.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn umask
+function is always successful.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr mkdir 2 ,
+.Xr mkfifo 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr open 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn umask
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn umask
+system call first appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/unlink.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/unlink.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1683a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/unlink.2
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: unlink.2,v 1.28 2021/06/30 18:46:49 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: unlink.2,v 1.7 1995/02/27 12:39:13 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)unlink.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 30 2021 $
+.Dt UNLINK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm unlink ,
+.Nm unlinkat
+.Nd remove directory entry
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn unlink "const char *path"
+.In fcntl.h
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn unlinkat "int fd" "const char *path" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn unlink
+function removes the link named by
+.Fa path
+from its directory and decrements the link count of the
+file which was referenced by the link.
+If that decrement reduces the link count of the file
+to zero,
+and no process has the file open, then
+all resources associated with the file are reclaimed.
+If one or more processes have the file open when the last link is removed,
+the link is removed, but the removal of the file is delayed until
+all references to it have been closed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unlinkat
+function is equivalent to either the
+.Fn unlink
+or
+.Xr rmdir 2
+function depending on the value of
+.Fa flag
+(see below), except that where
+.Fa path
+specifies a relative path,
+the directory entry to be removed is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn unlinkat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used
+and the behavior is identical to a call to
+.Fn unlink
+or
+.Xr rmdir 2 ,
+depending on whether or not the
+.Dv AT_REMOVEDIR
+bit is set in
+.Fa flag .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_REMOVEDIR -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_REMOVEDIR
+Remove the directory entry specified by
+.Fa path
+as a directory, not a normal file.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn unlink
+and
+.Fn unlinkat
+functions will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Write permission is denied on the directory containing the link
+to be removed.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The named file is a directory and the effective user ID
+of the process is not the superuser, or the file system
+containing the file does not permit the use of
+.Fn unlink
+on a directory.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The directory containing the file is marked sticky,
+and neither the containing directory nor the file to be removed
+are owned by the effective user ID.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The named file or the directory containing it has its immutable or
+append-only flag set (see
+.Xr chflags 2 ) .
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+The entry to be unlinked is the mount point for a
+mounted file system.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while deleting the directory entry
+or deallocating the inode.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn unlinkat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Dv AT_REMOVEDIR
+flag bit is set and
+.Fa path
+does not name a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENOTEMPTY
+The
+.Dv AT_REMOVEDIR
+flag bit is set and the named directory contains files other than
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&..
+in it.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_REMOVEDIR .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was
+.Dv AT_REMOVEDIR
+and the last element of
+.Fa path
+consists of
+.Ql \&. .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr rm 1 ,
+.Xr chflags 2 ,
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr link 2 ,
+.Xr rmdir 2 ,
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn unlink
+and
+.Fn unlinkat
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn unlink
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.Fn unlinkat
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/unveil.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/unveil.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..880f1ca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/unveil.2
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: unveil.2,v 1.24 2026/04/11 17:04:55 deraadt Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Bob Beck <beck@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 11 2026 $
+.Dt UNVEIL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm unveil
+.Nd unveil parts of a restricted filesystem view
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn unveil "const char *path" "const char *permissions"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The first call to
+.Fn unveil
+removes visibility of the entire filesystem from all other
+filesystem-related system calls (such as
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr chmod 2
+and
+.Xr rename 2 ) ,
+except for the specified
+.Fa path
+and
+.Fa permissions .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unveil
+system call remains capable of traversing to any
+.Fa path
+in the filesystem, so additional calls can set permissions at any
+point in the filesystem hierarchy.
+.Pp
+After establishing a collection of
+.Fa path
+and
+.Fa permissions
+rules, future calls to
+.Fn unveil
+can be disabled by passing two
+.Dv NULL
+arguments, or with a
+.Xr pledge 2
+call which lacks the
+.Qq unveil
+promise.
+It is strongly recommended to lock
+.Fn unveil
+after configuration.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa permissions
+argument points to a string consisting of zero or more of the following
+characters:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "XXXX" -offset indent -compact
+.It Cm r
+Make
+.Fa path
+available for read operations, corresponding to the
+.Xr pledge 2
+promise
+.Qq rpath .
+.It Cm w
+Make
+.Fa path
+available for write operations, corresponding to the
+.Xr pledge 2
+promise
+.Qq wpath .
+.It Cm x
+Make
+.Fa path
+available for execute operations, corresponding to the
+.Xr pledge 2
+promise
+.Qq exec .
+.It Cm c
+Allow
+.Fa path
+to be created and removed, corresponding to the
+.Xr pledge 2
+promise
+.Qq cpath .
+.El
+.Pp
+A
+.Fa path
+that is a directory will enable all filesystem access underneath
+.Fa path
+using
+.Fa permissions
+if and only if no more specific matching
+.Fn unveil
+exists at a lower level.
+Directories are remembered at the time of a call to
+.Fn unveil .
+This means that a directory that is removed and recreated after a call to
+.Fn unveil
+will appear to not exist.
+.Pp
+Non-directory paths are remembered by name within their containing
+directory, and so may be created, removed, or re-created after a call to
+.Fn unveil
+and still appear to exist.
+.Pp
+Attempts to access paths not allowed by
+.Fn unveil
+will result in an error of
+.Er EACCES
+when the
+.Fa permissions
+argument does not match the attempted operation.
+.Er ENOENT
+is returned for paths for which no
+.Fn unveil
+permissions qualify.
+After a process has terminated,
+.Xr lastcomm 1
+will mark it with the
+.Sq U
+flag if file access was prevented by
+.Fn unveil .
+.Pp
+.Fn unveil
+use can be tricky because programs misbehave badly when their files
+unexpectedly disappear.
+In many cases it is easier to unveil the directories in which an
+application makes use of files.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er E2BIG
+The addition of
+.Fa path
+would exceed the per-process limit for unveiled paths.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+or
+.Fa permissions
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A directory in
+.Fa path
+did not exist.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An invalid value of
+.Fa permissions
+was used.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An attempt to increase permissions was made, or the
+.Fa path
+was not accessible, or
+.Fn unveil
+was called after locking.
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn unveil
+system call first appeared in
+.Ox 6.4 .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/utimes.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/utimes.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b58032c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/utimes.2
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: utimes.2,v 1.28 2020/09/30 16:27:16 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: utimes.2,v 1.9 1996/04/23 10:34:16 mycroft Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)utimes.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 30 2020 $
+.Dt UTIMES 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm utimes ,
+.Nm futimes ,
+.Nm utimensat ,
+.Nm futimens
+.Nd set file access and modification times
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/time.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn utimes "const char *path" "const struct timeval times[2]"
+.Ft int
+.Fn futimes "int fd" "const struct timeval times[2]"
+.In sys/stat.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn utimensat "int fd" "const char *path" "const struct timespec times[2]" "int flag"
+.Ft int
+.Fn futimens "int fd" "const struct timespec times[2]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The access and modification times of the file named by
+.Fa path
+or referenced by
+.Fa fd
+are changed as specified by the argument
+.Fa times .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa times
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the access and modification times are set to the current time.
+The caller must be the owner of the file, have permission to
+write the file, or be the superuser.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa times
+is non-null,
+it is assumed to point to an array of two timeval structures.
+The access time is set to the value of the first element, and the
+modification time is set to the value of the second element.
+The caller must be the owner of the file or be the superuser.
+.Pp
+In either case, the file status change time is set to the current time.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn utimensat
+and
+.Fn futimens
+are equivalent to
+.Fn utimes
+and
+.Fn futimes ,
+respectively, with the following differences.
+.Pp
+Both
+.Fn utimensat
+and
+.Fn futimens
+take two timespec values instead of two timeval values.
+Further, either of the
+.Fa tv_nsec
+fields can be set to one of the following special values defined in
+.In sys/stat.h ,
+in which case the value of
+.Fa tv_sec
+is ignored:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width UTIME_OMIT -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv UTIME_NOW
+Set the respective timestamp to the greatest value supported
+that is not greater than the current time.
+.It Dv UTIME_OMIT
+Do not change the respective timestamp.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, if the
+.Fa path
+argument to
+.Fn utimensat
+specifies a relative path,
+the file whose timestamps are changed is determined relative to
+the directory associated with file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+instead of the current working directory.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn utimensat
+is passed the special value
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+(defined in
+.In fcntl.h )
+in the
+.Fa fd
+parameter, the current working directory is used.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flag
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW -offset indent -compact
+.It Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+If
+.Fa path
+names a symbolic link, then the timestamps of the symbolic link are changed.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn utimes
+and
+.Fn utimensat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix;
+or the
+.Fa times
+argument is
+.Dv NULL
+and the effective user ID of the process does not
+match the owner of the file, and is not the superuser, and write
+access is denied.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa path
+or
+.Fa times
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading or writing the affected inode.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.Dv NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname (including the terminating NUL)
+exceeded
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa times
+argument is not
+.Dv NULL
+and the calling process's effective user ID
+does not match the owner of the file and is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file system containing the file is mounted read-only.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally,
+.Fn utimensat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa flag
+argument was neither zero nor
+.Dv AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is neither
+.Dv AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path and the
+.Fa fd
+argument is a valid file descriptor but it does not reference a directory.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa path
+argument specifies a relative path but search permission is denied
+for the directory which the
+.Fa fd
+file descriptor references.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn futimes
+and
+.Fn futimens
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+does not refer to a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The
+.Fa times
+argument is
+.Dv NULL
+and the effective user ID of the process does not
+match the owner of the file, and is not the superuser, and write
+access is denied.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa times
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading or writing the affected inode.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa times
+argument is not
+.Dv NULL
+and the calling process's effective user ID
+does not match the owner of the file and is not the superuser.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file system containing the file is mounted read-only.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn utimes
+and
+.Fn futimes
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+Either of the
+.Fa times
+arguments specified a microsecond value less than zero or greater
+than or equal to 1 million, or a second value less than zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn utimesat
+and
+.Fn futimens
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+Either of the
+.Fa times
+argument specified a nanosecond value less than zero or greater
+than or equal to 1000 million, or a second value less than zero.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr clock_gettime 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr utime 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn utimes ,
+.Fn utimensat ,
+and
+.Fn futimens
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The predecessors of
+.Fn utimes
+were
+.Fn smdate
+in
+.At v1 ,
+.Fn mdate
+in
+.At v3 ,
+and
+.Fn utime
+in
+.At v7 ;
+the latter first supported the concept of an access time
+in addition to the modification time.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn utimes
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+The
+.Fn futimes
+function call appeared in
+.Nx 1.2 .
+The
+.Fn utimensat
+and
+.Fn futimens
+function calls appeared in
+.Ox 5.0 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Some filesystems, such as FAT, use the same timestamp for both
+modification and file status change;
+on those filesystems, the file status change timestamp will not be
+updated if
+.Dv UTIME_OMIT
+is specified for the modification timestamp argument.
+Similarly, on NFS the file status change timestamp will not be
+updated if
+.Dv UTIME_OMIT
+is specified for both the access and the modification timestamp arguments.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/utrace.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/utrace.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e412ce5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/utrace.2
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: utrace.2,v 1.4 2023/02/23 01:34:27 deraadt Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: utrace.2,v 1.13 2008/05/02 18:38:32 martin Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Gregory McGarry <g.mcgarry@ieee.org>.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 23 2023 $
+.Dt UTRACE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm utrace
+.Nd insert user record in ktrace log
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/ktrace.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn utrace "const char *label" "void *addr" "size_t len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+Adds a record to the process trace with information supplied by the user.
+The record is identified by
+.Fa label
+and contains
+.Fa len
+bytes from memory pointed to by
+.Fa addr .
+This call only has an effect if the calling process is being traced.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOSYS
+The currently running kernel was compiled without
+.Xr ktrace 2
+support (option KTRACE).
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+The length of the
+.Fa label
+string was longer than
+.Dv KTR_USER_MAXIDLEN\-1 .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The specified data length
+.Fa len
+was bigger than
+.Dv KTR_USER_MAXLEN .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kdump 1 ,
+.Xr ktrace 1 ,
+.Xr ktrace 2 ,
+.Xr options 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn utrace
+system call first appeared in
+.Fx 2.2 .
+It was added to
+.Ox
+in
+.Ox 5.4 .
+The
+.Fa label
+argument is an extension.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/vfork.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/vfork.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9e819ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/vfork.2
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: vfork.2,v 1.20 2015/09/10 17:55:21 schwarze Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: vfork.2,v 1.8 1997/07/10 07:54:13 mikel Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)vfork.2	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: September 10 2015 $
+.Dt VFORK 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm vfork
+.Nd spawn new process and block parent
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn vfork void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn vfork
+was originally used to create new processes without fully copying the address
+space of the old process, which is horrendously inefficient in a paged
+environment.
+It was useful when the purpose of
+.Xr fork 2
+would have been to create a new system context for an
+.Xr execve 2 .
+Since
+.Xr fork 2
+is now efficient, even in the above case, the need for
+.Fn vfork
+has diminished.
+.Fn vfork
+differs from
+.Xr fork 2
+in that the parent is suspended until the child makes a call to
+.Xr execve 2
+or an exit (either by a call to
+.Xr _exit 2
+or abnormally).
+In addition, fork handlers established using
+.Xr pthread_atfork 3
+are not called when a multithreaded program calls
+.Fn vfork .
+.Pp
+.Fn vfork
+returns 0 in the child's context and (later) the PID of the child in
+the parent's context.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Same as for
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn vfork
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 3.0
+with the additional semantics that the child process ran in the
+memory of the parent until it called
+.Xr execve 2
+or exited.
+That sharing of memory was removed in
+.Bx 4.4 ,
+leaving just the semantics of blocking the parent until the child calls
+.Xr execve 2
+or exits.
+On many other systems the original behavior has been restored,
+making this interface particularly unportable.
+.Sh BUGS
+To avoid a possible deadlock situation, processes that are children
+in the middle of a
+.Fn vfork
+are never sent
+.Dv SIGTTOU
+or
+.Dv SIGTTIN
+signals; rather, output or
+.Xr ioctl 2
+calls are allowed and input attempts result in an end-of-file indication.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/wait.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/wait.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70e0fcb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/wait.2
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: wait.2,v 1.33 2022/12/19 18:13:50 guenther Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: wait.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:39:37 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)wait.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 19 2022 $
+.Dt WAIT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm wait ,
+.Nm waitpid ,
+.Nm wait4 ,
+.Nm wait3 ,
+.Nm WCOREDUMP ,
+.Nm WEXITSTATUS ,
+.Nm WIFCONTINUED ,
+.Nm WIFEXITED ,
+.Nm WIFSIGNALED ,
+.Nm WIFSTOPPED ,
+.Nm WSTOPSIG ,
+.Nm WTERMSIG
+.Nd wait for process termination
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/wait.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn wait "int *status"
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn waitpid "pid_t wpid" "int *status" "int options"
+.In sys/resource.h
+.In sys/wait.h
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn wait3 "int *status" "int options" "struct rusage *rusage"
+.Ft pid_t
+.Fn wait4 "pid_t wpid" "int *status" "int options" "struct rusage *rusage"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn wait
+function suspends execution of its calling process until
+.Fa status
+information is available for a terminated child process,
+or a signal is received.
+On return from a successful
+.Fn wait
+call, the
+.Fa status
+area, if non-zero, is filled in with termination information about the
+process that exited (see below).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn wait4
+call provides a more general interface for programs
+that need to wait for certain child processes,
+that need resource utilization statistics accumulated by child processes,
+or that require options.
+The other wait functions are implemented using
+.Fn wait4 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa wpid
+parameter specifies the set of child processes for which to wait.
+The following symbolic constants are currently defined in
+.In sys/wait.h :
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+#define WAIT_ANY        (-1)    /* any process */
+#define WAIT_MYPGRP     0       /* any process in my process group */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa wpid
+is set to
+.Dv WAIT_ANY ,
+the call waits for any child process.
+If
+.Fa wpid
+is set to
+.Dv WAIT_MYPGRP ,
+the call waits for any child process in the process group of the caller.
+If
+.Fa wpid
+is greater than zero, the call waits for the process with process ID
+.Fa wpid .
+If
+.Fa wpid
+is less than \-1, the call waits for any process whose process group ID
+equals the absolute value of
+.Fa wpid .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa status
+parameter is defined below.
+The
+.Fa options
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width "WCONTINUED"
+.It Dv WCONTINUED
+Causes status to be reported for stopped child processes that have been
+continued by receipt of a
+.Dv SIGCONT
+signal.
+.It Dv WNOHANG
+Indicates that the call should not block if there are no processes that wish
+to report status.
+.It Dv WUNTRACED
+If set, children of the current process that are stopped due to a
+.Dv SIGTTIN , SIGTTOU , SIGTSTP ,
+or
+.Dv SIGSTOP
+signal also have their status reported.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa rusage
+is non-zero, a summary of the resources used by the terminated
+process and all its
+children is returned (this information is currently not available
+for stopped processes).
+.Pp
+When the
+.Dv WNOHANG
+option is specified and no processes wish to report status,
+.Fn wait4
+returns a process ID of 0.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn waitpid
+call is identical to
+.Fn wait4
+with an
+.Fa rusage
+value of zero.
+The older
+.Fn wait3
+call is the same as
+.Fn wait4
+with a
+.Fa wpid
+value of \-1.
+.Pp
+The following macros may be used to test the manner of exit of the process.
+One of the first three macros will evaluate to a non-zero (true) value:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fn WIFCONTINUED status
+True if the process has not terminated, and has continued after a job
+control stop.
+This macro can be true only if the wait call specified the
+.Dv WCONTINUED
+option.
+.It Fn WIFEXITED status
+True if the process terminated normally by a call to
+.Xr _exit 2
+or
+.Xr exit 3 .
+.It Fn WIFSIGNALED status
+True if the process terminated due to receipt of a signal.
+.It Fn WIFSTOPPED status
+True if the process has not terminated, but has stopped and can be restarted.
+This macro can be true only if the wait call specified the
+.Dv WUNTRACED
+option or if the child process is being traced (see
+.Xr ptrace 2 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+Depending on the values of those macros, the following macros
+produce the remaining status information about the child process:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fn WEXITSTATUS status
+If
+.Fn WIFEXITED status
+is true, evaluates to the low-order 8 bits of the argument passed to
+.Xr _exit 2
+or
+.Xr exit 3
+by the child.
+.It Fn WTERMSIG status
+If
+.Fn WIFSIGNALED status
+is true, evaluates to the number of the signal
+that caused the termination of the process.
+.It Fn WCOREDUMP status
+If
+.Fn WIFSIGNALED status
+is true, evaluates as true if the termination
+of the process was accompanied by the creation of a core file
+containing an image of the process when the signal was received.
+.It Fn WSTOPSIG status
+If
+.Fn WIFSTOPPED status
+is true, evaluates to the number of the signal that caused the process
+to stop.
+.El
+.Sh NOTES
+See
+.Xr sigaction 2
+for a list of termination signals.
+A status of 0 indicates normal termination.
+.Pp
+If a parent process terminates without
+waiting for all of its child processes to terminate,
+the remaining child processes are assigned the parent
+process 1 ID (the init process ID).
+.Pp
+If a signal is caught while any of the
+.Fn wait
+calls is pending, the call may be interrupted or restarted when the
+signal-catching routine returns, depending on the options in effect
+for the signal; for further information, see
+.Xr siginterrupt 3 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If
+.Fn wait
+returns due to a stopped
+or terminated child process, the process ID of the child
+is returned to the calling process.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn wait4 ,
+.Fn wait3
+or
+.Fn waitpid
+returns due to a stopped or terminated child process, the process ID
+of the child is returned to the calling process.
+If there are no children not previously awaited, \-1 is returned with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Bq Er ECHILD .
+Otherwise, if
+.Dv WNOHANG
+is specified and there are no stopped or exited children, 0 is returned.
+If an error is detected or a caught signal aborts the call, a value of \-1
+is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn wait ,
+.Fn waitpid ,
+.Fn wait3 ,
+and
+.Fn wait4
+will fail and return immediately if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ECHILD
+The calling process has no existing unwaited-for child processes.
+.It Bq Er ECHILD
+No status from the terminated child process is available
+because the calling process has asked the system to discard
+such status by ignoring the signal
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+or setting the flag
+.Dv SA_NOCLDWAIT
+for that signal.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa status
+or
+.Fa rusage
+arguments point to an illegal address.
+(May not be detected before exit of a child process.)
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The call was interrupted by a caught signal, or the signal did not have the
+.Dv SA_RESTART
+flag set.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn waitpid
+and
+.Fn wait4
+will fail and return immediately if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ECHILD
+The process specified by the
+.Fa wpid
+argument does not exist or is not a child of the calling process.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+Invalid or undefined flags were passed in the
+.Fa options
+argument.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr _exit 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr waitid 2 ,
+.Xr exit 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn wait
+and
+.Fn waitpid
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+.Fn wait4
+and
+.Fn wait3
+are not specified by POSIX.
+The
+.Fn WCOREDUMP
+macro and the ability to restart a pending
+.Fn wait
+call are extensions to that specification.
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn wait
+system call first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+The
+.Fa status
+argument is accepted since
+.At v2 .
+A
+.Fn wait3
+system call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.0 ,
+but the final calling convention was only established in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+The
+.Fn wait4
+and
+.Fn waitpid
+function calls first appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/waitid.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/waitid.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e884f85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/waitid.2
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: waitid.2,v 1.2 2022/12/20 09:01:05 jmc Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: wait.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:39:37 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)wait.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 20 2022 $
+.Dt WAITID 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm waitid
+.Nd wait for process state change
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/wait.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn waitid "idtype_t idtype" "id_t id" "siginfo_t *infop" "int options"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn waitid
+function suspends execution of its calling process until
+a selected state change occurs for a matching child process,
+or a signal is received.
+.Pp
+The set of child processes to be queried is specified by the arguments
+.Fa idtype
+and
+.Fa id .
+.Bl -dash -offset indent
+.It
+If
+.Fa idtype
+is
+.Dv P_PID ,
+.Fn waitid
+waits for the child process with a process ID equal to
+.Dv (pid_t)id .
+.It
+If
+.Fa idtype
+is
+.Dv P_PGID ,
+.Fn waitid
+waits for the child process with a process group ID equal to
+.Dv (pid_t)id .
+.It
+If
+.Fa idtype
+is
+.Dv P_ALL ,
+.Fn waitid
+waits for any child process and the
+.Dv id
+is ignored.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa options
+argument is the bitwise OR of zero or more of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width "WCONTINUED"
+.It Dv WCONTINUED
+Causes status to be reported for selected child processes that were
+previously stopped and which have been continued by receipt of a
+.Dv SIGCONT
+signal.
+.It Dv WEXITED
+Reports the status of selected processes which have terminated.
+.It Dv WNOHANG
+Indicates that the call should not block if there are no selected processes
+that have a status change to report.
+.It Dv WNOWAIT
+Keeps the process whose status is returned in a waitable state.
+The process may be waited for again after this call completes.
+.It Dv WSTOPPED
+Reports the status of selected processes which are stopped due to a
+.Dv SIGTTIN , SIGTTOU , SIGTSTP ,
+or
+.Dv SIGSTOP
+signal.
+.It Dv WTRAPPED
+Reports the status of selected processes which are stopped due to a
+process tracing event
+.Xr ( ptrace 2 ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+At least one of
+.Dv WCONTINUED , WEXITED , WSTOPPED ,
+or
+.Dv WTRAPPED
+must be specified.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn waitid
+found a matching process, the structure referenced by
+.Fa infop
+is filled with the status of the process:
+.Fa si_signo
+is set to
+.Dv SIGCHLD ,
+and
+.Fa si_pid
+and
+.Fa si_uid
+are set to the process ID and effective user ID of the matched process.
+.Fa si_code
+will be set to one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width "CLD_CONTINUED"
+.It Dv CLD_CONTINUED
+The process was previously stopped and was continued.
+.Fa si_status
+will be set to
+.Dv SIGCONT .
+Only returned if
+.Fa options
+includes
+.Dv WCONTINUED .
+.It Dv CLD_DUMPED
+The process was killed by a signal and a core file was generated.
+.Fa si_status
+will be set to the signal that killed the process.
+Only returned if
+.Fa options
+includes
+.Dv WEXITED .
+.It Dv CLD_EXITED
+The process exited normally.
+.Fa si_status
+will be set to the full
+.Ft int
+value that was passed to
+.Xr _exit 2 .
+Only returned if
+.Fa options
+includes
+.Dv WEXITED .
+.It Dv CLD_KILLED
+The process was killed by a signal with generation of a core file.
+.Fa si_status
+will be set to the signal that killed the process.
+Only returned if
+.Fa options
+includes
+.Dv WEXITED .
+.It Dv CLD_STOPPED
+The process was stopped due to a signal.
+.Fa si_status
+will be set to the signal that stopped the process.
+Only returned if
+.Fa options
+includes
+.Dv WSTOPPED .
+.It Dv CLD_TRAPPED
+The process was stopped due to process tracing
+.Xr ( ptrace 2 ) .
+.Fa si_status
+will be set to the signal that caused the trap.
+Only returned if
+.Fa options
+includes
+.Dv WTRAPPED .
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv WNOHANG
+was specified and
+.Fn waitid
+didn't find a matching process,
+.Fa si_signo
+and
+.Fa si_pid
+will be set to zero.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If
+.Fn waitid
+returns because one or more processes have a state change to report,
+0 is returned.
+If an error is detected,
+a value of -1
+is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If
+.Dv WNOHANG
+is specified and there are
+no stopped, continued or exited children,
+0 is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn waitid
+will fail and return immediately if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ECHILD
+The calling process has no existing unwaited-for child processes.
+.It Bq Er ECHILD
+No status from the terminated child process is available
+because the calling process has asked the system to discard
+such status by ignoring the signal
+.Dv SIGCHLD
+or setting the flag
+.Dv SA_NOCLDWAIT
+for that signal.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa infop
+argument points to an illegal address.
+(May not be detected before exit of a child process.)
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The call was interrupted by a caught signal, or the signal did not have the
+.Dv SA_RESTART
+flag set.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+Invalid or undefined flags were passed in the
+.Fa options
+argument, or
+.Fa idtype
+and
+.Fa id
+specified an invalid set of processes.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr _exit 2 ,
+.Xr ptrace 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2 ,
+.Xr exit 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn waitid
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+The
+.Dv WTRAPPED
+macro is an extension to that specification.
+.\" .Sh HISTORY
+.\" A
+.\" .Fn waitid
+.\" system call first appeared in
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/write.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/write.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf7a6fba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/write.2
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: write.2,v 1.45 2023/02/05 12:33:17 jsg Exp $
+.\"	$NetBSD: write.2,v 1.6 1995/02/27 12:39:43 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)write.2	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/2/94
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: February 5 2023 $
+.Dt WRITE 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm write ,
+.Nm writev ,
+.Nm pwrite ,
+.Nm pwritev
+.Nd write output
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn write "int d" "const void *buf" "size_t nbytes"
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn pwrite "int d" "const void *buf" "size_t nbytes" "off_t offset"
+.Pp
+.In sys/uio.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn writev "int d" "const struct iovec *iov" "int iovcnt"
+.In sys/types.h
+.In sys/uio.h
+.Ft ssize_t
+.Fn pwritev "int d" "const struct iovec *iov" "int iovcnt" "off_t offset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn write
+attempts to write
+.Fa nbytes
+of data to the object referenced by the descriptor
+.Fa d
+from the buffer pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+.Fn writev
+performs the same action, but gathers the output data from the
+.Fa iovcnt
+buffers specified by the members of the
+.Fa iov
+array: iov[0], iov[1], ..., iov[iovcnt-1].
+.Fn pwrite
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+perform the same functions, but write to the specified position
+.Fa offset
+in the file without modifying the file pointer.
+.Pp
+For
+.Fn writev
+and
+.Fn pwritev ,
+the
+.Vt iovec
+structure is defined as:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct iovec {
+	void	*iov_base;
+	size_t	 iov_len;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Each
+.Vt iovec
+entry specifies the base address and length of an area
+in memory from which data should be written.
+.Fn writev
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+will always write a complete area before proceeding to the next.
+.Pp
+On objects capable of seeking, the
+.Fn write
+starts at a position given by the pointer associated with
+.Fa d
+(see
+.Xr lseek 2 ) .
+Upon return from
+.Fn write ,
+the pointer is incremented by the number of bytes which were written.
+If a file was opened with the
+.Dv O_APPEND
+flag (see
+.Xr open 2 ) ,
+calls to
+.Fn write
+or
+.Fn writev
+will automatically set the pointer to the end of the file before writing.
+.Pp
+Objects that are not capable of seeking always write from the current
+position.
+The value of the pointer associated with such an object is undefined.
+.Pp
+If the real user is not the superuser, then
+.Fn write
+clears the set-user-ID bit on a file.
+This prevents penetration of system security by a user who
+.Dq captures
+a writable set-user-ID file owned by the superuser.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn write
+succeeds, it will update the st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the file's
+meta-data (see
+.Xr stat 2 ) .
+.Pp
+When using non-blocking I/O on objects such as sockets that are subject
+to flow control,
+.Fn write
+and
+.Fn writev
+may write fewer bytes than requested; the return value must be noted,
+and the remainder of the operation should be retried when possible.
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Fn writev
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+will fail if the value of
+.Fa iovcnt
+exceeds the constant
+.Dv IOV_MAX .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion the number of bytes which were written
+is returned.
+Otherwise, a \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+A typical loop allowing partial writes looks like this:
+.Bd -literal
+const char *buf;
+size_t bsz, off;
+ssize_t nw;
+int d;
+
+for (off = 0; off < bsz; off += nw)
+	if ((nw = write(d, buf + off, bsz - off)) == 0 || nw == -1)
+		err(1, "write");
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn write ,
+.Fn pwrite ,
+.Fn writev ,
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+will fail and the file pointer will remain unchanged if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa d
+is not a valid descriptor open for writing.
+.It Bq Er EFBIG
+An attempt was made to write a file that exceeds the process's
+file size limit or the maximum file size.
+.It Bq Er ENOSPC
+There is no free space remaining on the file system containing the file.
+.It Bq Er EDQUOT
+The user's quota of disk blocks on the file system containing the file
+has been exhausted.
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+A write to a slow device
+(i.e. one that might block for an arbitrary amount of time)
+was interrupted by the delivery of a signal
+before any data could be written.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Part of
+.Fa buf
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn write
+and
+.Fn writev
+may return the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EPIPE
+An attempt is made to write to a pipe that is not open
+for reading by any process.
+.It Bq Er EPIPE
+An attempt is made to write to a socket of type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM
+that is not connected to a peer socket.
+.It Bq Er EAGAIN
+The file was marked for non-blocking I/O, and no data could be
+written immediately.
+.It Bq Er ENETDOWN
+The destination address specified a network that is down.
+.It Bq Er EDESTADDRREQ
+The destination is no longer available when writing to a
+.Ux Ns -domain
+datagram socket on which
+.Xr connect 2
+had been used to set a destination address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+The process is a member of a background process attempting to write
+to its controlling terminal,
+.Dv TOSTOP
+is set on the terminal,
+the process isn't ignoring the
+.Dv SIGTTOUT
+signal and the thread isn't blocking the
+.Dv SIGTTOUT
+signal,
+and either the process was created with
+.Xr vfork 2
+and hasn't successfully executed one of the exec functions or
+the process group is orphaned.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn write
+and
+.Fn pwrite
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa nbytes
+was larger than
+.Dv SSIZE_MAX .
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn pwrite
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+may return the following error:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa offset
+was negative.
+.It Bq Er ESPIPE
+.Fa d
+is associated with a pipe, socket, FIFO, or tty.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn writev
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+may return one of the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa iovcnt
+was less than or equal to 0, or greater than
+.Dv IOV_MAX .
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The sum of the
+.Fa iov_len
+values in the
+.Fa iov
+array overflowed an
+.Vt ssize_t .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Part of
+.Fa iov
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+The system lacked sufficient buffer space or a queue was full.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fcntl 2 ,
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr poll 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr termios 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn write ,
+.Fn writev ,
+and
+.Fn pwrite
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn write
+function call appeared in
+.At v1 ,
+.Fn pwrite
+in
+.At V.4 ,
+.Fn writev
+in
+.Bx 4.1c ,
+and
+.Fn pwritev
+in
+.Ox 2.7 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Error checks should explicitly test for \-1.
+On some platforms, if
+.Fa nbytes
+is larger than
+.Dv SSIZE_MAX
+but smaller than
+.Dv SIZE_MAX
+\- 2, the return value of an error-free call
+may appear as a negative number distinct from \-1.
diff --git a/static/openbsd/man2/ypconnect.2 b/static/openbsd/man2/ypconnect.2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ca33ace
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/openbsd/man2/ypconnect.2
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\"	$OpenBSD: ypconnect.2,v 1.3 2022/07/21 22:45:06 deraadt Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2022 Theo de Raadt <deraadt@openbsd.org>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 21 2022 $
+.Dt YPCONNECT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ypconnect
+.Nd create connected socket to a YP server
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In sys/socket.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn ypconnect "int type"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ypconnect
+system call creates a pre-connected
+.Va SOCK_STREAM
+or
+.Va SOCK_DGRAM
+socket to a YP server (either the original
+.Xr ypserv 8
+or
+.Xr ypldap 8 )
+for use by internal library routines.
+It verifies that the domainname is set, that
+.Xr ypbind 8
+has found a server and created an advisory locked binding file,
+and then creates the connected socket based upon the binding file.
+This type of socket is restricted in various ways and is not
+general purpose.
+.Nm
+is only intended for use by internal libc YP functions.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+.Fn ypconnect
+returns a non-negative integer, the socket file descriptor.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn ypconnect
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EAFNOSUPPORT
+The YP subsystem is not active.
+.It Bq Er EFTYPE
+The YP binding file is strange.
+.It Bq Er EOWNERDEAD
+The YP binding file is not locked.
+YP subsystem is not active.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The per-process descriptor table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENOBUFS
+Insufficient resources were available in the system to perform the operation.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr connect 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr ypbind 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn ypconnect
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 7.2 .